2018 IEI FullLine W
2018 IEI FullLine W
Electrical Catalog
London Westgate, Westworld World Headquarters
One Oliver Yard W5 1UD Tinley Park, IL 60487
EC1Y 1HQ London USA
London United Kingdom
Best in Class Infrastructure Solutions
800.777.3300
United Kingdom
Visit www.panduit.com
for terms and conditions for Industrial Construction, MRO and OEM
© 2018 Panduit Corp. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. ELCB31--SA-ENG REPLACES ELCB15--SA-ENG 11/2018
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS CATALOG IS INTENDED AS A GUIDE FOR USE BY
PERSONS HAVING TECHNICAL SKILL AT THEIR OWN DISCRETION AND RISK. BEFORE USING
ANY PANDUIT PRODUCT, THE BUYER MUST DETERMINE THE SUITABILITY OF THE PRODUCT
FOR HIS/HER INTENDED USE AND BUYER ASSUMES ALL RISK AND LIABILITY WHATSOEVER
IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. PANDUIT DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY ARISING FROM ANY
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN OR FOR ABSENCE OF THE SAME.
All Panduit products are subject to the terms, conditions and limitation of its then current Limited Product Warranty,
which can be found at www.panduit.com/warranty.
All trademarks, service marks, trade names, product names, and logos appearing in this document
are the property of their respective owners.
www.panduit.com
A
System Overview
B1
B2
Table of Contents
B3
A. System Overview
C1
B. Bundle
1. Cable Ties
2. Cable Accessories C2
C. Route/Protect
1. Wiring Duct C4
2. Surface Raceway
3. Abrasion Protection
D1
4. Cable Management
D2
D. Terminate
1. Terminals
2. Power Connectors D3
3. Grounding Connectors
E1
2. Labels
3. Pre-Printed and Write-On Markers
E3
4. Permanent Identification
5. Industrial and Safety Solutions
E4
G. Industrial Networks
F
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
A.2
A
System Overview
B1
System Overview B2
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2
Oil and Gas/Chemical
The world’s appetite for energy grows every day,
B3
and oil and gas are still the best options for meeting
global demand. Faced with the need to explore in
challenging locations, integrate new oil sands and
C1
shale capabilities, meet updated safety protocols,
and identify new technologies to handle remote
environments, energy producers are looking for
C2
partners who can help them keep up with changing
business conditions and goals.
C3
C4
D1
E2
E3
Industrial Water/
E4
Wastewater Treatment
Water treatment facilities are critical for maintaining
E5
public sanitation and a healthy environment. Whether
the facility treats industrial and residential wastewater
to remove impurities, or treats fresh water for
F consumption, these facilities rely on robust
solutions for dependable continuous operation
within harsh environments.
G
A.4
A
System Overview
C4
Shipbuilding
D1
E2
E3
B2
Harsh Environments
When vibration, weathering, corrosion, and
B3
temperature extremes are a factor, you need
a high quality, reliable, and durable solution.
Panduit® provides everything necessary to bundle,
C1
route, protect, terminate, and identify electrical cable,
wire harnesses, and hoses in indoor and outdoor
extreme conditions. These innovative solutions
C2
meet the needs of the most demanding harsh
and industrial environment applications to deliver
long life, increased productivity, and improved
C3
worker safety.
C4
D1
D2
Transportation
D3
E4
E5
A.6
A
System Overview
Wire Harness B2
C4
D1
D2
Control Cabinet/
Panel Builders D3
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
A.8
A
Bundle Cable Ties
B1
Cable Ties B2
Panduit ® offers the most complete selection of cable tie styles, sizes,
B3
materials and colors to meet our customers’ needs. Panduit cable ties
bundle, mount, and identify in countless indoor, outdoor, and harsh
environment applications. Panduit cable ties, wiring accessories, and
C1
installation tools allow our customers to achieve the lowest total installed
cost of managing wire and cable.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Bundle, Bundle,
Re-use, Re-use, Bundle, Bundle,
Identify, Identify, Re-use, Re-use,
C1 Cable Tie Function Mount Mount Mount Mount Bundle Bundle
Impact Heat
C2 Modified Stabilized
Weather Weather Heat Heat Weather
Resistant Resistant Stabilized Stabilized Resistant
Material Test Method Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6
Color — Natural Black Black Black Natural Black
C3
Part Number Suffix — No Suffix 0 0 30 39 300
(Material Designation)
Tensile @ Yield @ 73°F (psi) ISO 527 12,000 12,000 9,700 12,000 12,000 12,000
Mechanical Properties
C4 Water Absorption (24 Hours) ASTM D570 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.2% 1.2%
Radiation Resistance (Rads) — 1 x 105 1 x 105 1 x 105 1 x 105 1 x 105 1 x 105
Weathering Life Expectancy — 1–2 7–9 7–9 4–5 1–2 7–9
(Years)/UV Resistance
D1
Impact Resistance —
D2 Salts —
Chemical Resistance
Hydrocarbons (Gas, —
Oil, Lubricants)
Chlorinated Hydrocarbons —
D3
Acids —
Bases —
Acid Rain —
E1
Continuous Use Temperature UL 746B -76°F - 185°F -76°F - 185°F -76°F - 185°F -76°F - 239°F -76°F - 239°F -76°F - 239°F
Range -60°C - 85°C -60°C - 85°C -60°C - 85°C -60°C - 115°C -60°C - 115°C -60°C - 115°C
Minimum Installation Temperature UL 62275 -4°F or +32°F -4°F or +32°F -4°F or +32°F -4°F or +32°F -4°F or +32°F -4°F or +32°F
Thermal Properties
E2 -20°C or 0°C -20°C or 0°C -20°C or 0°C -20°C or 0°C -20°C or 0°C -20°C or 0°C
(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)
Flammability Rating UL 94 V-2 V-2 V-2 V-2 V-2 V-2
Low Smoke ASTM E662 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
E3
Oxygen Index BS ISO 4589 28 28 — 28 28 28
Halogen-Free IEC 60754-2 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Burning Fume Toxicity BSS-7239 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS
E4 Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D648 158°F 158°F 145°F 158°F 158°F 158°F
@ 1.8 Mpa ISO 75 -1/-2 70°C 70°C 63°C 70°C 70°C 70°C
Relative Price — Low Low Low Low Low Med
E5
Product Line Cross Sections
Cable Tie Catalog Page
B1.2
A
Bundle Cable Ties
B1
Highest High Acceptable Low Lowest
Recommendation Legend
B2
Bundle, Bundle, B3
Bundle Identify Bundle Bundle Re-use Bundle Bundle Bundle Bundle Bundle Bundle
C1
Flame Flame Weather Weather Metal Metal Weather
Retardant Retardant Resistant Resistant Detectable Detectable Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Nylon 12 Polypropylene Polypropylene TEFZEL ■ HALAR ▲ PEEK Nylon 6.6 Polypropylene Acetal
Black Natural Black Green Black Aqua Blue Maroon Brown Blue Blue Black C2
Ivory
60 69 120 109 100 76 702Y 71 86 186 N/A
1.1% 1.1% 0.3% 0.1% 0.1% <0.03% <0.05% 0.5% 1.2% 0.1% <0.45%
1 x 105 1 x 105 3.5 x 106 1 x 106 1 x 106 2 x 108 2 x 108 1 x 109 — 1 x 106 6 x 105
C4
D1
D2
D3
—
-76°F - -76°F - -76°F - -76°F - 239°F -76°F - 239°F -76°F - -76°F - -76°F - -76°F - -76°F - 239°F -76°F - 185°F
212°F 212°F 194°F -60°C - 115°C -60°C - 115°C 338°F 257°F 500°F 185°F -60°C - 115°C -60°C - 85°C
-60°C - -60°C - -60°C - -60°C - -60°C - -60°C - -60°C - E1
100°C 100°C 90°C 170°C 125°C 260°C 85°C
-4°F or -4°F or -4°F or -4°F or +32°F -4°F or +32°F -4°F or -4°F or -4°F or -4°F or -4°F or +32°F -4°F or +32°F
+32°F +32°F +32°F -20°C or 0°C -20°C or 0°C +32°F +32°F +32°F +32°F -20°C or 0°C -20°C or 0°C
-20°C or -20°C or -20°C or (Note 1) (Note 1) -20°C or -20°C or -20°C or -20°C or (Note 1) (Note 1)
0°C 0°C 0°C 0°C 0°C 0°C 0°C E2
(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1)
V-0 V-0 HB HB HB V-0 V-0 V-0 HB HB HB
PASS PASS — — — — — PASS — — PASS
34 34 — — — 30 52 35 — — — E3
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No Yes Yes Yes Yes
PASS PASS — — — — — — — — —
154°F 154°F 122°F 122°F 122°F — 149°F 313°F 145°F 122°F 239°F E4
68°C 68°C 50°C 50°C 50°C 65°C 156°C 63°C 50°C 115°C
Med Med Med Med Med High High High Low Med Med
E5
P P P P P P P P P P
F
P
P
P G
C2
●D
esigned for the strength requirements of
C4 the MRO and construction markets
●T
hin, wide strap body – flexible, conforms
to bundles
D1 ●S
trong – withstands rough
installation practices
●G
rips wires tightly and resists
lateral movement
D2
D3
E5
B1.4
A
Bundle Cable Ties
●C
onvenient and easy to use in OEM manual
assembly operations C4
●E
xclusive, two-piece design provides lowest
threading force in the industry
●U
se for normal bundling and
D1
through-panel applications
●R
eleasable prior to final tensioning
and cut-off
D2
D3
E4
E5
B3
C1
C2
C4
D1
D2
High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards
D3
E2
Curved tip threads easily
and installs faster
E4
E5 Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to
and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
Visit www.panduit.com/tools.
See pages B2.1 – B2.26.
F
B1.6
A
Bundle Cable Ties
B2
B3
PLT 2 S — C
Type Size Cross Section Screw Hole Size Package Size Material/Color E5
PLT = Locking Tie Approx. SM = Subminiature (Clamp Ties Only) Q = 25 See Page B1.33
PRT = Releasable Tie Maximum M = Miniature -S4 = #4 (M2.5) L = 50
PLC = Locking Clamp Bundle I = Intermediate -S6 = #6 (M3) C = 100 F
Dia. (In.)
PLF = Locking Flag S = Standard -S8 = #8 (M4) TL = 250
PLM = Locking Marker LH = Light-Heavy -S10 = #10 (M5) D = 500
PLP = Locking Push Mount H = Heavy -S25 = 1/4 (M6) M = 1000
PLWP = Locking Wing Push Mount EH = Extra-Heavy VMR = 2 reels/2500 ea. G
PRLWP = Releasable Ladder Wing Push Mount XMR = 2 reels/5000 ea.
PRWP = Releasable Wing Push Mount
PLUP = Locking Umbrella Push Mount
H
C1
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
C2
Pan-Ty
®
Lashing Ties – Nylon 6.6 B1
●●For indoor use ●●Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.22
●●Typically used for heavy duty applications ●●UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces B2
●●Among the strongest Pan-Ty ® Cable Tie available per NEC except PLT.6SM and PLT5H/6H/8H/13H
B3
C1
C2
Max. Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
Extra-Heavy Cross Section – Plenum Rated C3
PLT2EH-C 9.0 229 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 2.00 51 250 1112 100 1000
PLT5EH-Q 20.1 511 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 5.00 127
250 1112 25 250
PLT6EH-Q 22.2 564 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 6.00 152 GS4EH-E, C4
PLT8EH-C 28.3 719 0.500 12.7 0.085 2.2 8.00 203 250 1112 ST3EH 100 1000
PLT10EH-C 34.2 869 0.500 12.7 0.085 2.2 10.00 254
250 1112 100 500
PLT12EH-C 40.1 1019 0.500 12.7 0.085 2.2 12.00 305
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Among the lowest threading force of any one-piece cable
B2 indoor or outdoor use tie in the industry
●●Versatile cable ties can be used in countless applications ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
●●One-piece construction for consistent performance faster initial threading to speed installation
B3 and reliability ●●UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per
NEC except PLT.6SM and PLT5H/6H/8H/13H
C1 Straight Tip
Curved Tip
C2
C4
Miniature Cross Section Plenum Rated
PLT.7M-M0 3.1 79 0.090 2.3 0.032 0.8 0.68 17 18 80 1000 50000
PLT1M-C0 3.9 99 0.098 2.5 0.043 1.1 .87 22 GTS-E, GS2B-E, PTS,
D1 PLT1.5M-C0 5.6 142 0.098 2.5 0.043 1.1 1.25 32 18 80 PPTS, STS2 100 1000
PLT2M-C0 8.0 203 0.098 2.5 0.043 1.1 2.00 51
D2
Intermediate Cross Section Plenum Rated
PLT1.5I-C0 5.6 142 0.142 3.6 0.045 1.1 1.38 35
PLT2I-C0 8.0 203 0.142 3.6 0.045 1.1 2.00 51
PLT2.5I-C0 9.7 246 0.145 3.7 0.052 1.3 2.50 64 GTS-E, GS2B-E, PTS,
40 178 100 1000
PPTS, STS2
D3 PLT3I-C0 11.4 290 0.145 3.7 0.052 1.3 3.00 76
PLT4I-C0 14.5 368 0.145 3.7 0.052 1.3 4.00 102
Pan-Ty
®
Lashing Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 B1
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Among the strongest Pan-Ty ® Cable Tie available
indoor or outdoor use ●●Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, shown below B2
●●Typically used for heavy duty applications
B3
C1
E1
Lashing Tie Mounting Clip – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
C
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Easily snaps in place for a secure clamp
indoor or outdoor use ●●Use with lashing ties shown on pages B1.9, B1.11, B1.20, E2
●●Converts Panduit ® lashing ties into clamps B B1.22 and B1.23
C E3
B E4
A
E5
Std. Std.
Height A Width B Length C
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Mounting Method A Qty. Qty.
F
MCEH-S25-C0 0.13 3.3 0.67 17.0 1.38 35 1/4" (M6) screw (not flathead) 100 1000
●●For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) – ●●Among the lowest threading force of any one-piece cable
B2 indoor use tie in the industry
●●One-piece construction for consistent performance ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
and reliability faster initial threading to speed installation
B3
Straight Tip
C1 Curved Tip
Pan-Ty
®
Cable Ties – Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 B1
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light ●●Among the lowest threading force of any one-piece cable
and for high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) tie in the industry
– indoor or outdoor use ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
B2
●●One-piece construction for consistent performance faster initial threading to speed installation
and reliability
B3
Straight Tip
C1
Curved Tip
C2
PLT4H-TL300 14.5 368 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GS4EH-E, PTH, 250 2500
STH2, ST3EH
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 – indoor use ●●Among the lowest threading force of any one-piece cable
B2 ●●One-piece construction for consistent performance tie in the industry
and reliability ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
faster initial threading to speed installation
B3
Straight Tip
C1 Curved Tip
E1
E4
E5
●●For high moisture, corrosive (zinc chloride ●●Among the lowest threading force of any
and dilute acids), and low temperature indoor or one-piece cable tie in the industry
outdoor applications ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat
B2
●●Cable tie of choice for making attachments to surfaces and allows faster initial threading
galvanized surfaces to speed installation
●●One-piece construction for consistent B3
performance and reliability
Straight Tip C1
Curved Tip
C2
Max. Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
Intermediate Cross Section C3
PLT1.5I-M120 5.6 142 0.142 3.6 0.045 1.1 1.38 35 25 111 GTS-E, GS2B-E, PTS, PPTS, 1000 25000
STS2
Standard Cross Section
C4
PLT2S-M120 7.4 188 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 1.88 48 40 178 GTS-E, GS2B-E, GTH-E, 1000 10000
PLT4S-M120 14.5 368 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 4.00 102 40 178 GS4H-E, PTS, PTH, PPTS, 1000 5000
STS2, STH2
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) D1
PLT4H-TL120 14.5 368 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 4.00 102 90 400 GTH-E, GTSL, GS4H-E, 250 2500
PLT8LH-C120 27.6 701 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 8.00 203 90 400 GS4EH-E, PTH, STH2, ST3EH 100 2500
D2
●●For chemical resistance where high loop ●●Among the lowest threading force of any
D3
tensile strength is not required especially in the one-piece cable tie in the industry
presence of hydrochloric acid, salts, and bases ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat
●●For indoor use surfaces and allows faster initial threading to
●●One-piece construction for consistent speed installation E1
performance and reliability
E2
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
E3
Max. Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Recommended Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
E4
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M109 3.9 99 0.098 2.5 0.043 1.1 0.87 22 11 49 GTS-E, GS2B-E, PTS, PPTS, 1000 50000
STS2
Intermediate Cross Section E5
PLT1.5I-M109 5.6 142 0.142 3.6 0.045 1.1 1.38 35 18 80 GTS-E, GS2B-E, PTS, PPTS, 1000 25000
STS2
Standard Cross Section F
PLT2S-M109 7.4 188 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 1.88 48
30 133 GTS-E, GS2B-E, GTH-E, 1000 10000
PLT3S-M109 11.5 292 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 3.00 76 GS4H-E, PTS, PTH, PPTS,
PLT4S-M109 14.5 368 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 4.00 102 30 133 STS2, STH2 1000 5000
G
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL109 8.1 206 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 2.00 51
PLT3H-TL109 11.4 290 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 3.00 76 GTH-E, GS4H-E, GS4EH-E, PTH,
50 222 250 2500
STH2, ST3EH H
PLT4H-TL109 14.5 368 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 4.00 102
C1 Straight Tip
Curved Tip
D3
Pan-Ty
®
Cable Ties – HALAR▲ – Distinctive Maroon Color
●●UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per ●●One-piece construction for consistent performance
E1 NEC, Section 300-22 (C) and (D) and reliability
●●Low smoke density and excellent flammability rating ●●Among the lowest threading force of any one-piece cable
of UL 94V-0 tie in the industry
E2 ●●Commonly accepted solution for bundling qualified cable ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
without conduit in air handling space applications faster initial threading to speed installation
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Provides primary support for a flexible conduit, flexible
indoor or outdoor use tubing, or cable in accordance with the relevant national
E3
installation code
E4
E5
Pan-Ty
®
Cable Ties – TEFZEL■ – Distinctive Aqua Blue Color B1
●●Ideal for applications requiring resistance to environmental ●●One-piece construction for consistent performance
stresses such as chemical attack, gamma radiation, and reliability
ultraviolet radiation and extreme high and low temperatures ●●Among the lowest threading force of any one-piece cable B2
●●Ideal for use in nuclear power facilities and chemical tie in the industry
processing plants and meets the requirements of ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
IEEE 383 faster initial threading to speed installation B3
●●Low smoke density and excellent flammability rating ●●For indoor or outdoor use
of UL 94V-0
C1
Straight Tip
C2
Curved Tip
C3
Max. Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
C4
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C76 4.0 102 0.098 2.5 0.043 1.1 .87 22 18 80 GTS-E, GS2B-E, 100 1000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
Intermediate Cross Section D1
PLT2I-C76 8.0 203 0.135 3.4 0.045 1.1 2.00 51 30 133 GTS-E, GS2B-E, 100 1000
PTS, PPTS, STS2
Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-C76 7.4 188 0.190 4.8 0.055 1.4 1.88 48 GTS-E, GS2B-E, D2
PLT3S-C76 11.6 295 0.190 4.8 0.059 1.5 3.00 76 GTH-E, GS4H-E,
50 222 100 1000
PTS, PTH, PPTS,
PLT4S-C76 14.6 371 0.190 4.8 0.059 1.5 4.00 102 STS2, STH2
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) D3
PLT3H-L76 11.5 292 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 3.00 78 GTH-E, GS4H-E,
PLT4H-L76 14.6 371 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GS4EH-E, PTH, 50 500
STH2, ST3EH
■ TEFZEL is a registered trademark of The Chemours Company. E1
●●Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 – indoor use ●●Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
●●Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for the
cable bundle E3
E4
E5
C2
C3
D3
E1
Cable Tie Mount – PEEK (Polyetheretherketone)
●●Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for ●●Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting
cable bundle surface where overhead space is limited
E2
E3
E4
A B C
Length Width Height Counterbore Std. Std.
Used with In. In. In. Diameter Pkg. Ctn.
E5 Part Number Cable Ties* mm mm mm In. (mm) Mounting Method Qty. Qty.
TM2S8-C71 Min., 0.636 0.427 0.278 0.335 #8 (M4) screw 100 500
Std. (16.2) (10.8) (7.1) (8.5)
●●Metal impregnated material allows identification by metal ●●Polypropylene material provides excellent chemical resistance
detector inspection equipment to help meet food, beverage, for use in processing and packaging areas where aggressive
and pharmaceutical safety standards, to help reduce product acid and alkaline chemicals are use to clean the equipment B2
contamination, loss, and recall ●●One-piece construction for consistent performance
●●Nylon material for general purpose maintenance and repair and reliability
applications; ideal for use in control panels and overhead ●●Among the lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie
cable runs in the industry B3
Straight Tip
Curved Tip C2
E5
Used A B C
with Lgth. Width Ht. Counterbore Std. Std.
Cable In. In. In. Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Material Ties* mm mm mm In. (mm) Method Qty. Qty.
F
Cable Tie Mounts
TM2S8-C86 Nylon 6.6 Min., 0.630 0.422 0.275 0.325 (8.3) #8 (M4) screw
Int., Std. (16.0) (10.7) (7.0)
TM3S8-C86 Std., 0.867 0.614 0.373 #8 (M4) screw G
Nylon 6.6 Lt. Hvy. (22.0) (15.6) (9.5) 0.325 (8.3)
TM3S10-C86 #10 (M5) screw
100 500
TM2S8-C186 Polypropylene
Min., 0.630 0.422 0.275 0.325 (8.3) #8 (M4) screw
Int., Std. (16.0) (10.7) (7.0)
TM3S8-C186 Std., 0.867 0.614 0.373 #8 (M4) screw H
Polypropylene Lt. Hvy. (22.0) (15.6) (9.5) 0.325 (8.3)
TM3S10-C186 #10 (M5) screw
C1
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
C2
To release, grasp the head of the cable
tie, deflect release tab, and pull the
cable tie away from the bundle.
C3
Max. Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
C4 Standard Cross Section — Plenum Rated UL Type 2S Rated
PRT1S-C 4.8 122 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 1.00 25
PRT1.5S-C 6.3 160 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 1.50 38
D1 PRT2S-C 7.4 188 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 Hand install only 100 1000
PRT3S-C 11.5 292 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 3.00 76
PRT4S-C 14.5 368 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 4.00 102
D2 Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PRT2H-L 8.4 213 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 2.00 51
PRT3H-L 11.4 290 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 3.00 76 80 356 Hand install only 50 500
PRT4H-L 14.5 368 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 4.00 102
D3
E1
Pan-Ty
®
Releasable Lashing Ties – Nylon 6.6
●●For indoor use ●●Typically used for heavy duty applications
●●Release tab permits easy release and re-use where ●●Among the strongest Pan-Ty ® Cable Tie available
E2 changes are anticipated during development, production, ●●Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.22
or servicing in the field
E3
E4
Straight Tip
C2
Curved Tip
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
D1
Standard Cross Section Plenum Rated UL Type 2S Rated
PRT1S-C0 4.8 122 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 1.00 25
PRT1.5S-C0 6.3 160 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 1.50 38
D2
PRT2S-C0 7.4 188 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 1.88 48 50 222 Hand install only 100 1000
PRT3S-C0 11.5 292 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 3.00 76
PRT4S-C0 14.5 368 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 4.00 102
Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) D3
E3
E4
E5
C2
C3
Max. Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
C4 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PRT2EH-Q0 9.0 229 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 2.00 51
D1
PRT5EH-Q0 20.1 511 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 5.00 127
PRT6EH-Q0 22.2 564 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 6.00 152
250 1112 Hand install only 25 250
PRT8EH-Q0 28.3 719 0.500 12.7 0.085 2.2 8.00 203
PRT10EH-Q0 34.2 869 0.500 12.7 0.085 2.2 10.00 254
D2
PRT12EH-Q0 40.1 1019 0.500 12.7 0.085 2.2 12.00 305
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
D3 PRT5EH-C30* 20.1 511 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 5.00 127 250 1112 Hand install only 100 1000
*PRT5EH-C30 not UL or CSA certified
E1
E2
Lashing Tie Mounting Clip – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Easily snaps in place for a secure clamp
E3 indoor or outdoor use ●●Use with lashing ties shown on pages B1.9, B1.11, B1.20,
●●Converts Panduit ® lashing ties into clamps B1.22 and B1.23
E4
E5
Std. Std.
Height A Width B Length C
Pkg. Ctn.
G Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Mounting Method Qty. Qty.
MCEH-S25-C0 .13 3.3 .67 17.0 1.38 35 1/4" (M6) screw (not flathead) 100 1000
●●For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength ●●Release tab permits easy release and re-use where
is not required especially in the presence of hydrochloric changes are anticipated during development, production,
acid, salts, and bases or servicing in the field B2
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Typically used for heavy duty applications
indoor or outdoor use ●●Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.22
B3
C1
C2
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B3
in place ●●UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces
per NEC
C1
C2
C3
C4
Max. Min. Loop
Nominal Metric Bundle Tensile Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Hole Dia. Screw Screw Dia. Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Size Size In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
D1 Miniature Cross Section — Plenum Rated
PLC1M-S4-C 4.3 109 0.100 2.5 0.045 1.1 0.122 3.1 #4 M2.5 .75 19 18 80 GTS-E, 100 1000
GS2B-E, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
D2
Intermediate Cross Section — Plenum Rated
PLC1.5I-S8-C 6.1 155 0.135 3.4 0.045 1.1 0.174 4.4 #8 M4 1.25 32 40 178 GTS-E, 100 1000
GS2B-E, PTS,
PPTS, STS2
D3
Standard Cross Section — Plenum Rated
PLC2S-S6-C 7.9 201 0.190 4.8 0.047 1.2 0.148 3.8 #6 M3 1.84 47 GTS-E,
GS2B-E,
E1 PLC2S-S10-C 7.9 201 0.190 4.8 0.047 1.2 0.200 5.1 #10 M5 1.84 47 GTH-E,
50 222 GS4H-E, PTS, 100 1000
PLC3S-S10-C 12.0 305 0.190 4.8 0.047 1.2 0.200 5.1 #10 M5 3.00 76
PTH, PPTS,
PLC4S-S10-C 15.0 381 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 0.200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 STS2, STH2
E2 Light-Heavy Cross Section — Plenum Rated
PLC2H-S25-L 9.0 229 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 0.260 6.6 1/4 M6 2.00 51 GTH-E, GS4H-E,
120 534 GS4EH-E, PTH, 50 500
PLC4H-S25-L 15.1 384 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 0.260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 STH2, ST3EH
E3
E4
E5
Pan-Ty
®
Clamp Ties – Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 B1
●●W
eather resistant material has greater resistance to ●●Design allows for bundling before or after screwing
damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use clamp in place
B2
●●Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications ●●One-piece construction for consistent performance
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use and reliability
●●Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and
a control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling allows faster initial threading to speed installation B3
C1
C2
PLC4S-S10-M30 15.0 381 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 0.200 5.1 #10 M5 4.00 102 GTH-E, GS4H-E, 1000 5000
50 222 PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2,
STH2 F
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLC2H-S25-TL30 9.0 229 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 0.260 6.6 1/4 M6 2.00 51 GTH-E,
PLC4H-S25-TL30 15.1 384 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 0.260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GS4H-E,
250 2500
GS4EH-E, PTH, G
STH2, ST3EH
C1
C2
PLWP_SA
Head Design
C3
C4
PLWP_SB
Head Design
D1
D2
PLWP_H
Head Design
D3
●●Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications ●●Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure,
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use and rattle-free installation
●●Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and B3
●●Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a allows faster initial threading to speed installation
flat panel
C1
C2
PLWP_H C3
Head Design
C4
C2
C3
PRWP_SA
PRWP2S-D PRWP2S-D0
Head Design
C4
D1
PRWP_SB
Head Design
D2
PRWP_H
D3 Head Design
E1
C1
C2
C3
Bundle diameters
from .12" to 1.97"
PLWP-SC – Designed for (3mm to 50mm)
normal wire bundles. C4
E3
E4
E5
C2
C3
D2
Pan-Ty ® Umbrella Wing Push Mount Ties – Nylon and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
●●Natural nylon material for indoor use ●●Disk forms a dust-tight and semi-liquid tight seal to the
D3 ●●Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications panel surface
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use ●●PLUP40SE style is for use with corrugated loom tubing,
●●Quick, secure way to fasten to clearance holes in panel see page C3.10
E1 ●●Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole in a light ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
gauge metal or plastic and locks in place faster initial threading to speed installation
●●Umbrella shaped disk provides constant tension for a
E2
stable, secure, and rattle-free installation
E3
E4
PLUP40SE
Head Design
E5
Pan-Ty
®
Push Mount Ties B1
●●Natural nylon material for indoor use ●●Economical push mount ties are used to attach bundles to
●●W
eather resistant material has greater resistance to another surface such as a flat panel
B2
damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use ●●Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks
●●Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications in place
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
●●Wingless design allows tie to be used in confined spaces faster initial threading to speed installation B3
C1
C2
PLP1.5I
Head Design
C3
PLP2S-C PLP2S-M0
C4
Nominal Max. Panel Max. Min. Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Hole Dia. Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Nylon 6.6 D1
C2
C3
C4
Max. Min. Loop
Marker Bundle Tensile Recommended Std. Std.
Part Marker Length Width Thickness Write-On Area Dia. Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
D1 Number Type In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLF1M-C 4.3 109 0.098 2.5 0.045 1.1 0.31 x 0.75 7.9 x 19.1 0.87 22
D2
PLF1MA-C 5.1 130 0.098 2.5 0.045 1.1 0.76 x 1.04 19.1 x 26.4 0.87 22 18 80 100 1000
Flag GTS-E, GS2B-E,
PLF1MB-C 4.0 101 0.098 2.5 0.045 1.1 0.31 x 0.92 7.9 x 23.4 0.75 19
PTS, PPTS,
PLF1MC-M 4.3 109 0.098 2.5 0.045 1.1 0.29 x 0.32 7.4 x 8.0 0.87 22 18 80 STS2 1000 25000
D3 PLM1M-C 3.9 99 0.098 2.5 0.035 0.9 0.26 x 0.95 6.6 x 24.1 0.75 19
Wrap 18 80 100 1000
PLM2M-C 8.0 203 0.098 2.5 0.035 0.9 0.26 x 0.95 6.6 x 24.1 2.00 51
Standard Cross Section
E1 PLM2S-C 7.4 188 0.185 4.7 0.052 1.3 0.44 x 0.87 11.1 x 22.1 1.75 45 GTS-E, GS2B-E,
Wrap 50 222 GTH-E, 100 1000
PLM4S-C 14.6 371 0.185 4.7 0.052 1.3 0.44 x 2.00 11.1 x 50.8 4.00 102
GS4H-E, PTS,
PL2M2S-L 7.4 188 0.185 4.7 0.052 1.3 0.87 x 1.07 22.1 x 27.2 1.75 45 PTH, PPTS,
Wrap 50 222 50 500
E2 PL3M2S-L 7.4 188 0.185 4.7 0.052 1.3 0.87 x 1.79 22.1 x 45.5 1.75 45 STS2, STH2
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLF1M-C0 4.3 109 0.098 2.5 0.045 1.1 0.31 x 0.75 7.9 x 19.1 0.87 22 18 80 100 1000
E3 Flag
PLF1MA-M0 5.1 130 0.098 2.5 0.045 1.1 0.76 x 1.04 19.1 x 26.4 0.87 22 18 80 GTS-E, GS2B-E, 1000 10000
PTS, PPTS,
PLM1M-C0 3.9 99 0.098 2.5 0.035 0.9 0.26 x 0.95 6.6 x 24.1 0.75 19 18 80 STS2 100 1000
Wrap
PLM2M-M0 8.0 203 0.098 2.5 0.035 0.9 0.26 x 0.95 6.6 x 24.1 2.00 51 18 80 1000 25000
E4
Standard Cross Section
PLM2S-C0 7.4 188 0.185 4.7 0.052 1.3 0.44 x 0.87 11.1 x 22.1 1.75 45 50 222 GTS-E, GS2B-E, 100 1000
Wrap GTH-E,
PLM4S-D0 14.6 371 0.185 4.7 0.052 1.3 0.44 x 2.00 11.1 x 50.8 4.00 102 50 222 500 5000
GS4H-E, PTS,
E5 PL2M2S-L0 7.4 188 0.185 4.7 0.052 1.3 0.87 x 1.07 22.1 x 27.2 1.75 45 50 222 50 500
Wrap PTH, PPTS,
PL3M2S-D0 7.4 188 0.185 4.7 0.052 1.3 0.87 x 1.79 22.1 x 45.5 1.75 45 50 222 STS2, STH2 500 2500
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
F
Miniature Cross Section
PLF1M-M69 Flag 4.3 109 0.098 2.5 0.045 1.1 0.31 x 0.75 7.9 x 19.1 0.87 22 GTS-E, GS2B-E,
PLM1M-M69 Wrap 3.9 99 0.098 2.5 0.035 0.9 0.26 x 0.95 6.6 x 24.1 0.75 19 18 80 PTS, PPTS, 1000 25000
STS2
G
Panduit Panduit B2
Material Color Suffix Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural ✓ Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Orange 53
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0 Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Yellow 54
B3
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 00 Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Green 55
(meets Mil Spec.)
Nylon 6.6 Brown 1 Nylon 6.6 Fluorescent Pink 59
Nylon 6.6 Red 2 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Black 60 C1
Nylon 6.6 Orange 3 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Natural (Ivory) 69
Nylon 6.6 Yellow 4Y PEEK (Polyetheretherketone) Translucent Brown 71
Nylon 6.6 Green 5 TEFZEL■ Aqua Blue 76
C2
Nylon 6.6 Blue 6 Metal Detectable, Nylon Blue 86
Nylon 6.6 Purple 7 Metal Detectable, Polypropylene Blue 186
Nylon 6.6 Gray 8 Weather Resistant Polypropylene Black 100
Nylon 6.6 White 10 Polypropylene Green 109 C3
D2
PLWP30SC-D 30
PLWP40SC-D 30
PLWP40SD-D 30 D3
PLWP50SC-D 30
PLWP50SE-D 30
PLWS2EH-TL350 350
E1
PLWS3EH-TL350 350
PLWS4EH-TL30 350
PRLWP30S-D 30
E2
PRLWP50S-D 30
PRT1S-C ✓ 0 PRT1S-M ✓ 0
PRT1.5S-C ✓ 0 PRT1.5S-M ✓ 0, 30
PRT2S-C ✓ 0 PRT2S-M ✓ 0, 2, 3, 4Y, 6, 7 E3
PRT3S-C ✓ 0 PRT3S-M ✓ 0
PRT4S-C ✓ 0 PRT4S-M ✓ 0, 2, 3, 4Y, 6
PRT2H-L ✓ 0 PRT2H-TL ✓ 0 E4
PRT3H-L ✓ 0 PRT3H-TL ✓ 0
PRT4H-L ✓ 0 PRT4H-TL ✓ 0
PRT2EH-Q 0 PRT2EH-C ✓ 0, 100
E5
PRT5EH-Q ✓ 0, 30 PRT5EH-C ✓ 0, 30, 100
PRT6EH-Q ✓ 0 PRT6EH-C ✓ 0, 100
PRT8EH-Q 0 PRT8EH-C ✓ 0, 100
PRT10EH-Q 0 PRT10EH-C ✓ 0 F
PRT12EH-Q 0 PRT12EH-C ✓ 0
PRWP1S-C ✓ PRWP1S-D ✓ 0
PRWP1SA-D ✓ G
PRWP1SB-D ✓
PRWP1.5S-D ✓ 0, 20, 30
PRWP2S-D ✓ 0
H
PRWP2H-TL ✓
B2
Dome shaped head and smooth, round
strap body protect the cable insulation
B3
C1
C4
D1
D2
High loop tensile strength
Thin, wide strap body provides exceeds industry standards
increased flexibility while
D3 maintaining loop tensile strength
Thin, flared neck tolerates rough
installation practices and improves
small bundle performance
E1
E2
E5
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to
and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting
of wires, cables, and tubing.
F Visit www.panduit.com/tools.
See pages B2.6, B2.9, B2.11,
B2.19.
B1.36
A
Bundle Cable Ties
B2
B3
C1
C3
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30) Locking Ties/Bundle SG B1.39
C4
SG 200 S — C
Type Length Cross Section Package Size Material/Color
D2
SG = Locking Tie Approx. M = Miniature L = 50 See Page B1.40
Length I = Intermediate C = 100
(mm) TL = 250
S = Standard
LH = Light-Heavy M = 1000 D3
H = Heavy
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●For indoor use ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
B2 ●●Designed to grip the bundle tightly to resist lateral faster initial threading to speed installation
movement of the tie once installed ●●UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces
●●High strength allows the tie to withstand rough per NEC
B3
installation practices that occur in MRO and ●●Complementary mounts available, see pages B2.6, B2.9,
construction environments B2.11, B2.19
●●Thin, wide strap body provides flexibility enabling it to
conform to bundle while maintaining tensile strength
C1
C2
C3
C4
E5
Super-Grip ® Cable Ties – Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 B1
●●W
eather resistant material has greater resistance to ●●Thin, wide strap body provides flexibility enabling it to
damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use conform to bundle while maintaining tensile strength B2
●●Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use faster initial threading to speed installation
●●Designed to grip the bundle tightly to resist lateral ●●Complementary mounts available, see pages B2.6, B2.9, B3
movement of the tie once installed B2.11, B2.19
●●High strength allows the tie to withstand rough
installation practices that occur in MRO and
C1
construction environments
C2
C3
C4
Max. Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 D1
C1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1.40
A
Bundle Cable Ties
Two-piece design incorporates a stainless steel locking barb in a nylon cable tie.
B2
Dome-top head features unique
patented design with round,
smooth edges
B3
C1
C3
C4
D1
D3
E1
E2
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to E5
and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting
of wires, cables, and tubing.
Visit www.panduit.com/tools.
See pages B2.1 – B2.26.
F
B2
B3
C1
E1
Part Number System for Dome-Top ® Barb Ty and Dura-Ty™ Cable Ties
E2
BT 2 S — C
Type Size Cross Section Screw Hole Size Package Size Material/Color
E3 BT = Locking Tie Approx. M = Miniature (Clamp Ties Only) Q = 25 See Page B1.52
BC = Clamp Tie Maximum I = Intermediate -S4 = #4 (M2.5) L = 50
Bundle S = Standard -S6 = #6 (M3) C = 100
BF = Flag Tie
Dia. (In.) TL = 250
BM = Marker Tie LH = Light-Heavy -S8 = #8 (M4)
E4
BP = Push Mount Tie H = Heavy -S10 = #10 (M5) D = 500
M = 1000
BW = Wing Push EH = Extra-Heavy -S25 = 1/4 (M6)
Mount Tie LR = 50' Reel
DT = Locking Tie
E5
B1.42
A
Bundle Cable Ties
Dome-Top
®
Barb Ty Cable Ties – Nylon 6.6 B1
●●For indoor use ●●A variety of materials and colors are available for
●●Dome-top head features unique patented design with specific applications B2
round, smooth edges ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
●●Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent faster initial threading to speed installation
performance, reliability, and infinite adjustability through ●●UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces B3
entire bundle range per NEC
●●High strength and low thread force
C1
Straight Tip
C2
Curved Tip
C3
BT5LH-L 18.1 460 0.275 7.0 0.065 1.7 5.00 127 GTH-E, GS4H-E,
120 534 GS4EH-E, PTH, 50 500
BT6LH-L 21.2 538 0.275 7.0 0.065 1.7 6.00 152 STH2, ST3EH
BT7LH-L 24.4 620 0.275 7.0 0.065 1.7 7.00 178 E5
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●High strength and low thread force
B2 indoor or outdoor use ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
●●Dome-top head features unique patented design with faster initial threading to speed installation
round, smooth edges ●●UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces
B3
●●Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent per NEC
performance, reliability, and infinite adjustability through
entire bundle range
C1
Straight Tip
C2
Curved Tip
C3
Dome-Top
®
Barb Ty Cable Ties – Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 B1
●●For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) – ●●Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent
indoor use performance, reliability, and infinite adjustability through B2
●●Dome-top head features unique patented design with entire bundle range
round, smooth edges ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
faster initial threading to speed installation
B3
C1
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
C2
BT2S-M30 BT2S-M39
C3
●●For indoor use ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
B2 ●●Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as faster initial threading to speed installation
a control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling ●●UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces
●●Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp per NEC
B3
in place
●●Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent
performance, reliability, and infinite adjustability through
entire bundle range
C1
C2 Straight Tip
Curved Tip
C3
C4
Max. Min. Loop
Nominal Metric Bundle Tensile Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Hole Dia. Screw Screw Dia. Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
D1 Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Size Size In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Miniature Cross Section — Plenum Rated
BC1M-S4-M 4.6 117 0.095 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.122 3.1 #4 M2.5 0.90 23 18 80 GTS-E, 1000 50000
GS2B-E, PTS,
D2
BC2M-S4-M 8.3 211 0.095 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.122 3.1 #4 M2.5 2.00 51 18 80 PPTS, STS2 1000 25000
E4
E5
a control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
faster initial threading to speed installation
C1
C2
Straight Tip
Curved Tip
C3
C2
C3
BW2S-D BW2S-D0
C4
D2
Dome-Top
®
Barb Ty Push Mount Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 B1
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Wingless design allows tie to be used in confined spaces
indoor or outdoor use ●●Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent B2
●●Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a performance, reliability, and infinite adjustability through
flat panel entire bundle range
●●Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
B3
●●Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks faster initial threading to speed installation
in place
C1
C2
C3
E2
E3
PX-0 PX-10
PX-2
E4
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color Description Qty. Qty.
PX-0 Black Permanent marking pen – regular tip E5
12 144
PX-2 Red Permanent marking pen – regular tip
PX-10 White Marking pen for black or other dark colored parts – regular tip 12 300
F
●●Natural nylon material for indoor use ●●Can be marked with Panduit ® marker pens on the
●●W
eather resistant material has greater resistance to previous page or computer printable labels
B2
damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use ●●Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks
●●Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time available using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service,
see page B1.89
B3 ●●Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent
performance, reliability, and infinite adjustability through ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
entire bundle range faster initial threading to speed installation
C1
C2
C3
Max.
C4
Marker Bundle Min. Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Part Marker Length Width Thickness Write-On Area Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Number Type In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Nylon 6.6
D1 Miniature Cross Section
BF1M-C 4.6 117 0.095 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.36 x 0.81 9.1 x 20.6 .90 23
Flag
BF2M-C 8.3 211 0.095 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.36 x 0.81 9.1 x 20.6 2.00 51 GTS-E,
18 80 GS2B-E, PTS, 100 1000
D2 BM1M-C 4.2 107 0.095 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.29 x 1.09 7.4 x 27.7 .90 23 PPTS, STS2
Wrap
BM2M-C 7.9 201 0.095 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.29 x 1.09 7.4 x 27.7 2.00 51
Standard Cross Section
D3 BM2S-C 8.0 203 0.185 4.7 0.045 1.2 0.49 x 0.91 12.4 x 23.1 2.00 51
50 222 GTS-E, 100 1000
BM4S-C 15.1 384 0.185 4.7 0.052 1.3 0.50 x 2.13 12.7 x 54.1 4.00 102 GS2B-E,
B2M2S-D 8.0 203 0.185 4.7 0.045 1.2 1.15 x 0.91 29.2 x 23.1 2.00 51 50 222 GTH-E, 500 2500
Wrap
GS4H-E, PTS,
E1 B3M2S-TL 8.0 203 0.185 4.7 0.045 1.2 1.81 x 0.91 46.0 x 23.1 2.00 51 PTH, PPTS,
50 222 STS2, STH2 250 2500
B4M2S-TL 8.0 203 0.185 4.7 0.045 1.2 2.47 x 0.91 62.7 x 23.1 2.00 51
●●Acetal strap and head materials can provide ●●Robust head design allows tie to be
20 years + life in outdoor applications. tightened over a wide range of angles
Factors such as installation procedures, ●●Convenient reel dispenser pack allows B2
tooling and environmental conditions can installer to cut-to-size for customized field
influence the actual life applications; recyclable box has through-hole
●●Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical, and for attaching to belt, plus storage area for
moisture resistance bag of heads B3
●●Double stainless steel locking barbs provide ●●Ideal for securing cables in outdoor
consistent and predictable holding values messenger strand applications
●●Textured strap provides better gripping ●●May be used with stackable aerial cable C1
surface to prevent tie from moving laterally spacer on the next page
along the length of the bundle for tight,
consistent bundles
C2
Strap Min. Loop Head Recommended Std. Std.
Part Length Strap Width Tensile Str. Height Head Width Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Number Description Ft. mm In. mm Lbs. N In. mm In. mm Tool Qty. Qty.
Strapping, Heads, and Kit – Allows user to customize strap length C3
DTRH-LR0 50' reel of strapping. 50.0 15,240 0.331 8.40 200 890 – – – – GTH-E, 1 20
GS4EH-E,
STH2, STHV
DTHH-Q0 25 cable tie heads. – – – – – – 0.393 9.98 0.557 14.15 – 25 500
C4
DTKH-0 Kit: Strapping (50'), 50.0 15,240 0.331 8.40 200 890 0.393 9.98 0.557 14.15 GTH-E, 1 20
Heads (25) GS4EH-E,
STH2, STHV
D1
Dura-Ty™ Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Acetal – Extra-Heavy Cross Section
●●Acetal strap and head materials can provide ●●Convenient reel dispenser pack allows
20 years + life in outdoor applications. Factors installer to cut-to-size for customized field D2
such as installation procedures, tooling and applications; recyclable box has through-hole
environmental conditions can influence the for attaching to belt, plus storage area for bag
actual life of heads
D3
●●Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical, and ●●Several pre-cut sizes have lead-in style
moisture resistance angled tips on pre-assembled straps for
●●Double stainless steel locking barbs provide easy installation, even with gloved hands, to
consistent and predictable holding values speed installation
E1
●●Ideal for securing cables in outdoor ●●May be used with stackable aerial cable
messenger strand applications spacer on the next page
●●Meets Telcordia TR-TSY-000789 industry
guidelines for lashed cable supports Formula to determine amount of E2
strapping required:
Diameter (inches) x 3.14 + 4.5 inches
Diameter (mm) x 3.14 + 114mm
E3
B3
C1
C2
A
C3
C4
D2
Panduit Panduit
Material Color Suffix Material Color Suffix
E1 Nylon 6.6 Natural 3 Nylon 6.6 Gray 8
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0 Nylon 6.6 White 10
Nylon 6.6 Brown 1 Nylon 6.6 Telephone Gray 14
E2 Nylon 6.6 Red 2 Nylon 6.6 Black 20
Nylon 6.6 Orange 3 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
Nylon 6.6 Yellow 4Y Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Natural 39
Nylon 6.6 Green 5 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Natural (Ivory) 69
E3
Nylon 6.6 Blue 6 Weather Resistant Acetal Black *
Nylon 6.6 Purple 7
✓Denotes Panduit ® Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
E4 *Denotes Dura-Ty™ Weather Resistant Acetal material (no suffix).
E5
Fully rounded
edges on head
and strap
C2
Fixed and
flexible 2-wedge
Outside teeth
locking design
and smooth round
C3 edges protect cable
jacket – ideal for high
vibration applications
C4
Curved tip
threads easily Tip bending serrations
D1 and installs faster and threading hole
facilitate installations in
confined spaces
D3
Belt-Ty™ In-Line Cable Ties IN-LINE Cable Ties
Outside teeth
E1 protect cable jacket
and wire insulation
“Finger grip” shaped
head assures positive
E2 grip while threading tie
E3
E5
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to
and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting of
F
Visit www.panduit.com/tools. wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.26.
B1.54
A
Bundle Cable Ties
B2
B3
C1
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0) Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.57 C3
Contour-Ty ®
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30) Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.58
Cable Ties
C4
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Natural (39) Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.58
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Ivory (69) Locking Ties/Bundle CBR B1.58
D1
Belt-Ty ™ Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix) Locking Ties/Bundle ILT B1.59
In-Line
Cable Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0) Locking Ties/Bundle ILT B1.59
D2
Hyper-V ™
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0) Locking Ties/Bundle HV B1.60
Cable Ties
D3
IN-LINE Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Locking Ties/Bundle IT B1.61
Cable Ties Black (0 and colors))
E1
Part Number System for Contour-Ty ® and Belt-Ty™ Cable Ties
CBR 2 S — M
E2
Type Size Cross Section Package Size Material/Color
CBR = Locking Tie Approx. M = Miniature C = 100 See Page B1.62
ILT = Locking Tie Maximum I = Intermediate TL = 250
Bundle S = Standard D = 500
E3
Dia. (In.) M = 1000
HS = Heavy-Standard
LH = Light-Heavy
E4
C2
C3
C4
E5
Contour-Ty
®
Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 B1
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
indoor or outdoor use workers’ arms/hands B2
●●Unique design prevents wire and cable damage ●●Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
●●Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
bundle size faster initial threading to speed installation
B3
●●Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable
jacket – ideal for high vibration applications
C1
C2
C3
E4
E5
●●Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications ●●Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable
B2 up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use jacket – ideal for high vibration applications
●●Flame retardant material has a flammability rating of UL ●●Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
94V-0 – indoor use workers’ arms/hands
B3 ●●Unique design prevents wire and cable damage ●●Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
●●Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
bundle size faster initial threading to speed installation
C1
C2
C3
Belt-Ty™ In-Line Cable Ties – Nylon and Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 B1
●●Natural nylon material for indoor use ●●Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
●●Weather resistant material has greater resistance to workers’ arms/hands B2
damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use ●●Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
●●Parallel-entry cable tie that threads like a belt (180° entry) faster initial threading to speed installation
●●Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall ●●Nylon 6.6 cable ties are UL Listed for use in plenum or air
B3
bundle size handling spaces per NEC
●●Up to 35% lower head height than conventional 90° ties
C1
C2
C3
ILT2S-C ILT2S-C0
C4
Max. Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
D1
Nylon 6.6 – Black
Standard Cross Section – Plenum Rated
ILT2S-C 8.3 211 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 1.88 48 GTS-E, GS2B-E,
ILT3S-C 11.5 292 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 3.00 76 GTH-E, GS4H-E, D2
50 222 100 1000
PTS, PTH, PPTS,
ILT4S-C 14.7 373 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 4.00 102 STS2, STH2
Light-Heavy Cross Section – Plenum Rated
D3
ILT4LH-TL 14.8 376 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 4.00 102 120 534 GTH-E, GS4H-E, 250 2500
GS4EH-E, PTH,
ILT6LH-C 21.2 538 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 6.00 152 120 534 STH2, ST3EH 100 2000
E5
C2
C3
C4
E2
E3
HVTM HVMPM
E4 Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Material Color Mounting Method Qty. Qty.
Tie Mounts
E5 HVTM-06-C0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black #12 (M6) screw 100 500
Masonry Mounts
HVMPM-08-C0 Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black Fir tree hole mount 100 500
F
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●“Finger grip” shaped head with serrations assures positive
indoor or outdoor use grip while threading tie
B2
●●Parallel-entry cable tie that threads like a belt (180° entry) ●●Install by hand or use Panduit ® GTH-E installation tool
●●Wide tie body provides high tensile strength ●●Flexible – easy to handle and install
●●Up to 50% lower head height than conventional 90° ties ●●Available in UV weather resistant colors for color
●●Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects coordination and UV stability B3
workers’ arms/hands
●●Outside teeth protect cable jacket and wire insulation
C1
C2
C3
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
Black Cable Ties
IT940-C0 UV Black 6.8 173 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 1.57 40 D1
IT965-C0 UV Black 10.1 257 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 2.56 65
124 552 100 1000
IT9100-C0 UV Black 14.1 358 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 3.94 100
IT9115-C0 UV Black 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
D2
Colored Cable Ties
IT9100-CUV2 UV Red 14.1 358 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 3.94 100
IT9100-CUV4Y UV Yellow 14.1 358 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 3.94 100
D3
IT9100-CUV6 UV Dark Blue 14.1 358 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 3.94 100
IT9100-CUV6A UV Light Blue 14.1 358 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 3.94 100 124 552 100 1000
IT9100-CUV7A UV Purple 14.1 358 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 3.94 100
IT9100-CUV8 UV Gray 14.1 358 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 3.94 100 E1
IT9100-CUV16B UV Magenta 14.1 358 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 3.94 100
IT9115-CUV2 UV Red 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV2A UV Bright Red 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115 E2
IT9115-CUV3 UV Orange 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV4Y UV Yellow 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV4A UV Butterscotch 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
E3
IT9115-CUV5A UV Green 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV5B UV Hunter Green 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV6 UV Dark Blue 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
124 552 100 1000 E4
IT9115-CUV6A UV Light Blue 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV6B UV Cobalt Blue 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV7A UV Purple 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV8 UV Gray 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115 E5
IT9115-CUV8A UV Charcoal Gray 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV11 UV Teal 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
IT9115-CUV16B UV Magenta 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
F
IT9115-CUV18 UV Tan 15.3 389 0.350 8.9 0.065 1.7 4.53 115
D1
B1.62
A
Bundle Cable Ties
B2
B3
C1
C2
C4
D1
D2
High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards
Two-piece design results in
extremely low thread force
D3
E1
E2
E4
E5
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to
and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
Visit www.panduit.com/tools. F
See pages B2.1 – B2.26.
B2
B3
C1
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Catalog Page
C4
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30)
Clamp Ties/Mount SSC B1.67
D1
D2
E3
E4
E5
B1.64
A
Bundle Cable Ties
Sta-Strap
®
Cable Ties – Nylon 6.6 B1
●●For indoor use ●●Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading
●●Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications force in the industry B2
●●Small head height allows more efficient use of space in ●●Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties
compact areas ●●Releasable prior to final tensioning for
bundle modifications
B3
C1
C2
E3
E4
E5
C1
C2
E3
E4
E5
Sta-Strap
®
Clamp Ties B1
●●Natural nylon material for indoor use ●●Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading
●●Weather resistant material has greater resistance to force in the industry
B2
damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use ●●Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as
●●Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications a control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use ●●Only clamp tie that is releasable prior to final tensioning
B3
●●Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp
in place
C1
C2
C3
SSC2S-S10-C SSC2S-S10-M0
SSC4H-S25-D0 15.6 395 0.300 7.6 0.065 1.7 0.260 6.6 1/4 M6 4.00 102 120 534 GTH-E, 500 2500
GS4H-E,
GS4EH-E, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH E4
●●Natural nylon material for indoor use ●●Unique design allows tie to be used as a wrap-around or
B2 ●●Weather resistant material has greater resistance to flag marker
damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use ●●Can be marked with Panduit ® Marker Pens on page
●●Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time B1.49 or computer printable labels
B3
C1
C2
SSM2S-C SSM2S-D0
C3
Max. Min. Loop
Marker Bundle Tensile Recommended Std. Std.
Part Marker Length Width Thickness Write-On Area Dia. Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C4 Number Type In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSM2S-C 6.7 170 0.180 4.6 0.045 1.1 0.44 x 0.96 11.2 x 24.4 1.75 45 50 222 GTS-E, 100 500
D1 GS2B-E, GTH-
Wrap/ E, GS4H-E,
SSM4S-D Flag 14.9 378 0.180 4.6 0.045 1.1 0.44 x 0.96 11.2 x 24.4 4.00 102 50 222 PTS, PTH, 500 5000
PPTS, STS2,
STH2
D2
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSM2S-D0 Wrap/ 6.7 170 0.180 4.6 0.045 1.1 0.44 x 0.96 11.2 x 24.4 1.75 45 50 222 GTS-E, 500 10000
D3 Flag GS2B-E, GTH-
E, GS4H-E,
PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2,
STH
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Panduit Panduit B2
Material Color Suffix Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural 3 Nylon 6.6 Black 20
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
B3
Nylon 6.6 Red 2
✓Denotes Panduit ® Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
C1
E3
E4
E5
B2
B3 Catalog
Material, Color (Suffix) Style/Function Part Number Prefix Page
Ladder Style Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30) Releasable/Re-usable PRST B 1.72
C2
Stud Mount
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Double Loop Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0) Locking/Bundle PLB B 1.72
C3
One-Piece
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30)
Double Loop Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0) Locking/Bundle SSB B 1.73
Two-Piece
D1 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30)
Triple Loop Ties Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0 Locking/Bundle PL3B B 1.74
D2 Double Hose Clamp Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0 Locking/Bundle DHC B 1.74
Cable tie tools speed installation Cable tie accessories are used to
and reduce total installed cost. speed and simplify the mounting of
F wires, cables, and tubing.
Visit www.panduit.com/tools.
See pages B2.1 – B2.26.
B1.70
A
Bundle Cable Ties
C2
C3
PLST30SC/50SC
C4
D1
PRST40SC
D2
D3
E1
PLST4H
E2
Recommended Max. Min. Loop Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Stud Size Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Tool Qty. Qty.
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 E3
Standard Cross Section
PLST30SC-D30 5.7 146 0.190 4.8 0.050 1.3 10-24 5.0 1.18 30 GTS-E, GS2B-E,
GTH-E,
PLST50SC-D30 8.1 207 0.190 4.8 0.050 1.3 10-24 5.0 1.97 50 50 222 GS4H-E, PTS, 500 5000 E4
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2
PRST40SC-D30 6.9 176 0.190 4.8 0.050 1.3 10-24 5.0 1.57 40 50 222 Hand install only 500 5000
B3
Boss
C1 Height
C3
Pan-Ty
®
Double Loop Cable Ties
C4 ●●Natural nylon material for indoor use ●●A fast and economical method to secure and separate
●●Weather resistant material has greater resistance to two bundles
damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use ●●Reduces part number inventory – single part covers
D1 ●●Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications multiple bundle sizes
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use ●●Installs easily by hand – second loop can be installed with
Panduit ® cable tie installation tools
D2
D2
D3
D1
PLB4H PLB2S/3S/4S
Head Design Head Design
Assembled View
E1
Max. Combined Min. Loop Std. Std.
Bundle Dia. D1 + D2 Length Width Thickness Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
E2 Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLB2S-C 1.80 46 7.6 193 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 50 222 GTS-E, GS2B-E,
PLB3S-C 3.00 76 11.8 300 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 50 222 GTH-E, GS4H-E, PTS, 100 1000
E3 PLB4S-C 4.10 104 14.8 376 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 50 222 PTH, PPTS, STS2, STH2
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLB4H-TL 3.60 91 14.7 373 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 120 534 GTH-E, GS4H-E, GS4EH-E, 250 2500
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
E4
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLB2S-C0 1.80 46 7.6 193 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 50 222 GTS-E, GS2B-E, 100 1000
E5 PLB3S-C0 3.00 76 11.8 300 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 50 222 GTH-E, GS4H-E, PTS,
PLB4S-M0 4.10 104 14.8 376 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 50 222 PTH, PPTS, STS2, STH2 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLB4H-TL0 3.60 91 14.7 373 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 120 534 GTH-E, GS4H-E, GS4EH-E, 250 2500
F PTH, STH2, ST3EH
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLB2S-M30 1.80 46 7.6 193 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 50 222 GTS-E, GS2B-E,
G 1000 10000
PLB3S-M30 3.00 76 11.8 300 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 50 222 GTH-E, GS4H-E, PTS,
PLB4S-M30 4.10 104 14.8 376 0.190 4.8 0.052 1.3 50 222 PTH, PPTS, STS2, STH2 1000 5000
Light-Heavy Cross Section
H PLB4H-TL30 3.60 91 14.7 373 0.300 7.6 0.075 1.9 120 534 GTH-E, GS4H-E, GS4EH-E, 250 2500
PTH, STH2, ST3EH
Sta-Strap
®
Bow-Ty™ Cable Ties B1
●●Natural nylon material for indoor use ●●A fast and economical method to secure and separate
●●Weather resistant material has greater resistance to two bundles
B2
damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use ●●Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading
●●Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications force in the industry
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use ●●First loop is releasable prior to final tensioning
B3
C1
Top View
C2
SSB2S-C SSB2S-M0 (30)
D2 C3
D1 C4
Assembled View
D1
Max.
Combined
Bundle Dia. Min. Loop Std. Std.
D1 + D2 Length Width Thickness Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
D2
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section D3
SSB2S-C 1.25 32 6.8 172 0.18 4.6 0.045 1.1 30 133 Hand install only 100 1000
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section E1
SSB2S-M0 1.25 32 6.8 172 0.18 4.6 0.045 1.1 30 133 Hand install only 1000 10000
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
E2
SSB2S-M30 1.25 32 6.8 172 0.18 4.6 0.045 1.1 30 133 Hand install only 1000 10000
E3
E4
E5
B3
C1 D3
D2
D1
C2
Assembled View
C3 Max.
Combined
Bundle Dia. Min. Loop Std. Std.
D1 + D2 + D3 Length Width Thickness Tensile Str. Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Installation Tool Qty. Qty.
C4
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PL3B5EH-C0 5.00 127 20.0 508 0.500 12.7 0.075 1.9 125 556 GS4EH-E, 100 1000
ST3EH
D1
E1
Fixed
E2
Adj.
E3 Assembled View
Curved tip up
F GS4H
G
1) Wrap clamp around hose 2) Position second hose 3) Loop tail around second 4) Tension and cut off with
in clamp hose and thread tail through recommended tool
both spacer heads
H
D2
D3
1) Insert tip of cable tie 2) Wrap cable tie around the 3) Pull tip until cable tie is
through the pre-drilled bundle and insert tip back snug on bundle. Tension
hole in the panel. through the hole and and cut off excess portion H
head of the cable tie. with installation tool.
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300. B1.75
A
Industrial Electrical Solutions
B1 Cable Marker Straps – Polyethylene
●●Identify and code telephone and fiber optic cable ●●For underground identification applications
●●Eliminate the need for costly and cumbersome lead ●●Can be marked with Panduit ® marker pens, see
B2 marking tags page B1.49
●●Lightweight and easy to install ●●Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks
●●Use as wrap-around or flag marker available using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service,
B3 see page B1.89
C1
C2
C3
C4
3.88
(98.5)
D1
D2
E1
Marker Max. Recommended Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Write-On Area Bundle Dia. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Color In. mm In. mm Tool Qty. Qty.
E2 Extra-Heavy Cross Section
CM4S-L2 15.3 387 0.750 19.1 0.033 0.84 Red
1.50 x 2.62 38.1 x 66.5 4.38 111 Hand install only 50 500
CM4S-L8 15.3 387 0.750 19.1 0.033 0.84 Gray
E3
E4
E5
Panduit Panduit B2
Material Color Suffix Material Color Suffix
Nylon 6.6 Natural 3 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 Black 30
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black 0 Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Black 300
Nylon 6.6 B3
Nylon 6.6 Red 2
Nylon 6.6 Gray 8
✓Denotes Panduit ® Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
C1
PLST4HS25-TL 300
PLST30SC-D 30
PLST50SC-D 30 D2
PRST30S-S14-M 30
PRST40SC-D 30
SSB2S-C ✓ SSB2S-M ✓ 0, 30
D3
SSPM2.5H-L 300 SSPM2.5H-TL 300
SSPM2.5HP-L 300 SSPM2.5HP-TL 300
SSPM4H-L 300 SSPM4H-TL 300
SSPM4HP-L 300 SSPM4HP-TL 300 E1
SSPM4HLP-TL 300
E2
E3
E4
E5
B3
C1
C2
Max. Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Bundle Dia. Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
C3
Miniature Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT1M-L6-10 Blue/White Stripe
PLT1M-L3-10 Orange/White Stripe
C4 PLT1M-L5-10 Green/White Stripe
PLT1M-L1-10 Brown/White Stripe
PLT1M-L8-10 Slate/White Stripe
D1 PLT1M-L6-2 Blue/Red Stripe
PLT1M-L3-2 Orange/Red Stripe
PLT1M-L5-2 Green/Red Stripe
PLT1M-L1-2 Brown/Red Stripe
D2
PLT1M-L8-2 Slate/Red Stripe
PLT1M-L6-0 Blue/Black Stripe
PLT1M-L3-0 Orange/Black Stripe
D3 PLT1M-L5-0 Green/Black Stripe
PLT1M-L1-0 Brown/Black Stripe
PLT1M-L8-0 Slate/Black Stripe
E1 PLT1M-L6-4 Blue/Yellow Stripe
PLT1M-L3-4 Orange/Yellow Stripe 4.0 102 0.100 2.5 0.036 0.9 0.82 21 18 80 50 1000
PLT1M-L5-4 Green/Yellow Stripe
PLT1M-L1-4 Brown/Yellow Stripe
E2
PLT1M-L8-4 Slate/Yellow Stripe
PLT1M-L6-7 Blue/Violet Stripe
PLT1M-L3-7 Orange/Violet Stripe
E3
PLT1M-L5-7 Green/Violet Stripe
PLT1M-L1-7 Brown/Violet Stripe
PLT1M-L8-7 Slate/Violet Stripe
E4 PLT1M-L0 Black
PLT1M-L1 Brown
PLT1M-L2 Red
E5
PLT1M-L3 Orange
PLT1M-L4Y Yellow
PLT1M-L5 Green
PLT1M-L6 Blue
F
PLT1M-L8 Slate
Note: CSA Certified on solid colors only.
Note: All part numbers have the same dimensions.
G
●●Pan-Pouch™ Kit is made of two-ply laminated black ●●Pocket pouch holds five (50-piece) packages and is made
nylon/vinyl and folds for easy storage of a white vinyl
B2
●●Easily hang pouch from cable by using hook and
loop fasteners
Dimensions Std.
B3
Pkg.
Part Number Description Open Closed Qty.
PPC25X50F Pouch filled with 1,250 cable ties
(50 each of all 24 striped ties and 10.5" x 38" 10.5" x 6" C1
50 solid red ties) (267mm x 965mm) (267mm x 152mm)
PPC25X50 Empty pouch
1
PP5X50F Pocket pouch filled with 250
PPC25X50F cable ties (50 of each color: blue, 3.5" x 5.25"
— C2
orange, green, brown and slate – (89mm x 133mm)
all with white stripe)
C3
C4
PP5X50F
D1
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D3
K-205 Kit for Indoor Use
Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties, cable tie installation tool, terminals, splices and
crimp tool:
(1) GTS tool
(1) CT-100 crimp tool E1
Natural Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
(100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S E2
Terminals
K-205
(100) PV18-6LF
(100) PV14-8LF
(100) PV14-10LF
(50) PV10-10LF E3
Splices
(50) BSV10X 1
(100) BSV14X
(100) BSV18X E4
K-504 Kit for Indoor Use
Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties, cable tie installation tool, and mounts:
(1) STS2 tool
Natural Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
E5
(100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S
K-504/SR2 (100) PLC2S-S10
Mounts F
(100) TM2S8
(100) ABM2S-A
SR2 Two-drawer slide rack to hold K-504 cable tie kit or K-1000 series terminal kit.
Dimensions: 6.25"H x 15.25"W x 11.75"D (158.7mm x 387.4mm x 298.5mm) G
B2
Std.
Pkg.
B3 Part Number Part Description Qty.
KP-506A Kit for Indoor Use
Pan-Ty ®
Cable Ties and Mounts:
KP-506A Natural Nylon 6.6
C1 (100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S
(50) ABM2S-A mounts
C2 KP-506A-0 Kit for Outdoor Use
Pan-Ty ®
Cable Ties and Mounts:
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(100) PLT1M-0
(100) PLT1.5I-0
C3
(100) PLT2S-0
(50) ABM2S-AT-0 mounts
KP-506A-0
KP-509 Kit for Indoor Use
For prototyping and new product development – contains over 600 pieces.
C4 Pan-Ty ®
Cable Ties in different styles, sizes, and colors.
Huge assortment of cable tie mounts and wiring accessories.
KB-550 Assortment Pack for Indoor and Outdoor Use
Pan-Ty ®
Cable Ties:
D1 Natural Nylon 6.6 1
(15) PLT1M
(15) PLT1.5I
(15) PLT2S
D2 (15) PLT3S
KP-509 Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(10) PLT1M-0
(10) PLT1.5I-0
(10) PLT2S-0
D3 (10) PLT3S-0
KB-551 Assortment Pack for Indoor and Outdoor Use
Dome-Top ®
Barb Ty Cable Ties:
Natural Nylon 6.6
E1 (15) BT1M
(15) BT1.5I
(15) BT2S
KB-550
(15) BT3S
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
E2
(10) BT1M-0
(10) BT1.5I-0
(10) BT2S-0
(10) BT3S-0
E3
KB-551
E4
E5
The comprehensive family of hook and loop cable ties delivers reliability by protecting against over-tensioning of high
performance fiber and copper cables. These ties are adjustable, releasable, and re-usable to effectively support frequent
moves, adds, and changes (MACs). A wide range of colors provides flexibility and an aesthetically pleasing appearance. B2
The complete line of Panduit ® Hook and Loop Cable Ties help maintain the reliable, scalable, and aesthetic requirements
of data centers.
B3
Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Cable Ties – Premium, durable designs and sizes
Loop Style Roll/Strip/Brick Style Plenum Rated
C1
C2
C3
C4
Tak-Tape™ Hook & Loop Rolls Ultra-Cinch™ Hook & Loop Cable Ties
D2
Strong, low Unique same-
profile hook and sided material
loop material secures a greater
range of bundle
diameters D3
Available in three
styles and eight
colors; grommet E1
styles used for
bundle mounting
Convenient applications
packaging
E2
E4
B2
B3
C1
Tak-Tape™ Rolls, Black (0) 20' and 35' Rolls/Re-usable TTS B1.84
D1
D3
●●Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance ●●A full range of colors
cabling protecting against over-tensioning ●●Operating temperature range: 0°F to 220°F B2
●●Broadest selection of durable designs and sizes to meet (-18°C to 104°C)
your application needs ●●Complementary mounts available, see page B2.5
●●Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times –
ideal for applications requiring frequent moves, adds, ote: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop
N B3
or changes tensile rating.
C1
C2
C3
HLT (Loop Ties) HLS (Strip Ties) HLM/HLS (Rolls) HLB2S (Stacked Strips)
C4
X-out for #10 screw
(Recommend truss head)
40 178 10 100
HLT3I-X0 12.0 305 0.500 12.7 3.18 81
Stacked Strip Ties – Eliminates cutting ties to length and staging them for each job
Rounded edges for installer safety – 100 pieces
HLB2S-C0 7.0 178 0.750 19.1 1.60 41 50 222 100 1000 E2
C1
X-out
X-out forfor
#10#10 screw
screw
C2 (Recommend
(Recommend truss
truss head)head)
C3 Std. Std.
Length Width Max. Bundle Dia. Min. Loop Tensile Str.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
UL Listed Loop Ties (Maroon) – Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
C4 HLTP2I-X12 8.0 203 0.500 12.7 1.91 49
40 178 10 100
HLTP3I-X12 12.0 305 0.500 12.7 3.18 81
UL Listed Loop Ties (Black) – Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
D1 HLTP2I-X0 8.0 203 0.500 12.7 1.91 49
40 178 10 100
HLTP3I-X0 12.0 305 0.500 12.7 3.18 81
UL Listed Strip Ties (Maroon) – Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
HLSP1.5S-X12 6.0 152 0.750 19.1 1.50 38
D2 HLSP3S-X12 12.0 305 0.750 19.1 3.20 81 50 222 10 100
HLSP5S-X12 18.0 457 0.750 19.1 5.00 127
UL Listed Strip Ties (Black) – Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
D3
HLSP1.5S-X0 6.0 152 0.750 19.1 1.50 38
HLSP3S-X0 12.0 305 0.750 19.1 3.20 81 50 222 10 100
HLSP5S-X0 18.0 457 0.750 19.1 5.00 127
E1
E5
F
Std. Std.
Length Width Max. Bundle Dia. Min. Loop Tensile Str.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
G TTS-20R0 20.0 6.1 0.750 19.1 Various Various 40 178 1 10
TTS-35R3-0 35.0 10.7 0.750 19.1 Various Various 40 178 1 8
TTS-35RX0 35.0 10.7 0.750 19.1 Various Various 40 178 1 10
Std. Pkg. Qty. of TTS-35R3-0 denotes 1 package of three 35' rolls, TTS-35RX0 denotes 1 package of ten 35' rolls.
H
●●Unique material with hooks and loops on same side ●●Grommet (UGCTC and UGCTE styles) offers strength
allows user to secure a greater range of bundle and assures reliable installations that resist pullout when
diameters, including smaller bundles bundling and mounting cables within cabinet applications B2
●●Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance ●●Tapered tip facilitates easy, snag-free threading to
cabling, protecting against over-tensioning speed installation
●●Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times – ●●Use flat-head screws for grommet applications B3
ideal for applications requiring frequent moves, adds, shown below
or changes
Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop
●●Low profile contoured cinch ring provides extra strength tensile rating. C1
and bundle tightness while reducing overall bundle size
C2
C3
UCT UGCTC UGCTE
C4
D1
UGCTC UGCTE
Bundle is centered Bundle is offset from D2
over mounting point mounting point
D3
Note: 1/4" (6mm) diameter mounting hole on grommet style cinch ties.
E5
Flat Head Screws for Grommet Cinch Ties
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
F
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
UCTGS1224-X 12-24 UNC x 5/8mm (.625") flat head phillips screw
UCTGSM5-X M5 x 16mm flat head phillips screw 10 100
UCTGSM6-X M6 x 16mm flat head phillips screw G
Standard Packaging
E4
E5
●●Safe choice for network cable bundling ●●Black tie contains a white rectangular “write-on” area
●●Re-usable multiple times; use where frequent moves, where users can write a message using Panduit ®
adds, and changes are anticipated permanent marking pens on page B2.26 B2
B3
C1
C2
Max. Bundle Min. Loop Std. Std.
Diameter Length Width Thickness Marker Write-on Area Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
Miniature Cross Section (Straight Tip) C3
HLWM1.5S-X0 1.5 38 6.0 152
0.790 20.1 0.17 4.3 2.5 x 0.50 63.5 x 12.7 50 222 10 100
HLWM3S-X0 3.2 81 12.0 305
C4
●●Elastic material provides a flexible tie body that safely ●●The high coefficient of friction material provides a tight
contours around cable bundle to prevent over-tensioning grip and prevents lateral movement along cable bundle,
D2
of data cables to maintain network integrity minimizing overall installation time and potential re-work
●●UL 94V-0 material provides greater flame resistance ●●Releasable design allows release and re-use to
and meets stringent telecommunication flammability accommodate frequent moves, adds, and changes to
requirements (i.e. NEBS GR-63-CORE) support evolving equipment and cabling needs D3
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Halogen-free, non-toxic and environmentally safe material
indoor or outdoor use will not release toxic or corrosive gases upon combustion
●●Soft material has no sharp edges to protect the installer ●●Locking head design; the tapered tip tail threads into E1
and cable bundle for improved jobsite safety and reliability locking head to speed productivity; industry-accepted,
intuitive tie design
E2
E3
E4
Min. Loop Std. Std.
Length Width Thickness Head Height Head Width Tensile Str. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
ERT2M-C20 8.5 216 E5
ERT3M-C20 Black 11.0 279 0.500 12.70 0.090 2.29 0.323 8.20 0.841 21.36 18 80 100 1000
ERT4.5M-C20 16.0 406
F
C1
C2
C3
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Cable Ties D1
Marker Plates
– Mount in any direction, either vertically or horizontally as flags, tags, or E2
wrap-around identification plates.
– White or Weather Resistant black color
– Marker plate sizes: E3
1.50" x 0.75" 2.50" x 0.75"
1.75" x 0.75" 3.50" x 0.75"
2.00" x 0.75" 2.50" x 1.75" E4
D1 Det Norske Veritas & TAE00000ZD DNV GL Rules for PLT Series, PLC Series, PLM
Germanischer Lloyd TAE00001UM R1 Classification of Ships and Series, PRT Series, PLWP Series,
Mobile Offshore Units PRWP Series, PRST Series,
BT Series, BC Series
D2
Lloyd’s Register of 15/600006 (E2) Lloyd’s Register PLT Series, BT Series,
Shipping Type Approval SST Series, CBR Series,
ILT Series, SG Series
D3 NRC (Nuclear NRC 10CFR50 Quality Assurance Criteria All cable tie products
Regulatory for Nuclear Plants and
Commission) Reprocessing Plants
Plenum Rated Panduit logo Panduit ® symbol indicates that Halar (702Y) and select
E1 the cable ties represented are Nylon 6.6 cable ties as noted
suitable for use in plenum or air throughout catalog
handling spaces in accordance
with Sec. 300.22(C) and (D)
E2
of the National Electrical Code
and Rules 12-010 (3), (4) and
(5) and 12-020 of the Canadian
Electrical Code, Part I.
US Military QPL-AS23190 SAE spec AS23190 See Military Cross Reference
E3
Aerospace Standard Page B1.91
Example No. 1
C3
Application Selection
The application requires high radiation (2 x 108 rads) resistance The best choice is PEEK, TEFZEL ■, or HALAR ▲.
and excellent resistance to hydrocarbons. The price is higher than other materials, but all have high ratings in
resistance to radiation and hydrocarbons.
C4
Example No. 2
Application Selection
D1 The application requires a low cost material, good ultraviolet The best choice is Weather Resistant Polypropylene. Price is
resistance, and good resistance to acid rains. medium, the UV rating is 6, and the acid resistance rating is 9.
D2 Weathering
Over a period of time, ultraviolet light (a component of sunlight) attacks most plastic materials and reduces their properties
by breaking the molecular chain. The material breakdown is accompanied by reductions in tensile strength and elongation,
D3
increased brittleness, color changes and loss of surface gloss.
Carbon black, which is used in Panduit ® nylon, polypropylene, and acetal cable ties, is one of the most effective stabilizers
known today. A uniform dispersion of carbon black provides good ultraviolet light resistance without adversely affecting
E1 physical properties. The addition of carbon black, or any other ultraviolet light stabilizer, prolongs the useful outdoor life of
plastic products, but it does not totally eliminate the destructive effects of the light. Some plastics, such as TEFZEL ■ or
HALAR ▲, are intrinsically very resistant to ultraviolet light and do not require stabilizing additives.
E2
Weathering Test Methods
In order to monitor the effects of ultraviolet light and the effectiveness of ultraviolet stabilizers, Panduit, in conformance with
industry standards, adopted two methods of weatherability testing: Outdoor Aging and Accelerated Weather Aging.
E3
Outdoor Aging
The Outdoor Aging method is probably the best and most realistic method of the two. It is conducted in accordance
E4 with ASTM D 1435 Standard Practice for Outdoor Weathering of Plastics, and allows the material to be affected by not
only ultraviolet light, but by all other outdoor elements as well. Although this may more closely approximate an actual
application, two drawbacks do exist. The period of time required to produce property decay and material failure may be
quite long, and varying adverse chemical environments cannot be tested.
E5
■ TEFZEL is a registered trademark of The Chemours Company.
▲ HALAR is a registered trademark of Solvay Solexis.
Weathering (continued) B1
material itself.
Loss of strength is monitored by tensile testing samples of the material before and after it has been weathered. This test
will reveal the decreasing strength accompanied by extended weathering. D2
Loss of toughness can be monitored by measuring changes in elongation and impact strength. As ultraviolet light exposure
time increases and the material becomes brittle, its elongation and impact strength are greatly reduced. It is important to
note that brittle failures can occur even when the tensile strength shows no change. D3
Although change in appearance is normally not a failure mode for cable ties, the plastic does tend to discolor and lose its
surface gloss as exposure increases. These changes can be measured by color difference using Adams units, which are
similar to National Bureau of Standard units. E1
Panduit has its own weathering test program to determine estimated life of various cable tie materials. This includes
examining many previously aged samples obtained throughout the world.
E2
In all cases, the amount of property decay increased with increasing exposure to ultraviolet light. The principal signs of
degradation were found to be brittleness, cracking, and loss of surface gloss. It was also determined that the time for failure
to occur was shorter than indicated from industry tests performed on material samples. This discrepancy is in part due to
the fact that cable ties were tested in an end use, stressed condition, while most plastic resin suppliers conduct weathering E3
tests using unstressed test bars.
Five cable tie materials have superior ultraviolet light resistance: TEFZELn, HALARs, Weather Resistant Acetal, Nylon 12
and Stainless Steel.
E4
Determining the outdoor life expectancy of any material is difficult since there are other factors, besides ultraviolet light
stability, which have to be considered. These factors are listed below and should be considered before specifying a
cable tie material.
E5
D2 Flammability
Flammability
A number of test procedures have been developed which can be used for the evaluation and comparison of various
D3
materials to support combustion.
Flammability (continued) B1
Requirements:
● None of the specimens will burn with flaming combustion for more than 30 seconds after either application of the
controlled flame C3
● The total flaming combustion time will not exceed 250 seconds for the ten controlled flame applications (two controlled
flame applications for each of the five specimens)
● None of the specimens will burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp C4
● Specimens may drip flaming particles which burn only briefly, and may ignite the dry absorbent surgical cotton placed
12 inches (305mm) below the test specimen
● None of the specimens will exhibit glowing combustion that persists for more than 60 seconds after the second
D1
removal of the controlled flame
ASTM D 635
Samples of a material, with dimensions 125mm by 12.5mm and the thickness of the intended end use product, are tested D2
in an unaged “as manufactured” state. A precisely controlled flame is applied to the specimen and a stopwatch is started.
The flame is applied for 30 seconds. The stopwatch is stopped when burning or glowing combustion ceases or when the
flame has proceeded to a mark 100mm from the free end. Ten specimens are tested. If any of the specimens burn to the D3
100mm mark, an additional ten specimens are tested.
Burning Rate
E1
● If two or more specimens have burned to the 100mm mark then Average Burning Rate (cm/min.) shall be reported as
the average of the burning rates of all specimens which have burned to the 100mm mark
● Average time of burning and average extent of burning of the sample shall be reported if none of the ten samples or
no more than one of the twenty specimens have burned to the 100mm mark
E3
● Average Time of Burning (ATB): ● Average Extent of Burning (AEB):
N N
ATB, s = S 0 [time(sec) – 30(sec)] AEB, mm = S 0 [10(mm) – unburned length(mm)] E4
N N
N = Number of specimens tested N = Number of specimens tested
Rounded to the nearest 5 seconds Rounded to the nearest 5mm
E5
D2
Radiation/Moisture/Temperature/Tensile Strength
Radiation
Installed cable ties of various materials have been exposed to different amounts of radiation to determine the maximum
D3 acceptable limit. These tests were conducted by Panduit ® to determine the acceptability for use in various areas of nuclear
power plants (for radiation exposure accumulated over a 40 year life). See Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and
B1.3) for radiation resistance rating.
E1 Moisture
Many plastics when exposed to high relative humidity absorb water and, as such, the tensile strength of the material can
change dramatically. Nylon 6.6 when exposed to 100% relative humidity, will absorb as much as 8.5% water which will
E2 reduce tensile strength by 50% when compared to a dry cable tie. Polypropylene, HALAR ▲, Type 12 Nylon, TEFZEL ■,
Acetal and PEEK are low water absorbing materials and, as such, the effect of water is minimal. See Cable Tie Selection
Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3) for moisture absorption.
E3
Proper Storage
Nylon 6.6 is a hygroscopic material (affected by atmospheric moisture variations). The optimum storage requirement for
Nylon 6.6 cable ties is 73°F (± 15°F) and 50% RH (relative humidity) in sealed containers. Improper storage, especially in
E4 cold/dry conditions can result in moisture loss, which impedes cable tie performance. Panduit packaging provides Nylon 6.6
cable ties conditioned to 2.5% moisture added by weight in heavy-wall, polyethylene heat-sealed bags.
Temperature
E5
Plastic materials normally undergo property loss due to oxidation caused by exposure to high temperatures. The maximum
continuous use temperature for cable tie materials depends upon the time at the elevated temperature as well as other
environmental conditions. Initially, plastics become more flexible and weaker when exposed to high temperatures. After a
F period of time, oxidation may occur which will cause embrittlement, making plastic cable ties more susceptible to failure
from impact and vibration.
The maximum continuous use temperature, is based on the UL Relative Thermal Index (mechanical without impact)
G as determined by UL per UL 746B. It is one indicator of a material’s ability to retain a particular physical property when
exposed to elevated temperatures over an extended period of time. It is based on the assumption that there is no loading,
no chemical attack, and impact-free condition. The continuous use temperature range for cable tie materials are listed in
the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).
H
Temperature (continued)
Low temperature exposure will also make most plastics more brittle during the exposure, but little property loss occurs
B2
when the material is returned to room temperatures. The minimum installation temperatures for cable tie materials are
listed in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).
Tensile Strength B3
Most cable ties are selected based on material, length, and minimum loop tensile strength. Minimum loop tensile
strength was established under SAE Aerospace Standard AS23190. Each cable tie cross section (SM = Subminiature,
M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy and EH = Extra-Heavy)
C1
has a different loop tensile strength when tested per AS23190.
The cable tie is first conditioned at 49°C (120°F), 20% relative humidity for 24 hours, then the cable tie is installed on a split
mandrel and the halves of the mandrel separated at a rate of 1 inch (25.4mm) per minute. The separating force required
C2
to unlock or break the cable tie is the loop tensile strength. Loop tensile strength is dependent both on the locking design
and the tensile strength (psi) of the material. As an example, the tensile strength of polypropylene material is approximately
1/2 to 1/3 of Nylon 6.6; thus the loop tensile strength of a given cross section tie made of polypropylene would be much
less than a tie made of Nylon 6.6. This is another property to be considered when selecting a cable tie. The various C3
representative loop tensile strengths are listed in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).
Halogen-Free
C4
All Panduit ® cable ties (with the exception of TEFZEL ■ and HALAR ▲) are halogen-free per IEC Specification 61249-2-21.
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
G
▲ HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
■ TEFZEL is a registered trademark of The Chemours Company.
304 316
Percent Nylon Nylon Stainless Stainless
Materials Concentration 6.6* 12 Polypropylene TEFZEL ■ HALAR ▲ PEEK Steel Steel
B2
Calcium Hypochlorite 2 D — A A A A A1 A1
Calcium Nitrate 50 — A A A A A — —
Calcium Sulfate 2 C — A A A A A A
Carbon Tetrachloride 100 A A — A A A A A B3
Carbon Tetrachloride Aq. 10 — — — — A — C1 A1
Chlorine Dry — D D A A D C C
Chlorine Wet — D C A A D D D
Chloroacetic Acid 10 to 50 D — A A A A D C C1
Chlorobenzene 100 — C A A A A — —
Chloroform 100 A C C A A A A A
Chlorosulphonic Acid 10 to 100 D D D B A D D D
Chromic Acid 10 to 50 D D A A A A C C C2
Citric Acid 10 to 50 B B A — A A A A
Copper Chloride 1 to 10 D — A A A A A1-D A1-C1
Copper Cyanide Aq. C.S. — — A A A A A A
C3
Copper Nitrate 50 — — A A A A A A
Cresol 100 D D — A A — A A
Crotonaldehyde 100 — — A A A — — —
Cyclohexane 100 — A C A A A A — C4
Cyclohexanol 100 — A A A A A A —
Cyclohexanone 100 — A C A A A A —
Dibutyl Phthalate 100 — — A A A A — —
Dichloroethane 100 — — A — A A A A D1
Dichloroethylene 100 — — C A A — — —
Diesel Fuel 100 — A C A A A A A
Diethyl Ether 100 — A A A A A A A
Diglycolic Acid Aq. C.S. — — A A A — — — D2
Diisobytyl Ketone 100 — — A A A — — —
Dimethyl Amine 100 — — A A A — — —
Dimethyl Formamide 100 — A A A A A A —
Dimethyl Sulfate 100 — — C A A — — — D3
304 316
Percent Nylon Nylon Stainless Stainless
Materials Concentration 6.6* 12 Polypropylene TEFZEL ■ HALAR ▲ PEEK Steel Steel
B2
Potassium Ferrocyanide 25 — — A A A A A A
Potassium Hydroxide 30 C — A A A A C C
Potassium Iodide Aq. C.S. — A A — A — A A
Potassium Nitrate Aq. C.S. — A A A A A A A B3
Potassium Perchlorate 1 — — A A A — — —
Potassium Permanganate 5 D D A A A A A A
Potassium Persulfate All — — A A A — — —
Potassium Sulfate Aq. C.S. — A A A A A A A C1
Potassium Sulfide Aq. C.S. — — A A A A A A
Propionic Acid 50 — — A A A — — —
Propyl Alcohol 100 A — A A A A A A
Pyridine 100 — A C A A A C C C2
Sea Water 100 — A A A A — A1 A1
Silver Chloride Aq. C.S. — A A A A — D D
Silver Nitrate 10 — A A A A A A A
Sodium Acetate Aq. C.S. A — A A A A A1 A C3
Sodium Benzoate Aq. C.S. — — A A A — — —
Sodium Bicarbonate Aq. C.S. A A A A A A A A
Sodium Bisulfate 10 — — A A A — A A
Sodium Bisulfite Aq. C.S. — B A A A — A A C4
Sodium Borate Aq. C.S. — — A A A — A A
Sodium Carbonate 2 A A A A A A A A
Sodium Chlorate 25 — C A A A A A A
D1
Sodium Chloride 10 A A A A A A A A
Sodium Chromate Aq. C.S. D — A A A — A A
Sodium Fluoride 5 — — A A A — A1 A1
Sodium Hydroxide 10 A A A A A A A A
D2
Sodium Hypochlorite 5 B C A A A A C1 A1
Sodium Hyposulfite Aq. C.S. — — — A A — A A
Sodium Nitrate 5 A A A A A A A A
Sodium Perborate Aq. C.S. — B A A A — — C
D3
Sodium Perchlorate 10 — — — A A — A A
Sodium Phosphate 5 — A A A A — A A
Sodium Sulfate 5 — A A A A A A A
Sodium Sulfide 5 — A A A A A A1 A E1
Sodium Thiosulfate 25 — A A A A — A2 A2
Stannic Chloride Aq. C.S. D — A A A A D C
Stannous Chloride Aq. C.S. — A A A A A C B
Stearic Acid 100 — C A A A — A A E2
Succinic Acid 100 — B A A A — — —
Sulfur 100 — A A A A A B C
Sulfur Dioxide All D — C A A A A A
Sulfuric Acid 5 D C A A A C C A E3
Sulfuric Acid 50 D D A A A D C
D
Sulfuric Acid Concentrate D D C A A C C
Sulfurous Acid 10 A — A A A A C1 A1
Tannic Acid 10 — A A A A A A A E4
Tartaric Acid 50 — B A A A A A A
Tetrahydrofuran 100 — C C A A A A A
Toluene 100 A A C A A A A A
Trichloroacetic Acid 10 D — B A A — D D E5
Trichloroethylene 100 — D C A A A A1 A1
Turpentine 100 — B D A A A A A
Urea 50 — A A A A — — —
Vinyl Acetate 100 — — A A A — — — F
Xylene 100 A — D A A A A A
Zinc Chloride 70 D A A A A A A A
Zinc Nitrate Aq. C.S. — A A A A — A A
Zinc Sulfate Aq. C.S. — A A A A A A A G
*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
■ TEFZEL is a registered trademark of The Chemours Company.
▲ HALAR is a registered trademark of Solvay Solexis.
H
C1
C2
C3
PLT1.5M-XMR0
Weather Resistant
All-Nylon Black 1.31 33 5.6 142 0.100 2.5 18 80
PLT1.5M-XMR00* Nylon 6.6
E1
E3
E4
E5
●●Continuously molded cable ties (2,500 ties/reel) provide ●●Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (Natural color)
continuous feeding for high productivity and reduced are UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces
downtime due to fewer reel changes per NEC B2
C1
C2
C3
E2
E3
E4
E5
C1
C2
C3
BT_XMR BT_XMR (0, 30)
Part Number Tie Style Material Color In. mm In. mm In. mm Lbs. N
Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1M4.0-BT System
D1
BT1M-XMR Barbed Nylon 6.6 Natural
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1
Cable Accessories B2
E2
E3
E4
E5
C1
C2
C3
E1
E2
Other Cable Tie Mounts Pages B2.16 – B2.26
●●Push mount designs lock into a hole in a metallic panel or in a blind
E3
masonry hole
●●Edge clip mounts secure to a panel edge using metal barbs that dig
into panel surface
E4 ●●Stud mounts secure onto threaded bolts by screwing or hammering on
the bolt
●●Connector rings can be used to attach adjacent bundles to provide
E5 spacing and prevent vibration damage
C2
C3
●●Screw clips use a screw, nail, or rivet to secure the clip to surface
●●Plastic edge clips secure to an edge in a panel which incorporates a D1
punched hole to provide mechanical retention
●●Push-in clips use an arrow-head shaped barb to lock into a hole in a
panel, and is available in a range of bundle sizes
D2
D3
E1
E2
Harness Board Accessories Pages B2.44 – B2.50
●●Allow an installer to quickly configure a specific arrangement of wires,
to aid in required wire bundling and termination E3
C1 0.16"
(4.0)
0.18" 0.16" 0.20"
(5.1)
0.14"
(4.1)
0.25" 0.25"
(6.4)
(4.6) (4.2) (6.4)
●●Multiple cable tie bridges on one mount speeds ●●4-way cable tie bridges allow cable bundles to be secured
installation of cable bundles by reducing the number perpendicular to the mount for even spacing or inline to
B2
of mounts applied secure a bundle in multiple places
●●Dovetail connection system provides alignment and a ●●Large adhesive surface area provides long-term
joining method to expand routing capabilities reliability and keeps product in place despite heavy
●●V-groove allows for easy separation into two mounts with load or high stress B3
5.16"
(131.0) C1
0.75"
(19.0)
2.50" 0.25"
(63.5) (6.3) C2
Std. Std.
C3
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
ABMQS-A-C M, I, S ABS White Indoors Rubber 100 1000
ABMQS-A-Q White C4
M, I, S ABS Indoors Rubber 25 250
ABMQS-A-Q20 Black
D3
Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Cable Tie Mounts
●●For use with hook and loop cable ties, see page ●●For indoor use only
B1.83, B1.84 ●●Dimensions: 1.10"L x 1.12"W x 0.34"H E1
●●Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for (27.9mm x 28.4mm x 8.6mm)
cable bundle
1.10" E2
(2.80)
0.142"
(3.6)
1.12"
(28.5)
E3
0.87"
(22.1)
0.34" 0.11"
(8.4) (2.8)
0.68"
(17.3)
E4
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: HLT = Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Ties, HLS = Tak-Ty Hook & Loop Strip Tie, TTS = Tak-Tape Roll,
™ ™ ™
E1
E5 Std. Std.
Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Tool Color Type Qty. Qty.
Locking Cable Tie
F
PLA2S-A-Q GTS, GTSL, GS2B, GS4H, PTS, White Rubber 25 250
PTH, PPTS, STS2, STH2
Releasable Cable Tie
G
PRA2S-A-Q Hand installed only White Rubber 25 250
●●For use with Panduit Standard cross section cable ties ●●Quickly route wire and cable where mounting holes
including PLT1S, PLT1.5S, PLT2S, PRT1.5S and PRT2S cannot be drilled B2
●●Integral retaining notch holds cable tie head in place ●●For indoor use only
below bundle ●●Material: ABS
●●Eliminates protruding tie head and facilitates one hand
B3
tie threading
2.00"
(50.8)
C1
1.00"
(25.4)
1.12" C2
(28.4)
0.15"
(3.7)
0.31"
(7.9)
C3
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Color Method Qty. Qty. C4
Snap-In Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
SMS-A-C S White
SMS-A-C14 S Gray Rubber 100 500 D1
SMS-A-C15 S Ivory
E1
0.98"
(24.9)
E4
0.26"
(6.6)
Std. Std. E5
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
EMS-A-C Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors
EMS-A-C0 M, I, S Weather Resistant Black Outdoors EMA epoxy 100 1000 F
Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
C4
Used with Std. Std.
Cable Epoxy Mixer EMS Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Ties‡ Environment Cups Sticks Mounts Ties Qty. Qty.
Epoxy Adhesive Only
D1 EMA-X — Indoors/Outdoors 10 10 — — 10 —
Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMS Mounts
EMSK3-1-X0 M, I, S Indoors/Outdoors 1 1 3 — 1 10
D2
Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMS Mounts and Cable Ties
EMSK3-1-3-0 1 1 3 3 1
M, I, S Indoors/Outdoors 10
EMSK12-4-12-X0 4 4 12 12 10
D3
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
●●Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for the ●●Wide selection of materials available
cable bundle ●●UL Recognized except HVTM and SGTM series
B2
●●Low profile design keeps bundle close to
mounting surface
B3
C1
A B
C2
C3
Counterbore Length Width Height
Std. Std.
Diameter A B C
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Qty. Qty.
TM1S4-C 0.23 5.7 0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 #4 (M2.5) Screw C4
M
TM1S6-C 0.28 7.0 0.51 13.0 0.32 8.0 0.23 5.8 #6 (M3) Screw
TM2S6-C 0.29 7.1 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 #6 (M3) Screw
M, I, S 100 500
TM2S8-C 0.33 8.4 0.63 16.0 0.43 10.8 0.28 7.0 #8 (M4) Screw D1
TM3S8-C 0.32 8.1 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.5 0.37 9.4 #8 (M4) Screw
M, I, S, LH
TM3S10-C 0.38 9.7 0.86 21.9 0.61 15.8 0.37 9.4 #10 (M5) Screw
Super-Grip Cable Tie Mounts
®
D2
SGTM1S6-C SGM 0.28 7.0 0.51 13.0 0.38 9.7 0.22 5.6 #6 (M3) Screw
SGTM2S8-C SGM,SGI,SGS 0.33 8.4 0.66 16.7 0.48 12.2 0.34 8.6 #8 (M4) Screw
100 500
SGTM3S10-C SGM, SGI, 0.38 9.7 0.91 23.1 0.61 15.4 0.43 11.0 #10 (M5) Screw
D3
SGS, SGLH
Hyper-V™ Cable Tie Mounts
HVTM-06-C0* HV 0.40 10.2 0.81 20.6 0.68 17.3 0.41 10.4 #12 (M6) Screw 100 500
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, SGM = Super-Grip ® Miniature, E1
SGI = Super-Grip ® Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip ® Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip ® Light-Heavy, and HV = Hyper-V™.
*Not UL Listed
0.61"
(15.5)
0.74"
B3 (19.0)
1.05"
(26.7)
Std. Std.
C1 Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
TMEH-S8-Q0 #8 (M4) Screw
M, I, S, HS, LH, H, Weather Resistant
TMEH-S10-Q0 Black Outdoors #10 (M5) Screw 25 250
C2 EH, HLM Nylon 6.6
TMEH-S25-Q0 1/4 (M6) Screw
TMEH-S10-C100 M, I, S, HS, LH, H, Weather Resistant Polypropylene Black Outdoors #10 (M5) Screw
100 500
TMEH-S10-C109 EH, HLM Polypropylene Green Indoors #10 (M5) Screw
C3 ‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy
and HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties.
Swivel Mounts
●●The two mounts are securely fastened together with a ●●Separates bundles to avoid abrasion
connecting rivet that allows both mounts to rotate ●●Material: Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
E3
●●Can join bundles of cable, tubing, or hoses that may need
to move or are not parallel
E4
1.23"
0.75"
(31.2)
(19.1)
E5
1.64" 0.87"
(41.7) (22.1)
TMEH TM3
F
Pull Apart Force Std. Std.
Used with Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Lbs. g Color Environment Qty. Qty.
TM3-X2-C0Y M, I, S, HS, LH 120 54,431 100 1000
G
Black Indoors/Outdoors
TMEH-X2-L0Y M, I, S, HS, LH, H, EH, HLM 250 113,398 50 500
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy,
EH = Extra-Heavy and HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties.
H
●●4-way cable tie entry makes part orientation fast and easy ●●Small overall size allows for use where space is limited
B2
0.38" 0.20"
(9.5) (5.1) B3
0.75"
(19.0)
C1
Hole
Diameter
Std. Std.
A C2
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
TA1S8-C M, I, S 0.17 4.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
TA1S8-M0 M, I, S 0.17 4.3 Weather Black Outdoors C3
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
#8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000
TA1S8-M30 M, I, S 0.17 4.3 Heat Stabilized Black Indoors
Nylon 6.6 C4
TA1S8-M69 M, I, S 0.17 4.3 Flame Retardant Natural Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 1000 5000
Nylon 6.6
TA1S10-C M, I, S 0.17 4.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #10 (M5) Screw 100 500 D1
TA1S10-M0 M, I, S 0.20 5.1 Weather Black Outdoors #10 (M5) Screw 1000 5000
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
D2
Super-Grip ® Cable Tie Mounts
SGTA1S8-C* SGM, SGI, SGS 0.17 4.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
D3
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, SGM = Super-Grip Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip Intermediate,
® ®
E1
E4
0.195" 0.50" 0.125"
(5.0) (12.7) (3.2)
1.23"
(31.2)
E5
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Color Environment Method Qty. Qty. F
TA2-C 100 1000
M, I, S Natural Indoors #10 (M5) Screw
TA2-M 1000 500
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard. G
0.40" 0.75"
B3 (10.2) (19.1)
LPMM LPMS
Std. Std.
C2
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Color Method Qty. Qty.
LPMM-S2-C #2 (M2) Countersunk Screw
M Natural
C3 LPMM-S5-C #5 (M3) Countersunk Screw 100 1000
LPMS-S8-C M, I, S Natural #8 (M4) Countersunk Screw
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
C4
D3
0.53" REF.
(13.5)
0.19"
(4.8)
E1 0.74"
(18.7) A
0.23"
0.49" (5.8)
E2
(12.45)
0.12" (3.0)
E3 Hole
Diameter
Std. Std.
A
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
E4 KIMS-H366-C2 0.144 3.7 Red
KIMS-H430-C6 M, I, S 0.169 4.3 Blue Integral Push Rivet 100 1000
KIMS-H500-C4 0.196 5.0 Yellow
E5 ‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
A B3
B C C1
Hole C2
Length Width Height Spacing
Std. Std.
A B C D
Used with Mil. Std. Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Part Number Method Qty. Qty.
C3
TP2-C M, I, S 1.98 50.3 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 1.60 40.6 #10 (M5) Screw 100
●●Designed for aerospace industry to minimize chance ●●For indoor use only
for abrasion ●●Heat stabilized Nylon 6.6 material
D2
●●Low profile design keeps bundle close to
mounting surface
A
D3
D
B C
E1
Hole
Length Width Height Spacing E2
Used with Mil. Std. Std. Std.
A B C D
No. of Cable Mounting Part Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Bundles Ties‡ In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Number Qty. Qty.
MTPC1H-E10-C39 1 M, I, S, 2.09 53.1 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 1.50 38.1
E3
HS, LH, H
MTPC2H-E10-C39 2 M, I, S, 3.59 91.2 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 3.00 6.2
HS, LH, H
MTPC3H-E10-C39 3 M, I, S, 5.09 129.3 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 4.50 114.3 E4
HS, LH, H
MTPC4H-E10-C39 4 M, I, S, 6.59 167.4 0.63 15.7 0.20 5.2 6.00 152.4 #10 (M5)
HS, LH, H — 100 1000
Screw
E5
MTPC5H-E10-C39 5 M, I, S, 8.09 205.5 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 7.50 190.5
HS, LH, H
MTPC6H-E10-C39 6 M, I, S, 9.59 243.6 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 9.00 228.6
HS, LH, H F
MTPC7H-E10-C39 7 M, I, S, 11.09 281.7 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.1 10.50 266.7
HS, LH, H
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
G
A
B3
D
B C
C1
Hole
C2
Length Width Height Spacing
Used with Std. Std.
A B C D
No. of Cable Mounting Mil. Std. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Bundles Ties‡ In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Part Number Qty. Qty.
C3 MTP1S-E6-C 1.75 44.5 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 1.25 31.8 #6 (M3) MS3339-1-9
Screw
1 M, I, S
MTP1S-E10-C 1.75 44.5 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 1.25 31.8 #10 (M5) —
Screw
C4
MTP1H-E6-C 2.09 53.1 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 1.50 31.8 #6 (M3) MS3339-6-9
M, I, S, Screw
1
MTP1H-E10-C HS, LH, H 2.09 53.1 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 1.50 31.8 #10 (M5) —
Screw
D1
MTP2S-E6-C 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 2.50 63.5 #6 (M3) MS3339-2-9
Screw
2 M, I, S
MTP2S-E10-C 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 2.50 63.5 #10 (M5) —
D2 Screw
MTP2H-E6-C 3.59 91.2 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 3.00 76.2 #6 (M3) MS3339-7-9
M, I, S, Screw
2
MTP2H-E10-C HS, LH, H 3.59 91.2 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 3.00 76.2 #10 (M5) —
D3
Screw
MTP3S-E6-C 4.25 108.0 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 3.75 95.3 #6 (M3) MS3339-3-9
Screw
3 M, I, S
E1 MTP3S-E10-C 4.25 108.0 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 3.75 95.3 #10 (M5) —
Screw
MTP3H-E6-C 5.09 129.3 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 4.50 114.3 #6 (M3) MS339-8-9
M, I, S, HS, Screw 100 1000
3
E2 MTP3H-E10-C LH, H 5.09 129.3 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 4.50 114.3 #10 (M5) —
Screw
MTP4S-E6-C 5.50 139.7 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 5.00 127.0 #6 (M3) MS3339-4-9
Screw
4 M, I, S
E3 MTP4S-E10-C 5.50 139.7 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 5.00 127.0 #10 (M5) —
Screw
MTP4H-E6-C 6.59 167.4 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 6.00 152.4 #6 (M3) MS3339-9-9
M, I, S, HS, Screw
4
E4
MTP4H-E10-C LH, H 6.59 167.4 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 6.00 152.4 #10 (M5) —
Screw
MTP5S-E6-C 6.75 171.5 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 6.25 158.8 #6 (M3) MS3339-5-9
Screw
E5 5 M, I, S
MTP5S-E10-C 6.75 171.5 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.2 6.25 158.8 #10 (M5) —
Screw
MTP5H-E6-C 8.09 205.5 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 7.50 190.5 #6 (M3) MS3339-10-9
M, I, S, HS, Screw
F 5
MTP5H-E10-C LH, H 8.09 205.5 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 7.50 190.5 #10 (M5) —
Screw
MTP6H-E6-C 9.59 243.6 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 9.00 228.6 #6 (M3) MS3339-11-9
G M, I, S, HS, Screw
6
MTP6H-E10-C LH, H 9.59 243.6 0.63 16.0 0.20 5.2 9.00 228.6 #10 (M5) —
Screw
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
H
●●Hold cable bundles away from the sharp edges of ●●For indoor use only
bulkheads or cabinet holes ●●Material: Nylon 6.6
B2
●●Can also be used to mount cable bundles adjacent to
any surface
B3
A B
C
C1
C2
Hole C3
Length Width Height Spacing
Std. Std.
A B C D
Used with Mil. Std. Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Part Number Method Qty. Qty.
RAMS-S3-M M, I, S 0.56 14.2 0.39 0.99 0.44 11.0 0.28 7.1 Natural MS3341-2-9 #3 (M2.5) Screw 100 5000 C4
or 3/32 (2.4) Rivet
RAMH-S6-D 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 1.00 0.28 0.28 7.1 #6 (M3) Screw or
M, I, S, HS, 1/8 (3.2) Rivet
Natural MS3341-1-9 500 5000 D1
RAMH-S10-D LH, H 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 1.00 0.50 0.50 12.7 #10 (M5) Screw or
3/16 (4.7) Rivet
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
D2
●●Secure cable bundles that run through bulkhead ●●For indoor use only
lightening holes ●●Material: Nylon 6.6 E1
●●Protect cable bundles from sharp edges
0.70" 0.75"
(17.8) (19.1) E2
0.30"
(7.6)
0.55" 1.10"
(14.0) (27.9)
E3
0.45" 0.20"
(11.4) (5.1)
E4
Std. Std.
Used with Mil. Std. Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Color Part Number Method Qty. Qty. E5
LHMS-S5-D — #5 (M3) Screw or 1/8 (3.2) Rivet
LHMS-S6-D M, I, S Natural MS3340-1-9 #6 (M3) Screw or 9/64 (3.5) Rivet 500 2500
LHMS-S10-D — #10 (M5) Screw or 3/16 (4.7) Rivet F
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
0.95" 1.10"
B3 (24.1) (27.9)
1.25" 1.99"
(31.8) (50.6)
C1 1.00"
0.48"
(25.4)
(12.2)
TMSTLH TMSTH
C2
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
C3 TMSTLHS6-M0 1/4" stud dia. (6mm)
M, I, S, HS, LH Black Outdoors 1000 5000
TMSTLHS8-M0 5/16" stud dia (8mm)
TMSTHS10-D0 3/8" stud dia. (10mm)
C4 TMSTHS11-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H Black Outdoors 7/16" stud dia. (11mm) 500 —
TMSTHS12-D0 12mm stud dia.
TMSTHS13-D0 1/2" stud dia. (13mm)
D1 TMSTHS16-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H Black Outdoors 5/8" stud dia. (16mm) 500 —
TMSTHS19-D0 3/4" stud dia. (19mm)
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
D2
D3
0.88"
(22.4)
E3
0.56"
(14.2) A
E4
Height Max. Panel
A Thickness Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
E5 Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm In. mm Method Qty. Qty.
MCMS12-P-C 0.31 8.0 0.13 3.2
MCMS25-P-C 0.46 11.5 0.24 6.1
M, I, S Clip-On 100 500
MCMS30-P-C 0.55 14.0 0.27 6.9
F
MCMS12-PJ-C* 0.31 8.0 0.13 3.2
‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
*Note: Product is outdoor rated with superior plating.
G
●●Screw applied aluminum mounting base for a secure support in demanding applications
1.00" B2
(25.4)
0.50"
(12.7)
B3
0.14" (3.6)
C1
Max Static
Load Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Material Environment Method Lbs. g Qty. Qty. C2
MBMS-S10-CY M, I, S Aluminum Indoors/Outdoors #10 (M5) Screw 10.00 4540 100 1000
‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
C3
●●Wing provides added stability ●●Can be used where only one side of the panel
●●Requires no adhesive or additional mounting hardware is accessible
D1
0.30"
(7.7) 0.24"
0.17" 0.61"
(4.4) (6.1)
(15.4) D2
0.61" 0.72"
(15.5) (18.2)
D3
PWMS TM2PWH
PWMS-H25-M0 M, I, S 0.11 2.7 0.25 6.5 Weather Black Outdoors Push Barb 1000 5000 E2
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
TM2PWH25-C M, I, S 0.10 2.3 0.25 6.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Push Barb 100 500
E3
‡Cable tie cross section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
E4
E5
C1
Max. Panel Panel Hole Std. Std.
Used with Thickness Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
C2 PM2H25-C M, I, S 0.125 3.2 0.250 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Push Barb 100 500
PM2H25-M0 M, I, S 0.125 3.2 0.250 6.4 Weather Black Outdoors Push Barb
Resistant
C3 Nylon 6.6
1000 5000
PM2H25-M30 M, I, S 0.125 3.2 0.250 6.4 Heat Black Indoors Push Barb
Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
C4 ‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
D3
0.33"
(8.3)
E1
Max. Panel Panel Hole Std. Std.
Used with Thickness Diameter Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
E2
PBMS-H25-C 0.13 3.2 0.250 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural
M, I, S Indoors Push Barb 100 1000
PBMS-H25-C14 0.13 3.2 0.250 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Gray
E3 PBMS-H25-M0 M, I, S 0.13 3.2 0.250 6.4 Weather Black Outdoors Push Barb 1000 5000
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
PBMS-H25-M30 0.13 3.2 0.250 6.4
E4
Heat
M, I, S Stabilized Black Indoors Push Barb 1000 5000
PBMSL-H25-M30* 0.29 7.2 0.250 6.4 Nylon 6.6
E5
●●Used to secure wire, cable, or tubing to masonry surfaces ●●Material: Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
●●Installed quickly into pre-drilled holes; design holds
B2
bundle securely
B B3
A C1
Hole
Grip Length Height Diameter C2
Std. Std.
A B D
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
Pan-Ty ® Masonry Push Mounts C3
SGMPMH38-L0 SGM, SGI, 1.25 31.8 1.49 37.8 0.38 9.5 Black Indoors/ Fir Tree Hole 50 500
SGS Outdoors Mount D3
SGMPMWH32-L0* SGM, SGI, 1.41 35.8 0.28 7.1 0.32 8.0 Black Indoors/ Fir Tree Hole 50
SGS, SGLH, Outdoors Mount
SGH
E1
Hyper-V™ Masonry Push Mounts
HVMPM-08-C0 HV 1.41 35.8 1.63 41.4 0.31 8.0 Black Indoors/ Fir Tree Hole 100 500
Outdoors Mount
‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, E2
HLM = Tak-Ty ® Miniature, SGM = Super-Grip ® Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip ® Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip ® Standard,
SGLH = Super-Grip ® Light-Heavy, SGH = Super-Grip ® Heavy, and HV = Hyper-V™.
*cRUus listed
E3
E4
E5
B3
B
A
C1
Panel to
Used
Head Top of Overall Panel Hole Panel Thickness
C2 with Std. Std.
Diameter Mount Height Diameter Range Range
Cable Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Ties‡ In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Qty. Qty.
PUM-049-M30 M, I, S 0.67 17.0 0.26 6.6 0.54 13.8 0.18 – 0.19 4.6 – 4.9 0.03 – 0.19 0.7 – 3.0 1000
C3
PUM-071-M30 0.67 17.0 0.26 6.5 0.67 16.9 0.25 –0.28 6.3 – 7.1 0.03 – 0.28 0.8 – 7.0
PUM-100-M30 M, I, S 0.64 16.0 0.26 6.5 0.67 16.9 0.35 – 0.40 9.0 – 10.0 0.03 – 0.28 0.8 – 7.0 1000
Heat
C4 Stabilized 5000
PUM-925-M30 M, I, 0.77 20.0 0.30 7.6 1.05 26.7 0.34 – 0.36 8.8 – 9.3 0.04 – 0.62 1.0 – 16.0 Nylon 6.6
S, LH 1000
PUME925-D350 M, I, S, 1.80 30.0 0.27 7.0 1.10 28.0 0.34 – 0.36 8.8 – 9.3 0.04 – 0.62 1.0 – 16.0 500
D1 LH, H,
EH
‡Cable Tie Cross Section: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, and EH = Extra Heavy.
D2
E1
E2
E3
Panel to Max.
Head Top of Overall Panel Hole Panel Thickness Bundle
Std. Std.
E4 Diameter Mount Height Diameter Range Range Diameter
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Qty. Qty.
PUM-049-2S-D30 0.67 17.0 0.26 6.6 0.54 13.8 0.18 – 0.19 4.6 – 4.9 0.03 – 0.19 0.7 – 3.0 1.88 48.0 500 5000
E5
PUM-071-2S-D30 0.67 17.0 0.26 6.6 0.67 16.9 0.25 – 0.28 6.3 – 7.1 0.03 – 0.28 0.8 – 7.0 1.88 48.0
Heat 500 5000
PUM-100-2S-D30 0.64 16.0 0.26 66 0.67 16.9 0.35 – 0.40 9.0 – 10.0 0.03 – 0.28 0.8 – 7.0 1.88 48.0
Stabilized
PUM-925-3H-T30 0.77 20.0 0.30 7.6 1.05 26.7 0.34 – 0.36 8.8 – 9.3 0.04 – 0.62 1.0 – 16.0 3.00 76.0 Nylon 6.6 200 1000
PUME925-3E-C350 1.80 30.0 0.27 7.0 1.1 28 0.34 – 0.36 8.8 – 9.3 0.04 – 0.62 1.0 – 16.0 3.25 82.6
F 100 1000
PUME925-4E-C350 1.80 30.0 0.27 7.0 1.1 28 0.34 – 0.36 8.8 – 9.3 0.04 – 0.62 1.0 – 16.0 4.13 105.0
‡Use with PLT2S Cable Ties except PUM-925-3H-T30, use with PLT3H Cable Ties.
●●Installed behind control panel switch ●●Compatible with most control panel switch designs
●●Ideal for high strain areas where cable is routed from ●●Indoor use only
B2
panel to panel door
B3
A
C1
B
C
C2
D1
Pan-Post™ Standoff
D2
●●Supports cable bundles above or away from surface ●●Material: Nylon 6.6
●●For indoor use only
D3
0.72" E1
(18.3)
A
E2
1.00"
(25.4)
0.75" 0.62" E3
(19.1) (15.9)
1.10"
(27.9)
C3
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Material Color Method Qty. Qty.
PPF2S-S25-V Nylon 6.6
C4 M, I, S
PPF2S-S25-V69 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
Natural Two 1/4" (M6) screws 5 100
PPF2SV-S25-V M, I, S, HS, LH, H, Nylon 6.6
D1 PPF2SV-S25-V69 HLM, HLS Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy,
HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties and HLS = Standard Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties.
D2
0.75"
(19.1)
E1 0.50"
(12.7)
A
E2
●●Secures stacked cables, folds, and breakouts, as well as ●●For indoor use only
laminated and molded bus bars ●●See also Latching Flat Cable Mounts on page B2.35
B2
●●Use one base, one corresponding size plate (FCPI), and ●●Material: Nylon 6.6
one Intermediate cross section cable tie
D B3
B
B
C C C1
A A
FCPI FCBI
C2
Max. Flat Length Width Height Hole
Std. Std.
Cable Width A B C Spacing D
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
FCBI1-A-C20 1.04 26.4 2.50 63.5 0.38 9.5 0.15 3.8 — — C3
FCBI2-A-C20 2.04 51.8 3.50 88.9 0.38 9.5 0.15 3.8 — — User Supplied
Black
Adhesive
C4
FCBI3-A-C20 3.32 7.72 4.52 114.8 0.38 9.5 0.15 3.8 — —
FCBI1-S10-C20 1.04 26.4 2.50 63.5 0.38 9.5 0.15 3.8 2.08 52.8
D1
FCBI2-S10-C20 2.04 51.8 3.50 88.9 0.38 9.5 0.15 3.8 3.10 78.7
Black #10 (M5) Screw 100 1000
FCBI3-S10-C20 3.32 7.72 4.52 114.8 0.38 9.5 0.15 3.8 4.12 104.6
D2
FCPI1-C20* 1.04 26.4 1.29 32.8 0.38 9.5 0.20 5.1 — —
E3
E4
C B
CR4H-M 0.57 14.5 0.36 9.1 0.30 7.6 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors
Cable
1000 10000
Ties
CR4H-M0 M, I, S, HS, LH 0.57 14.5 0.36 9.1 0.30 7.6 Weather Black Indoors/ G
Resistant Outdoors
Nylon 6.6
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard and LH = Light-Heavy.
H
B2
0.52"
(13.2)
B3 0.26" 0.18"
(6.6) (4.6)
C1
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
C2
CROS-M M, I, S Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Cable Ties 1000 5000
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
C3
Cable Spacers
C4
●●Used to separate and/or hang cords, cables, and tubing
2.12"
(53.8)
D1
0.62" 0.50"
(15.7) (12.7)
D2
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
D3 Part Number Cable Ties‡ Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
CSH-D20 Nylon 6.6 Black Indoors
CSH-D0 M, I, S, HS, LH, H Weather Resistant Black Indoors/Outdoors Cable Ties 500 2500
Nylon 6.6
E1
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.
E2
Cable Spacer Cross
●●Connects two bundles at 90° ●●Dual cradle design stabilizes cable bundle
E3
●●Separates bundles to prevent abrasion
0.37"
(9.4)
E4
0.45"
(11.4)
E5
0.25"
(6.3)
F
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
G
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
CSCS-M M, I, S Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors Cable Ties 1000 10000
‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.
H
●●Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – ●●Designed for use in parallel or perpendicular applications
indoor or outdoor use ●●For use with Dura-Ty™ Cable Ties shown on page B1.51
B2
●●Each spacer snaps into another to increase or Pan-Steel ® Self-Locking Ties on page B3.5 – B3.6.
spacer heights by 1/2" increments
2.08" B3
(52.8)
C1
1.16"
(29.5)
0.50" 0.51"
(13.0) C2
(12.7)
C3
Std. Std.
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn. C4
Part Number Cable Ties‡ Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
SACS50-T100 LH, H, EH Weather Resistant Black Outdoors Cable Ties 200 2000
Polypropylene
*Cable tie cross sizes: LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, and EH = Extra-Heavy. D1
D2
Aerial Support Ties – Weather Resistant Polypropylene
●●Designed to attach coax or telephone cable to the 1/4" ●●One-piece construction with integral 1/2" (12.7mm) spacer
(6.4mm) or 5/16" (7.9mm) support strand to form the reduces inventory costs of separate spacer and bands, D3
expansion loop and keep equipment and cables clear of and installs faster to lower installed cost
pole hardware ●●Releasable and re-usable
●●Hand install only E1
A REF. E3
0.055" CABLE
(1.4) (or Cable
Bundle)
E4
Assembled View
Min. Loop E5
Length Max. Bundle Tensile
Std. Std.
A Diameter Strength
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm Lbs. N Qty. Qty.
F
AST10-5-C100 5.6 142 1.00 25 75 334
AST15-5-C100 6.9 175 1.50 38 75 334
100 1000
AST20-5-C100 8.4 214 2.00 51 75 334
G
AST25-5-C100 10.0 254 2.50 64 75 334
B3
C1
C2
PX-0
PX-2 PX-10
Std. Std.
C3 Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color Description Qty. Qty.
PX-0 Black
Permanent marking pen – regular tip 12 144
PX-2 Red
C4
PX-10 White Marking pen for black or other dark colored parts – regular tip 12 300
D1
0.44"
E1 (11.2) B
E2
Hole
Length Width Spacing
Std. Std.
A B C
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
E3 Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
MP150-C 1.50 38.1 0.75 19.0 1.03 26.2
MP175-C 1.75 44.4 0.75 19.0 1.28 32.5
M, I, S Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Cable Ties 100 500
E4 MP200-C 2.00 50.8 0.75 19.0 1.53 38.9
MP250-C 2.50 63.5 0.75 19.0 2.03 51.6
MP350-C 3.50 88.9 0.75 19.0 3.03 77.7
E5 M, I, S Nylon 6.6 White Indoors Cable Ties 100 1000
MP250W175-C 2.50 63.5 1.75 44.5 2.03 51.6
MP150-C0 1.50 38.1 0.75 19.0 1.03 26.2
MP175-C0 1.75 44.4 0.75 19.0 1.28 32.5 Weather
F Indoors/
M, I, S Resistant Black Cable Ties 100 500
MP200-C0 2.00 50.8 0.75 19.0 1.53 38.9 Nylon 6.6 Outdoors
C2
C3
D2
Clincher™ Adjustable Releasable Clamp
●●Adjustable clamp designed to contain a range of cable ●●For indoor use only
bundle diameters ●●Material: Polypropylene D3
●●Latch can be released to provide access to cable bundles
1.00"
(25.4) E1
0.50" 1.00"
(12.7) (25.4)
E2
E3
Std. Std.
Bundle Diameter Range Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
E4
Part Number In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
ARC.68-A-Q 0.19 – 0.68 4.8 – 17.3 White
Rubber Adhesive Tape
ARC.68-A-Q14 0.19 – 0.68 4.8 – 17.3 Gray
25 250 E5
ARC.68-S6-Q 0.19 – 0.69 4.8 – 17.5 White
#6 (M3) Screw
ARC.68-S6-Q14 0.19 – 0.69 4.8 – 17.5 Gray
B2
1.12 0.63
1.0 0.38
0.62 0.25
C1 A B C
Max Bundle: 0.19" Max Bundle: 0.38" Max Bundle: 0.62"
C2 Max. Bundle Dia.: 0.19" Max. Bundle Dia.: 0.38" Max. Bundle Dia.: 0.62"
Natural Nylon 6.6; Rubber Adhesive; 100 pc/pkg ACC19-A-C ACC38-A-C ACC62-A-C
C3 Natural Nylon 6.6; Acrylic Adhesive; 100 pc/pkg ACC19-AT-C ACC38-AT-C ACC62-AT-C
Black Nylon 6.6; Rubber Adhesive; 100 pc/pkg ACC19-A-C0 ACC38-A-C0 ACC62-A-C0
C4
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6; Acrylic ACC19-AT-C0 ACC38-AT-C0 ACC62-AT-C0
Adhesive; 100 pc/pkg
Black Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon; ACC19-AV-M300* ACC38-AV-M300* ACC62-AV-M300*
D1 High Bond Acrylic Adhesive, 1,000 pc/pkg
*Not UL recognized
D2
D3
Push Mount Cord Clip
●●Cables are easily snapped into or out of clips ●●Design of wing provides added stability
E1
●●Winged design holds mount in place even in applications
where vibration is present
E2
0.50"
(12.7)
0.38"
(9.6)
E3
0.90"
(22.9)
E4
Max.
Bundle Max. Panel Panel Hole
Std. Std.
E5 Diameter Thickness Diameter
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
PMCC38H25-C 0.38 9.6 0.105 2.7 0.250 6.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors 100 1000
Push
F PMCC38H25-M0 0.38 9.6 0.105 2.7 0.250 6.4 Weather Resistant Black Outdoors Barb 1000 5000
Nylon 6.6
“J” Clips B1
●●Low profile clips retain cords, cables, or tubing ●●For indoor use only
●●Flexible design allows for easy cord insertion, yet holds ●●Material: PVC
B2
bundle tightly
B3
C
A C1
B
Max.
Bundle Length Width Height
Std. Std. C2
Diameter A B C Diameter
Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Type Qty. Qty.
AJC12-A-C 0.12 3.0 1.00 2.54 0.86 21.8 0.19 4.8 0.13 3.3
C3
AJC19-A-C 0.19 4.8 1.25 3.18 0.87 22.1 0.26 6.6 0.18 4.6 Rubber
Light Gray Adhesive 100 500
AJC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1 0.97 24.6 0.31 7.9 0.23 5.8 Tape
C4
AJC31-A-C 0.31 7.9 1.75 44.5 1.22 30.1 0.40 10.2 0.29 7.4
AJC38-A-C 0.38 9.6 2.00 50.8 1.27 32.3 0.50 12.7 0.39 9.9 Light Gray Rubber 100 1000
Adhesive
Tape D1
C
E1
E2
Max. Bundle Length Width Height
Std. Std.
Diameter A B C
Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Type Qty. Qty.
E3
A1C12-A-C8 0.12 3.0 0.77 19.6 0.63 16.0 0.23 5.8
E5
B3 C
A
C1
D1
Metal Adhesive Backed Cord Clips
●●Can be opened and closed without damaging clip in order ●●For indoor use only
D2 to remove or add cables quickly and easily
C
D3
E1
A B
E2
Max. Bundle Length Width Clip Width
Std. Std.
Diameter A B C
Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Type Qty. Qty.
E3 MACC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 0.77 19.6 0.54 13.7 0.29 7.4
Zinc Plated
Rubber 100
MACC62-A-C 0.62 15.7 1.18 30.0 0.78 19.7 0.29 7.4 Steel
MACC25-AV-D 0.25 6.4 0.77 19.6 0.54 13.7 0.29 7.4 Zinc Plated High Bond 500 1000
E4
Steel Acrylic
MACC62-AV-C 0.62 15.7 1.18 30.0 0.78 19.7 0.29 7.4 Zinc Plated High Bond 100
Steel Acrylic
E5
●●Route and secure cords and cables ●●Push barb parts are for use with a max panel thickness of
●●Convenient releasable latch 0.11" (2.7mm) and a hole diameter of 0.22" (5.6mm)
B2
●●Available in six sizes with releasable latch ●●For indoor use only
●●Material: Nylon 6.6
B3
C
C1
LWC* * -A
LWC* * -H25
C2
Max. Bundle Std. Std.
Diameter Length Width Height Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
C3
Adhesive Backed
LWC19-A-C 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.61 15.5 0.39 9.9 Natural
LWC19-A-C14 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.61 15.5 0.39 9.9 Gray
LWC19-A-C20 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.61 15.5 0.39 9.9 Black C4
LWC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 0.88 22.2 1.00 25.4 0.45 11.4 Natural
Rubber
LWC25-A-C14 0.25 6.4 0.88 22.2 1.00 25.4 0.45 11.4 Gray 100 1000
Adhesive
LWC25-A-C20 0.25 6.4 0.88 22.2 1.00 25.4 0.45 11.4 Black D1
LWC38-A-C 0.38 9.5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.56 14.2 Natural
LWC38-A-C14 0.38 9.5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.56 14.2 Gray
LWC38-A-C20 0.38 9.5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.56 14.2 Black D2
LWC50-A-L 0.50 12.7 1.26 32.0 1.00 25.4 0.67 17.0 Natural
LWC50-A-L14 0.50 12.7 1.26 32.0 1.00 25.4 0.67 17.0 Gray
LWC50-A-L20 0.50 12.7 1.26 32.0 1.00 25.4 0.67 17.0 Black D3
LWC75-A-L 0.75 19.1 1.48 37.6 1.24 31.5 0.90 22.9 Natural
Rubber
LWC75-A-L14 0.75 19.1 1.48 37.6 1.24 31.5 0.90 22.9 Gray 50 1000
Adhesive
LWC75-A-L20 0.75 19.1 1.48 37.6 1.24 31.5 0.90 22.9 Black
E1
LWC100-A-L 1.00 25.4 2.21 56.1 1.97 50.0 1.26 32.0 Natural
LWC100-A-L14 1.00 25.4 2.21 56.1 1.97 50.0 1.26 32.0 Gray
LWC100-A-L20 1.00 25.4 2.21 56.1 1.97 50.0 1.26 32.0 Black
E2
Push Mount
LWC19-H25-C 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.51 12.8 0.41 10.4 Natural
LWC19-H25-C14 0.19 4.8 0.85 21.6 0.51 12.8 0.41 10.4 Gray
LWC25-H25-C 0.25 6.4 0.86 21.8 0.58 14.7 0.47 11.9 Natural E3
LWC25-H25-C14 0.25 6.4 0.86 21.8 0.58 14.7 0.47 11.9 Gray
Push Barb 100 1000
LWC25-H25-C20 0.25 6.4 0.86 21.8 0.58 14.7 0.47 11.9 Black
LWC38-H25-C 0.38 9.5 0.94 23.9 0.58 14.7 0.57 14.5 Natural E4
LWC38-H25-C14 0.38 9.5 0.94 23.9 0.58 14.7 0.57 14.5 Gray
LWC38-H25-C20 0.38 9.5 0.94 23.9 0.58 14.7 0.57 14.5 Black
LWC50-H25-L 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.76 19.3 0.78 19.8 Natural E5
LWC50-H25-L14 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.76 19.3 0.78 19.8 Gray
LWC50-H25-L20 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.76 19.3 0.78 19.8 Black
LWC75-H25-L 0.75 19.1 1.45 36.8 0.87 22.1 0.97 24.7 Natural F
LWC75-H25-L14 0.75 19.1 1.45 36.8 0.87 22.1 0.97 24.7 Gray Push Barb 50 1000
LWC75-H25-L20 0.75 19.1 1.45 36.8 0.87 22.1 0.97 24.7 Black
LWC100-H25-L 1.00 25.4 1.89 47.9 0.99 25.2 1.30 33.0 Natural
G
LWC100-H25-L14 1.00 25.4 1.89 47.9 0.99 25.2 1.30 33.0 Gray
LWC100-H25-L20 1.00 25.4 1.89 47.9 0.99 25.2 1.30 33.0 Black
B2
C
B3 C B
A A
BEC BECP
C1
Max.
Bundle Length Width Height
Std. Std.
Diameter A B C
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
C2
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.
Adhesive Backed
BEC38-A-L 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.52 13.2 Nylon 6.6 Natural
C3
BEC38-A-L20 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.52 13.2 Nylon 6.6 Black
BEC62-A-L 0.62 15.7 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.79 20.1 Nylon 6.6 Natural
C4 Rubber
Indoors 50 500
BEC62-A-L20 0.62 15.7 1.46 37.1 1.24 31.5 0.79 20.1 Nylon 6.6 Black Adhesive
BEC75-A-L 0.75 19.0 1.46 37.1 1.49 37.8 0.89 22.6 Nylon 6.6 Natural
D1
BEC75-A-L20 0.75 19.0 1.46 37.1 1.49 37.8 0.89 22.6 Nylon 6.6 Black
Push Barb
D2 BECP38H25-L 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 0.73 18.5 1.00 25.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural
BECP38H25-L20 0.38 9.6 1.46 37.1 0.73 18.5 1.00 25.4 Nylon 6.6 Black
Push
Indoors 50 500
D3 BECP75H25-L 0.75 19.0 1.47 37.3 0.73 18.5 1.00 25.4 Nylon 6.6 Black Barb
BECP75H25-L20 0.75 19.0 1.47 37.3 0.73 18.5 1.00 25.4 Nylon 6.6 Natural
E2
E3
E4
E5
C1
Max. Bundle
Std. Std.
Diameter
Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Material Color Environment Type Qty. Qty.
Adhesive Backed C2
D1
0.36"
(9.1)
0.81" 1.00" D2
(20.6) (25.4)
Max. Bundle
Std. Std. D3
Diameter
Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Material Color Environment Type Qty. Qty.
Adhesive Backed
E1
AMC25-AT-C10 0.22 – 0.28 6.0 – 7.0 PVC White Indoors Acrylic 100 1000
E2
Vertical Cord Clips
●●Funnel entry design allows for easy insertion of cords ●●Vertical cable entry for ease of installation
and cables ●●For indoor use only E3
E4
C
B A
E5
Max.
Bundle Length Width Height
Std. Std. F
Diameter A B C
Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Type Qty. Qty.
Adhesive Backed
G
VCC25-A-C 0.25 6.4 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.44 11.2
Nylon 6.6 Natural Rubber 100 500
VCC50-A-C 0.25 12.7 1.56 39.7 1.00 25.4 0.81 20.6
H
B2
B3 A B
Max.
C1 Bundle Length Width Height
Std. Std.
Diameter A B C
Adhesive Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Type Qty. Qty.
LC3-A-C8 0.20 5.0 0.75 19.1 0.75 19.0 0.47 11.9
C2 PVC Light Gray Rubber 100 1000
LC5-A-C8 0.36 9.1 1.01 25.7 1.01 25.7 0.61 15.5
LC10-A-L8 0.93 23.6 1.51 38.4 1.51 38.4 0.84 21.3 PVC Light Gray Rubber 50 500
C3
Cable Holder – Adhesive Backed
●●Convenient releasable latch allows easy addition and ●●Low profile design provides a compact cable
C4 removal of cables routing solution
●●For indoor use only
05.04"
(128.0)
2.48"
D1 (63.0)
0.59" 1.50"
(15.0) (38.1)
D2
2.06"
(52.3)
D3 Std. Std.
Cable Width Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Material Color Method Qty. Qty.
CH105-A-C14 2.06 52.3 Nylon 6.6 Gray Rubber Adhesive Tape
E1 100 1000
CH105-S6-C14 2.06 52.3 Nylon 6.6 Gray #6 (M3) Screw
D A
E4 0.06"
(1.5)
0.05"
0.14" Dia. Identification (1.1)
E5 (3.5) Area
●●Available in four sizes with a stack height of 0.17 inches ●●Large mounting base for high bonding strength
(4.3mm) to accommodate different flat cable widths ●●For indoor use only
B2
●●Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing ●●Material: Nylon 6.6
●●Convenient releasable latch
0.50"
A (12.7) B3
1.00"
(25.4) B
B TEAR-TAB
C2
FCM1 and FCM1.2 FCM2 and FCM3.25
Hole
Length Width Spacing C3
Std. Std.
Cable Width A B C
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
Adhesive Backed C4
FCM1-A-C14 1.05 26.7 2.90 73.7 1.05 26.7 — — 100 500
FCM1.2-A-C14 1.20 30.5 3.16 80.3 1.37 34.8 — — Rubber 100 1000
Gray
Adhesive
FCM2-A-C14 2.05 52.1 5.06 128.5 2.22 56.4 1.53 38.9 100 500 D1
FCM3.25-A-L14 3.38 85.9 7.30 185.4 3.38 85.9 1.50 38.1 Gray Rubber 50 500
Adhesive
Screw Mounted
D2
FCM1-S6-C14 1.05 26.7 2.90 73.7 1.05 26.7 — —
FCM1.2-S6-C14 1.20 30.5 3.16 80.3 1.37 34.8 — — Gray #6 (M3) Screw 100 1000
FCM2-S6-C14 2.05 52.1 5.06 128.5 2.22 56.4 1.53 38.9
D3
FCM3.25-S6-L14 3.38 85.9 7.30 185.4 3.38 85.9 1.50 38.1 Gray #6 (M3) Screw 50 500
●●Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing ●●For indoor use only
●●Convenient releasable latch ●●See also Flat Cable Mounting System on Page B2.23
●●Large mounting base for high bonding strength ●●Material: Nylon 6.6 E2
5.00"
(128.1)
E3
1.03"(26.2)
1.50"
(38.1)
E4
2.48"
(63.0)
E5
Std. Std.
Length Cable Width Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm Color Mounting Method Qty. Qty. F
Adhesive Backed
FCH2-A-C14 2.48 63.0 2.06 50.8 Gray Rubber Adhesive
100 500
FCH2-S6-C14 2.48 63.0 2.06 50.8 Gray #6 (M3) Screw G
B3 B A
C1 TEAR-TAB
●●One-piece design significantly reduces installation time ●●Material: Impact modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
D1 ●●Integrated ribs prevent rotation of cable bundles and
ensures secure grip on hoses
D2
B
C
D3
AØ
E1
E2
Max. Bundle
Diameter Width Bundle Offset Max. Panel Panel Hole
Std. Std.
A B C Thickness Diameter
Pkg. Ctn.
E3
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Qty. Qty.
PC038-H25D-C0 0.38 9.5 0.62 15.7 0.64 16.3 0.13 3.2 0.28 7.1
PC050-H25D-C0 0.50 12.7 0.62 15.7 0.71 17.9 0.13 3.2 0.28 7.1 100 500
E4 PC062-H25D-C0 0.63 15.8 0.62 15.7 0.77 19.5 0.13 3.2 0.28 7.1
PC075-H25D-C0 0.75 19.1 0.62 15.7 0.83 21.1 0.13 3.2 0.28 7.1
Black
PC087-H25D-C0 0.88 22.1 0.62 15.7 0.89 22.7 0.13 3.2 0.28 7.1
E5 PC100-H25D-C0 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.7 0.96 24.3 0.13 3.2 0.28 7.1 100 1000
PC112-H25D-C0 1.13 28.5 0.62 15.7 1.02 25.8 0.13 3.2 0.28 7.1
PC125-H25D-C0 1.25 31.8 0.62 15.7 1.08 27.4 0.13 3.2 0.28 7.1
F
A B2
(Dia.)
C
B3
B
C1
Max. Bundle
Diameter Width Bundle Offset
Std. Std.
A B C
Mounting Pkg. Ctn. C2
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Method Qty. Qty.
CCS12-S8-C 0.12 3.1 0.37 9.4 0.33 8.4
CCS19-S8-C 0.19 4.8 0.37 9.4 0.43 10.9 #8 (M4) Screw 100 500
C3
CCS25-S8-C 0.25 6.3 0.37 9.4 0.41 10.4
CCS25-S10-C 0.25 6.3 0.37 9.4 0.41 10.4 #10 (M5) Screw 100 500
CCS31-S8-C 0.31 7.9 0.37 9.4 0.49 12.4
C4
CCS38-S8-C 0.38 9.5 0.37 9.4 0.59 15.0
#8 (M4) Screw 100 500
CCS44-S8-C 0.44 11.1 0.37 9.4 0.57 14.5
CCS50-S8-C 0.50 12.7 0.37 9.4 0.60 15.2
D1
CCH12-S10-C 0.12 3.1 0.50 12.7 0.36 9.1
CCH19-S10-C 0.19 4.8 0.50 12.7 0.42 10.7
CCH25-S10-C 0.25 6.3 0.50 12.7 0.46 11.7
D2
CCH31-S10-C 0.31 7.9 0.50 12.7 0.50 12.7
CCH38-S10-C 0.38 9.5 0.50 12.7 0.53 13.5
CCH44-S10-C 0.44 11.1 0.50 12.7 0.56 14.2
CCH50-S10-C 0.50 12.7 0.50 12.7 0.59 15.0 D3
E5
1.44"
(36.5)
B3
0.36" 0.38"
(9.1) (9.5)
0.06"
C1 (1.5) 0.56"
(14.2)
Max. Bundle
C2 Std. Std.
Diameter
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Material Color Environment Mounting Method Qty. Qty.
TWR-C 0.38 9.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural Indoors
C3
TWR-C0 0.38 9.5 Weather Resistant Black Outdoors #6 (M3) Screw 100 500
Nylon 6.6
C4
0.71"
D3 (18.0)
E1
Max. Bundle
Std. Std.
Diameter
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Material Color Mounting Method Qty. Qty.
E2
HSC.25-L 0.25 6.4 Nylon 6.6 White
HSC.25-L100 0.25 6.4 Weather Resistant Black Clip 50 500
Polypropylene
E3
E4
E5
Wire Standoffs B1
●●For retaining wires, cable, components or tubing away ●●Design of wing provides added stability
from panel or conductive chassis ●●Material: Nylon 6.6 B2
●●Finger grip flanges can be easily locked or unlocked ●●For indoor use only
for revisions
A B3
Max. Dia.
(when closed)
C1
B
C2
Max. Bundle Standoff
Diameter Height Max. Panel Panel Hole
Std. Std.
A B Thickness Diameter
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty. C3
WS25-25-C 0.25 6.4 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7
WS25-50-C 0.25 6.4 0.50 12.7 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7
WS25-75-C 0.25 6.4 0.75 19.1 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 C4
E1
Snap-In Clips
●●Clip around bundle to hold securely in place ●●Material: Nylon 6.6
E2
●●Clips are placed on the bundle then attached to the panel ●●For indoor use only
E3
E4
B
B3
B
A
A
C1
C2
Max. Bundle Height Width Max. Panel Panel Hole
Std. Std.
Diameter A B Thickness Diameter
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
C3
VWS3750-C 0.38 x 0.50 9.7 x 12.7 0.90 22.9 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7
Natural Push Barb 100 500
VWS3775-C 0.38 x 0.75 9.7 x 19.1 1.17 29.7 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7
VWS50100-C 0.50 x 1.00 12.7 x 25.4 1.47 37.3 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 Natural Push Barb 100 1000
C4
HWS2819-C 0.19 x 0.28 5.0 x 7.1 0.42 10.7 0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.19 4.7 Natural Push Barb 100 500
D1
“A” Dia
E1
E2
E3 Nominal
Diameter Panel Hole
Std. Std.
A Max. Panel Thickness Diameter
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
E4
CTH19U04-C30 0.19 5 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100 —
CTH35U08-C30 0.35 9 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8 100 500
CTH38U10-C30 0.38 10 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8
E5
CTH50U13-C30 0.50 13 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8
100 —
CTH62U17-C30 0.62 17 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8
F
CTH87U22-C30 0.87 22 0.125 3.2 0.386 9.8
Harness Clips B1
●●Integral “spring” holds wire bundles tightly ●●Design of wing provides added stability
●●Available in vertical and horizontal loading configurations
B2
0.39"
(10.0) 0.39"
(10.0)
1.25" B3
(31.8) 1.10"
(27.9)
0.74" 0.80"
(18.8) (20.2) C1
HCMP06B HCMP06C
C4
2.37"
2.71" (60.1) 1.30"
(68.8) 1.647" (32.9) D3
(41.8)
0.377"
0.40" (9.6)
(10.3)
VWSDC VWS106 E1
Max.
Bundle
Std. Std.
Diameter E2
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm Material Method Color Qty. Qty.
VWSDC-C* 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Natural 100 500
VWSDC-C20* 1.06 26.9 Nylon 6.6 Push Barb Black 100 — E3
VWS106-C 1.06 26.9 Natural
Nylon 6.6 Push Barb 100 500
VWS106-C20 1.06 26.9 Black
*Accepts two bundles. E4
E5
0.59"
B3 (15.0)
0.74" 0.39"
(18.7) (10.0)
C1 HCME06A12
D1
D3
1.00"
(24.5)
3.92"
(99.6)
4.82"
E1 (122.56)
2.54"
(64.5)
E2
E4
E5
B3
0.19" Dia.
(4.7) A 0.28"
(7.2)
C1
D2
C E1
0.40"
(10.2)
0.13" Dia.
(3.3) E2
D
E3
0.22"
(5.6)
0.56"
(14.2) B
E4
Std.
D3 Part Pkg.
Number Description Qty.
QB-KIT2 Starter Kit assortment that includes our core Quick-Build™ Components
essential for faster wire harness builds. Black.
1
E1 QB-KIT2-GRY Starter Kit assortment that includes our core Quick-Build™ Components
essential for faster wire harness builds. Gray.
E2
Std.
Part Pkg.
E5 Number Description Qty.
QB-TILE 1' X 1' (305mm x 305mm) square base component that allows Quick-Build™
mounting pegs and platforms to create a modular harness system. One
package includes 8 tiles. Black.
1 PK
F QB-TILE-GRY 1’ X 1’ (305mm x 305mm) square base component that allows Quick-Build™
mounting pegs and platforms to create a modular harness system. One
package includes 8 tiles. Gray.
C1
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Description Qty
QB-MOUNT-L Peg can be positioned and relocated. Accepts single nail holders, five nail 50 C2
holders, and Quick-Build™ mounting platforms. Allows accessories to rotate as
needed even after mounting peg is installed into grid tile. Black.
C3
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Description Qty
D3
QB-BASE175-Q Mounting platform that is inserted in Quick-Build™ mounting pegs
1.75" x 1.75" (44.45mm x 44.45mm). Allows elastic retainers, wire end
holders, corner posts, bundle retainers and other harness board accessories
to create a complete Quick-Build™ harness system. Compatible with: #4,
#6, #8, and 1/4" screws. Black. E1
QB-BASE120-Q Mounting platform that is inserted in Quick-Build™ pegs 1.2" x 1.2" 25
(30.48mm x 30.48mm). Allows test fixtures corner posts, wire end holders,
and other harness board accessories to be installed to provide a complete
Quick-Build™ harness system. Compatible with #8 screw size. Screw length E2
will vary based on test fixtures and accessories used. Note: Consider
multiple QB-BASE120-Q components for large test fixtures. Black.
E3
Quick-Build™ Screws
●●Used to secure traditional harness board accessories and ●●Phillips/slot combination screw style E4
Std. E5
Pkg.
Part Number Description Qty
QB-S6-500-C #6 screw; 1/2" long
F
QB-S8-500-C #8 screw; 1/2" long
100
QB-S8-750-C #8 screw; 3/4" long
QB-S25-500-C 1/4" screw; 1/2" long G
QB-S25-1000-L 1/4" screw; 1" long 50
C3
E2
Std.
Pkg.
E5 Part Number Description Qty.
QB-WEH1012-Q Wire end holder for Quick-Build™ System. Suitable for #10 – #12 gauge
wire. Holds three wires. Yellow.
QB-WEH1416-Q Wire end holder for Quick-Build™ System. Suitable for #14 – #16 gauge
25
F wire. Holds four wires. Blue.
QB-WEH1822-Q Wire end holder for Quick-Build™ System. Suitable for #18 – #22 gauge
wire. Holds six wires. Red.
●●Manufactured from Nickel Plated Steel ●●Smooth finish on nails prevents abrasion to wire jackets
Std.
E1
Compatible QB Components Pkg.
Part Number Description (see Page B2.46) Qty.
HBN1-T Harness Board Nail - 1" long (1.65" overall). QB-SN1-Q and QB-FN1-Q
HBN2-T Harness Board Nail - 2" long (2.66" overall). QB-SN2-Q and QB-FN2-Q 200 E2
HBN3-T Harness Board Nail - 3" long (3.67" overall). QB-SN3-Q and QB-FN3-Q
E5
Replacement Elastic
Std.
Part Number Qty Compatible QB Components Pkg.
F
RER.5E-X Part Number Description (see Page B2.45) Qty.
RER.75E-X RER.5-S6-X Elastic retainer with replaceable elastic band.
10 Suitable for 0.5" maximum bundle capacity.
RER1.25E-X RER.75-S6-X Elastic retainer with replaceable elastic band. G
RER2.0E-X Suitable for 0.75" maximum bundle capacity. QB-BASE175-Q and
10
RER1.25-S6-X Elastic retainer with replaceable elastic band. QB-S6-500-C
Suitable for 1.25" maximum bundle capacity.
RER2.0-S6-X Elastic retainer with replaceable elastic band. H
Suitable for 2.0" maximum bundle capacity.
B2
Compatible QB Std.
Components Pkg.
Part Number Description (see B2.45) Qty.
B3 ER.5-E4-X Elastic Retainer. Suitable for 0.5" maximum
bundle capacity. QB-BASE175-Q and
10
ER1.25-E4-X Elastic Retainer. Suitable for 1.25" maximum QB-S6-500-C
bundle capacity.
C1
Bundle Retainers
C2
●●Funnel entry allows fast cable insertion ●●Completed bundles can be easily removed
Compatible QB Std.
C3 Components Pkg.
Part Number Description (see pages B2.45) Qty.
BR.5-E6-C Bundle Retainer. Suitable for 0.5" maximum
bundle capacity. 1.07" standoff height. Black QB-BASE175-Q and
C4 100
BR.75-E6-C Bundle Retainer. Suitable for 0.75" maximum QB-S6-500-L
bundle capacity. 0.95" standoff height. Black
BR2-1.3-X Bundle Retainer. Suitable for 2.0" maximum QB-BASE175-Q and 10
bundle capacity. 1.32" standoff height. Black QB-S25-500-L
D1
BR2-1.5-X Bundle Retainer. Suitable for 2.0" maximum
bundle capacity. 1.59" standoff height. Black
BR2-4-X Bundle Retainer. Suitable for 2.0" maximum QB-BASE175-Q and
bundle capacity. 4.06" standoff height. Black 10
D2 QB-S25-1000-L
BR2-6-X Bundle Retainer. Suitable for 2.0" maximum
bundle capacity. 6.02" standoff height. Black
D3
Corner Posts
E1 ●●Designed to pre-form tight bundles at harness corners ●●Top arm rotates upward for easy removal of
and breakouts completed harness
E2 Compatible QB Std.
Components Pkg.
Part Number Description (see pages B2.45) Qty.
CPH.75-S8-X Corner post to assist in tight corners of harness
E3 systems. 0.75" maximum bundle diameter.
Center of bundle is 1.35" from surface. QB-BASE120-Q or
QB-BASE175-Q and 10
CPL.75-S8-X Corner post to assist in tight corners of harness QB-S8-500-C
systems. 0.75" maximum bundle diameter.
E4 Center of bundle is 0.56" from surface.
E5
Wire End Holder
●●Secures wire ends while harness is being fabricated ●●Use with #28 thru #16 AWG wires
F Compatible QB Std.
Components Pkg.
Part Number Description (see pages B2.45) Qty.
WEH-E8-C Use to retain end of wire in secure position. QB-BASE120-Q or 100
G Helps when making terminations or dressing QB-BASE175-Q
harness. and QB-S8-500-C
Std.
Compatible QB Components Pkg.
Part Number Description (see pages B2.45) Qty.
B3
FSH40-X Fanning strip holder to elevate FS156 Fanning
Strip 0.62" above surface. 6.00" long. Black QB-BASE120-Q or
QB-BASE175-Q and 10
FSHH-X Fanning strip holder to elevate FS156 Fanning QB-S8-500-C
Strip 1.42" above surface. 3.2" long. Black C1
FS156-C Fanning strip with 76 spaces for wires up N/A 100
to 18 AWG. 12.1" long and 0.31" tall.
C2
C3
Compatible QB Std.
Components Pkg. D2
Part Number Description (see pages B2.45) Qty.
SHH1-S8-X Spring Wire Holder that elevates spring
1.3" above surface.
Compatible with PBSC1-X spring. Black QB-BASE120-Q or D3
QB-BASE175-Q and
SHH3-S8-X Spring Wire Holder that elevates spring QB-S8-500-C
1.3" above surface.
Compatible with PBSC3-X spring. Black
PBSC1-X Spring compatible with SHH1-S8-X Spring E1
Wire Holder.
NA
PBSC3-X Spring compatible with SHH3-S8-X Spring 10
Wire Holder.
E2
PBSC6-X Spring used independent of Spring Wire
Holder. Requires 6" spacing for mounting.
Can be secured directly to Quick-Build™
Mounting Platform. QB-BASE175-Q and
PBSC12-X Spring used independent of Spring Wire QB-S25-500-L E3
Holder. Requires 12" spacing for mounting.
Can be secured directly to Quick-Build™
Mounting Platform.
E4
E5
C1
C2
Maximum Panel
Panel Hole Height
C3 Std. Std.
Thickness Diameter A
Used with Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Cable Ties‡ In. mm In. mm In. mm Material Color Method Qty. Qty.
THMSP20-C M, I, S 0.160 4.1 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 0.65 16.5 Nylon 6.6 Natural
C4
THMSP20-C30 M, I, S 0.160 4.1 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 0.65 16.5 Heat Black
Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Push Barb 100 1000
D1 THMSP25-C M, I, S 0.230 5.8 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 0.72 18.3 Nylon 6.6 Natural
THMSP25-C30 M, I, S 0.230 5.8 0.244 – 0.283 6.2 – 7.2 0.72 18.3 Heat Black
Stabilized
D2 Nylon 6.6
*Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard.
D3
1.00" (25.4)
0.50"
(12.7)
E3
A
(Dia) 2.00" 0.21" DIA
(50.8) 3.00" (5.3)
(76.2) TYP. 2 PLACES
E4 HB2SP HBUA
Hole
Diameter
Std. Std.
A
E5 Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm For Use With Material Method Qty. Qty.
Posts
F HB2SP19-X 0.20 5.2 PLWP, PRWP, WS, VWS, HWS, TPM
Aluminum Bolt – Included 10 100
HB2SP25-X 0.30 7.5 PLWP, PRWP, PLP, THMS, HCMP, PMCC
Adapter
G HBUA-X — — HB2SP19-X, HB2SP25-X Nylon 6.6 #10 (M5) Screw 10 100
D1
-39 Material
for Contour
Acetal Heat Multiple Tie Metal Detectable Metal Detectable D2
Design Criteria PVC Acetal Stabalized Plates Nylon Polypropylene
Part Number None, 8, 810 None 130, 139 39 86 186
Suffix
Color Gray, White Black Natural Natural Light Blue Dark Blue D3
Maximum 122F (50C) 194F (90C) 194F (90C) 239F (115C) 149F (65C) 149F (65C)
Continuous Use
Temperature
E1
Minimum -40F (-40C) -40F (-40C) -40F (-40C) -76F (-60C) -40F (-40C) -40F (-40C)
Continuous Use
Temperature
UL Flammability V-0 HB HB V-2 E2
- UL94
UV Resistance Poor Good Good Poor
N/A N/A
Water Absorption 0.3% (24 hrs) 0.43% (24 hrs) 0.65% (24 hrs) 1.2% (24 hrs)
E3
Gamma Radiation N/A Poor Poor Good
Resistance
E4
E5
Flame
C4
Weather Resistant Retardant
Design Criteria PEEK Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Tefzel NORYL
Part Number 71 None / 14 / 109 100 None 76 10
Suffix
D1
Color Natural White, Gray, Green Black Black Aqua White
Maximum 266F (130C) 230F (110C) 230F (110C) 257F (125C) 338F (170C) 176F (80C)
Continuous Use
D2 Temperature
Minimum -40F (-40C) -76F (-60C) -76F (-60C) -40F (-40C) -76F (-60C) -40F (-40C)
Continuous Use
Temperature
D3 UL Flammability N/A HB HB V-0 N/A V-1
- UL94
UV Resistance Fair Poor Good Good Excellent Good
Water Absorption 0.1% (24hrs) 0.1% (24 hrs) 0.1% (24 hrs) 0.15% (24 hrs) <0.01% (24 HRS) 0.7% (24 hrs)
E1
Gamma Radiation Good 1x10^5 Rads 1x10^5 Rads N/A Good N/A
Resistance
●●Routing and harnessing cables, both indoors and out, to prevent safety hazards
●●To organize flat cables in many locations with low profile construction
C2
●●Ideal for supporting wire bundles where holes cannot be made in the substrate
●●To separate groups of wires for identification
C3
General Mount Guidelines
Panduit pressure sensitive adhesive (foam tape) mounts are intended to secure wire bundles or other light objects to
smooth surfaces. These mounts are not designed to support excessive loads and should not be used when the maximum C4
expected load exceeds the rated capacity of the mount.
Panduit offers two standard pressure sensitive foam tapes which are available on most adhesive backed wiring accessories
products. The general purpose tape is produced with a rubber based adhesive and is identified by an “-A” in the part
number. This tape develops its strength extremely fast and can be used in environments with temperatures ranging from D2
-20°F (-29°C) to 120°F (49°C). It is recommended that rubber based adhesive mounts dwell 2 hours after installation,
prior to loading. The rubber based tape is rated for a static load of 1/2 pound per square inch. Rubber based adhesive tape
is the best choice for most adhesive mount applications, including powder coated surfaces.
D3
Acrylic based adhesive tape is also available and is identified by an “-AT” in the part number. This tape is for use in
environments where continuous exposure to temperatures ranging from -20°F (-29°C) to 180°F (82°C) is possible.
Acrylic based adhesive develops its maximum strength over a longer period of time than rubber based adhesive. It
is recommended that acrylic adhesive mounts dwell 8 hours after installation, prior to loading. The standard acrylic E1
based tape is also rated for a static load of 1/2 pound per square inch. Acrylic based adhesive tape is a good choice for
environments with exposure to UV rays or temperatures above 120°F (49°C).
Panduit adhesive backed cable accessories are also available pre-installed with high bond acrylic based adhesive and is E2
identified with a "-AV" in the part number. This adhesive can be used in applications with continuous use temperatures
ranging from -31°F (-35°C) to 200°F (93°C), though higher temperatures may be possible for short-term exposure. Like the
standard acrylic adhesive, it is still recommended that the high bond acrylic adhesive mounts also dwell for 8 hours after
installation, prior to loading. The high bond acrylic based adhesive is rated for a higher static load of one pound per square E3
inch. High Bond cable accessories are recommended for use in demanding applications such as where high temperatures
are required, or where fatigue loading is expected.
Panduit also offers a 2-part epoxy for use in applications where excessive loading is required, or where the surface to E4
which the mount must be applied is porous rather than smooth. Panduit EMA adhesive is a 2-part epoxy cement which
is packaged in convenient mixer cups containing an equal amount of resin and hardener. Peel the protective covering off
and pop the center of the cup in to form a mixing bowl. Each cup is supplied with a mixer stick and contains enough epoxy
to properly apply three EMS mounts. The resin and hardener should be thoroughly mixed together until the epoxy is a E5
consistent and uniform color. The mixer stick can then be used to apply the adhesive to the mount. The epoxy should be
forced into the grooves on the bottom of the mount to obtain optimum bond performance. The mount should be applied
to the surface with light pressure and a back-and-forth twisting motion. Hardening of the epoxy begins five minutes after F
mixing at room temperature.
Surface Preparation
B2 For best results, Panduit ® adhesive mounts should be applied to clean, dry, grease-free surfaces. We recommend that
the surface be cleaned prior to mount installation. For rubber and acrylic based foam tape adhesives, a blend of isopropyl
alcohol and water 50/50 may be used to clean most surfaces.
B3 For epoxy type adhesives, especially masonry surfaces, be sure to clean all loose particles away before mount installation.
Some surface abrasion is recommended to achieve maximum strength. A light rubbing with medium grit emery cloth or
sandpaper is best. Wash after abrading.
For proper installation of adhesive mounts with foam tape, simply remove the release liner and place the mount in the
desired location. Avoid touching the adhesive prior to positioning the mount. Apply firm pressure (minimum of 10 pounds)
C2 to the mount for 5 seconds to insure proper adhesion.
12
C3
Alcohol 9 3
C4
D1 1) Clean surface with 2) Allow surface to air dry. 3) Remove the release 4) Apply 10 pounds of 5) Allow mount to
a clean cloth and liner, being careful not thumb pressure for at properly dwell.
isopropyl alcohol. to touch the adhesive. least 5 seconds.
E5
Mount Removal
There is no simple or easy method for removing Panduit adhesives. A thin wire or razor blade can be moved in between
the surfaces when removing foam tape mounts; however, the adhesive residue will remain on the surface. Epoxy
F
adhesives may be removed with a commercial paint stripping solution.
B1
and Accessories B3
E3
E4
E5
C2
C3
Pan-Steel® Coated Cable Ties Pages B3.10 – B3.11
D2
D3
E4
E5
C2
D3
Pan-Steel® Wave-Ty™ Pages B3.7
Patented Innovative
C4 Displacement Lock Extended Retaining Tab
Assures superior Increases overall tie strength
locking strength
D1
D2
Fully Rounded Edges Self-Locking for Fast Installation
D3
E1
Panduit tie body Other manufacturer’s Self-locking design can be Pan-Steel ® Installation
tie body fastened by hand requiring Tools for adjustable tension
E2
no fold over or additional control and automatic
The Pan-Steel ® Stainless Steel Cable Tie features fully installation steps. cut-off for quick, consistent,
rounded edges to assure bundle protection and operator and secure installation.
safety. Panduit not only removes the burr, but actually
E3 passes the material through a secondary process which
removes the top and bottom corners of the material.
E4
E5
B2
MLT 6 S — CP
EH = Extra-Heavy CP = 100
EH15 = Extra-Heavy-15 C2
SH = Super-Heavy
Pan-Steel
®
Self-Locking Cable Ties – MLT Series C3
●S
elf-locking head design speeds installation and locks
into place at any length along the tie body C4
● Provides a strong, durable method of cable bundling
●C
an be used in a wide range of indoor, outdoor, and
underground (including direct burial) applications D1
●S
mooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable
protection and worker safety
●A
vailable in AISI 304 stainless steel for
D2
general-purpose applications
vailable in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
●A
corrosive environments
D3
MLT1S-CP 1.0 25 5.0 127 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100
MLT2S-CP 2.0 51 7.9 201 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100
MLT2S-L 2.0 51 7.9 201 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 50 E3
GS4MT-E, HTMT, 500
MLT2.7S-CP 2.7 69 10.2 259 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 PPTMT, ST2MT 100
MLT4S-CP 4.0 102 14.3 362 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 100
E4
MLT4S-L 4.0 102 14.3 362 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 50
MLT6S-CP 6.0 152 20.5 521 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
MLT8S-CP 8.0 203 26.8 679 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 GS4MT-E, HTMT, 100 500
PPTMT, ST2MT E5
MLT10S-CP 10.0 254 33.0 838 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
MLT12S-Q 12.0 304 39.3 998 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
MLT14S-Q 14.0 355 45.5 1156 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 GS4MT-E, HTMT, 25 125
PPTMT, ST2MT F
MLT15S-Q 15.0 380 49.2 1250 200 890 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
*For other lengths, thicknesses and material grades (316SS) available, contact Panduit Customer Service or refer to www.panduit.com.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.30.
***For information on installation tools, refer to www.panduit.com/tools. G
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Pan-Steel ® Wave-Ty™ B1
●●Patented wave-form spring maintains greater installed ●●Also available in 316 material for the most corrosive
tension on non-resilient objects environments
B2
●●Tightly clamps on applications where other stainless steel ●●Guarantees performance in critical applications
ties will not function ●●Self-locking with low thread force
●●R
etains tension on a solid bundle with minimal applied force
B3
C1
C2
E3
E4
E5
C3
Lower Installed Cost: Can deliver approximately 30% lower overall installed cost versus tie wire depending upon pipe
diameter. Approximately 50% of the overall cost for installation of heat trace can be attributed
to labor.
Reliability: Heat Trace Wave-Ty™ ties do not damage mineral insulated heat trace. Their wide, flat profile and
C4
spring design do not damage the heat trace.
Reduced Down Time: Prevents damage to electric heat trace due installation. Over tensioning of tie wire can result in
damage to electric heat trace ultimately leading to failures and an increase in downtime.
D1
Information based upon results of Test Report SS-PLR-367 – Heat Trace Wire and Insulation Installation Time Study.
D2
Application
D3 Electric Heat Trace is commonly used for temperature maintenance, viscosity control, or freeze protection. This is typically
done by using traced pipes with insulation and cladding. The traced pipes can be accomplished in several ways. For the
purposes of this document, we will be focusing solely on mineral insulated electric heat trace.
Tie wire is commonly used within the industry to install mineral insulated electric heat trace. Heat trace installation using tie
E1 wire requires training and tensioning is dependent on installer skill and experience. Tooling used with tie wire consists of a
pair of nippers or linesman’s pliers. The installer twists and turns the tie wire in order pull the heat trace closer to the pipes.
Too much tension can result in damage to the heat trace. The installation process requires a great deal of repetitive twisting
and pulling to position the heat trace close to the pipes.
E2
Heat trace tie wire is generally applied approximately every 12 inches on vertical and horizontal runs. In a time study,
Panduit found the installers took approximately 1.6 minutes on average for vertical and horizontal runs. Elbows, ball
valves, flanges, and T-valves just added to the complexity with average times ranging from 2.58 minutes to 14.72 minutes
E3 depending upon the fixture. Installation problems associated with tie wire tend to fall into two categories. The first are safety
concerns ranging from puncture hazards (from cut tie wire), blood poisoning, pulling and twisting tie wire (RSI, CTS), and
more. The other area is around damage to and system reliability of the heat trace. Tie wire if over tensioned can damage the
heat trace.
E4
E5
C2
Heat Trace Applications
Ordering Information
C3
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
C3
Max. Min. Loop
Bundle Tensile Recommended Std. Std.
Diameter Length* Strength** Width Thickness^ Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C4 Part Number In. mm In. mm Color Lbs. N In. mm In. mm Tool*** Qty. Qty.
Standard Cross Section^^
MLTFC2S-CP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
D1 MLTFC4S-CP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25 GS4MT-E,
Black HTMT, PPTMT, 100 500
MLTFC6S-CP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
ST2MT
MLTFC8S-CP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 100 445 0.18 4.6 0.010 0.25
D2
Heavy Cross Section^^
MLTFC2H-LP316RD 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
MLTFC4H-LP316RD 4.0 102 14.3 362 Red 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
MLTFC6H-LP316RD 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
D3 MLTFC2H-LP316YL 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
GS4MT-E,
MLTFC4H-LP316YL 4.0 102 14.3 362 Yellow 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, HTMT, 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316YL 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 PPTMT, PBTMT
E1 MLTFC2H-LP316GR 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
MLTFC4H-LP316GR 4.0 102 14.3 362 Green 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
MLTFC6H-LP316GR 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
Heavy Cross Section^^
E2
MLTFC2H-LP316BU 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
MLTFC4H-LP316BU 4.0 102 14.3 362 Blue 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
MLTFC6H-LP316BU 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
E3 MLTFC2H-LP316WH 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
MLTFC4H-LP316WH 4.0 102 14.3 362 White 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 GS4MT-E,
ST2MT, HTMT, 50 250
MLTFC6H-LP316WH 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
PPTMT, PBTMT
MLTFC2H-LP316 2.0 51 7.9 201 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
E4
MLTFC4H-LP316 4.0 102 14.3 362 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
Black
MLTFC6H-LP316 6.0 152 20.5 521 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
MLTFC8H-LP316 8.0 203 26.8 679 250 1112 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25
E5 *Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.30.
***For information on installation tools, refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
^Base material less coating. ^^Minimum bundle diameter is 0.50"(12.7mm).
F
C3
E1
B3
C1
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●S
elf-locking head design speeds installation and locks ●A
vailable in AISI 304 stainless steel for
into place at any length along the tie body general-purpose applications
B2
●C
able tie body passes through the head two times for ●A
vailable in AISI 316 stainless steel for EH and SH
additional strength cross sections
●A
vailable in heavy, extra-heavy, and super-heavy ●S
uper-heavy double wrapped tested for short circuit
cross sections applications up to 71.5 kA B3
C1
1 C2
C3
2
C4
Max. Min. Loop Min.
Bundle Tensile Bundle Recommended Std. Std.
Diameter Length* Strength** Diameter Width Thickness Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm Lbs. N In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool*** Qty. Qty. D1
AISI 304 Stainless Steel — MLTD Double Wrapped Ties
Heavy Cross Section
MLT2DH-L 2.0 51 18.5 470 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 50 250 D2
MLT4DH-L 4.0 102 28.0 711 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 GS4MT-E, HTMT, 50 250
PPTMT, ST2MT
MLT6DH-Q 6.0 152 40.0 1016 600 2670 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 25 250
D3
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DEH-Q 4.0 102 29.5 749 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25
MLT6DEH-Q 6.0 152 41.5 1054 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT, 25 125
RT2HTN, PBTMT E1
MLT8DEH-Q 8.0 203 53.5 1359 800 3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MLT6DSH-Q 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, RT2HTN,
25 125 E2
MLT8DSH-Q 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015 0.38 PBTMT
MLT6DSH-Q316 6.0 152 41.5 1054 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38
RT2HT, RT2HTN, 25 125
MLT8DSH-Q316 8.0 203 53.5 1359 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 PBTMT
E5
**For other lengths, thicknesses and material grades (316SS) available, contact Panduit Customer Service or refer to www.panduit.com.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.30.
***For information on installation tools, refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
C1
10.0 1.0
KNOCK-OUT METRIC TAB
MEASURE DIAMETER
CUT-OFF
HANDLE LOCATION
CUT-OFF GUIDE FOLD OVER
(BOTH SIDES)
C2 RETAINER TAB
10mm
MARKERS(MM)
DIAMETER
20mm
30mm 1"
H
& 40mm RE AN
LE OR 50mm KN TR DLE
ND CT UT 2"
OC AC &
HA TRA -O 60mm
K- TOR
K 70mm
RE OC 1D 3"
OU
KN 80mm
(25.4)
T
90mm
C3 100mm 4"
110mm
120mm 10.0
130mm 5"
140mm
150mm 6"
160mm 2D
170mm (50.8)
180mm 7"
190mm
200mm 8"
C4 210mm
220mm
230mm 9"
240mm 3D
250mm (76.2)
ENGLISH MEASURE
D1
Max. Min. Loop Min.
Bundle Tensile Bundle Recommended Recommended Std.
Diameter Length* Strength** Diameter Width Thickness Installation Banding Pkg.
D2 Part Number In. mm Ft. m Lbs. N In. mm In. mm In. mm Tool*** Head Qty.‡
AISI 304 Stainless Steel — For General Purpose Banding
Standard Cross Section
D3 MBS-TLR Any Any 250 76 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25 GS4MT-E,
ST2MT, HTMT, MTHS-C 1
MBS-MR Any Any 1000 305 100 445 0.50 12.7 0.18 4.4 0.010 0.25
PPTMT
Heavy Cross Section
E1
MBH-TLR Any Any 250 76 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 GS4MT-E,
ST2MT, HTMT, MTHH-C 1
MBH-MR Any Any 1000 305 250 1112 0.50 12.7 0.31 7.9 0.010 0.25 PPTMT, PBTMT
E2 Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MBEH-TLR Any Any 250 76 300 1335 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010 0.25 ST2MT, RT2HT, MTHEH-C 1
RT2HTN, PBTMT
E3 Super-Heavy Cross Section
MBSH-TR Any Any 200 61 450 2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, MTHSH-C 1
RT2HTN, PBTMT
E4 *For other lengths, thicknesses and material grades (316SS) available, contact Panduit Customer Service or refer to www.panduit.com.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.30.
***For information on installation tools, refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
‡Order in number of reels required.
E5
MBCSH-QR316 Any Any 82 25 450 2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 RT2HT, MTHCSH-C316 1
RT2HTN, PBTMT
*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
C3
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.30.
***For information on installation tools, refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
^Base material less coating
‡Order in number of reels required.
C4
To determine the proper amount of banding required, use the following formula:
Calculate S and H Cross Section Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 3 inches (76mm)
D1
Calculate EH and SH Cross Section Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 4.5 inches (114mm)
●●Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at any length along the tie body
Std. Std.
D3
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
AISI 304 Stainless Steel
MTHS-C Loose piece banding head for standard cross section banding. E1
MTHH-C Loose piece banding head for heavy cross section banding.
100 1000
MTHEH-C Loose piece banding head for extra-heavy cross section banding.
E2
MTHSH-C Loose piece banding head for super-heavy cross section banding.
AISI 316 Stainless Steel
MTHS-C316 Loose piece banding head for standard cross section banding.
E3
MTHH-C316 Loose piece banding head for heavy cross section banding.
100 1000
MTHEH-C316 Loose piece banding head for extra-heavy cross section banding.
MTHSH-C316 Loose piece banding head for super-heavy cross section banding. E4
D1
E2 Retained Tension
Split mandrel test
fixture measures retained
**Representative sample, actual results may vary.
tension of installed tie
E3
E4
E5
Part Number System for Pan-Steel ® Retained Tension Ties – MRT Series B1
MRT 6 S C 4 B2
●P
rovide tight bundling of armored cables, pipes, conduit, ●S
elf-locking cable tie design locks into place at any length
and other rigid materials in harsh conditions for a reliable, along the tie body, unlike fixed diameter band clamps
easy to install fastening solution ●A
vailable in AISI 304 stainless steel with a thickness of
C3
0.010" (0.25mm)
MRT1.5H-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
MRT2H-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
MTRTH 50 250 E3
MRT4H-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
MRT6H-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
Double Wrapped — For Additional Strength E4
Standard Cross Section
MRT1.5DS-C4 1.5 38 14.4 366 250 1112 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.4
MTRTLS 100 500
MRT2.5DS-C4 2.5 63 20.7 526 250 1112 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.4 E5
Light-Heavy Cross Section
MRT2.5DLH-L4 2.5 63 20.7 526 350 1556 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 MTRTLS 50 250
Heavy Cross Section F
MRT2DH-L4 2.0 51 18.5 470 550 2447 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
MTRTH 50 250
MRT4DH-L4 4.0 102 31.1 790 550 2447 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
G
***For information on installation tools, refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
C4 MRS2LH-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4
MTRTLS 50 250
MRS4LH-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4
MRS6LH-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 225 1000 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4
D1 Heavy Cross Section
MRS1.5H-L4 1.5 38 10.6 269 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
MRS2H-L4 2.0 51 12.2 310 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
MTRTH 50 250
D2 MRS4H-L4 4.0 102 18.5 470 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
MRS6H-L4 6.0 152 24.8 630 400 1780 1.00 25.4 0.31 7.9
***For information on installation tools, refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
The Panduit ® Pan-Steel ® Stainless Steel Strapping is the ultimate solution for strapping applications. The buckle design
and tension controlled installation tool offer a quick and safe installation for all harsh environments. Available in four widths
3/8" (9.5mm), 1/2" (12.7mm) 5/8" (15.9mm), and 3/4" (19.1mm) in base 201 (3/4" width only), 304, or 316 stainless steel B2
with a temperature range of -60°C (-76°F) to 1000°F (538°C).
C4
*Patented Concave No Sharp Edges
Buckle Recess After tensioning, cut end
Increases body is locked inside buckle
resistance for
increased loop D1
tensile strength
D2
Pan-Steel ® Stainless Steel MS75 Strapping
E2
E3
E5
F
Custom length strapping available for applications that require
various bundle diameters to provide job safety and versatility with
minimum inventory. See page B3.23.
G
C4
D1
Pan-Steel ® Stainless Steel MS75 Strapping
1) P
lace strap 2) Insert tail of 3) A
fter tensioning,
D2
around the strapping into tool raise tool 90° –
material and nose section. 120° over buckle
insert tail of strap Rotate handle and pull down
through buckle. to tension. on cutter lever,
Pull strapping cutting strap.
D3 tight and bend
up to hold
in place.
E1
E3
E4
E5
MS 4 W 38 T 15 L 4
B2
Type Bundle Width Inches Thickness 15 = 0.015" Standard Material
Diameter Package Size
MS = Metal Strap (In.) 38 = 3/8 30 = 0.030" L = 50 Pcs. 2 = 201 SS
50 = 1/2 B3
MSC = M
etal Strap Q = 25 Pcs. 4 = 304 SS
Coated 63 = 5/8 6 = 316 SS
75 = 3/4
C1
Pan-Steel ® Strapping – MS Series
●●Fold over design provides high-retained tension in
mechanical fastening and cable bundling applications C2
●●After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile
buckle – no sharp edges
●●Can be used in a wide range of indoor, outdoor, and
C3
underground (including direct burial) applications
●●Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable
protection and worker safety
C4
●●Available in AISI 201 (3/4" width only) and 304 stainless
steel for general-purpose applications
●●Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
corrosive environments D1
MS10W38T15-L4 10.0 254 37.0 940 502 2229 1.00 25.4 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38
MS4W50T15-L4 4.0 102 18.0 457 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38
MS6W50T15-L4 6.0 152 24.4 620 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 BT2HT 50 250 E4
MS8W50T15-L4 8.0 203 30.7 780 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38
MS10W50T15-L4 10.0 254 37.0 940 671 2979 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38
E5
MS4W63T15-L4 4.0 102 18.0 457 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38
MS6W63T15-L4 6.0 152 24.4 620 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38
MS8W63T15-L4 8.0 203 30.7 780 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38
F
MS10W63T15-L4 10.0 254 37.0 940 839 3725 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38
AISI 316 Stainless Steel
MS12W75T30-Q6 12 304 45.3 1150 2400 10656 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.76 G
BT75SDT 25 25
MS14W75T30-Q6 14 355 51.0 1295 2400 10656 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.76
*For other lengths, thicknesses and material grades (316SS) available, contact Panduit Customer Service or refer to www.panduit.com.
***For information on installation tools, refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
H
C2
E3
E4
E5
●●Fold over design provides high retained tension in ●●Provides job site versatility with minimum inventory
mechanical fastening and cable bundling applications ●●Packaging speeds removal of steel and includes bundle
●●After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile diameter cut-off guide B2
buckle – no sharp edges ●●Available in AISI 201 (3/4" width only) and 304
●●For applications that require various bundle diameters stainless steel for general-purpose applications
●●Supplied in reels of 82.5 feet (25m) (coated) or 100 feet ●●Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most B3
(30.5m) (uncoated) corrosive environments
MARKERS(MM)
DIAMETER
20mm
1"
TAB
30mm
dissimilar metals
H
& 40mm RE AN
LE OR 50mm KN TR DLE
ND CT UT 2"
OC AC &
HA TRA -O 60mm
K- TOR
K
Strap Breaking C4
Used Recommended Std.
Length* Strength Width Thickness^ With Installation Pkg.
Part Number Ft. m Lbs. N In. mm In. mm Buckle Tool*** Qty.‡
201 Stainless Steel D1
MSW75T30-CR2 100 30.5 2400 10656 0.75 19.1 0.030 0.80 MSBW75-C2 BT75SDT 1
304 Stainless Steel
MSW38T15-CR4 100 30.5 502 2229 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 MSBW38-C4 D2
MSW50T15-CR4 100 30.5 671 2979 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 MSBW50-C4 BT2HT 1
MSW63T15-C4 100 30.5 839 3275 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 MSBW63-C4
Coated Custom Length Strapping D3
MSCNW38T15-QR6 82.5 25.0 502 2229 0.38 9.5 0.015 0.38 MSBW38-C6
MSCNW50T15-QR6 82.5 25.0 671 2979 0.50 12.7 0.015 0.38 MSBW50-C6 BT2HT 1
MSCNW63T15-QR6 82.5 25.0 839 3275 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38 MSBW63-C6 E1
*For other lengths, thicknesses and material grades (316SS) available, contact Panduit Customer Service or refer to www.panduit.com.
‡Order in number of reels required. ***For information on installation tools, refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
To determine the proper amount of strapping required, use the following formula: E2
E3
C1 Std.
Used with Pkg.
Pan-Steel ® Width Length Qty.
Part Number Material Ties/Strapping In. mm Ft. m (reels)‡
C2 PCSS-B-CR MLT/S 0.33 8.4 100 30.5
PCSH-B-CR MLT/LH/H 0.47 11.9 100 30.5
Neoprene
PCSSH-B-CR* MLT/EH/SH and 0.91 23.1 100 30.5 1
C3 MS Straps
PCSLSH-B-CR TPE MLT/EH/SH and 1.05 26.8 100 30.5
MS Straps
*Meets MIL-R-6855
C4 ‡Order in number of reels required.
Pkg. –CR = 100 ft. (30.5m) reel.
Used with
D3 Part Number Material Pan-Steel ® Ties Description
UCSQ1-VC Universal Metal Rung Bracket – Strut Type
UCRND1-VC Galvanized Universal Metal Rung Bracket – Round
UCIB1-VC Steel Universal Metal Rung Bracket – I-Beam
E1 MLTS/LH/H/EH/EH15/SH,
UCTH1-VC MLTC/H, Universal Metal Rung Bracket – Top Hat
UCSQ1-V316 MLTFC/S/LH/H/EH/SH, Universal Metal Rung Bracket – Strut Type
Stainless or MSW75
UCRND1-V316 Universal Metal Rung Bracket – Round
E2 Steel
UCIB1-V316 Type 316 Universal Metal Rung Bracket – I-Beam
UCTH1-V316 Universal Metal Rung Bracket – Top Hat
Contact Customer Service for additional sizes, styles, or material grade.
E3
E4
E5
●●Low profile ●●For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross
●●One hole mounting section Pan-Steel ® Ties as well as 0.38 inch (9.5mm)
wide strapping B2
A B3
W H
C1
Z
●●No tapping required ●●For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross
●●Used where only one side of the panel is accessible section Pan-Steel ® Ties
●●Nothing to assemble ●●304 Stainless Steel D2
W D3
A
E1
H E2
E3
Used with Length Width Height Panel Std. Std.
Pan-Steel ® Mounting A W H Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Ties/Strapping Method In. mm In. mm In.. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
MPWM-H56-Q MLTS/LH/H, Inserted into 0.84 21.3 0.29 7.3 0.56 14.2 0.03 – 0.8 – 2.4 25 250 E4
MLTC/H or pre-drilled hole 0.09
MLTFC/S/LH/H 5/16" (8mm)
E5
A
C1
H
C2
C3
Used with Diameter Width Height Panel Std. Std.
Pan-Steel ® Mounting A W H Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Ties/Strapping Method In. mm In. mm In.. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
C4 MBM-H25-Q MLT/S or Inserted into 0.40 10.0 0.20 5.0 0.26 6.5 0.03 – 0.8 – 3.0 25 250
MLTFC/S pre-drilled 0.12
hole
0.25" (6.4mm)
D1
D2
E2
A
E3 A H
G
Z
E4
Screw Head Slot Hole
Used with Length Height Height Width Diameter Std. Std.
Pan-Steel ® Mounting A H G Q Z Pkg. Ctn.
E5 Part Number Ties/Strapping Method* In. mm In. mm Lbs. N In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
MTM2H-Q MLTS/LH/H, #8 (4mm) 0.71 18.0 0.30 8.0 0.09 2.3 0.35 9.0 0.17 4.5 25 250
MLTC/H or screw
MLTFC/S/LH/H
F
*Stainless steel screws are recommended for fastening to avoid corrosion problems associated with dissimilar metals.
B3
C1
A C2
D2
To Install Bulkhead Mount:
D3
1) Insert cable tie through mount slot 2) Insert cable tie and mount through 3) Pull cable tie back to secure the E1
and fold cable tie. panel/framework hole. mount in the panel/framework.
E2
E3
4) M
ount shown in correct position 5) S
eparate cable tie to allow for 6) Install cable tie around bundle E4
for installation. bundling of cables/wires, etc. and fasten.
E5
B3
Maximum Temperature Rating 1000°F (538°C) 1000°F (538°C)
Minimum Temperature Rating -76°F (-60°C) -76°F (-60°C)
RoHS: Compliant Compliant
E3
Lloyd’s Cert. # L5/60006(E1) Material specification, tensile test, All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
Register of vibration tests MS straps.
Shipping
E4 SAE Int’l AS23190 formerly Dimensional, visual, vibration, temp. MLT-S and MLT-H ties in 304 and
formerly MS23109E cycling, immersion 316 material.
US MIL
Chlorine (Wet) Wet F Lactic Acid 100 E Potassium Nitrate 50 E Tartaric Acid 50 E
* E = Excellent, S = Satisfactory, F = Fair, AQ C.S. = Aqueous Cold Saturated, All = All % Concentrations.
C4
OUTDOOR EXPOSURE: Panduit ® Pan-Steel ® Stainless Steel Ties and Straps have been exposed outdoors in Northern Illinois, USA
since 1985. At the printing of this catalog, there has been no sign of corrosion or loss of performance.
FLUID IMMERSION: Panduit ® Pan-Steel ® Stainless Steel Ties were immersed in: 1-Hydraulic Fluid, 2-Turbine Fuel, 3-Lubricating Oil,
and 4-Isopropyl Alcohol for four hours at temperatures of 122°F (50°C). Per SAE Standard MS23190, the parts were then subjected to
D1
and passed the minimum loop tensile test.
RADIATION: Installed cable ties of various materials have been exposed to different amounts of radiation to determine the maximum
acceptable limit. These tests were conducted by Panduit to determine the acceptability for use in various areas of nuclear power plants
(accumulated over 40 year life). Radiation resistance is 2x10 8 rads.
D2
E1 M23190/3-2 MLT4S-CP
M23190/3-2 MLT4S-CP316
M23190/3-3 MLT6S-CP
E2 M23190/3-3 MLT6S-CP316
M23190/3-4 MLT8S-CP
M23190/3-4 MLT8S-CP316
E3 M23190/3-5 MLT2H-LP
M23190/3-5 MLT2H-LP316
M23190/3-6 MLT4H-LP
E4
M23190/3-6 MLT4H-LP316
M23190/3-7 MLT6H-LP
M23190/3-7 MLT6H-LP316
E5
M23190/3-8 MLT8H-LP
M23190/3-8 MLT8H-LP316
M23190/3-9 MLT10H-LP
F
M23190/3-9 MLT10H-LP316
B1
Wiring Duct B2
From the smallest wall mounted panels to the largest integrated turnkey systems,
B3
Panduit ® Panduct ® Wiring Duct is the premium wire management solution for
routing and concealing wiring in electrical control panels. Panduct ® Wiring Duct
provide solutions for the original equipment manufacturing, transportation,
C1
contract manufacturing, maintenance and repair and communications markets.
Panduct ® Wiring Duct is UL recognized and CSA Certified and most carry
the CE mark.
C2
E1
Panduit continues to develop new Panduct ® Wiring Duct solutions to satisfy the
challenges facing our customers worldwide. Maximize the utilization of enclosure
E2
space with PanelMax™ Corner Wiring Duct, DIN Rail Wiring Duct, and Noise
Shield. PanelMax™ Corner Wiring Duct fits into unused space in the corner of
enclosures providing up to 20% enclosure space savings*. Integrate component
E3
mounting with wire management with PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct for up to
30% enclosure space savings. PanelMax™ Noise Shield provides noise mitigation
between noisy and sensitive cabling and can reduce air space requirements within
E4
the enclosure.
C1
C2
PanelMax™ Shielded
Wiring Duct and
2
Noise Shield
C3
Shielded products help mitigate
noise up to 20 dB or create up
to 6 inches of air space.
C4
D1
3
PanelMax™ Corner
Wiring Duct
3
D2
Up to 20% space savings
in layouts with side and
back panels
D3 1
(pages C1.8 – C1.9)
E1
4
Hinged Cover
E2 Wiring Duct
2 4
Wide slot, narrow slot, and
solid wall wiring duct with
E3 hinging cover.
E4
B1
5 B2
Type F Narrow Slot
Wiring Duct
C2
6
D1
E1
Type MC Metric
Wiring Duct
2 E2
Narrow slot, narrow finger
design with DIN 43 659
mounting holes.
E3
E4
Type FL Flexible E5
6 Wiring Duct
Accessories
(pages C1.29 – C1.36) (page C1.30) G
DIN rail and DIN component compatible Hinged and flexible cover
B2 acts as ledge for wire installation
and flexes for easy opening and
Unique finger/slot
increased channel access for
progression for aesthetics
maintenance
and maximum slot capacity
B3
Integrated fastener slot
accepts supplied screw fasteners
to install DIN rail (user supplied rail)
C1 Locating ribs
align and center DIN rail
during installation
C2
Pass-through holes
shorten the wiring path between
C3 components on the same DIN rail
C4
D2
Conventional Wiring Duct Panel Layout:
D3
E1
E2
E3
DIN Rail Wiring Duct Panel Layout with 30% Space Savings:
E4
E5
G
Panduit ® PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct positions DIN rail and components off the panel directly
above an integrated wire management channel for a 30%+ smaller footprint to the panel layout.
Panduct
®
PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct B1
●●Space saving design positions DIN rail and components ●●Slotted platform (horizontal) manage the wire from
off the panel directly above an integrated wire channel mounted components, outer sidewall slots
management channel for up to a 30% smaller footprint (vertical) manage wire from adjacent panel mounted B2
for duct and components; increased design flexibility and components; unique finger and slot progression for
component access for easier installation and maintenance optimal wire management and aesthetics
●●DIN rail and DIN component compatible with standard ●●Channel pass through slots allows wires to transition B3
35mm or 15mm rails and many DIN rail mount internally between channels to ease wire connections
components for design flexibility to either side of components mounted on the same rail
●●Integrated DIN rail fastening slot allows the DIN rail minimizing wire length and reducing material cost
to mount directly to product with plastic thread cutting ●●Optional wire retainer accessory retains cabling with C1
screws for up to 40% faster duct and rail installation and cover opened or removed easing wire installation and
reduced labor costs future wire additions
●●Hinged cover remains attached during maintenance and C2
upgrades preventing lost covers, ensuring panel integrity,
safety and aesthetics; L-shaped cover acts as ledge to
aid wire installation for ease of use
C3
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
DRD22LG6 2" height PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct with dual wiring C4
channels. 6.25" W x 2.12" H (158.7mm x 54.0mm). Base,
covers and DIN rail fasteners included.
DRD33LG6 3" height PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct with dual wiring
DRD channels. 7.25" W x 3.14" H (184.1mm x 79.9mm). Base, 6 Ft. 6 Ft. D1
covers and DIN rail fasteners included.
DRD44LG6 4" height PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct with dual wiring
channels. 8.23" W x 4.12" H (209.0mm x 104.8mm). Base,
covers and DIN rail fasteners included. D2
DRDC2LG6 2" replacement cover for PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
1.58" W x 72" L (40.1mm x 1828.8mm)
DRDC3LG6 3" replacement cover for PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
6 Ft. 24 Ft.
2.26" W x 72" L (57.4mm x 1828.8mm) D3
DRDC4LG6 4" replacement cover for PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
DRDWR 2.76" W x 72" L (70.1mm x 1828.8mm)
DRDSF-C Replacement DIN rail fasteners for PanelMax™ DIN Rail 100 —
Wiring Duct. E1
DRDWR2-X 2" wire retainer for PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
DRDWR3-X 3" wire retainer for PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
E2
DRDWR4-X 4" wire retainer for PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
10 100
DRDCS2-X 2" corner strip for PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
E3
DRDCS DRDCS3-X 3" corner strip for PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
DRDCS4-X 4" corner strip for PanelMax™ DIN Rail Wiring Duct.
Product sold base and cover together in 6 ft. lengths. Replace LG with WH for white color. E4
Dimensions in parenthesis are metric.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
E5
B2
Noise shield provides
UL508 compliant Cable tie slots
integrated into
wire separation shield for cable
B3 management
Potential
noise-emitting
wiring
Durable black
C1 powder coat for
Durable metallic foil smooth edges
shield covers base and
Potential side walls
noise-emitting Uncoated conductive
C2 wiring zinc-plated surface
(top/bottom) for
Vertical wire electrical bond
Horizontal bridge slots for wire
connectors provide pass-through
C3 Bonding clip continuity to
allows shield ground plane Sensitive
use within communications
wiring duct Sensitive wiring cable
C4
D3
E2
E3
Bonding Clips
Noise Shield includes four bonding
clips when mounting Noise Shield
inside wiring duct.
E4
E5
Panduct
®
PanelMax™ Noise Shield B1
●●Reduces EMI/RFI noise between sensitive and noisy ●●Horizontal cable tie slots allow cable bundles to be held
wiring for up to 20dB reduction in noise, or 90% NVR in place using cable ties so cabling is kept near barrier for
(equivalent to 6 inches of air spacing); innovative design greater reliability and optimal aesthetics B2
installs easily within Panduit wiring duct or when mounted ●●Zinc plated steel surface in contact areas with
separately, delivering greater design flexibility to satisfy a sub-panel and bonding clip ensures continuity and is
wide range of applications corrosion resistant
B3
●●Perforated and pre-scored sections speed installation ●●Black powder coated vertical surface for smooth edges
by allowing sections of the shield to be snapped off at
pre-scored locations to easily cut to length with minimal ●●Meets UL 508/508A requirements as a barrier
deburring required between conductors
C1
●●Vertical wall slots allow wires to cross the barrier at 90°
when necessary, providing greater design flexibility
Std. C2
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
SD2EMI EMI Noise Shield kit for 2" height Panduit Wiring Duct; (2) three foot
sections, bonding clips, and anti-oxidizing paste. C3
SD3EMI EMI Noise Shield kit for 3" height Panduit Wiring Duct; (2) three foot
sections, bonding clips, and anti-oxidizing paste.
1
SD4EMI EMI Noise Shield kit for 4" height Panduit Wiring Duct; (2) three foot
PanelMax Noise Shield ™ sections, bonding clips, and anti-oxidizing paste. C4
and Bonding Clips SDCLIP Noise Shield replacement bonding clips – 2 clips.
Panduct
®
PanelMax™ Shielded Wiring Duct
●●Durable and continuous metallic foil covers and shields ●●High-quality Panduit PVC wiring duct base fully contains D2
outer duct surfaces providing EMI/RFI noise reduction and protects wiring, easy to cut and install, and uses
between sensitive and noisy wiring for up to 20dB standard Panduit wiring duct covers
reduction in noise, or 90% NVR (equivalent to 6 inches ●●Installs with standard fasteners including Panduit
of air spacing) NR1 rivets
D3
Std.
Pkg.
E2
Part Number Part Description Qty.
G2X2LG6EMI 2" x 2" PanelMax Shielded Wiring Duct; 6-foot length. Foil metal finish
™
Performance Characteristics
E5
Noise Shielding Performance Relative noise reduction in decibels over
Noise Shielding Effectiveness in dB
0.00
--10.00
No Shield
Panduit ® PanelMax™
--15.00 Shielded Products
G
--20.00
PanelMax™ Shielded Wiring Duct and Noise Shield deliver
90%NVR* approximately 20dB of noise reduction across common industrial
noise frequencies at 30mm wire separation with an approximate
-25.00
-
1-meter coupling length.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
H
Frequency in Mhz *NVR (Noise Voltage Reduction percentage).
C4
D1
E1
Panduct ® Type C Cover Panduct ® Divider Wall
with Protective Film
Creates separate wiring channels
Reduces scrap and labor costs within the wiring duct base.
E2
by protecting the surface during Available in solid or slotted
storage, handling, and installation. wall styles.
(see page C1.9) (see page C1.30)
E3
*Actual subpanel space savings will vary depending on wiring duct size, component layout, and enclosure size and type. Footprint savings is based on
commercially available enclosures and may not be achievable in some applications.
E4
E5
●●Fits in the unused space in the vertical corner ●●Panduit® divider wall snaps directly to the integrated
of enclosures, gaining sub-panel space or saving mounting feature in the channel to create two
enclosure footprint area separate channels B2
●●One-piece base requires less time to install than ●●Compatible with Panduit 2", 3", and 4" height wiring duct;
multi-piece solutions all product sizes use standard 2 inch wiring duct cover
●●Optional quick mount clips engage anywhere along ●●Base and cover length is 6 feet B3
the product base further reducing assembly costs ●●Base and covers sold separately
C1
0.50" TYP [12.7]
C2
H
E1
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Fastener Size Qty. Qty.
E2
Quick Mount Clips
CDLB CDLB3 L-bracket with quick mounting clip for
installing CWD3 to back panel only.
E3
CDLB4 L-bracket with quick mounting clip for
installing CWD4 to back panel only.
CDCLP2 Quick mounting clip for installing CWD2
#10-32 x 1/4 (user supplied) 16 —
corner wiring duct. E4
CDCLP CDCLP3 Quick mounting clip for installing CWD3
corner wiring duct.
CDCLP4 Quick mounting clip for installing CWD4
corner wiring duct. E5
4 brackets are needed for each 6' of corner wiring duct
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
C2
Robust channel
profile withstands
a side impact
C3 force up to two
times greater
than conventional
wiring duct
C4
Upper and lower scoreline allows easy fingers and Specially formulated
D1
sidewall section removal, saving installation time lead-free PVC material
Labor Savings
D2
●●By avoiding the time and hassle in removing and replacing covers, simple wiring changes can be made up to 20% faster
compared to conventional wiring duct installations*
D3
Avoid Cover Replacement Costs % of Wiring Duct Cost
●●Covers represent 20% of the cost of the wiring
E1 duct purchase
●●Misplaced covers are a common occurrence after
Base Cover
years of use
E2
●●Not needing to remove covers during maintenance
ensures better aesthetics and safety and avoids
the cost to replace lost covers
Panduct
®
Type HN Hinged Cover Narrow Slot Wiring Duct B1
●●Narrow slot/finger design provides excellent wire ●●UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
management with smaller wire diameters and high- ●●Conforms with NFPA 79-2015 section 13.3.1 requirement
density components such as terminal blocks, input/output for flame retardant material B2
devices, and other hardware
●●Provided with mounting holes
●●Material: Lead-free PVC
●●Base and cover length is 6 feet
●●UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C)
B3
0.20" TYP [5.0] Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). Available in WH (White).
W Multiple slot restrictors present with
2" and greater duct wall height. Base and cover sold separately.
*“H” dimension includes duct and cover. C4
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
D1
Panduct
®
Type H Hinged Cover Wide Slot Wiring Duct
●●Wide slot/finger design provides excellent wire management ●●UL 94 flammability rating of V-0 D2
in general purpose applications and is compatible with a ●●Conforms with NFPA 79-2015 section 13.3.1 requirement
wide range of wire sizes and component types for flame retardant material
●●Material: Lead-free PVC ●●Provided with standard mounting holes D3
●●Rated for continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) ●●Base and cover length is 6 feet
W
For 2" duct height: 0.31" [7.9] 0.80" [20.3] Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). Available in BL (Black) and WH (White). E4
3" to 4" duct height: 0.31" [7.9] 1.00" [25.4]
Base and cover sold separately.
*“H” dimension includes duct and cover.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
E5
Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For BL (Black) and WH (White) colors see color selection guide,
page C1.50.
W
C4
Base and cover sold separately.
*“H” dimension includes duct and cover.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1
Notes B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2
Exclusive Panduit smooth Non-slip cover liner
rounded edges prevents prevents cover slide
wiring abrasion
B3
C1 Specially formulated
lead-free PVC material
C2
Flush cover design
provides a neat and
finished appearance
C3
D2
E2
Panduct ® Type C Cover
with Protective Film
Reduces scrap and labor costs
E3 by protecting the surface during
storage, handling, and installation.
(see page C1.15)
E4
E5
Panduct
®
Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct B1
●●Wide slot/finger design provides greater sidewall rigidity ●●Conforms with NFPA 79-2015 section 13.3.1 requirement
and can be used with a wide range of wire bundle sizes for flame retardant material
B2
●●Material: Lead-free PVC ●●Provided with mounting holes
●●UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) ●●Base and cover length is 6 feet
●●UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
B3
B2
Double restricted slot design Non-slip cover liner
retains wires, eliminating hassle prevents cover slide
and saving time
B3
Exclusive Panduit
smooth rounded
edges prevents
wiring abrasion
C1
Specially formulated
C2
lead-free PVC material
Flush cover
design provides a
C3
neat appearance
C4
D2
E2
Panduct ® Type C Cover
with Protective Film
Reduces scrap and labor costs
E3 by protecting the surface during
storage, handling, and installation.
(see page C1.17)
E4
E5
Panduct
®
Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct B1
●●Narrow slot/finger design provides more slots to fit ●●UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
the spacing of high-density terminal blocks and ●●Conforms with NFPA 79-2015 section 13.3.1 requirement
other hardware for flame retardant material
B2
B2
Round hole design Non-slip cover liner
retains and supports wire at prevents cover slide
variable heights to enhance
wire management
B3
Specially
formulated
C2
lead-free
PVC material
C3
D2
Panduct ® Wire Retainers Panduct ® Divider Wall
for Type D Wiring Duct
Create separate wiring channels
Contain wiring when duct within the wiring duct base.
D3 cover is opened. Wire retainers Available in solid or slotted
mount onto walls with pressure wall styles.
sensitive adhesive.
(see page C1.30)
(see page C1.31)
E1
E4
E5
Panduct
®
Flush Cover Type D Round Hole Wiring Duct B1
●●Round hole design has multiple rows of holes to retain ●●Conforms with NFPA 79-2015 section 13.3.1 requirement
and support wire at variable heights and positions for flame retardant material
B2
●●Material: Lead-free PVC ●●Provided with mounting holes
●●UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) ●●Base and cover length is 6 feet
●●UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
B3
Part number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see color selection guide, page C1.50.
Base and cover sold separately.
*“H” dimension includes duct and cover.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools. E2
E3
To order cover with protective film
add “-F” to part number. 6" cover
not available with film.
E4
E5
B2
Double restricted slot design Non-slip cover liner
retains wires, eliminating hassle and prevents cover slide
saving time
B3
C2
C3
Flush cover design
provides a neat
finished appearance
C4
D1
Specially formulated DIN 43 659 metric mounting
lead-free PVC material Upper and lower scorelines allow hole pattern meets
easy fingers and sidewall section European requirements
D2 removal saving installation time
E2
E3
E4
E5
Panduct
®
Type MC Metric Narrow Slot Wiring Duct B1
●●CE compliant and metric sizing for control panels ●●Conforms with NFPA 79-2015 section 13.3.1 requirement
intended for European applications for flame retardant material
B2
●●Material: Lead-free PVC ●●Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes
●●UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) ●●Duct and cover packaged together in 2m lengths
●●UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
B3
E5
B2
Specially
formulated
C1 lead-free
PVC material
C2
C4
D1
E2
E5
●●Solid wall design fully encloses cables providing ●●UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
maximum protection and aesthetics ●●Base and cover length is 6 feet
●●Material: Lead-free PVC ●●Conforms with NFPA 79-2015 section 13.3.1 requirement
B2
●●UL recognized continuous use temperature: 122°F (50°C) for flame retardant material
>Parts are available with mounting holes. To order with mounting holes, remove NM from part number.
Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see Color Selection Guide, page C1.50.
Base and cover sold separately.
*“H” dimension includes duct and cover. G
Some sizes and colors are available with adhesive tape. See page C1.36 for availability.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
C1
Low-Smoke, Halogen-Free
PPE + HIPS material
is environmentally safe and
will not release corrosive or
C2
toxic gases
Flush cover design
provides a neat and
finished appearance
C3
D1
Panduct
®
Type TNC Low‐Smoke, Halogen‐Free Metric Wiring Duct B1
●●Material: Polyphenylen Ether + High Impact Polystyrene ●●Meets NFPA 130 and FRA requirements for surface
(PPE+HIPS) flammability and smoke density.
B2
●●Low-Smoke, Halogen-Free is non-toxic, lead-free, ●●Meets a Hazard Level Classification of HL2 per European
and environmentally safe. Will not exibit a high rate of Standard EN 45545-2 for R22 (Interior).
smoke generation or release toxic, corrosive gases in ●●Meets a Hazard Level Classification of HL2 per European
the event of a fire that could endanger public safety or Standard EN 45545-2 for R23 (Exterior). B3
damage sensitive electronics in enclosed environments
(passenger rail, oil and gas platforms) ●●Other Rail Standard Compliances
(see page C1.53 for details):
●●UL recognized continuous use temperature:
221°F (105°C) ●●DIN 5510-2 C1
Slot
Replacement Base and Replacement
Duct Size (W x H)* Width
Base and Cover Cover Part Cover Ctn. Cover Ctn. C3
Part Number mm In. mm In. Number Qty. (m) Qty. (m)
TNC25X37LG2 24.6 x 35.8 0.97 x 1.41 10.0 0.39 TNC25LG2
0.98" TYP [25.0] TNC100X75LG2 99.6 x 72.7 3.92 x 2.86 10.0 0.39 TNC100LG2
●●TNC solid divider wall can be mounted inside TNC wiring ●●Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the
duct to create mulitple channels duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
E3
●●Material: Polyphenylen Ether + High Impact Polystyrene
(PPE+HIPS)
Std. Std. E4
For Nominal Duct Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Length (m) Height (mm) Qty. Qty.
TNC50D2 2 50
2 40 E5
TNC75D2 2 75
C1
Halogen-free PPO material
is environmentally safe and
will not release corrosive or
toxic gases
C2
D1
E2
Halogen-Free Halogen-Free
Properties PPO Material Test Method Properties PPO Material Test Method
General Flammability
E3 Specific Gravity 1.09 g/cc ASTM D 792 Limited Oxygen Index 30 ASTM D 2863
Mechanical (LOI)
Tensile Strength at Yield 7,700 psi ASTM D 638 Smoke Density (Flaming) 534 ASTM E 662
@ 4 min.
E4 Flexural Strength 11,500 psi ASTM D 790
Flammability Class @ V-0 UL94
Flexural Modulus 340,000 psi ASTM D 790 0.060"
Notched Izod Impact 5.0 ft. – lbs./In. ASTM D 256 Halogen Free Yes IEC 60754-2
@ 23°C (73°F)
E5 Agency Approvals
Heat Deflection 102°C (215°F) ASTM D 648
Temperature @264 psi UL Recognized file E147128
CSA Certified file 016446-0-00
CE Compliant:
EN 45545-2; HL1 to R R23 (exterior)
F
Note: DO NOT allow cutting, tapping, or cleaning fluids that contain
hydrocarbons to come in contact with Type NNC wiring duct. For a list of
recommended lubricants to use with Type NNC wiring duct log on to
www.panduit.com.
G
●●Material: Halogen-free polyphenylene oxide (PPO) ●●Conforms with NFPA 79-2015 section 13.3.1 requirement
material as verified with IEC 60754-2 test method (test on for flame retardant material
gases evolved during combustion of electric cables) ●●Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes
B2
●●UL recognized continuous use temperature: 203°F (95°C) ●●Metric sizing and finger progression
●●UL 94 flammability rating of V-0 ●●Duct and cover packaged together in two meter lengths
B3
●●Meets a Hazard Level Classification of HL1 per European
Standard EN 45545-2 for R23 (exterior).
Base Replacement C1
and Cover
Duct Size (W x H)* Slot Width Replacement Cover Ctn.
Base and Cover Cover Ctn. Qty.
Part Number mm In. mm In. Part Number Qty. (m) (m)
C2
NNC25X25LG2 24.6 x 23.6 0.97 x 0.93 10.0 0.39 NC25LG2
C1
Duct Size (W x H)* Slot Width Cover Std. Base Cover
Base Part Part Pkg. Ctn. Ctn.
Number In. mm In. mm Number Qty. Qty. Qty.
NE.5X.5WH6 0.63 x 0.56 16.0 x 14.2 0.38 9.7 NC.5WH6
C2
NE.5X1WH6 0.63 x 1.06 16.0 x 26.9 0.31 7.9 NC.5WH6
B1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E3
Panduct ® Solid Divider Wall
D2H6 2.00 50 6 —
D3H6 3.00 75 6 — Light Gray 6
D4H6 4.00 100 6 —
E4
D2HWH6 2.00 50 6 — 120
D3HWH6 3.00 75 6 —
D*H6 and D*H2 White 6
D4HWH6 4.00 100 6 —
E5
D50H2 2.00 50 6 —
Panduct ® Slotted Divider Wall
SD2H6 2.00 50 6 —
F
SD3H6 3.00 75 6 — Light Gray 6
SD4H6 4.00 100 6 —
120
SD2HWH6 2.00 50 6 —
G
SD3HWH6 3.00 75 6 — White 6
SD4HWH6 4.00 100 6 —
SD*H6
Note: Must be used with mounting base, DB-C (see page C1.30) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to
H the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
●●NNC solid divider wall can be mounted inside NNC and ●●Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the
NE wiring duct to create multiple channels duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
B2
●●Material: Halogen-free polyphenylene oxide (PPO)
*For 2" width type H hinged cover wiring duct use part number WR2H-C.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
D3
E1
Panduct ® Solid Wall Wiring Duct Type FS, Type HS, and Type D Wiring Duct
Wire Retainer E2
●●Mounts onto walls of type FS , type HS, and type D ●●Full length is used with 2 inch wide duct; for small widths,
wiring duct with pressure sensitive adhesive break off segments at scorelines
E3
●●One size fits three different duct widths ●●Material: Lead-free PVC
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E4
Part Number For Nominal Duct Width Qty. Qty.
WRS-A-C10 1.00 (25.4) 100 1000
1.50 (38.1)
2.00 (50.8)
E5
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
C2
C3
C4
Labeling Inside Duct – Labeling Outside Duct –
Snaps onto duct fingers. Full Break off the last segment from wire retainer below 1.5" mark
length for use with 4" wide and snap onto the back of the remaining segment. Install label
D1 duct. For smaller widths, break and mount between fingers facing outward.
off segments at scorelines.
E3 CSC1LG6 Cut-to-size 6 foot corner strip All sizes All sizes Light 6 120
with a 1" bend radius. (Cut to (Cut to Gray
height)* height)*
Order number of feet required, in multiples of 6’ or Standard Package Quantity.
E4 *Refer to Cutting Guide on page C1.33.
Also available in Black (BL) and White (WH).
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
E5
●●Slide onto duct at corner or t-junctions for smooth, ●●Easy to install one-piece design
round corners ●●Compatible with all styles of Panduit wiring duct
B2
●●Available in 6 foot lengths that can be cut to size to meet ●●UL 94 flammability rating of V-0
any requirement
●●Material: Lead-free PVC
B3
For Nominal Duct Height Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description In. mm Color Qty. Qty.
6' Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct C1
CS1LG6 6 foot length is cut by All sizes All sizes Light 6 120
user to fit duct height. (Cut to height)* (Cut to height)* Gray
CS1LG6
*Refer to Cutting Guide below. C2
Available in Light (LG) and White (WH).
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
C3
C4
D1
E4
E5
Snap-Clip Mounting Brackets for use with Types MC and NNC Wiring Duct
SNS25F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) 1.00 25.0
C4
SNS37F-C #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) 1.50 37.0
E5
SNS3-C #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) 3.00 76.2
●●Recommended installation temperature is 70°F (21°C) ●●Optimum recommended dwell time for acrylic adhesive is
●●UL recognized service temperature is 32°F (0°C) to 8 hours
B2
140°F (60°C) ●●Recommended tape load is 1/2 lb. per square inch of
tape area
Roll B3
Length Std. Std.
Duct Size Pkg. Ctn.
(W x H) Tape Part Number Yds. m Qty. Qty.
0.5 x 0.5 thru 1.5 x 4 P32W2A2-50-7 7.0 6.4 100 C1
D2
Width Thickness
Duct Size Rows of
(W x H) Tape In. mm In. mm E1
B3
G.75X1LG6-A G.75X1WH6-A — — — — — — —
G2.5X3LG6-A G2.5X3WH6-A — — — — — — —
E5 G4X1.5LG6-A G4X1.5WH6-A — — — — — — —
— — — — — FS6X4LG6-A — — —
G
All three sizes of flexible duct come provided with adhesive: FL12X12LG-A, FL25X25LG-A, FL50X50LG-A.
Adhesive tape is not meant for permanent mounting of wiring duct. One mounting hole on each end will be exposed for permanent mounting with fasteners.
For best results, wiring duct should be applied to clean, dry, grease-free surfaces. We recommend the surface be cleaned prior to wiring duct installation.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
H
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
1.18" 1.68"
0.87"
(30.0) (42.7) C2
(22.0)
0.31" 0.63"
(8.0) TYP. (15.9) TYP.
C3
Recommended
Recommended Recommended Max.
Max. Max. Component
Component Component Width 3.67"
2.35" 2.85" 3.33"
Width 2.62" Width 2.67" (93.3)
(59.6) (72.3) (84.5) C4
TYP. (66.5) (67.9)
0.20" TYP. TYP.
(5.0)
TYP.
2.00" 2.00"
(50.8) (50.8) 0.50" D1
TYP. TYP. (12.7) TYP.
H
1.50"
(38.1)
0.75" 0.20"
(19.0) (5.1)
E1
0.96" 0.80" 1.00"
(24.4) (20.3) (25.4) 2.62"
Bottom view. (66.6)
Part No. H
Sidewall: SD2EMI shown. Bonding clip (for use with E2
SD2EMI 1.82 (46.1) SD3EMI, SD4EMI sidewall feature wiring duct).
two pairs of cable tie slots per section.
SD3EMI 2.88 (73.2)
SD4EMI 3.86 (98.2) All dimension shown in inches (mm).
E3
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
E4
Dimensions – Inches (mm)
Size A C D G H K T W Z
CWD2 3.91 (99.3) 2.25 (57.2) 1.81 (45.9) 2.10 (53.4) 2.57 (65.3) 2.93 (74.3) 0.08 (2.0) 3.35 (85.0) 3.72 (94.6)
CWD3 4.98 (126.6) 2.25 (57.2) 2.83 (71.8) 3.10 (79.1) 3.57 (90.7) 3.88 (98.6) 0.10 (2.4) 4.40 (111.8) 5.16 (131.0) E5
CWD4 5.94 (150.9) 2.25 (57.2) 3.84 (97.5) 4.10 (104.1) 4.58 (115.7) 4.93 (125.2) 0.11 (2.7) 5.33 (135.3) 6.54 (166.0)
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
ON CENTERLINE
1 x 1.5 1.25 1.62 1.25 1.20 0.32 0.80 1.50 0.07
>
C3 A E (25.4) x (38.1) (31.8) (41.1) (31.8) (30.5) (8.1) (20.3) (38.1) (1.8)
1x2 1.25 2.12 1.25 1.63 0.32 0.80 2.00 0.08
(25.4) x (50.8) (31.8) (53.8) (31.8) (41.4) (8.1) (20.3) (50.8) (2.0)
1x3 1.25 3.12 1.25 2.63 0.32 1.00 3.00 0.09
Note: ‘A’ dimension is measured at base.
Note: ‘K’ dimension shown in mounting (25.4) x (76.2) (31.8) (79.2) (31.8) (66.8) (8.1) (25.4) (76.2) (2.3)
C4 1x4 1.25 4.10 1.25 3.63 0.32 1.00 4.00 0.10
hole dimensions below.
(25.4) x (101.6) (31.8) (104.1) (31.8) (92.2) (8.1) (25.4) (101.6) (2.6)
1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 1.75 0.75 0.32 0.80 1.00 0.06
>
(38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) (44.5) (19.1) (8.1) (20.3) (25.4) (1.5)
1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 1.75 1.20 0.32 0.80 1.50 0.07
D1 >
(38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) (44.5) (30.5) (8.1) (20.3) (38.1) (1.8)
1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 1.75 1.63 0.32 0.80 2.00 0.08
(38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) (44.5) (41.4) (8.1) (20.3) (50.8) (2.0)
1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 1.75 2.63 0.32 1.00 3.00 0.10
D2 0.44" +- 0.02" (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) (44.5) (66.8) (8.1) (25.4) (76.2) (2.5)
0.67" +- 0.06" TYP [11.2 +- 0.5]
[16.94 +- 1.5] 1.5 x 4 1.74 4.10 1.74 3.63 0.32 1.00 4.00 0.11
(38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) (44.5) (92.2) (8.1) (25.4) (101.6) (2.8)
2x1 2.25 1.12 2.25 0.75 0.32 0.80 1.00 0.50 0.06
>
H (50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) (57.2) (19.1) (8.1) (20.3) (25.4) (12.7) (1.5)
D3 2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 2.25 1.20 0.32 0.80 1.50 0.50 0.07
>
(50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) (57.2) (30.5) (8.1) (20.3) (38.1) (12.7) (1.8)
2x2 2.25 2.12 2.25 1.63 0.32 0.80 2.00 0.50 0.08
(50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) (57.2) (41.4) (8.1) (20.3) (50.8) (12.7) (2.0)
For 2" duct height = 3 rows of holes
E1 2x3 2.25 3.12 2.25 2.63 0.32 1.00 3.00 0.50 0.10
3" duct height = 4 rows of holes
(50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.2) (57.2) (66.8) (8.1) (25.4) (76.2) (12.7) (2.5)
4" duct height = 6 rows of holes
2x4 2.25 4.10 2.25 3.63 0.32 1.00 4.00 0.50 0.11
(50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) (57.2) (92.2) (8.1) (25.4) (101.6) (12.7) (2.8)
2x5 2.25 5.10 2.25 4.63 0.32 1.33 5.00 0.50 0.12
E2
>
(50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) (57.2) (117.6) (8.1) (33.8) (127.0) (12.7) (3.0)
Mounting Hole Dimensions 2.5 x 3 2.75 3.12 2.75 2.63 0.32 1.00 3.00 0.73 0.10
For 0.5", 0.75", 1", and 1.5" wide duct. (63.5) x (76.2) (69.9) (79.2) (66.8) (8.1) (25.4) (76.2) (18.5) (2.5)
(69.9)
3x1 3.25 1.12 3.25 0.75 0.32 .80 1.00 1.00 0.07
0.50" TYP >
(76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) (82.6) (19.1) (8.1) (20.3) (25.4) (25.4) (1.8)
E3 [12.7]
3x2 3.25 2.12 3.25 1.63 0.32 .80 2.00 1.00 0.08
0.20" TYP
[5.0] (76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) (82.6) (41.4) (8.1) (20.3) (50.8) (25.4) (2.0)
3x3 3.25 3.12 3.25 2.63 0.32 1.00 3.00 1.00 0.10
C (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) (82.6) (66.8) (8.1) (25.4) (76.2) (25.4) (2.5)
L
E4 3x4 3.25 4.10 3.25 3.63 0.32 1.00 4.00 1.00 0.11
(76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) (82.6) (92.2) (8.1) (25.4) (101.6) (25.4) (2.8)
4.0" [101.6] TYP 2.0" 3x5 3.25 5.10 3.25 4.63 0.38 1.33 5.00 1.00 0.12
>
[50.8] (76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) (82.6) (117.6) (9.7) (33.8) (127.0) (25.4) (3.0)
4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 4.25 1.20 0.32 .80 1.50 1.50 0.07
E5 >
(101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) (108.0) (30.5) (8.1) (20.3) (38.1) (38.1) (1.8)
For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct. 4x2 4.25 2.12 4.25 1.63 0.32 0.80 2.00 1.50 0.08
(101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) (108.0) (41.4) (8.1) (20.3) (50.8) (38.1) (2.0)
4x3 4.25 3.12 4.25 2.63 0.32 1.00 3.00 1.50 0.10
K (101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) (108.0) (66.8) (8.1) (25.4) (76.2) (38.1) (2.5)
F
C
L 4x4 4.25 4.10 4.25 3.63 0.32 1.00 4.00 1.50 0.11
K
(101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) (108.0) (92.2) (8.1) (25.4) (101.6) (38.1) (2.8)
4x5 4.25 5.10 4.25 4.63 0.38 1.33 5.00 1.50 0.12
>
(101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) (108.0) (117.6) (9.7) (33.8) (127.0) (38.1) (3.0)
G 4.0" [101.6] TYP 2.0" 6x4 6.23 4.15 6.25 3.63 0.31 1.00 4.00 2.50 0.11
[50.8] >
(152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) (158.8) (92.2) (8.1) (25.4) (101.6) (63.5) (2.8)
>Available for type G wiring duct only.
See page C1.15 and C1.19 for wiring duct color and size availability.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
H
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
ON CENTERLINE
C
E 1 x 1.5 1.25 1.62 1.25 1.20 0.20 .50 1.50 0.07
C2
(25.4) x (38.1) (31.8) (41.1) (31.8) (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) (1.8)
1x2 1.25 2.12 1.25 1.63 0.20 0.50 2.00 0.08
B H D (25.4) x (50.8) (31.8) (53.8) (31.8) (41.4) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (2.0)
T 1x3 1.25 3.12 1.25 2.63 0.20 0.50 3.00 0.10
(25.4) x (76.2) (31.8) (79.2) (31.8) (66.8) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (2.4) C3
A
1x4 1.25 4.10 1.25 3.63 0.20 0.50 4.00 0.11
F (25.4) x (101.6) (31.8) (104.1) (31.8) (92.2) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (2.7)
1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 1.75 0.75 0.20 0.50 1.00 0.06
Note: ‘A’ dimension is measured at base. (38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) (44.5) (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) (1.5) C4
Note: ‘K’ dimension shown in mounting 1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 1.75 1.20 0.20 0.50 1.50 0.07
hole dimensions below. (38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) (44.5) (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) (1.8)
1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 1.75 1.63 0.20 0.50 2.00 0.08
(38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) (44.5) (41.4) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (2.0) D1
1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 1.75 2.63 0.20 0.50 3.00 0.10
(38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) (44.5) (66.8) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (2.4)
Mounting Hole Dimensions
1.5 x 4 1.75 4.10 1.75 3.63 0.20 0.50 4.00 0.11
For 0.5", 0.75", 1" and 1.5" wide duct.
(38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) (44.5) (92.2) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (2.7) D2
0.50 TYP
2x1 2.25 1.12 2.25 0.75 0.20 0.50 1.00 0.50 0.06
[12.7] (50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) (57.2) (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) (12.7) (1.5)
0.20 TYP 2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 2.25 1.20 0.20 0.50 1.50 .50 0.07
[5.0] (50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) (57.2) (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) (12.7) (1.8)
D3
2x2 2.25 2.12 2.25 1.63 0.20 0.50 2.00 .50 0.08
C
L (50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) (57.2) (41.4) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (12.7) (2.0)
2x3 2.25 3.14 2.25 2.63 0.20 0.50 3.00 .50 0.10
(50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.8) (57.2) (66.8) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (12.7) (2.4)
2.0 TYP 2.0
[50.8] [50.8] 2x4 2.25 4.10 2.25 3.63 0.20 0.50 4.00 .50 0.11 E1
(50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) (57.2) (92.2) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (12.7) (2.7)
2x5 2.25 5.10 2.25 4.63 0.20 0.50 5.00 .50 0.12
For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct.
(50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) (57.2) (117.6) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) (12.7) (2.9)
3x1 3.25 1.12 3.25 0.75 0.20 0.50 1.00 1.00 0.07 E2
(76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) (82.6) (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) (25.4) (1.8)
3x2 3.25 2.12 3.25 1.63 0.20 0.50 2.00 1.00 0.08
K
C
L
(76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) (82.6) (41.4) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (25.4) (2.0)
K 3x3 3.25 3.12 3.25 2.63 0.20 0.50 3.00 1.00 0.10 E3
(76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) (82.6) (66.8) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (25.4) (2.4)
3x4 3.25 4.10 3.25 3.63 0.20 0.50 4.00 1.00 0.11
2.0 TYP 2.0 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) (82.6) (92.2) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (25.4) (2.7)
[50.8] [50.8]
3x5 3.25 5.10 3.25 4.63 0.20 0.50 5.00 1.00 0.12
E4
Note: For type FS wiring duct, no (76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) (82.6) (117.6) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) (25.4) (2.9)
mounting holes is the standard 4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 4.25 1.50 0.07
> N/A N/A N/A N/A
condition; if mounting holes are required, (101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) (108.0) (38.1) (1.8)
delete NM from the part number. 4x2 4.25 2.12 4.25 1.63 0.20 0.50 2.00 1.50 0.08
(101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) (108.0) (41.4) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) (38.1) (2.0) E5
4x3 4.25 3.12 4.25 2.63 0.20 .50 3.00 1.50 0.10
(101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) (108.0) (66.8) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) (38.1) (2.5)
4x4 4.25 4.10 4.25 3.63 0.20 0.50 4.00 1.50 0.11
(101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) (108.0) (92.2) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (38.1) (2.7) F
4x5 4.25 5.10 4.25 4.63 0.20 0.50 5.00 1.50 0.12
(101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) (108.0) (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) (38.1) (2.9)
6x4 6.25 4.15 6.25 3.63 0.20 0.50 4.00 2.50 0.11
(152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) (158.8) (92.2) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) (63.5) (2.8) G
>Available for type FS wiring duct only.
See page C1.50 for wiring duct color and size availability.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
A F
25 x 50 24.6 47.8 24.6 34.8 5.0 12.5 45.5 1.5
C1 (0.98) x (1.97) (0.97) (1.88) (.97) (1.37) (0.20) (0.49) (1.79) (0.06)
37.5 x 37.5 37.1 35.8 37.1 24.7 5.0 12.5 33.0 1.5
T
C3 (1.48) x (1.48) (1.46) (1.41) (1.46) (.97) (0.20) (0.49) (1.30) (0.06)
A F
37.5 x 50 37.1 47.8 37.1 34.8 5.0 12.5 45.5 1.7
(1.48) x (1.97) (1.46) (1.88) (1.46) (1.37) (0.20) (0.49) (1.79) (0.07)
Note: ‘A’ dimension is measured at base.
C4 Note: ‘K’ dimension shown in mounting 37.5 x 62.5 37.1 59.7 37.1 45.8 5.0 12.5 58.0 1.7
hole dimensions below. (1.48) x (2.46) (1.46) (2.35) (1.46) (1.80) (0.20) (0.49) (2.28) (0.07)
(1.97) x (3.94) (1.95) (3.85) (1.95) (3.19) (0.20) (0.49) (3.76) (0.09)
8 mm
D3
62.5 x 62.5 62.0 59.7 62.0 45.8 5.0 12.5 58.0 1.8
[0.32"]
1950 mm
[76.77"] (2.46) x (2.46) (2.44) (2.35) (2.44) (1.80) (0.20) (0.49) (2.28) (0.07)
For 75mm and 100mm width duct. 75 x 50 74.7 48.0 74.7 34.8 5.0 12.5 45.5 2.0
E1
2000 mm
(2.95) x (1.97) (2.94) (1.89) (2.94) (1.37) (0.20) (0.49) (1.79) (0.08)
[78.74"]
50 mm
75 x 62.5 74.7 59.7 74.7 45.8 5.0 12.5 58.0 2.0
[1.97"] (2.95) x (2.46) (2.94) (2.35) (2.94) (1.80) (0.20) (0.49) (2.28) (.08)
25 mm
E2 6.5 mm
[0.26"]
[0.98"] 12.5 mm
[0.49"]
75 x 75 74.7 73.2 74.7 57.6 5.0 12.5 70.5 2.2
(2.95) x (2.95) (2.94) (2.88) (2.94) (2.27) (0.20) (0.49) (2.78) (0.09)
100 x 100 99.6 97.8 99.6 81.0 5.0 12.5 99.5 2.5
(3.94) x (3.94) (3.92) (3.85) (3.92) (3.19) (0.20) (0.49) (3.76) (0.10)
E5
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
25 mm
6.5 mm [0.98"] 12.5 mm
[0.26"] [0.49"]
E1
4.5 mm 25 mm
[0.18"] 1950 mm [0.98"]
[76.77"] E2
E3
E4
E5
ON CENTERLINE
1x2 1.14 2.06 1.25 1.63 0.31 0.80 2.00 0.07
F C
(25.4) x (50.8) (29.0) (52.3) (31.8) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (1.8)
1x3 1.14 3.06 1.25 2.63 0.31 1.00 3.00 0.07
(25.4) x (76.2) (29.0) (77.7) (31.8) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (1.8)
C3 D H B T
1x4 1.14 4.06 1.25 3.63 0.31 1.00 4.00 0.08
(25.4) x (101.6) (29.0) (103.1) (31.8) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (2.0)
E A 1.5 x 1.5 1.64 1.62 1.75 1.20 0.31 0.80 1.50 0.07
C4 (38.1) x (38.1) (41.7) (41.1) (44.5) (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) (1.8)
1.5 x 2 1.64 2.06 1.75 1.63 0.31 0.80 2.00 0.07
(38.1) x (50.8) (41.7) (52.3) (44.5) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (1.8)
1.5 x 3 1.64 3.06 1.75 2.63 0.31 1.00 3.00 0.07
D1 Mounting Hole Dimensions (38.1) x (76.2) (41.7) (77.7) (44.5) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (1.8)
For 25mm, 37.5mm, and 50mm width duct.
1.5 x 4 1.64 4.06 1.75 3.63 0.31 1.00 4.00 0.08
(38.1) x (101.6) (41.7) (103.1) (44.5) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (2.0)
2000 mm
[78.74"] 2x1 2.14 1.08 2.25 .75 0.31 0.80 1.00 0.50 0.06
D2 (50.8) x (25.4) (54.4) (27.4) (57.2) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (12.7) (1.5)
14 mm
[0.55"] 2x2 2.14 2.08 2.25 1.63 0.31 0.80 2.00 0.50 0.07
>
(50.8) x (50.8) (54.4) (52.8) (57.2) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (12.7) (1.8)
8 mm 2x3 2.14 3.06 2.25 2.63 0.31 1.00 3.00 0.50 0.07
D3 [0.32"]
(50.8) x (76.2) (54.4) (77.7) (57.2) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (12.7) (1.8)
1950 mm
[76.77"]
2x4 2.14 4.06 2.25 3.63 0.31 1.00 4.00 0.50 0.08
(50.8) x (101.6) (54.4) (103.1) (57.2) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (12.7) (2.0)
For 75mm and 100mm width duct.
3x1 3.14 1.06 3.25 0.75 0.31 0.80 1.00 1.00 0.06
E1 2000 mm (76.2) x (25.4) (79.8) (26.9) (82.6) (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) (25.4) (1.5)
[78.74"]
50 mm
3x2 3.14 2.06 3.25 1.63 0.31 0.80 2.00 1.00 0.07
[1.97"] (76.2) x (50.8) (79.8) (52.3) (82.6) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (25.4) (1.8)
E2 25 mm
12.5 mm
3x3 3.14 3.06 3.25 2.63 0.31 1.00 3.00 1.00 0.07
6.5 mm
[0.26"]
[0.98"]
[0.49"] (76.2) x (76.2) (79.8) (77.7) (82.6) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (25.4) (1.8)
3x4 3.14 4.06 3.25 3.63 0.31 1.00 4.00 1.00 0.08
(76.2) x (101.6) (79.8) (103.1) (82.6) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (25.4) (2.0)
E3 3x5 3.14 5.06 3.25 4.63 0.38 1.33 5.00 1.00 0.09
4.5 mm 25 mm
[0.18"] 1950 mm [0.98"] (76.2) x (127.0) (79.8) (128.5) (82.6) (117.6) (9.7) (33.8) (127.0) (25.4) (2.3)
[76.77"]
4x2 4.14 2.06 4.25 1.63 0.31 .80 2.00 1.50 0.07
(101.6) x (50.8) (105.2) (52.3) (108.0) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) (38.1) (1.8)
E4 4x3 4.14 3.06 4.25 2.63 0.31 1.00 3.00 1.50 0.07
(101.6) x (76.2) (105.2) (77.7) (108.0) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (38.1) (1.8)
4x4 4.14 4.06 4.25 3.63 0.31 1.00 4.00 1.50 0.08
>
(101.6) x (101.6) (105.2) (103.1) (108.0) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (38.1) (2.0)
E5 4x5 4.14 5.06 4.25 4.63 0.38 1.33 5.00 1.50 0.09
(101.6) x (127.0) (105.2) (128.5) (108.0) (117.6) (9.7) (33.8) (127.0) (38.1) (2.3)
> NS Solid Duct availability.
Note: For type NS wiring duct, no mounting holes is the standard condition.
F For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
B2
100° Dimensions – mm (Inches)
C
Duct Size
(W x H) A B C D E F H K T
1.5 x 2 1.75 1.98 1.89 1.63 0.31 0.80 1.92 0.08
(38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (50.3) (48.0) (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) (2.0)
On CL
B3
1.5 x 3 1.75 3.06 1.89 2.63 0.31 1.00 3.00 0.10
(38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (77.7) (48.0) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (2.5)
B
T 2x2 2.17 1.98 2.29 1.57 0.31 .80 1.92 0.50 0.08
(50.8) x (50.8) (55.1) (50.3) (58.2) (39.9) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) (12.7) (2.0) C1
2x3 2.17 3.06 2.29 2.63 0.31 1.00 3.00 0.50 0.10
(50.8) x (76.2) (55.1) (77.7) (58.2) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (12.7) (2.5)
A
2x4 2.17 4.1 2.29 3.63 0.31 1.00 4.00 0.50 0.11
C2
(50.8) x (101.6) (55.1) (104.1) (58.2) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (12.7) (2.8)
F 3x3 3.25 3.06 3.39 2.63 0.31 1.00 3.00 1.00 0.10
(76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (77.7) (86.1) (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) (25.4) (2.5)
3x4 3.25 4.1 3.39 3.63 0.31 1.00 4.00 1.00 0.11 C3
(76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) (86.1) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (25.4) (2.8)
4x4 4.25 4.1 4.39 3.63 0.31 1.00 4.00 1.50 0.11
D
H (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) (111.5) (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) (38.1) (2.8)
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools. C4
Note: For type HS wiring duct, no mounting holes is the standard condition.
Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact Panduit Customer Service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
E1
Dimensions – mm (Inches)
Duct Size
100° (W x H) A B C D E F H K T
1.5 x 2 1.75 1.98 1.89 1.55 0.20 0.50 1.92 0.08
(38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (50.3) (48.0) (39.4) (5.0) (12.7) (48.8) (2.0) E2
On CL
C
K G
C
L
K
F
4.0 TYP
(0.98) x (0.98) (0.98) (0.98)
C1
6.2 TYP
[0.25"]
[0.16"]
50 x 50 50.0 50.0
For FL25X25LG-A & FL50X50LG-A (1.97) x (1.97) (1.97) (1.97)
12.5 TYP Note: Type FL wiring duct has factory applied
A
[0.49"] adhesive. For 50 x 50 two strips of tape are used;
12.5
otherwise, only one strip is centered on the part.
C2 [0.49"]
B C
L
C3 25.0 TYP
[0.98"]
E3 CWD4 5.4 x 4.6 26.920 288 500 796 677 582 1092 875 760 1460 1092 966 1907 1346 1197 1862 123 215 372 964
Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = area/2.00 x D2.
F 1.50 x 3.00 4.500 52 90 143 122 105 197 158 137 263 197 174 344 243 216 336 22 38 67 174
2.00 x 2.00 4.000 46 80 127 108 93 175 140 122 234 175 155 306 216 192 299 19 34 59 154
2.00 x 3.00 6.000 69 120 191 163 140 263 210 183 351 263 232 459 324 288 448 29 51 89 232
2.00 x 4.00 8.000 92 160 255 217 187 350 281 244 469 350 310 612 432 384 598 39 69 119 309
G
3.00 x 3.00 9.000 104 180 287 244 210 394 316 275 527 394 349 689 486 432 673 44 77 134 348
3.00 x 4.00 12.000 139 241 383 326 280 526 421 366 703 526 465 919 648 577 897 59 103 179 464
4.00 x 4.00 16.000 185 321 511 435 374 701 562 488 938 701 621 1225 864 769 1197 79 138 239 619
H Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/1.85 x D2. See page C1.50 for wiring duct color
and size availability. AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
Electrical Communication
8 10 12 14 16 18 22 23 23/24 24 Fiber
Nominal AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG Cable B2
Duct Size Nominal 0.216 0.164 0.13 0.141 0.152 0.111 0.124 0.133 0.096 0.111 0.118 0.084 0.100 0.106 0.085 0.330 0.25 0.190 0.118
(W x H) Area Cat. Cat. Cat. 3.0
In. In.² THHN THHN THHN MTW MTW THHN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW MTW 6A 6 5e mm
0.50 x 0.50 0.250 3 5 8 7 6 11 9 8 15 11 10 20 14 12 19 1 2 3 10 B3
0.50 x 1.00 0.500 6 10 16 14 12 23 18 16 31 23 20 40 28 25 39 2 4 7 20
1.00 x 3.00 3.000 36 63 101 86 74 139 111 96 186 139 123 242 171 152 237 15 27 47 122
1.00 x 4.00 4.000 48 84 135 114 98 185 148 129 248 185 164 323 228 203 316 20 36 63 163 C4
1.50 x 1.50 2.250 27 47 76 64 55 104 83 72 139 104 92 182 128 114 177 11 20 35 92
D1
1.50 x 2.00 3.000 36 63 101 86 74 139 111 96 186 139 123 242 171 152 237 15 27 47 122
1.50 x 3.00 4.500 55 95 152 129 111 208 167 145 279 208 184 364 257 228 355 23 41 71 184
1.50 x 4.00 6.000 73 127 202 172 148 278 222 193 372 278 246 485 342 305 474 31 54 94 245 D2
2.00 x 1.50 3.000 36 63 101 86 74 139 111 96 186 139 123 242 171 152 237 15 27 47 122
D3
2.00 x 2.00 4.000 48 84 135 114 98 185 148 129 248 185 164 323 228 203 316 20 36 63 163
2.00 x 3.00 6.000 73 127 202 172 148 278 222 193 372 278 246 485 342 305 474 31 54 94 245
2.00 x 4.00 8.000 97 169 270 229 197 371 297 258 496 371 328 647 457 406 632 41 73 126 327
E1
2.00 x 5.00 10.000 122 212 338 287 247 463 371 323 620 463 410 809 571 508 790 52 91 158 409
2.50 x 3.00 7.500 91 159 253 215 185 347 278 242 465 347 307 607 428 381 593 39 68 118 307
3.00 x 1.00 3.000 36 63 101 86 74 139 111 96 186 139 123 242 171 152 237 15 27 47 122 E2
3.00 x 2.00 6.000 73 127 202 172 148 278 222 193 372 278 246 485 342 305 474 31 54 94 245
3.00 x 3.00 9.000 110 191 304 258 222 417 334 290 558 417 369 728 514 457 711 47 82 142 368
E3
3.00 x 4.00 12.000 146 254 405 344 296 556 445 387 744 556 492 971 685 610 949 62 109 189 491
3.00 x 5.00 15.000 183 318 507 431 370 695 557 484 930 695 615 1214 857 762 1186 78 137 237 614
4.00 x 1.50 6.000 73 127 202 172 148 278 222 193 372 278 246 485 342 305 474 31 54 94 245
E4
4.00 x 2.00 8.000 97 169 270 229 197 371 297 258 496 371 328 647 457 406 632 41 73 126 327
4.00 x 3.00 12.000 146 254 405 344 296 556 445 387 744 556 492 971 685 610 949 62 109 189 491
4.00 x 4.00 16.000 195 339 540 459 395 742 594 516 992 742 656 1295 914 813 1265 83 146 253 655 E5
4.00 x 5.00 20.000 244 424 676 574 494 927 743 646 1240 927 820 1619 1142 1017 1581 104 182 316 819
6.00 x 4.00 24.000 293 509 811 689 593 1113 891 775 1488 1113 984 1943 1371 1220 1898 125 219 379 983
F
Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/1.75 x D2. See page C1.50 for wiring duct color
and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type.
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
G
25 x 75 1875 35 61 98 83 71 134 108 93 180 134 119 235 166 147 229 15 26 46 119
37 x 62 2294 43 75 120 102 87 164 132 114 220 164 145 287 203 180 281 18 32 56 145
C3 37 x 75 2775 52 91 145 123 106 199 159 138 266 199 176 348 245 218 340 22 39 68 176
50 x 50 2500 47 82 131 111 95 179 144 125 240 179 159 313 221 197 306 20 35 61 158
50 x 75 3750 71 123 196 167 143 269 216 187 360 269 238 470 332 295 459 30 53 92 238
C4
50 x 100 5000 94 164 262 222 191 359 288 250 480 359 318 627 442 394 612 40 70 122 317
62 x 62 3844 72 126 201 171 147 276 221 192 369 276 244 482 340 303 471 31 54 94 244
75 x 50 3750 71 123 196 167 143 269 216 187 360 269 238 470 332 295 459 30 53 92 238
D1
75 x 62 4650 88 153 243 207 178 334 267 232 446 334 295 583 411 366 570 37 65 114 295
75 x 75 5625 106 185 294 250 215 404 324 281 540 404 357 706 498 443 689 45 79 138 357
D2 75 x 100 7500 142 246 393 334 287 539 432 375 720 539 477 941 664 591 919 60 106 184 476
100 x 50 5000 94 164 262 222 191 359 288 250 480 359 318 627 442 394 612 40 70 122 317
100 x 75 7500 142 246 393 334 287 539 432 375 720 539 477 941 664 591 919 60 106 184 476
D3
100 x 100 10000 189 329 524 445 383 718 576 500 961 718 636 1255 885 788 1225 81 141 245 634
Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/1.75 x D2. See page C1.50 for wiring duct color
and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type.
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in millimeters.
E1
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
E2
E3
E4
E5
Electrical Communication
8 10 12 14 16 18 22 23 23/24 24 Fiber
Nominal AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG Cable B2
Duct Size Nominal 0.216 0.164 0.13 0.141 0.152 0.111 0.124 0.133 0.096 0.111 0.118 0.084 0.100 0.106 0.085 0.330 0.25 0.190 0.118
(W x H) Area Cat. Cat. Cat. 3.0
In. In.² THHN THHN THHN MTW MTW THHN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW MTW 6A 6 5e mm
0.50 x 0.50 0.250 2 4 7 6 5 10 8 7 13 10 8 17 12 11 17 1 2 3 8 B3
0.50 x 1.00 0.500 5 9 14 12 10 20 16 14 27 20 17 35 25 22 34 2 4 6 17
1.00 x 3.00 3.000 32 55 88 75 64 121 97 84 162 121 107 212 150 133 207 13 24 41 107 C2
1.00 x 4.00 4.000 42 74 118 100 86 162 130 113 217 162 143 283 200 177 276 18 32 55 143
1.50 x 3.00 4.500 48 83 133 113 97 182 146 127 244 182 161 318 225 200 311 20 36 62 161
1.50 x 4.00 6.000 64 111 177 150 129 243 195 169 325 243 215 425 300 266 415 27 48 83 215 C4
2.00 x 2.00 4.000 42 74 118 100 86 162 130 113 217 162 143 283 200 177 276 18 32 55 143
D1
2.00 x 3.00 6.000 64 111 177 150 129 243 195 169 325 243 215 425 300 266 415 27 48 83 215
2.00 x 4.00 8.000 85 148 236 201 173 324 260 226 434 324 287 566 400 355 553 36 64 110 286
3.00 x 1.00 3.000 32 55 88 75 64 121 97 84 162 121 107 212 150 133 205 13 24 41 107 D2
3.00 x 2.00 6.000 64 111 177 150 129 243 195 169 325 243 215 425 300 266 415 27 48 83 215
3.00 x 3.00 9.000 96 167 266 226 194 365 292 254 488 365 323 637 450 400 622 41 72 124 322
D3
3.00 x 4.00 12.000 128 223 355 301 259 486 390 339 651 486 430 850 600 533 830 55 96 166 430
3.00 x 5.00 15.000 160 278 443 377 324 608 487 423 813 608 538 1062 750 667 1038 68 120 207 537
4.00 x 2.00 8.000 85 148 236 201 173 324 260 226 434 324 287 566 400 355 553 36 64 110 286 E1
4.00 x 3.00 12.000 128 223 355 301 259 486 390 339 651 486 430 850 600 533 830 55 96 166 430
4.00 x 4.00 16.000 171 297 473 402 346 649 520 452 868 649 574 1133 800 711 1107 73 128 221 573
E2
4.00 x 5.00 20.000 214 371 591 502 432 811 650 565 1085 811 718 1417 1000 889 1384 91 160 277 716
Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/2.00 x D2.
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in inches.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools. E3
Electrical Communication
8 10 12 14 16 18 22 23 23/24 24 Fiber
Nominal AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG AWG Cable
Duct Size Nominal 5.5 4.2 3.3 3.6 3.9 2.8 3.1 3.4 2.4 2.8 3.0 2.1 2.5 2.7 2.2 8.4 6.4 4.8 3.0 E5
(W x H) Area Cat. Cat. Cat. 3.0
mm mm² THHN THHN THHN MTW MTW THHN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW TFFN MTW MTW MTW 6A 6 5e mm
12 x 12 144 1 3 5 4 3 7 5 5 9 7 6 12 8 7 12 0 1 2 6
F
25 x 25 625 8 14 22 19 16 31 25 21 42 31 27 54 38 34 53 3 6 10 27
50 x 50 2500 33 57 91 77 67 125 100 87 168 125 111 219 155 137 214 14 24 42 111
Table shows maximum wirefill based on 50% of duct internal cross sectional area. Formula = nominal area/2.50 x D2. G
AWG dimensions represent typical outer cable diameter in millimeters.
For tool information refer to www.panduit.com/tools.
B3
Considering these factors, the usable duct area is equal to an average of 90% of the nominal area, or (W x H) x 0.90.
E1
Wire Area
The wire area formula is converted to allow calculation using the cable diameter:
E2
E3
E4 Formula Derivation
Inserting the elements from above into the general Simplifying this formula results in the formula used for
formula results in the following: wirefill calculation (Note 2):
E5
Note: When calculating wirefill capacity using the above formula, variables W, H, and D must be expressed in same units
(i.e. mm or inches).
G
1 This calculation does not account for additional airspace created between cables by non-uniform cable shapes, cable interlacing, and cable packing factors.
2 The resulting formula is used for all Panduit flush cover ducts, this excludes type NE duct which has a different profile design that results in a divisor of
2.0 x D2 (rather than 1.75 x D2 as shown here) and all Hinged Wiring Duct: H, HN, HS with a profile design that results in a divisor of 1.85 x D2 and
corner wiring duct which uses calculated internal area and a divisor of 2.0 x D2.
H
Low-Smoke,
Halogen-Free Halogen-Free
Lead-Free PPO PPE + HIPS Polypropylene B2
Properties Units Test Method PVC (NNC, NE, NS) (TNC) (FL)
General
Specific gravity g/cc ASTM D 792 1.45 1.09 1.11 0.95 B3
Heat deflection temperature @264 psi °F ASTM D 648 156 215 223 117
Thermal expansion 10-5 in/in/°F ASTM D 696 3.7 3.8 N/A
Thermal conductivity (BTU-in/hr-ft²)°F ASTM C 177 1.3 1.3 N/A C1
Burning Characteristics
Flammability class — UL 94 V-0 V-0 V-0 V-2
Smoke density @ 4 minutes — ASTM E 662 538 513 66 N/A C2
Limited oxygen index (LOI) — ASTM D 2863 35 30 28 25
Peak heat release rate kW/m2 ASTM E 1354 N/A N/A N/A N/A
Hardness C3
Durometer hardness “D” ASTM D 2240 78 N/A N/A N/A
Rockwell hardness “R” ASTM D 785 111 116 N/A N/A
Tensile C4
Yield Strength psi 6,200 7,700 8,100 3,770
ASTM D 638
Modulus psi 390,000 350,000 355,000 172,000
Flexural D1
Yield Strength psi 8,700 11,500 11,500 4,350
ASTM D 790
Modulus psi 325,000 340,000 340,000 181,250
Impact strength D2
Installation Tips: B1
1. Clean surface with mild soap and water solution or mineral spirits
with a clean lint free towel. Allow to dry. B3
For small quantities, use the DCT duct cutting tool. For larger quantities use a miter cutting saw blade for clean burr-free
cuts. Recommended blade: Carbide 80T or 100T; 0.090" thickness, 0.125 kerf.
C4
Recommended Precaution when Using Type TNC, NNC, NE and NS Wiring Duct
Cleaning solvents and cutting fluids that contain any of the following chemical agents should not come in D1
contact with type TNC, type NNC or type NE wiring duct. These chemicals are known to cause stress cracking in the
halogen-free materials.
●●Hydrocarbons
D2
●●Phenols
●●Ketones
●●Amines D3
●●Ethers
●●Organic, inorganic and oxidizing acids
●●Petrol E1
Note: Panduit assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this list.
Please see www.panduit.com for Wiring Duct Chemical Resistance document and acceptable lubricants.
E2
Part Number System for Panduct ® Wiring Duct
G .5 X .5 LG 6 -A
E3
DRD 22 LG 6
B2
B3
DRD = DIN Rail Duct Capability Height LG = Light Ft.
22 = 2" Height Gray
33 = 3" Height WH = White
44 = 4" Height
C1
CWD 3 LG 6
C3
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
C1.54
A
Route/Protect Surface Raceway
B1
Surface Raceway B2
The multi-channel raceway includes LD2P10, T-45, T-70, TG-70, Twin-70, Cove,
and Above Floor Raceway. All multi-channel raceways provide solutions for routing
D2
power and data cabling, offer 1 inch bend radius control fittings and accept NEMA
standard 70mm faceplates for multiple termination options.
Multi-Channel includes: D3
●●LD2P10 – a one-piece multi-channel design for
both power and data applications
●●T-45, T-70, TG-70, Twin-70 – a two-piece E1
B2
P
B3
C1
H
C2
F
G I
L
C3
D
B
C4
A O
D1 M
E N
D2
D3
C
J
E1
D K
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1
B3
TFXD10IW – One Inch Bend CPGIW – Single Gang
B Radius Tee Fitting (page C2.8) K Rectangular Screw-On
Faceplate* C1
D1
OCFX10IW – One Inch Bend
E Radius Outside Corner Fitting
(page C2.6)
JBD1 – Single Gang Pass D2
N Through Divider for LD2P10
Raceway*
D3
JBP2DIW – Power Rated Double
F Gang Two-Piece Deep Box*
E1
RAFX10IW – Power Rated Right
O Angle Fitting (page C2.8)
JBD2 – Double Gang Pass
G Through Divider for LD2P10 E2
Raceway*
E4
B3
LD3 LD5 LD10 LDPH3 LDPH5 LDPH10 LD2P10—Left LD2P10—Right LDS3 LDS5
.21 in.2 .38 in.2 1.00 in.2 .17 in.2 .33 in.2 89 in.2 .43 in.2 .50 in.2 .21 in.2 .38 in.2
C1
SPEC = 40% cable fill – The recommended design in MAX for Data = 60% cable fill – The maximum cable
cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors.
and changes. MAX for Power cable fill – The maximum of electrical
C2 cables based on UL temperature rise test.
LD5 0.38 — — — 3 5 2 3 2 3 6 9
D2
LD10 1.00 — — — 8 13 6 9 6 10 16 24
LDPH3 0.17 9 7 4 1 2 1 1 1 1 2 4
D3
LDPH5 0.33 14 12 8 2 4 2 3 2 3 5 8
LDPH10 0.89 18 18 16 7 11 5 8 5 8 14 22
E1
LD2P10 – Left channel 0.43 14 11 8 — — — — — — — —
E3
E4
E5
B3
C2
C3
LD3 LD5 LD10
D2
●●UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 ●●Factory-applied adhesive backing speeds installation
No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated ●●Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or
●●Two-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in Panduit ® Mini-Com ® Surface Mount Boxes E1
●●Tamper resistant
E2
22.0
.41" .55"
E4
E5
B2
LD3 LD5 LD10
– CRFC5IW-X – Cross
C3
DCF3IW-X DCF5IW-X DCF10IW-X Drop Ceiling/
TF ECF Entrance End
FBA3IW-X FBA5IW-X FBA10IW-X Fire Box Adapter
C4
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
D3 FBA RF
E1
E3
LD3 / LDPH3 LD5 / LDPH5 LD10 / LDPH10
CRFC5
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). D1
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
RFX
E1
●●UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 ●●Tamper resistant
No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated ●●Factory-applied adhesive backing speeds installation
●●Routes power and data together ●●Terminates using JBP1D, JBP2D, JBP2FS or JBP2S E3
●●One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in surface mount outlet box solutions
E4
E5
Std. Ctn.
Part Number Raceway Size Color Length Ft. Qty.
LD2P10IW8-A 1.52" x.86" (39.0mm x 22.0mm) Off White 8 160 G
LD2P raceway requires screw mounting if it is being used for power cabling applications.
Std.
Pkg.
B3 Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
CFX10 RAFX10
CFX10IW-X Coupler fitting for use with LD2P10 raceway.
C4 EEFX
D1
Raceway Adapters for LD Raceway
●●Fit into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings
D2
●●For use with types LD3, LDPH3, LD5 and LDPH5 raceway
Std.
D3 Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty.
CA3IW-X Adapter for use with LD3, LDPH3 raceway.
Off
E1 10
CA5IW-X Adapter for use with LD5, LDPH5 raceway. White
CA3
CA5
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●UL and CSA rated 600 V; meets UL 5A and CSA C22.2 ●●Compatible with NEMA standard 70mm faceplates or
No. 62.1-03 standards; FT4 rated Pan-Way ® Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates B2
●●Large cable capacity with aesthetically pleasing design ●●Transitions to Panduit T-45 and LD profile raceway
●●Tamper resistant ●●Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
B3
C1
T-70
T70B T70C T70DW
Internal Area = 5.15 Sq. In.
C2
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
B3 Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Qty.
T70CCIW-X T-70 cover coupler fitting: Joins cover sections 10 100
of T-70, Twin-70, and TG-70 raceway cover
together.
C1 T70CC T70BC
T70BCIW-X Base coupler fitting. Used to join sections of 10 10
T-70 raceway base together.
T70RAIW Right angle fitting. Used to join sections of T-70
raceway at right angles.
C2
T70ICIW Inside corner fitting. Used to join sections of
T-70 raceway at inside corners.
T70RA T70IC T70OCIW Outside corner fitting. Used to join sections of
C3 T-70 raceway at outside corners.
T70TIW Tee fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 raceway
at tee intersections.
T70ECIW End cap fitting. Used to terminate or allow entry
C4 to T-70 raceway with conduit breakouts of 1/2".
T70EEIW Entrance end fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2",
T70OC T70T Off
3/4", 1" and 1 1/4" which allows entry from
ceiling or wall. White
D1 T70TRIW Transition fitting. Used to transition to any
LD profile or T-45 raceway while maintaining 1 10
channel separation. Fitting includes bend radius
insert.
D2 T70TRCIW Transition fitting cover. Used to transition to any
LD profile or T-45 raceway.
T70EC T70EE T70BFIW Backfeed fitting. Allows cable entry through the
back of the T-70 raceway.
D3 T70WCIW Workstation Outlet Center™ Offset Box for
screw-on faceplates. Two-piece box and bracket
accept any NEMA standard screw-on faceplate.
T70WC2IW Workstation Outlet Center™ Offset Box for Pan-
E1 Way ® Snap-On Faceplates. Two-piece box and
T70TR bracket accept any standard electrical outlet.
T70TRC T70BF Accepts any Pan-Way ® Snap-On Electrical/
Communication Faceplates.
E2 T70BFI Backfeed fitting insert. Bend radius insert to be
used with T70BFIW.
T70TD T-70 tee fitting divider. Separates power and
data within tee fitting. Replaces T70TDB, Gray 1 10
E3 T70TDC, and T70TDT.
T70WC T70WC2 T70TRI Divided insert for T-70 to LD2P10. Maintains
channel separation within T70TRIW fitting.
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White).
E4 Twin-70 and TG-70 raceway are available. Refer to www.panduit.com.
E5
T70BFI T70TD
T70TRI
G
-70 raceway accessories consist of device mounting brackets, snap-on device brackets, hanging boxes and three-sided
T
hanging boxes used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and/or communication devices.
B2
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty.
B3
T70DB-X Device mounting bracket. Used to mount NEMA
standard single gang electrical outlets and
communication devices with either screw-on or
snap-on single gang faceplates. Can be used
T70DB-X T70SDB-X with T-70, Twin-70, and TG-70 raceway. C1
T70SDB-X Standard faceplate bracket. Used to mount
NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on
faceplates. Can be used with T-70, Twin-70,
TG-70 raceway and Pan-Pole™ Communication C2
Pole.
T70HB-X T70HB3-X T70HB-X Hanging box. Used to mount NEMA standard
single gang electrical outlets and devices
with either screw-on or snap-on single gang C3
faceplates when there are communications
cables in the raceway. For use in T-70 and Gray 10 —
Twin-70 raceway only.
T70HB3-X T70 HB3 3-sided hanging box. Used to mount
C4
NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets
T70HB3GFCI-X T70WR-X and devices with either screw-on or snap-
on single gang faceplates when there are
communications cables in the raceway. Box is
low profile for increased channel capacity and D1
does not require breakout removal. For use with
T-70 and Twin-70 raceway only.
T70HB3GFCI-X T70 GFCI 3-sided hanging box. Accepts single
T70S-X gang U.S. GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) D2
standard electrical devices. Provides increased
internal area for connections and excess wire.
T70WR-X Wire retainer. Holds wires in place during Gray 10 100
installation. D3
T70S-X Spacer plate. Used to mount the CBX4 surface — 10 —
mount box onto the T70DB-X or T70HB-X/
T70FSB T70HB3-X.
T70FSB Fiber spool bracket. Each piece consists of two Gray 1 10 E1
halves that snap into base of T-70 or Twin-
70 raceway. Provides method to contain one
meter or more of fiber slack and acts as a strain
relief while maintaining a minimum 30mm bend
radius. Bracket separation can be adjusted to fit E2
the length of slack required.
Twin-70 and TG-70 raceway available. Refer to www.panduit.com.
E3
E4
E5
Use the T70FSB with T-70 or Twin-70 Use T70S-X spacer plate for mounting
raceway to contain 1m or more of fiber the CBX4 surface mount box on T-70
slack while maintaining a 30mm cable or T702. F
bend radius. Brackets are adjustable for
slack length.
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
C2.12
A
Route/Protect Abrasion Protection
B1
Abrasion Protection B2
Panduit abrasion protection products provide quality at the lowest installed cost.
With a continued focus on new product development, Panduit continues to meet E1
customer needs.
E2
E3
E4
E5
C1
●●Patented installation tool with 180° opening allows ●●The Pan-Wrap installation tool is designed for use with
easy loading of maximum bundle diameters to speed our Pan-Wrap Split Harness Wrap, Pan-Wrap Braided
installation, providing the lowest installed cost Sleeving and Corrugated Loom Tubing Products B2
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Color For Use With Qty.** B3
GEE 36 F — A — C 0
Type Max. Panel Material Adhesive Package Size Color Suffix B2
Thickness
GE = Grommet 36 = 0
.036" F = Polyethylene A = A
dhesive Q = 25' 0 =W eather
Edging thickness N = Nylon 6.6 Lined L = 50' Resistant
Strips 62 = 0
.062" Leave Blank = Black B3
FR = Flame C = 100'
GEE = Slotted thickness Retardant Non-Adhesive Leave Blank =
Grommet 99 = 0
.099" Polyethylene Natural
Edging thickness
C1
GES = Solid 144 = 0
.144"
Grommet thickness
Edging 189 = 0
.189"
thickness
C2
Grommet Edging
C3
●●Use slotted product on irregularly shaped and round ●●UL File: E351393 (Adhesive Lined and Nylon materials
panel holes are not UL Recognized)
●●Solid product is used only on straight edges ●●Adhesive Lined Grommet Edging: 3 year shelf life
C4
●●Provided in 0.030" (0.8mm) thick material making it
highly flexible
D1
B D2
D3
A
E5
GE380-Q 0.52 13.1 0.26 6.5 0.318 – 0.380 8.1 – 9.7 -40°F – 149°F
Nylon 6.6 Natural* 25
GE510-Q 0.64 16.3 0.26 6.5 0.380 – 0.510 9.7 – 13.0 (-40°C – 65°C)
*Natural color can range from opaque to clear. E2
**Formerly Military Standard MS21266
***This material is not specified under NASM21266
E3
E4
E5
D2
Length Inside Outside
Per Reel* Diameter Diameter Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Material Color Ft. m In. mm In. mm Temperature Range Qty.
D3
Slit Wall
CLT25F-C3 Orange 100 30.5 0.28 7.2 0.40 10.1
Polyethylene
CLT25F-C4 Yellow 100 30.5 0.28 7.2 0.40 10.1
E1
CLT25F-C20 100 30.5 0.28 7.2 0.40 10.1
Polyethylene Black
CLT25F-10M20 10,000 3048.0 0.28 7.2 0.40 10.1
CLT35F-C3 Orange 100 30.5 0.35 8.9 0.50 12.8
Polyethylene
E2 CLT35F-C4 Yellow 100 30.5 0.35 8.9 0.50 12.8
CLT35F-C20 100 30.5 0.35 8.9 0.50 12.8
Polyethylene Black
CLT35F-7M20 7,000 2133.6 0.35 8.9 0.50 12.8
E3 CLT38F-C3 Orange 100 30.5 0.39 10.0 0.52 13.3
Polyethylene
CLT38F-C4 Yellow 100 30.5 0.39 10.0 0.52 13.3
CLT38F-C20 100 30.5 0.39 10.0 0.52 13.3
Polyethylene Black
CLT38F-5M20 5,000 1524.0 0.39 10.0 0.52 13.3
E4 -40°F – 122°F (-40°C – 50°C) 1
CLT50F-C3 Orange 100 30.5 0.51 13.0 0.65 16.6
Polyethylene
CLT50F-C4 Yellow 100 30.5 0.51 13.0 0.65 16.6
CLT50F-C20 100 30.5 0.51 13.0 0.65 16.6
Polyethylene Black
E5 CLT50F-4M20 4,000 1219.2 0.51 13.0 0.65 16.6
CLT62F-C3 Orange 100 30.5 0.66 16.9 0.85 21.1
Polyethylene
CLT62F-C4 Yellow 100 30.5 0.66 16.9 0.85 21.1
F CLT62F-C20 100 30.5 0.66 16.9 0.85 21.1
Polyethylene Black
CLT62F-2.5M20 2,500 762.0 0.66 16.9 0.85 21.1
CLT75F-C3 Orange 100 30.5 0.77 19.5 0.94 23.9
Polyethylene
CLT75F-C4 Yellow 100 30.5 0.77 19.5 0.94 23.9
G
CLT75F-C20 100 30.5 0.77 19.5 0.94 23.9
Polyethylene Black
CLT75F-2M20 2,000 609.6 0.77 19.5 0.94 23.9
*Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
H
E2
SE 25 PFR — M R 0
Type Nominal I.D. Size Material Package Size Color Suffix B2
●●P
rovides continuous abrasion protection for wires, cables, ●●R
ated for use up to 257°F (125°C)
hoses and tubing ●●C
ompliant with U.S. and European passenger
D1
●●H
ighly flexible open weave will not trap heat or humidity rail standards
●●A
llows for use with irregular shapes ●●UL: E116868
●●L
ightweight, durable protection ●●CSA: 227630
D2
Nominal Length
Nominal I.D. Diameter Range per Reel‡ Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty. D3
SE12P-TR0 Black 0.12 3.2 0.094 – 0.250 2.4 – 6.4 200 61.0
4
SE12P-TR8 Gray 0.12 3.2 0.094 – 0.250 2.4 – 6.4 200 61.0
SE12P-MR0 Black 0.12 3.2 0.094 – 0.250 2.4 – 6.4 1000 304.8 E1
2
SE12P-MR10 White 0.12 3.2 0.094 – 0.250 2.4 – 6.4 1000 304.8
SE25P-TR0 Black 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 200 61.0
4
SE25P-TR8 Gray 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 200 61.0
E2
SE25P-MR0 Black 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 1000 304.8
SE25P-MR8 Gray 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 1000 304.8 2
SE25P-MR10 White 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 1000 304.8
SE38P-TR0 Black 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 200 61.0 E3
4
SE38P-TR8 Gray 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 200 61.0
SE38P-MR0 Black 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 1000 304.8
1
SE38P-MR8 Gray 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 1000 304.8 2 E4
SE38P-MR10 White 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 1000 304.8
SE50P-CR0 Black 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 100 30.5
4
SE50P-CR8 Gray 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 100 30.5
E5
SE50P-DR0 Black 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 500 152.4
SE50P-DR8 Gray 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 500 152.4 2
SE50P-DR10 White 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 500 152.4
SE75P-CR0 Black 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 100 30.5 F
4
SE75P-CR8 Gray 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 100 30.5
SE75P-DR0 Black 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 500 152.4
SE75P-DR8 Gray 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 500 152.4 2 G
SE75P-DR10 White 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 500 152.4
‡Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
D1
Braided Expandable Sleeving – Flame Retardant Polyethylene Terephthalate
●●P
rovides continuous abrasion protection for wires, cables, ●●F
lammability: Meets UL 1441 VW-1
hoses and tubing ●●C
ompliant with U.S. and European passenger
D2
●●H
ighly flexible open weave will not trap heat or humidity rail standards
●●R
ated for use up to 257°F (125°C) ●●UL E116868
●●A
llows for use with irregular shapes
D3
Nominal Length Std. Std.
Nominal I.D. Diameter Range per Reel‡ Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty.
E1
SE12PFR-TR0 0.12 3.2 0.094 – 0.250 2.4 – 6.4 200 61.0 4
Black
SE12PFR-MR0 0.12 3.2 0.094 – 0.250 2.4 – 6.4 1000 304.8 2
SE12PFR-TR8 Gray 0.12 3.2 0.094 – 0.250 2.4 – 6.4 200 61.0 4
E2 SE12PFR-MR8 Gray 0.12 3.2 0.094 – 0.250 2.4 – 6.4 1000 304.8
2
SE12PFR-MR10 White 0.12 3.2 0.094 – 0.250 2.4 – 6.4 1000 304.8
SE25PFR-TR0 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 200 61.0 4
Black
SE25PFR-MR0 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 1000 304.8 2
E3
SE25PFR-TR8 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 200 61.0 4
Gray
SE25PFR-MR8 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 1000 304.8 2
SE25PFR-MR10 White 0.25 6.4 0.125 – 0.375 3.2 – 9.5 1000 304.8 2
E4 SE38PFR-MR0 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 1000 304.8 2
Black 1
SE38PFR-TR0 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 200 61.0 4
SE38PFR-TR8 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 200 61.0 4
Gray
SE38PFR-MR8 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 1000 304.8 2
E5 SE38PFR-MR10 White 0.38 9.5 0.188 – 0.500 4.8 – 12.7 1000 304.8 2
SE50PFR-CR0 Black 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 100 30.5
4
SE50PFR-CR8 Gray 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 100 30.5
SE50PFR-DR0 Black 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 500 152.4
F
SE50PFR-DR8 Gray 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 500 152.4 2
SE50PFR-DR10 White 0.50 12.7 0.250 – 0.750 6.4 – 19.1 500 152.4
SE75PFR-CR0 Black 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 100 30.5
4
G SE75PFR-CR8 Gray 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 100 30.5
‡Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
Braided Expandable Sleeving – Flame Retardant Polyethylene Terephthalate B1
(continued)
B2
Nominal Length Std. Std.
Nominal I.D. Diameter Range per Reel‡ Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty.
SE75PFR-DR0 Black 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 500 152.4 B3
SE75PFR-DR8 Gray 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 500 152.4 2
SE75PFR-DR10 White 0.75 19.1 0.500 – 1.25 12.7 – 31.8 500 152.4
SE125PFR-LR0 Black 1.25 31.8 0.750 – 1.50 19.1 – 38.1 50 15.2
4
SE125PFR-LR8 Gray 1.25 31.8 0.750 – 1.50 19.1 – 38.1 50 15.2 C1
SE125PFR-TR0 Black 1.25 31.8 0.750 – 1.50 19.1 – 38.1 200 61.0
SE125PFR-TR8 Gray 1.25 31.8 0.750 – 1.50 19.1 – 38.1 200 61.0 2
1
SE125PFR-TR10 White 1.25 31.8 0.750 – 1.50 19.1 – 38.1 200 61.0
C2
SE150PFR-LR0 Black 1.50 38.1 1.00 – 2.13 25.4 – 54.0 50 15.2
4
SE150PFR-LR8 Gray 1.50 38.1 1.00 – 2.13 25.4 – 54.0 50 15.2
SE150PFR-TR0 Black 1.50 38.1 1.00 – 2.13 25.4 – 54.0 200 61.0
SE150PFR-TR8 Gray 1.50 38.1 1.00 – 2.13 25.4 – 54.0 200 61.0 C3
2
SE150PFR-TR10 White 1.50 38.1 1.00 – 2.13 25.4 – 54.0 200 61.0
SE175PFR-TR0 Black 1.75 44.5 1.25 – 2.75 31.8 – 69.9 200 61.0
‡Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information.
C4
D1
Tooling Head
●●S
leeving cutter/end sealer blade – used with popular soldering guns to cut and seal sleeving
D2
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
HKBS For dual straight shank soldering guns with 0.500" spacing typical guns: 1 D3
WELLER Straight Shank Model 8200; WEN Model 199 or 100 (Replace tip
holding screws with (2) screws included).
E1
E4
Nominal Length Std. Std.
Nominal I.D. Diameter Range per Reel‡ Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty.
SE12PSC-TR0 0.12 3.2 0.13 – 0.25 3.2 – 6.4 200 61.0 E5
SE25PSC-TR0 0.25 6.4 0.16 – 0.44 4.0 – 11.1 200 61.0
SE38PSC-TR0 0.38 9.5 0.19 – 0.63 4.8 – 15.9 200 61.0
SE50PSC-CR0 Black 0.50 12.7 0.25 – 0.75 6.4 – 19.1 100 30.5 1 4
F
SE75PSC-CR0 0.75 19.1 0.63 – 1.0 15.9 – 25.4 100 30.5
SE125PSC-LR0 1.25 31.8 1.0 – 1.5 25.4 – 38.1 50 15.2
SE150PSC-LR0 1.50 38.1 1.3 – 2.0 31.8 – 50.8 50 15.2
‡Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Panduit Customer Service for further information. G
C1
C2
E4
E5
●●Provides insulation and protection for lead ●●MIL-I-631 Type F, Form U, Grade C-
wires, wire harness assemblies, soldered Class 1 Category 1
joints and components in electrical and ●●Material: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) B2
electronic equipment
●●UL oil resistant class 1 rating
●●All purpose flexible and non-shrinkable
●●Continuous use temperature range:
●●Resistant to heat and moisture -4°F – 221°F (-20°C – 105°C) B3
●●Flammability: Meets UL 224 VW-1 ●●UL: E122770 (Black and limited sizes
●●Voltage rating: 300 V and 600 V in Clear)
●●ASTM D-922 Grade CFR ●●CSA 75192 C1
E1
●●S
eals irregular openings from air, dust, or water ●●D
ielectric strength: 200 V/Mil, Min 0.030" thick
●●N
on-hardening sealant that adheres to metal, masonry, ●●T
emperature range: -30°F – 210°F (-34°C – 98°C) E3
wood or plastic ●●1
0 year minimum shelf life
●●P
rovides vibration dampening ●●Indoor use only
●●S
afe and easy to use, non-corrosive, non-toxic, no E4
asbestos, will not stain or harm hands, and no
unpleasant odor
Std. E5
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
DS1 Duct seal (sealing compound) 1 lb. package
1
DS5 Duct seal (sealing compound) 5 lb. package F
Abrasion
Temperature Index
Organic Solvents
Petro-Chemicals
Protection
Flammability
Temperature
B2
Alkalies
Melting
(UL 94)
Materials
Acids
UL
Technical Data
B3
Spiral Wrap
C1 Natural Polyethylene -40°F
Lowest cost material for indoor use up to 122°F. Natural is available (-40°C)
239°F Some
in all sizes. to HB
(115°C) Discoloration
122°F
(50°C)
Resistant
C2 Weather Resistant Polyethylene below 140°F Resistant
This material has the same properties as natural polyethylene, and (60°C) except to Resistant except to
-40°F 239°F No
also has additives which allow it to resist the effects of ultraviolet light HB chlorinated oxidizing acids
(-40°C) (115°C) Discoloration
and acid rain in an outdoor environment. This product is available in solvents
black only. to
122°F
C3 Fire Resistant Polyethylene* (50°C) 239°F Some
UL94-V-2 Rating. This material is self extinguishing and passes the V–2
(115°C) Discoloration
UL 94 flame retardant test with V-2 rating.
Flame Retardant Polyethylene* -4°F
UL94-V-0 Rating. This material is self extinguishing and passes the (-20°C) Resistant
C4 270°F
UL94 flame retardant test with a V-0 rating. to V–0 Some
(132°C)
122°F Resistant Discoloration
(50°C) except to
Resistant Resistant
Weather Resistant Polypropylene -40°F halogenated
This material is resistant to chemical attack and is suitable for harsh (-40°C) hydrocarbons Resistant
D1 334°F
environment applications requiring UV/weather resistance and to HB No
(168°C)
withstanding high temperatures. 239°F Discoloration
(115°C)
Nylon 6.6
D2 Nylon is strong, durable material for indoor use up to 149°F. It offers
a combination of lightweight, wide temperature range, and high -40°F HB
abrasion resistance. This material is suitable for applications where Resistant
(-40°C) Resistant
heavy vibration or stress exists on the wiring or tubing. 505°F except to Not
to Resistant No
(263°C) halogenated recommended
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 149°F Discoloration
hydrocarbons
D3 This material has the same properties as natural Nylon and also has (65°C)
HB
additives which allow it to resist the effects of ultraviolet light in an
outdoor environment. This product is available in black only.
TFE‡* -454°F
This material is a non-flammable, fluorocarbon resin material. Highly (-270°C) Resistant
E1 648°F
resistant to most chemicals, high resistance to UV exposure, wide to V–0 Resistant Resistant Resistant No
(342°C)
operating temperature range, can be used in cryogenic applications. 356°F Discoloration
Color: Opaque to Translucent. (180°C)
Pan-Wrap™
E2 Natural Polyethylene -40°F Resistant
Resistant
Lowest cost material for indoor use up to 122°C. Natural is available (-40°C) below 140°F
239°F except to Some
in all sizes. to HB (60°C) except Resistant
(115°C) oxidizing Discoloration
122°F to chlorinated
acids
(50°C) solvents
E3
Flame Retardant Polyethylene* -4°F
UL94-V-0 Rating. This material is self extinguishing and passes the (-20°C) Resistant except Resistant
270°F
UL94 flame retardant test with a V-0 rating. to V–0 to halogenated Resistant Resistant Some
(132°C)
122°F hydrocarbons Discoloration
(50°C)
E4
Note: Typical operating temperature ranges are extended based on end use application and specific environment tests.
‡TFE is Polytetrafluoroethylene material.
*Contains halogens. Other materials are halogen free.
E5
Ratings and B1
Approvals Chemical Resistance
Abrasion
Temperature Index
Organic Solvents
Petro-Chemicals
Protection
Flammability
Temperature
B2
Materials
Alkalies
Melting
(UL 94)
Acids
UL
Technical Data
(continued) B3
Sleeving
Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET)
This material is a thermoplastic polyester material designed for indoor 500°F Some C1
V–0
applications.It is rated for use up to 257°F and will tolerate short-term -94°F (260°C) Discoloration
exposure up to 446°F. Colors: Weather Resistant Black, White and Gray. Resistant
(-70°C)
Resistant to to most
Flame Retardant Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET) to Resistant
some solvents weak
This material is a self-extinguishing thermoplastic polyester that can be 257°F UL Resistant
469°F bases
used indoors. It is also rated for use up to 257°F and will tolerate short term (125°C) 1441 Some C2
(243°C)
exposure up to 446°F. VW–1 Discoloration
It is provided with tracers to identify the flame retardant material.
CLT
Black Polyethylene -40°F C3
Lowest cost material is for use up to 122°F. Other colors may be available. (-40°C) to
— Resistant
122°F
(50°C) Resistant
Resistant
except to
Nylon 6 -40°F HB Resistant No
halogenated
Nylon is a strong, impact modified, (-40°C) Discoloration C4
410°F hydrocarbons Not
heat stabilized, durable high abrasion resistant material. to
(211°C) recommended
230°F
(110°C)
CLT Fittings D1
Black Polypropylene -40°F
Resistant Resistant
Lowest cost material is for use up to 212°F. Halogen-Free. (-40°C) Resistant
UL94 except to except to
to — Resistant Some
HB halogenated oxidizing
122°F Discoloration
hydrocarbons acids
(50°C) D2
PVC
PVC Non-Shrink Tubing* Resistant
-4°F
This material provides insulation and protection for continuous use at UL except to
(-20°C) Resistant
temperature -4°F (-20°C) to 221°F(105°C). 224 aromatic D3
to — Resistant Resistant No
VW-1 hydrocarbons,
221°F Discoloration
** ketones and
(105°C)
esters
Grommet Edging
E1
Natural Polyethylene Resistant
Lowest cost material for indoor use up to 122° F. Natural is available in all except to Some
-40°F Resistant Resistant
sizes. oxidizing Discoloration
(-40°C) below 140°F acids
239°F
to HB (60°C) except
Weather Resistant Polyethylene (115°C) Resistant E2
122°F to chlorinated
This material has the same properties as natural polyethylene, and also has (50°C) solvents except to No
Resistant
additives which allow it to resist the effects of ultraviolet light and acid rain in oxidizing Discoloration
an outdoor environment. This product is available in black only. acids
Flame Retardant Polyethylene* -4°F Resistant
Resistant
UL94-V-0 Rating This material is self-extinguishing and passes the UL94 (-20°C) below 194°F E3
270°F except to Some
flame retardant test with a V-0 rating. to V–0 (90°C) except Resistant
(132°C) oxidizing Discoloration
122°F to chlorinated
acids
(50°C) solvents
Nylon -40°F
Resistant
Nylon is strong, durable, self-extinguishing material for indoor use up to (-40°C) Resistant E4
491°F except to No
149°F. It offers a combination of lightweight, wide temperature range, and high to V–2 Resistant to most weak
(255°C) phenols and Discoloration
abrasion resistance. This material is suitable for applications where heavy 149°F acids
formic acid
vibration or stress exists on the wiring or tubing. (65°C)
Note: Typical operating temperature ranges are extended based on end use application and specific environment tests.
*Contains halogens. Other materials are halogen free. E5
**Limited sizes in Clear
For Standard Packages containing 6" (152.4mm) lengths, refer to individual pages for complete part number offering.
Note: The above information is to be used as a guide. For specific part number offerings review individual pages for verification.
D3 ‡TFE is Polytetrafluoroethylene material.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●A
pplications include insulating, protecting, and color ●●Temperature range: -67°F to 275°F (-55°C to 135°C)
coding wires and cables ●●F
or dry locations
B2
●●V
oltage: 600 V ●●M
aterial: Cross-linked Polyolefin
●●S
hrink ratio: 2:1 ●●U
L: E122770 (Except Clear)
●●F
lammability: Flame retardant EXCEPT clear ●●C
SA: 222627 B3
●●M
il Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 1 (Colors) ●●5
year shelf life***
Class 2 (Clear)**
C1
C2
Nominal C3
Max. Recovered
Nominal Min. Recovered Wall Length Std. Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. I.D. Thickness Length per Reel Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number* In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Ft. m Qty. Qty. C4
HSTT05-48-Q 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 4 1.2 — — 25 —
HSTT05-48-TL 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 4 1.2 — — 250 —
HSTT05-C‡ 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 — — 100 30.5 1 10 D1
HSTT05-M‡ 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 — — 1,000 304.8 1 2
HSTT06-48-Q 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 4 1.2 — — 25 —
HSTT06-C‡ 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 — — 100 30.5 1 10
D2
HSTT06-M‡ 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 — — 1,000 304.8 1 2
HSTT09-48-Q 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 — — 25 —
HSTT09-C‡ 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 — — 100 30.5 1 10
HSTT09-M‡ 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 — — 1,000 304.8 1 2 D3
HSTT12-48-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 — — 25 —
HSTT12-C‡ 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 — — 100 30.5 1 10
HSTT12-M‡ 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 — — 1,000 304.8 1 2 E1
HSTT19-48-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 4 1.2 — — 25 —
HSTT19-C‡ 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 — — 100 30.5 1 10
HSTT19-M‡ 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 — — 1,000 304.8 1 2
E2
HSTT25-48-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 4 1.2 — — 25 —
HSTT25-C‡ 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 — — 100 30.5 1 10
HSTT25-D‡ 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 — — 500 152.4 1 2
HSTT38-48-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 4 1.2 — — 25 — E3
HSTT38-C‡ 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 — — 100 30.5 1 10
HSTT38-T‡ 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 — — 200 61.0 1 2
*For colors, add C (Clear), 1 (Brown), 2 (Red), 3 (Orange), 4 (Yellow), 45 (Yellow/Green), 5 (Green), 6 (Blue) and 10 (White) to end of part number. E4
Contact customer service for availability.
‡Part sold per reel.
**Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
E5
D2
Nominal
Max. Recovered
Nominal Min. Recovered Wall
E3 Std. Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. I.D. Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number* In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
HSTT05-Q 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4
E4
HSTT06-Q 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4
HSTT09-Q 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5
HSTT12-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5
E5 HSTT19-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1 10
HSTT25-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6
HSTT38-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6
F HSTT50-Q 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6
HSTT75-Q 0.750 19.9 0.750 19.9 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8
*For colors, add C (Clear) or 45 (Yellow/Green) to end of part number. Contact customer service for availability.
**Material Performance Only.
G ***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
●●A
pplications include insulating and protecting wires ●●T
emperature range: -67°F to 275°F (-55°C to 135°C)
and cables ●●F
or dry locations
B2
●●V
oltage: 600 V ●●M
aterial: Cross-linked Polyolefin
●●S
hrink ratio: 2:1 ●●U
L: E122770
●●F
lammability: Flame retardant ●●C
SA: 222627 B3
●●M
il Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 1** ●●5
year shelf life***
Nominal
Max. Recovered C1
Nominal Min. Recovered Wall Total Std. Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. I.D. Thickness No. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Pcs. Qty. Qty.
C2
HSTT06-Y 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 26
HSTT09-Y 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 24
HSTT12-Y 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 20
HSTT19-Y 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 18 C3
HSTT25-Y 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 14 1 10
HSTT38-Y 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 12
HSTT50-Y 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 10 C4
HSTT75-Y 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 8
HSTT100-Y 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 6
**Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected. D1
D2
C3
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Applications include insulating and protecting wires ●●Temperature range: -67°F to 275°F (-55°C to 135°C)
and cables ●●For dry locations
B2
●●Fast shrink time ●●Material: Black cross-linked Polyolefin
●●Voltage: 600 V ●●UL: E122770
●●Shrink ratio: 2:1 ●●CSA: 222627 B3
●●Flammability: Meets UL 224 VW-1 ●●5 year shelf life***
●●Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 3**
C1
C2
C3
Nominal Recovered Std. Std.
Nominal Diameter Min. Expanded I.D. Max. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
C4
HSTTV05-48-Q 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4
HSTTV06-48-Q 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4
HSTTV09-48-Q 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5
HSTTV12-48-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 D1
25 —
HSTTV19-48-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5
HSTTV25-48-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6
HSTTV38-48-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 D2
HSTTV50-48-Q 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6
HSTTV75-48-5 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8
HSTTV100-48-5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9 5 —
D3
HSTTV150-48-5 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.040 1.0
**Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
C1 Nominal
Max. Recovered
Nominal Min. Recovered Wall Std. Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. I.D. Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
C2 Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
HSTTV05-C 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4
HSTTV06-C 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4
C3 HSTTV09-C 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5
HSTTV12-C 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5
HSTTV19-C 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1 10
HSTTV25-C 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6
C4
HSTTV38-C 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6
HSTTV50-C 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6
HSTTV75-C 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8
D1 HSTTV100-C 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.035 0.9
1 2
HSTTV150-C 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.040 1.0
**Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Applications include insulating and protecting wires and ●●Temperature range: -67°F to 275°F (-55°C to 135°C)
cables ●●For dry locations
B2
●●Fast shrink time ●●Material: Cross-linked Polyolefin
●●Voltage: 600 V ●●UL: E122770
●●Shrink ratio: 2:1 ●●CSA: 222627 B3
●●Flammability: Meets UL 224 VW-1 ●●5 year shelf life***
●●Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 3**
C1
C2
C3
Nominal C4
Recovered
Nominal Min. Expanded Max. Wall Length Std. Std.
Diameter I.D. Recovered I.D. Thickness per Reel Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Color Qty. Qty. D1
HSTTV05-M 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.016 0.4 1000 304.8
HSTTV06-M 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.017 0.4 1000 304.8
HSTTV09-M 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 Black 1 2 D2
HSTTV12-M 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8
HSTTV19-M 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8
HSTTV25-D 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 500 152.4 Black
D3
HSTTV25-D10 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 500 152.4 White
HSTTV25-D5 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 500 152.4 Green
HSTTV38-T 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Black
E1
HSTTV38-T5 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Green 1 2
HSTTV50-T 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Black
HSTTV50-T5 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6 200 61.1 Green
HSTTV75-T 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 200 61.1 Black E2
HSTTV75-T10 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.030 0.8 200 61.1 White
**Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
E3
E4
E5
C1 Nominal
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Std. Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
C2
HSTTV12-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.020 0.5
HSTTV19-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.020 0.5 1 10
HSTTV50-Q 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.025 0.6
C3 **Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
C4
D1
HSTTV Heat Shrink 6 Inch Pieces
●●Applications include insulating and protecting wires ●●Temperature range: -67°F to 275°F (-55°C to 135°C)
and cables ●●For dry locations
D2
●●Fast shrink time ●●Material: Black Cross-linked Polyolefin
●●Voltage: 600 V ●●UL: E122770
●●Shrink ratio: 2:1 ●●CSA: 222627
D3
●●Flammability: Meets UL 224 VW-1 ●●5 year shelf life***
●●Mil Spec: AMS-DTL-23053/5 Class 3**
E1
E2
E3
Std. Std.
Nominal Diameter Min. Expanded I.D. Max. Recovered I.D. Pieces Per Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm Package Qty. Qty.
E4
HSTTV05-Y 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6
26
HSTTV06-Y 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8
HSTTV09-Y 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 24
HSTTV12-Y 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 20
E5 HSTTV19-Y 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 18
1 10
HSTTV25-Y 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 14
HSTTV38-Y 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 12
F HSTTV50-Y 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 10
HSTTV75-Y 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 8
HSTTV100-Y 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 6
**Material Performance Only.
G ***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
C1
C2
Nominal
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Length C3
Std. Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Per Reel Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty. Qty.
HSTTP05-MY 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6 0.020 0.5 1000 304.8 2
C4
HSTTP06-QY 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.020 0.5 25 7.6 10
HSTTP06-CY 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8 0.020 0.5 100 30.5 2
HSTTP09-QY 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.025 0.6 25 7.6 10
HSTTP09-CY 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 2 D1
HSTTP09-MY 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.025 0.6 1000 304.8 2
HSTTP12-QY 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.025 0.6 25 7.6 10
HSTTP12-CY 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 2 D2
HSTTP19-QY 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.025 0.6 25 7.6 10
HSTTP19-CY 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 2
HSTTP25-QY 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 25 7.6 10
D3
HSTTP25-CY 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.025 0.6 100 30.5 1 2
HSTTP38-QY 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.030 0.8 25 7.6 10
HSTTP38-CY 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.030 0.8 100 30.5 2
E1
HSTTP50-QY 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.030 0.8 25 7.6 10
HSTTP50-CY 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.030 0.8 100 30.5 2
HSTTP75-QY 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.035 0.9 25 7.6 10
HSTTP75-CY 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.035 0.9 100 30.5 2 E2
HSTTP100-QY 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.040 1.0 25 7.6 2
HSTTP100-CY 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.040 1.0 100 30.5 2
HSTTP150-QY 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.045 1.1 25 7.6 2 E3
HSTTP150-CY 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.045 1.1 100 30.5 2
HSTTP200-QY 2.00 50.8 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.050 1.3 25 7.6 2
**Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected. E4
E5
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Nominal
Min. Max. Recovered C1
Nominal Expanded Recovered Wall Std.
Diameter I.D. I.D. Thickness Length Pkg.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty.
C2
HSTTT03-48-Q 30 AWG 0.9 0.034 0.9 0.015 0.4 0.009 0.2
HSTTT04-48-Q 28 AWG 1.0 0.038 1.0 0.018 0.5 0.009 0.2
HSTTT046-48-Q 26 AWG 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.022 0.5 0.010 0.3
HSTTT05-48-Q 24 AWG 1.3 0.050 1.3 0.027 0.7 0.010 0.3 C3
HSTTT055-48-Q 22 AWG 1.4 0.055 1.4 0.032 0.8 0.012 0.3
HSTTT06-48-Q 20 AWG 1.5 0.060 1.5 0.039 1.0 0.012 0.3
HSTTT08-48-Q 18 AWG 1.9 0.076 1.9 0.049 1.2 0.012 0.3 C4
HSTTT09-48-Q 16 AWG 2.3 0.093 2.3 0.061 1.6 0.012 0.3
4 1.2 25
HSTTT12-48-Q 14 AWG 3.0 0.120 3.0 0.072 1.8 0.012 0.3
HSTTT15-48-Q 12 AWG 3.8 0.150 3.8 0.089 2.3 0.012 0.3
D1
HSTTT19-48-Q 10 AWG 4.9 0.191 4.9 0.112 2.8 0.012 0.3
HSTTT24-48-Q 8 AWG 6.0 0.240 6.0 0.141 3.6 0.015 0.4
HSTTT30-48-Q 6 AWG 7.7 0.302 7.7 0.178 4.5 0.015 0.4
HSTTT37-48-Q 4 AWG 9.4 0.370 9.4 0.224 5.7 0.015 0.4 D2
HSTTT43-48-Q 2 AWG 10.9 0.430 10.9 0.278 7.0 0.015 0.4
HSTTT47-48-Q 0 AWG 11.9 0.470 11.9 0.347 8.8 0.015 0.4
HSTTT56-48-5^ 9/16 14.2 0.560 14.2 0.399 10.1 0.015 0.4 D3
HSTTT66-48-5^ 5/8 16.6 0.655 16.6 0.462 11.7 0.018 0.5
HSTTT75-48-5^ 3/4 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.524 13.3 0.018 0.5 4 1.2 5
HSTTT93-48-5^ 15/16 23.6 0.930 23.6 0.655 16.6 0.020 0.5
E1
HSTTT112-48-5^ 1 1/8 28.6 1.12 28.6 0.786 20.0 0.025 0.6
HSTTT131-48-2^ 1 15/16 33.3 1.31 33.3 0.911 23.1 0.030 0.8
4 1.2 2
HSTTT150-48-2^ 1 1/2 38.1 1.50 38.1 1.036 26.3 0.030 0.8
**Material Performance Only. E2
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
^ Part numbers are Class 2.
E3
E4
E5
Nominal
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg.
C2
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty.
HSTTK05-48-Q 0.046 1.2 0.046 1.2 0.023 0.6
HSTTK06-48-Q 0.063 1.6 0.063 1.6 0.031 0.8
C3 HSTTK09-48-Q 0.093 2.4 0.093 2.4 0.046 1.2 0.010 0.3 25
HSTTK12-48-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.062 1.6
HSTTK19-48-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4
HSTTK25-48-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2
C4 0.012 0.3 25
HSTTK38-48-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8
HSTTK50-48-5 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.012 0.3 5
HSTTK75-48-5 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.017 0.4
D1 5
HSTTK100-48-5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.019 0.5
**Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
D2
Nominal
E3
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Std.
Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty.
E4 4' (1.22m) Pieces
HSTTVA12-48-Q 0.125 3.2 0.125 3.2 0.063 1.6 0.021 0.5
HSTTVA19-48-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.093 2.4 0.023 0.6
25
HSTTVA25-48-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.125 3.2 0.029 0.7
E5
HSTTVA38-48-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.187 4.8 0.029 0.7
HSTTVA50-48-5 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.250 6.4 0.030 0.8
HSTTVA75-48-5 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.375 9.5 0.035 0.9
5
F HSTTVA100-48-5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.500 12.7 0.042 1.1
HSTTVA150-48-5 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.750 19.1 0.047 1.2
**Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
G
Nominal
Nominal Min. Max. Recovered Std. Std. D2
Diameter Expanded I.D. Recovered I.D. Wall Thickness Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty.
4' (1.22m) Pieces
D3
HSTTA19-48-Q 0.187 4.8 0.187 4.8 0.062 1.6 25
HSTTA25-48-Q 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.080 2.0 0.040 1.0 25 —
HSTTA25-48-TL 0.250 6.4 0.250 6.4 0.080 2.0 250
HSTTA38-48-Q 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.120 3.0 25 E1
0.055 1.4 —
HSTTA38-48-TL 0.375 9.5 0.375 9.5 0.120 3.0 250
HSTTA50-48-5 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.160 4.1 5
0.070 1.8 —
HSTTA50-48-T 0.500 12.7 0.500 12.7 0.160 4.1 200
HSTTA75-48-5 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.250 6.4 5 E2
0.085 2.2 —
HSTTA75-48-C 0.750 19.1 0.750 19.1 0.250 6.4 100
HSTTA100-48-5 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.320 8.1 5
HSTTA100-48-L 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.320 8.1 50
0.100 2.5 — E3
HSTTA150-48-5 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.510 12.9 5
HSTTA150-48-Q 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.510 12.9 25
Nominal E4
Min. Max. Recovered
Nominal Expanded Recovered Wall Std. Std. Pieces
Diameter I.D. I.D. Thickness Pkg. Ctn. per
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Qty. Qty. Package E5
Nominal
Min. Max. Recovered
C2 Nominal Expanded Recovered Wall Std.
Diameter I.D. I.D. Thickness Length Pkg.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Ft. m Qty.
HSTT4A15-48-Q 0.158 4.0 0.158 4.0 0.039 1.0 0.043 1.10
C3
HSTT4A31-48-Q 0.315 8.0 0.315 8.0 0.079 2.0 0.043 1.10 4 1.2 25
HSTT4A47-48-Q 0.472 12.0 0.472 12.0 0.118 3.0 0.055 1.40
HSTT4A62-48-5 0.630 16.0 0.630 16.0 0.158 4.0 0.070 1.80
C4 HSTT4A94-48-5 0.945 24.0 0.945 24.0 0.236 6.0 0.088 2.25
4 1.2 5
HSTT4A125-48-5 1.26 32.0 1.26 32.0 0.315 8.0 0.100 2.54
HSTT4A200-48-5 2.05 52.0 2.05 52.0 0.512 13.0 0.100 2.54
D1 **Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
D2
C2
Nominal
Min. Max. Recovered
Expanded Recovered Wall Std. Std.
I.D. I.D. Thickness Length Pkg. Ctn. C3
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Color Qty. Qty.
HST0.4-3-QY* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 3.0 76.2 Black 25 100
HST0.4-48-5-2Y* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 48.0 1219.2 Red
5 20
HST0.4-48-5Y* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 48.0 1219.2 Black C4
HST0.4-6-X2Y* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 6.0 152.4 Red
10 100
HST0.4-6-XY* 0.40 10.2 0.16 4.1 0.08 2.0 6.0 152.4 Black
HST0.8-12-5Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 12.0 304.8 Black 5 50
HST0.8-48-5-2Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 48.0 1219.2 Red D1
5 20
HST0.8-48-5Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 48.0 1219.2 Black
HST0.8-6-XY* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 6.0 152.4 Black
10 100
HST0.8-9-X2Y* 0.75 19.1 0.22 5.6 0.09 2.3 9.0 228.6 Red
D2
HST1.1-12-5Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 12.0 304.8 Black 5 50
HST1.1-48-5-2Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 48.0 1219.2 Red
5 20
HST1.1-48-5Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 48.0 1219.2 Black
HST1.1-6-XY 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 6.0 152.4 Black 10 100
D3
HST1.1-9-X2Y 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 9.0 228.6 Red 10 100
HST1.1-9-XY 1.10 27.9 0.38 9.5 0.12 3.0 9.0 228.6 Black 10 100
HST1.5-12-5Y 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 12.0 304.8 Black 5 50
HST1.5-48-5-2Y 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 Red E1
5 15
HST1.5-48-5Y 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 Black
HST1.5-9-XY 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 9.0 228.6 Black 10 100
HST2.0-12-2Y 2.00 50.8 0.67 16.9 0.16 4.1 12.0 304.8 2 20
HST2.0-48-2Y 2.00 50.8 0.67 16.9 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 Black 2 8 E2
HST2.7-48-2Y 2.70 68.6 0.87 22.1 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 2 8
The following parts are not UL listed, UL recognized or CSA certified.
HST3.0-48-2 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 8
Black 2 E3
HST3.5-48-2Y 3.50 88.9 1.20 30.5 0.16 4.1 48.0 1219.2 6
*Product meets performance requirements of AMS-DTL-23053/15; some dimensions differ from specification.
**Material Performance Only.
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
E4
E5
C2
C3
HSEC HSECFR
E2
E3
E4
E5
Std. B2
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Contents Qty.
KP-HSTT1 Heat shrink kit box – plastic case, 35 ea. of 3/32",1/8"
various sizes. Black only. 21 ea. of 3/16",1/4" B3
7 ea. of 3/8",1/2"
KP-HSTT2 Heat shrink kit box – plastic case, 35 ea. (5 ea. color) 3/32",1/8"
various sizes, various colors. 21 ea. (3 ea. color) 3/16",1/4"
7 ea. (1 ea. color) 3/8", 1/2" C1
1
KP-HSTTA Dual Wall Adhesive Lined Thin Wall 14 ea. 3/16"
Heat Shrink: Plastic Kit Box – 12 ea. 1/4"
Black only. 10 ea. 3/8"
6 ea. 1/2" C2
3 ea. 3/4"
2 ea. 1"
***Shelf life applies only to expanded and recovered dimensions. Material performance is not affected.
C3
C4
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
D2
HSG-115V-650 Heat gun with stand. Temperature range of 700°F (371°C) to 1 —
1000°F (538°C) plus stand. (Accessories not included).
HSG-A1 Shrink tube reflector for tubing up to 3/4" inside diameter. Directs
heat around tubing to reduce shrink time.
1 10 D3
HSG-A2 Shrink tube reflector for tubing up to 1 1/2" inside diameter.
Directs heat around tubing to reduce shrink time.
HSG-P1 Replacement brush / spring kit.
HSG-P2 Replacement switch 20 Amp. 1 5 E1
E3
E4
E5
C2
When recovering onto objects, use a temperature controlled oven set at 660°F – 680°F (349°C – 360°C) for approximately
10 minutes is recommended. It is best to place the product on a fiberglass mat or suspend as opposed to contacting the
oven rack. Do NOT heat the product above 700°F (371°C), or degradation damage to the TFE polymer will occur. The
C3 surrounding materials and the material you are shrinking onto must be capable of withstanding the shrink temperatures.
D3
HSTT100-48-5 1.00 (25.4) 0.500 (12.7)
The proper choice is HSTT100-48-5 since the tube will recover more than HSTT75-48-5. The HSTT75-48-5 will fit over the
E1 0.700 inch (17.8mm) outside diameter; however, this is not the proper choice since it is smaller than the HSTT100-48-5. In
general, heat shrink should recover at least 10% – 20%.
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1
Notes B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
For Insulated Wire, Non-Insulated Wire, and Insulated Wire with Copper Connectors
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1
Cable Management B2
C4
Panduit solutions provide the options necessary to handle the most demanding
installations while providing the flexibility to facilitate system upgrades now and
in the future.
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
JP2SBC50RB-L20
H
Max. Bundle
Capacity Max. Cable Capacity B2
Std.
Cat. 6A Cat. 6 Cat. 5e Pkg.
Part Number* Part Description In. mm (0.30") (0.24") (0.23") Qty.
Screw-On Beam Clamps B3
JP2SBC87-L20 JP75SBC87-L20 J Hook with screw-on 0.75 19.0 5 8 10
JP131SBC87-L20 beam clamp for use 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
with flanges up to 3/4"
JP2SBC87-L20 (19.1mm) thick. 2.00 50.8 30 46 55 C1
JP4SBC87-X20 Non-rotating mount. 4.00 101.6 115 180 280 10
JP75SBC87RB-L20 J Hook with screw-on 0.75 19.0 5 8 10
JP131SBC87RBL20 beam clamp for use 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50 C2
with flanges up to 3/4"
JP2SBC87RB-L20 (19.1mm) thick. Rotates 2.00 50.8 30 46 55
JP4SBC87RB-X20 360 degrees. 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
JP2SBC87RB-L20 Hammer-On Beam Clamps C3
JP75HBC25RB-L20 J Hook with hammer-on 0.75 19.0 5 8 10
JP131HBC25RBL20 beam clamp for use with 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
flanges 1/8" – 1/4"
JP2HBC25RB-L20 (3.2mm – 6.4mm) thick. 2.00 50.8 30 46 55
C4
JP4SBC50RB-X20 Rotates 360 degrees. 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
JP75HBC50RB-L20 J Hook with hammer-on 0.75 19.0 5 8 10
JP131HBC50RBL20 beam clamp for use with 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
flanges 5/16" – 1/2" D1
JP2HBC50RB-L20 (7.9mm – 12.7mm) thick. 2.00 50.8 30 46 55
JP2HBC25RB-L20 JP4HBC50RB-X20 Rotates 360 degrees. 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
JP2HBC50RB-L20 JP75HBC75RB-L20 0.75 19.0 5 8 10
JP2HBC75RB-L20 J Hook with hammer-on D2
JP131HBC75RBL20 beam clamp for use with 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
flanges 9/16" – 3/4"
JP2HBC75RB-L20 (14.3mm – 19.1mm) thick. 2.00 50.8 30 46 55
JP4HBC75RB-X20 Rotates 360 degrees. 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
D3
Z-Purlin Clips
JP75ZP-L20 0.75 19.0 5 8 10
JP131ZP-L20 J Hook with z-purlin clip for 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
use with angled flanges up E1
JP2ZP-L20 to 1/4" (6.4mm) thick. 2.00 50.8 30 46 55
JP4ZP-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10
JP2ZP-L20
C-Purlin Clips
E2
JP75CP-L20 0.75 19.0 5 8 10
JP131CP-L20 J Hook with c-purlin clip for 1.31 33.3 15 25 29 50
use with vertical flanges up
JP2CP-L20 to 1/4" (6.4mm) thick. 2.00 50.8 30 46 55
JP4CP-X20 4.00 101.6 115 180 200 10 E3
F
JP2UF100-L20
E2
JP2SBC87 -L20 -L
JP2SBC50RB -L20 -L2 -L
JP2SBC87RB -L20 -L2
JP2HBC25RB -L20
E3 JP2HBC50RB -L20 -L2 -L
JP2HBC75RB -L20
JP2UF100 -L20
E4
JP4W -X20 -X2 -X6 -X
JP4WP2B -X20
JP4CMB -X20 -X6
JP4ZP -X20
E5 JP4CP -X20
JP4SBC50 -X20 -X
JP4SBC87 -X20
J-Mod
®
Cable Support System B1
●●Modular design allows flexibility to assemble system in ●●Manufactured from materials that meet UL 2043 and are
multiple configurations suitable for use in air handling spaces
B2
●●Unique chaining bracket design creates a strong metal ●●Complete horizontal and vertical 1" bend radius control
backbone and allows expansion of the system without ●●Cables do not come in contact with metal
disturbance of an existing installation
●●Brackets allow for attachment to ceilings, beams, B3
E4
E5
C2
Std.
D3 Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
J Hook with Maximum 2" Bundle Capacity
E1
BR-2.0 Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., non-threaded #8 wire (.162).
BR-.50-10-24 Bridle ring, 0.50" dia., 10 – 24 threaded.
BR-.75-10-24 Bridle ring, 0.75" dia., 10 – 24 threaded.
Non-Threaded Threaded BR-1.25-10-24 Bridle ring, 1.25" dia., 10 – 24 threaded. 100
E2 #8 Wire BR-2.0-10-24 Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., 10 – 24 threaded.
BR-1.25-1/4-20 Bridle ring, 1.25" dia., 1/4 – 20 threaded.
BR-2.0-1/4-20 Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., 1/4 – 20 threaded.
E3 BR-4.0-1/4-20 Bridle ring, 4.00" dia., 1/4 – 20 threaded. 50
BR-1.25-14WS Bridle ring, 1.25" dia., 16 wood screw thread.
100
BR-2.0-14WS Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., 16 wood screw thread.
E4 BR-1.5-PAF Bridle ring, 1.50" dia., with powder actuated fastener.
50
BR-2.0-PAF Bridle ring, 2.00" (50.8mm) dia., with powder actuated fastener.
Wood Screw Power Actuated BR-1.5-SN Bridle ring, 1.50" dia., user supplied nail or fastener.
Thread Fastener 100
BR-2.0-SN Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., user supplied nail or fastener.
E5
BR-1.5-TW Bridle ring, 1.50" dia., with integrated toggle screw.
25
BR-2.0-TW Bridle ring, 2.00" dia., with integrated toggle screw.
G
User Supplied Integrated
Nail or Fastener Toggle Screw
●●Choose design styles for new install or retrofit install ●●Available in both single and double gang configurations
Std. B2
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
LV-S-1G Low voltage integral mounting bracket for new installations, single 25
gang stud bracket. B3
LV-S-2G Low voltage integral mounting bracket for new installations, double 25
New Install gang stud bracket.
LV-W-1G Low voltage mounting bracket for retrofit installations; single gang 100
C1
box with screws; suitable for wall material thicknesses of 1/2" to
1 1/2".
LV-W-2G Low voltage mounting bracket for retrofit installations; double gang 50
box with screws; suitable for wall material thicknesses of 1/2" to
1 1/2". C2
Retrofit Install
C3
D3
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number* Part Description Qty. Qty E2
MSG-1.3-C Metal stud grommet, 1-11/32" hole.
MSGV-1.3-C Metal stud grommet, 1-11/32" hole, anti-vibration for 1/2" to 1" pipe. 100 1000
CSM-1.25-C Cable stud manager for 1.25" cable spacing.
E3
MSPT-1.3 Metal stud punch tool with contoured handle for increased leverage. 1 —
E4
E5
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
C4.8
A
Terminate Terminals
B1
Terminals B2
Panduit ® Pan-Term ® Terminals are designed and manufactured for fast assembly,
B3
and reliable performance. Panduit provides an extensive line of tooling designed
specifically to provide optimum performance. As the demand for loose piece
terminals increases, it becomes essential to provide a complete system for
C1
termination products.
E3
Panduit continually provides new designs to meet the application challenges
encountered by our customers. Panduit offers a wide assortment of Pan-Term ®
termination products to meet customer needs at the lowest installed cost. E4
E5
D1 UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B. UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B.
Nickel plated terminals rated up to 650°F (343°C) Flammability – UL 94 HB.
maximum operating temperature.
D2
Vinyl Insulated Terminals With Insulation Support Ring Terminal, Large Wire Non-Insulated
Type PV Type P-R
D3 Brazed seam protects
terminal barrel from
Internal barrel splitting during the
serrations assure crimp process
good wire contact Designed for use with
E1 and maximum #8 - #2 AWG copper wire
tensile strength Maximum insulation Barrel of terminal
temperature internally beveled to
221°F (105°C) provide quick and
E2
Insulation crimp easy wire insertion
provides insulation Brazed seam Ring tongue design
support to protect assures crimp assures a secure
electrical crimp reliability connection in high Maximum recommended
vibration applications operating temperature
E3 302°F (150°C)
Color coded Internal barrel serrations assure
Funnel entry for faster insulation identifies
insertion and lower good wire contact and maximum UL and CSA rated up to
wire range tensile strength 2000 V per UL 486A/B
E4 installed cost
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B. UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B.
Flammability – UL 94V-0.
E5
Insulation Page
Material Style Feature Type Number B2
Expanded Insulation,
PV-RX D1.15
Insulation Support
C3
Heat Shrink Standard Ring Heat Shrink Insulation PH-R D1.12
KYNAR ■ C4
Standard Ring Insulation Grip PK-R D1.11
Insulated
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Page
Material Style Feature Type Number
B2
C1
Fork Flanged Fork Insulation Grip PN-FF D1.26
Terminals
Insulation Support PV-F D1.22
Standard Fork
C2 Expanded Insulation PV-FX D1.23
C4
Standard Fork Brazed Seam P-F D1.27
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
P N 14 — 4 R X — C
B2
Type Insulation Wire Range Stud Size Tongue Special Std. Pkg.
Configuration Configuration Size
P=S
eamed H = Heat Shrink 22 = #26 – 22 2 = #2 HDR = Heavy Duty HT6 = High 5 = 5
Barrel K = K YNAR ■ 18 = #22 – 18 4 = #4 Ring Temperature X = 10 B3
S=S
eamless Insulated 14 = #16 – 14 5 = #5 F = Fork N = Narrow E = 20
Tubular N = Nylon FF = Flanged Tongue
12 = #16 – 12 6 = #6 Q = 25
Barrel Insulated Fork W = Wide Tongue
10 = #12 – 10 8 = #8 L = 50
NF = Nylon LF = Locking X = Expanded
8 = #8 10 = #10 Fork Insulation C = 100 C1
Insulated
Funnel 6 = #6 14 = 1/4" R = Ring = Non- T = 200
Entry 4 = #4 56 = 5/16" Expanded D = 500
V = Vinyl 2 = #2 38 = 3/8" Insulation M = 1000
Insulated (leave blank) C2
1 = #1 76 = 7/16"
= Non-Ins. 1/0 = 1/0 12 = 1/2"
(leave blank)
2/0 = 2/0
3/0 = 3/0 C3
4/0 = 4/0
250 = 250kcmil
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2 ●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
vibration applications maximum tensile strength
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
providing protection to the crimp joint during high temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
vibration applications ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Figure
C1 Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PN22-10R-C* 26 – 22 Yellow 0.02 0.090 #10 0.78 0.31 0.24 UP14ZLW, 100 1000
C2 AWG CT-1525,
CT- 2500/L,
CT-2300/ST
PN18-4RN-C^ 0.03 #4 0.74 0.22 0.18
C3 PN18-4R-C 0.03 #4 0.80 0.25 0.22
PN18-6RN-C^ 0.03 #6 0.77 0.22 0.18
PN18-6R-C^ #6 0.80 0.25 0.22 CT-100A‡,
0.03
UP14ZLW‡,
PN18-8R-C^ 22 – 18 Red 0.03 #8 0.86 0.31 0.25 CT-1550‡, 100 500
C4 0.145
PN18-10R-C^ AWG 0.03 #10 0.88 0.31 0.25 CT-1551‡,
PN18-14R-C^ 0.03 1/4" 1.09 0.45 0.38 CT- 2500/L‡,
CT-2300/ST‡
L PN18-56R-C^ 0.03 5/16" 1.09 0.46 0.38
D1
PN18-38R-C^ 0.03 3/8" 1.17 0.53 0.43
PN18-12R-L 0.03 1/2" 1.35 0.72 0.53 50 500
W PN14-4R-C^ 0.03 #4 0.78 0.25 0.20
D2 PN14-6RN-C^ 0.03 #6 0.76 0.25 0.20
C PN14-6R-C^ #6 0.85 0.31 0.25
0.03 CT-100A‡,
PN14-8R-C^ 0.03 #8 0.85 0.31 0.25 UP14ZLW‡, 100 500
PN14-10R-C^ 18 – 14 Blue #10 0.85 0.31 0.25 CT-1550‡,
0.03 0.162
D3 AWG CT-1551‡,
PN14-14R-C^ 0.03 1/4" 1.05 0.46 0.38 CT- 2500/L‡,
PN14-56R-C^ 0.03 5/16" 1.05 0.46 0.38 CT-2300/ST‡
PN14-38R-L^ 0.03 3/8" 1.14 0.53 0.43 50 500
E1
PN14-12R-Q 0.03 1/2" 1.35 0.72 0.53 25 125
PN10-6R-L^ 0.04 #6 1.06 0.37 0.31
PN10-8R-L^ 0.04 #8 1.06 0.37 0.31 CT-100A‡,
E2 PN10-10R-L^ 0.04 #10 1.06 0.38 0.31 UP14ZLW‡,
CT-1550‡, 50 500
PN10-14R-L^ 12 – 10 Yellow 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.21 0.52 0.38
AWG CT-1551‡,
PN10-56R-L^ 0.04 5/16" 1.21 0.52 0.38 CT- 2500/L‡,
E3 PN10-38R-L^ 0.04 3/8" 1.29 0.58 0.43 CT-2300/ST‡
PN10-12R-Q 0.04 1/2" 1.47 0.72 0.53 25 125
*Wire sizes #26-22 AWG, are not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
**Bulk and/or convenience packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
E4 ^For military specification cross reference see page D1.67.
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
E5
Type PNF-R
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and B2
vibration applications maximum tensile strength
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
providing protection to the crimp joint during high temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
vibration applications ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Figure
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std. C1
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PNF18-4R-C 0.03 0.136 #4 0.77 0.25 0.20
PNF18-6RN-C^ 0.03 0.136 #6 0.76 0.22 0.18 C2
E3
E4
E5
B2 ●●Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
a larger insulation thickness maximum tensile strength
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
vibration applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
providing protection to the crimp joint during high
vibration applications
C1
Figure
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C2 Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PN14-6RX-C 0.03 0.200 #6 0.93 0.31 0.25 CT-100A‡,
PN14-8RX-C 0.03 0.200 #8 0.93 0.31 0.25 UP14ZLW‡, 100 500
16 – 14 Blue CT-1550‡,
C3 PN14-10RX-C AWG 0.03 0.200 #10 0.93 0.31 0.25 CT-1551‡,
0.03 0.200 1/4" 1.13 0.46 0.38 CT- 2500/L‡, 50 500
PN14-14RX-L CT-2300/ST‡
PN10-6RX-L 0.04 0.265 #6 1.13 0.37 0.33
0.04 0.265 #8 1.13 0.37 0.33 CT-100A‡,
C4 L PN10-8RX-L
UP14ZLW‡,
PN10-10RX-L 12 – 10 Yellow 0.04 0.265 #10 1.13 0.37 0.33 CT-1550‡,
50 500
PN10-14RX-L AWG 0.04 0.265 1/4" 1.27 0.52 0.42 CT-1551‡,
W 0.04 0.265 5/16" 1.27 0.52 0.42 CT- 2500/L‡,
PN10-56RX-L
D1 CT-2300/ST‡
C PN10-38RX-L 0.04 0.265 3/8" 1.35 0.58 0.46
**Bulk and/or convenience packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type PV-R
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and B2
bending applications maximum tensile strength
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
vibration applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
the crimp process
Figure C1
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PV22-2R-CY* 0.02 0.110 #2 0.68 0.21 0.18 C2
E5
B2 ●●Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with ●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during
a larger insulation thickness the crimp process
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
vibration applications maximum tensile strength
B3
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
bending applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
C1
Figure
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C2
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PV18-4RX-CY 0.03 0.170 #4 0.88 0.25 0.22
PV18-6RX-CY 0.03 0.170 #6 0.89 0.25 0.22 CT-100A‡,
C3 PV18-8RX-CY 0.03 0.170 #8 0.97 0.31 0.27 UP14ZLW‡, 100 500
CT-1550‡,
PV18-10RX-CY 22 – 18 Red 0.03 0.170 #10 0.96 0.31 0.27
AWG CT-1551‡,
PV18-14RX-CY 0.03 0.170 1/4" 1.17 0.46 0.40 CT- 2500/L‡,
PV18-56RX-LY 0.03 0.170 5/16" 1.17 0.46 0.40 CT-2300/ST‡ 50 500
C4
PV18-38RX-LY 0.03 0.170 3/8" 1.25 0.53 0.45 50 500
PV14-4RX-C 0.03 0.200 #4 0.87 0.25 0.19
PV14-6RX-C 0.03 0.200 #6 0.96 0.31 0.25 CT-100A‡,
D1 L 100 500
PV14-8RX-C 0.03 0.200 #8 0.96 0.31 0.25 UP14ZLW‡,
CT-1550‡,
PV14-10RX-C 16 – 14 0.03 0.200 #10 0.96 0.31 0.25
AWG Blue CT-1551‡,
W PV14-14RX-L 0.03 0.200 1/4" 1.16 0.46 0.37 CT- 2500/L‡,
D2 PV14-56RX-L 0.03 0.200 5/16" 1.16 0.46 0.37 CT-2300/ST‡ 50 500
C
PV14-38RX-L 0.03 0.200 3/8" 1.25 0.53 0.42
PV10-6RX-L 0.04 0.250 #6 1.10 0.31 0.30
0.04 0.250 #8 1.10 0.31 0.30 CT-100A‡,
PV10-8RX-L
D3 UP14ZLW‡,
PV10-10RX-L 12 – 10 0.04 0.250 #10 1.10 0.31 0.30 CT-1550‡,
AWG Yellow 50 500
PV10-14RX-L 0.04 0.250 1/4" 1.29 0.52 0.39 CT-1551‡,
0.04 0.250 5/16" 1.29 0.52 0.42 CT- 2500/L‡,
PV10-56RX-L
E1 CT-2300/ST‡
PV10-38RX-L 0.04 0.250 3/8" 1.39 0.58 0.46
**Bulk and/or convenience packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type PK-R
●●Color code: natural with appropriate color stripe to identify Note: For PK18 – PK10 Terminals the following applies: B2
wire range
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high
providing protection to the crimp joint during high
vibration applications
vibration applications B3
●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
C1
Figure
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C2
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PK18-4R-C 0.03 0.145 #4 0.80 0.25 0.22
0.03 0.145 #6 0.80 0.25 0.22 CT-100A,
PK18-6R-C
UP14ZLW‡,
PK18-8R-C 22 – 16 Red 0.03 0.145 #8 0.89 0.31 0.29 CT-1550‡, C3
100 500
PK18-10R-C AWG Stripe 0.03 0.145 #10 0.89 0.31 0.29 CT-1551‡,
0.03 0.145 1/4" 1.10 0.46 0.40 CT- 2500/L‡,
PK18-14R-C
CT-2300/ST‡
PK18-38R-C 0.03 0.145 3/8" 1.18 0.53 0.45
C4
PK14-4R-C 0.03 0.162 #4 0.78 0.25 0.22
PK14-6R-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.87 0.31 .029 CT-100A,
PK14-8R-C 0.03 0.162 #8 0.87 0.31 .029 UP14ZLW‡,
18 – 14 Blue 0.03 0.162 #10 0.87 0.31 .029 CT-1550‡,
PK14-10R-C 100 500 D1
AWG Stripe CT-1551‡,
PK14-14R-C 0.03 0.162 1/4" 1.08 0.46 0.40 CT- 2500/L‡,
PK14-38R-C 0.03 0.162 3/8" 1.15 0.53 0.43 CT-2300/ST‡
PK14-56R-C 0.03 0.162 5/16" 1.08 0.46 0.40 D2
PK10-6R-L 0.04 0.225 #6 1.06 0.37 0.33 CT-100A,
PK10-8R-L 0.04 0.225 #8 1.06 0.37 0.33 UP14ZLW‡,
12 – 10 Yellow CT-1550‡, 50 500
PK10-10R-L 0.04 0.225 #10 1.06 0.37 0.33
AWG Stripe CT-1551‡, D3
PK10-14R-L 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.25 0.38 0.42 CT- 2500/L‡,
PK10-38R-Q 0.04 0.225 3/8" 1.34 0.58 0.42 CT-2300/ST‡ 25 125
Large Wire, KYNAR ■ Insulated
PK8-8R-T 0.04 0.326 #8 1.50 0.42 0.43 E1
PK8-10R-T 0.04 0.326 #10 1.52 0.47 0.43
L PK8-14R-T 0.04 0.326 1/4" 1.52 0.47 0.43
Red CT-2600/L,
8 AWG Stripe 200 1200
PK8-56R-T 0.04 0.326 5/16" 1.63 0.59 0.51 CD-2600-PV8
E2
PK8-38R-T 0.04 0.326 3/8" 1.63 0.59 0.51
W
PK8-12R-T 0.04 0.326 1/2" 1.73 0.82 0.51
PK6-8R-T 0.05 0.360 #8 1.59 0.47 0.43
C E3
PK6-10R-T 0.05 0.360 #10 1.60 0.47 0.43
PK6-14R-T Blue 0.05 0.360 1/4" 1.63 0.47 0.48 CT-2600/L,
6 AWG Stripe 200 1200
PK6-56R-T 0.05 0.360 5/16" 1.72 0.62 0.53 CD-2600-PV6
PK6-38R-T 0.05 0.360 3/8" 1.72 0.62 0.51 E4
PK6-12R-T 0.05 0.360 1/2" 1.82 0.82 0.51
PK4-10R-T 0.05 0.450 #10 1.86 0.55 0.50
PK4-14R-T 0.05 0.450 1/4" 1.86 0.55 0.50
CT-2600/L, E5
PK4-56R-T 4 AWG Yellow 0.05 0.450 5/16" 1.93 0.68 0.50 200 1200
Stripe CD-2600-PV4
PK4-38R-T 0.05 0.450 3/8" 1.93 0.68 0.50
PK4-12R-T 0.05 0.450 1/2" 2.02 0.86 0.50
PK2-14R-T 0.06 0.550 1/4" 1.95 0.68 0.58 F
B2 ●●Heat shrink sleeving forms a protective barrier to provide ●●Heat shrink installation is completed with a standard
environmentally sealed terminations ideal for high heat gun
moisture applications ●●Minimum continuous operating temperature -65°F (-55°C)
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●Maximum continuous operation temperature
B3
vibration applications 230°F (110°C)
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●Shrink temperature 300°F (150°C)
the crimp process
C1
●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Figure
Max. Dimensions Wire Strip Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. Stud (In.) Length Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C2
Part Number Range Code (In.) Size L W (In.) Tool Qty. Qty.
PH18-6R-Q 0.170 #6 1.05 0.25
PH18-8R-Q 22 – 18 Red 0.170 #8 1.08 0.31
C3
PH18-10R-Q AWG 0.170 #10 1.08 0.31
PH18-14R-Q 0.170 1/4" 1.24 0.47
PH14-6R-Q 0.200 #6 1.06 0.31
5/16 CT-310 25 125
C4 PH14-8R-Q 0.200 #8 1.03 0.31
PH14-10R-Q 16 – 14 Blue 0.200 #10 1.05 0.32
L PH14-14R-Q AWG 0.200 1/4" 1.24 0.46
PH14-56R-Q 0.200 5/16" 1.24 0.46
D1
W PH14-38R-Q 0.200 3/8" 1.24 0.53
PH10-8R-E 0.240 #8 1.22 0.37
PH10-10R-E 0.240 #10 1.20 0.37
D2 12 – 10 Yellow 0.240 1/4" 1.20 0.52
PH10-14R-E 5/16 CT-310 20 100
AWG
PH10-38R-E 0.240 3/8" 1.20 0.59
PH10-12R-E 0.240 1/2" 1.54 0.72
D3
E1
Ring Terminal, Heavy Duty, Nylon Insulated
Type PN-HDR
●●Manufactured from stock 56% thicker than a ●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
E2
standard #16 – #14 AWG terminal for use in providing protection to the crimp joint during high
heavy-duty applications vibration applications
●●Insulation housing is marked with “HDR” to signify ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
E3 heavy-duty ring maximum tensile strength
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
in high vibration applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
E4 ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Figure
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
E5 Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PN12-8HDR-L 0.05 0.225 #8 1.06 0.31 0.35
PN12-10HDR-L 0.05 0.225 #10 1.09 0.37 0.33 CT-1550‡,
F 16 – 12 0.05 0.225 1/4" 1.24 0.52 0.42 CT-1551‡,
PN12-14HDR-L AWG Yellow 50 500
CT- 2500/L‡,
L PN12-56HDR-L 0.05 0.225 5/16" 1.24 0.52 0.42 CT-2300/ST‡
PN12-38HDR-L 0.05 0.225 3/8" 1.30 0.58 0.46
G **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
W ‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
C
H
Type PV-HDR
●●Manufactured from stock 56% thicker than a standard ●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during B2
#16 – 14 AWG terminal for use in heavy-duty applications the crimp process
●●Insulation housing is marked with “HDR” to signify ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
heavy-duty ring maximum tensile strength
B3
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
vibration applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
C1
bending applications
Figure
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
(In.) C2
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
Standard Heavy Duty Insulation
PV12-6HDR-L 0.05 0.225 #6 1.05 0.31 0.35 C3
PV12-8HDR-L 0.05 0.225 #8 1.05 0.31 0.35 UP14ZLW‡,
PV12-10HDR-L 0.05 0.225 #10 1.08 0.37 0.33 CT-1550‡,
16 – 12 Yellow CT-1551‡, 50 500
PV12-14HDR-L AWG 0.05 0.225 1/4" 1.23 0.52 0.42 CT- 2500/L‡, C4
PV12-56HDR-L 0.05 0.225 5/16" 1.23 0.52 0.42 CT-2300/ST‡
L PV12-38HDR-L 0.05 0.225 3/8" 1.31 0.58 0.46
Expanded Heavy Duty Insulation*
PV12-6HDRX-L 0.05 0.250 #6 1.05 0.31 0.35 D1
W
PV12-8HDRX-L 0.05 0.250 #8 1.05 0.31 0.35 UP14ZLW‡,
C PV12-10HDRX-L 16 – 12 0.05 0.250 #10 1.08 0.37 0.33 CT-1550‡,
Yellow CT-1551‡, 50 500
PV12-14HDRX-L AWG 0.05 0.250 1/4" 1.23 0.52 0.42 CT- 2500/L‡, D2
PV12-56HDRX-L 0.05 0.250 5/16" 1.23 0.52 0.42 CT-2300/ST‡
PV12-38HDRX-L 0.05 0.250 3/8" 1.31 0.58 0.46
*Expanded insulation parts do not have funnel entry.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information. D3
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2 ●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
vibration applications maximum tensile strength
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
bending applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●UL rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
the crimp process
C1 Figure
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
C2 PV8-8R-QY 0.04 0.280 #8 1.51 0.42 0.43
PV8-8RN-Q 0.04 0.280 #8 1.48 0.36 0.43
PV8-10R-QY 0.04 0.280 #10 1.53 0.47 0.43 CT-720,
CD-720PV8-2‡, 25 250
PV8-14R-QY 8 AWG Red 0.04 0.280 1/4" 1.53 0.47 0.43
C3 CT-2600/L,
PV8-56R-QY 0.04 0.280 5/16" 1.64 0.59 0.49 CD-2600-PV8‡
PV8-38R-QY 0.04 0.280 3/8" 1.64 0.59 0.51
PV8-12R-XY 0.04 0.280 1/2" 1.74 0.82 0.51 10 100
C4
PV6-8R-E 0.05 0.340 #8 1.61 0.47 0.43 20 200
PV6-10R-X 0.05 0.340 #10 1.62 0.47 0.43
L CT-720,
PV6-14R-X 0.05 0.340 1/4" 1.65 0.47 0.48 CD-720PV8-2‡,
6 AWG Blue
D1 PV6-56R-X 0.05 0.340 5/16" 1.74 0.62 0.53 CT-2600/L, 10 100
W 0.05 0.340 3/8" 1.74 0.62 0.51 CD-2600-PV6‡
PV6-38R-X
C PV6-12R-X 0.05 0.340 1/2" 1.84 0.82 0.51
D2 PV4-10R-E 0.05 0.450 #10 1.88 0.55 0.50
PV4-14R-E 0.05 0.450 1/4" 1.88 0.55 0.50 CT-720,
0.05 0.450 5/16" 1.95 0.68 0.50 CD-720PV8-2‡,
PV4-56R-E 4 AWG Yellow 20 200
CT-2600/L,
PV4-38R-E 0.05 0.450 3/8" 1.95 0.68 0.50 CD-2600-PV4‡
D3
PV4-12R-E 0.05 0.450 1/2" 2.04 0.86 0.50
PV2-10R-XY 0.06 0.560 #10 1.96 0.68 0.58
PV2-14R-XY 0.06 0.560 1/4" 1.96 0.68 0.58 CT-720,
E1 0.06 0.560 5/16" 1.96 0.68 0.58 CD-720PV8-2‡,
PV2-56R-XY 2 AWG Red 10 100
CT-2600/L,
PV2-38R-XY 0.06 0.560 3/8" 1.96 0.68 0.58 CD-2600-PV2‡
PV2-12R-XY 0.06 0.560 1/2" 2.05 0.86 0.58
E2 **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
‡UL approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
E3
E4
E5
Type PV-RX
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during B2
vibration applications the crimp process
●●Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
a larger insulation thickness maximum tensile strength
B3
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
bending applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●UL rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
C1
Figure
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty. C2
E3
E4
E5
Type P-R
B2
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
vibration applications easy wire insertion
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
B3 maximum tensile strength 302°F (150°C)
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
the crimp process
C1
Stock Figure Dimensions Std. Std.
Wire Thickness Stud (In.) Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range (In.) Size L W C Installation Tool Qty.** Qty.
C2 P22-2R-C* 0.02 #2 0.52 0.20 0.16
P22-4R-C* 0.02 #4 0.52 0.20 0.16
26 – 22 0.02 #6 0.52 0.20 0.16 CT-200
P22-6R-C* 100 1000
AWG CT-100A PKT B
P22-8R-C* 0.02 #8 0.63 0.26 0.25
C3
P22-10R-C* 0.02 #10 0.63 0.31 0.22
P18-4R-C 0.03 #4 0.62 0.25 0.21
L P18-6RN-C 0.03 #6 0.60 0.22 0.19
C4
P18-6R-C 0.03 #6 0.62 0.25 0.21 CT-100A‡,
P18-8R-C 0.03 #8 0.71 0.31 0.25 CT-200‡,
22 – 16 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 UP14ZLW‡,
W P18-10R-C AWG CT-1570‡,
100 1000
D1 P18-14R-C 0.03 1/4" 0.91 0.46 0.38 CT- 2500/L‡,
C P18-56R-C 0.03 5/16" 0.91 0.46 0.38 CT-2300/ST‡
P18-38R-C 0.03 3/8" 1.0 0.53 0.43
D2 P18-12R-C 0.03 1/2" 1.20 0.72 0.53
P14-4R-C 0.03 #4 0.62 0.25 0.20
P14-6R-C 0.03 #6 0.62 0.25 0.20
0.03 #8 0.71 0.31 0.25 CT-100A‡,
P14-8R-C
D3 CT-200‡,
P14-10R-C 18 – 14 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 UP14ZLW‡, 100 1000
P14-14R-C AWG 0.03 1/4" 0.91 0.46 0.38 CT-1570‡,
0.03 5/16" 0.91 0.46 0.38 CT- 2500/L‡,
P14-56R-C CT-2300/ST‡
E1 P14-38R-C 0.03 3/8" 1.0 0.53 0.43
P14-12R-L 0.03 1/2" 1.20 0.72 0.53 50 500
P10-6R-L^ 0.04 #6 0.78 0.31 0.31
P10-8R-L 0.04 #8 0.78 0.31 0.31 CT-100A‡,
E2
CT-200‡,
P10-10R-L^ 0.04 #10 0.81 0.38 0.31
UP14ZLW‡,
14 – 10 0.04 1/4" 0.96 0.52 0.38
P10-14R-L CT-1570‡, 50 500
AWG
P10-56R-L^ 0.04 5/16" 0.95 0.52 0.38 CT-1701‡,
E3 CT- 2500/L‡,
P10-38R-L^ 0.04 3/8" 1.05 0.58 0.44 CT-2300/ST‡
P10-12R-L 0.04 1/2" 1.20 0.72 0.53
*Wire sizes #26 – 22 AWG are not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
E4 **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
^For military specification cross reference see page D1.67.
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
E5
Type P-RHT
B2
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during
vibration applications the crimp process
●●Nickel plated copper for temperatures up to ●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
650°F (343°C) easy wire insertion B3
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and ●●Rated up to 2000 V
maximum tensile strength
C1
Stock Figure Std. Std.
Wire Thickness Stud Dimensions (In.) Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range (In.) Size L W C Installation Tool Qty.** Qty.
P18-6RHT6-C 0.03 #6 0.62 0.25 0.21 CT-100A, CT-200, C2
P18-8RHT6-C 22 – 16 0.03 #8 0.71 0.31 0.25 UP14ZLW, CT-1570,
AWG CT- 2500/L,
P18-10RHT6-C 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 CT-2300/ST
100 1000
P14-6RHT6-C 0.03 #6 0.62 0.25 0.20 CT-100A, CT-200,
C3
P14-8RHT6-C 18 – 14 0.03 #8 0.71 0.31 0.25 UP14ZLW, CT-1570,
AWG CT-2500/L,
P14-10RHT6-C 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 CT-2300/ST
P10-6RHT6-L 0.04 #6 0.78 0.31 0.35
CT-100A, CT-200, C4
P10-8RHT6-L 12 – 10 0.04 #8 0.78 0.31 0.35 UP14ZLW, CT-1570,
50 500
P10-10RHT6-L AWG 0.04 #10 0.81 0.38 0.33 CT-1701, CT- 2500/L,
0.04 1/4" 0.96 0.53 0.42 CT-2300/ST
P10-14RHT6-L
Large Wire, Non-Insulated – High Temperature D1
D1
Ring Terminal, Large Wire Non-Insulated
Type P-R
D2 ●●Designed for use with #8 - #2 AWG copper wire ●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high easy wire insertion
vibration applications ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and 302°F (150°C)
D3
maximum tensile strength ●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during
the crimp process
E1
Stock Figure Dimensions (In.) Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Thickness Stud Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
P8-8R-Q 0.04 #8 1.12 0.42 0.43
E2
P8-8RN-Q 0.04 #8 1.09 0.36 0.43
P8-10R-Q 0.04 #10 1.14 0.47 0.43 CT-1701‡,
P8-14R-Q 8 AWG 0.04 1/4" 1.14 0.47 0.43 CT-2600/L, 25 250
P8-56R-Q 0.04 5/16" 1.25 0.59 0.51 CD-2600-P8‡
E3
P8-38R-Q 0.04 3/8" 1.25 0.59 0.51
P8-12R-Q 0.04 1/2" 1.36 0.82 0.54
P6-8R-E 0.05 #8 1.21 0.47 0.43
E4 P6-10R-E 0.05 #10 1.21 0.47 0.43
P6-14R-E 0.05 1/4" 1.21 0.47 0.43 CT-1701‡,
6 AWG CT-2600/L,
L
P6-56R-E 0.05 5/16" 1.33 0.62 0.51 CD-2600-P6‡
P6-38R-E 0.05 3/8" 1.33 0.62 0.51
E5 P6-12R-E 0.05 1/2" 1.43 0.82 0.51 20 200
W P4-10R-E 0.05 #10 1.40 0.55 0.50
P4-14R-E 0.05 1/4" 1.40 0.55 0.50 CT-1701‡,
P4-56R-E 4 AWG 0.05 5/16" 1.46 0.68 0.50 CT-2600/L,
C CD-2600-P4‡
F P4-38R-E 0.05 3/8" 1.46 0.68 0.50
P4-12R-E 0.05 1/2" 1.55 0.86 0.53
P2-10R-X 0.06 #10 1.46 0.68 0.58
P2-14R-X 0.06 1/4" 1.46 0.68 0.58 CT-1701‡,
G P2-56R-X 2 AWG 0.06 5/16" 1.46 0.68 0.58 CT-2600/L, 10 100
P2-38R-X 0.06 3/8" 1.46 0.68 0.58 CD-2600-P2‡
P2-12R-X* 0.06 1/2" 1.55 0.86 0.58
*Not CSA Certified.
H **Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
●●Seamless tubular barrel provides a consistent high ●●Inspection window allows visual inspection of proper
performance quality crimp wire insertion
B3
●●Round double thick tongue for reliable power applications ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and rated to 90°C when crimped with specified Panduit ®
easy wire insertion crimping tools and dies
●●Tin plated to inhibit corrosion C1
Tongue
Width (In.) Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
Stud Hole Pkg. C2
Part Number Wire Range Size W L B T Qty.
S8-10R-Q #10 0.41 1.10 0.40 0.08
S8-14R-Q 1/4" 0.48 1.20 0.40 0.07
8 AWG 25 C3
S8-56R-Q 5/16" 0.60 1.30 0.40 0.05
S8-38R-Q 3/8" 0.60 1.40 0.40 0.05
L S6-10R-E #10 0.45 1.20 0.48 0.09
S6-14R-E 1/4" 0.48 1.30 0.48 0.08 C4
6 AWG 20
W S6-56R-E 5/16" 0.56 1.40 0.48 0.07
S6-38R-E 3/8" 0.62 1.50 0.48 0.06
S4-10R-E #10 0.55 1.20 0.48 0.09 D1
B Inspection S4-14R-E 1/4" 0.55 1.30 0.48 0.09
Window 4 AWG 20
S4-56R-E 5/16" 0.55 1.40 0.48 0.09
S4-38R-E 3/8" 0.62 1.50 0.48 0.07
D2
T S2-10R-X #10 0.70 1.60 0.48 0.11
S2-14R-X 1/4" 0.70 1.60 0.59 0.11
S2-56R-X 1 – 2 AWG 5/16" 0.70 1.70 0.59 0.11 10
S2-38R-X 3/8" 0.70 1.70 0.59 0.11 D3
B2 ●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
the need to remove fastener maximum tensile strength
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
providing protection to the crimp joint during high temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3 vibration applications ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type PNF-F
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and B2
the need to remove fastener maximum tensile strength
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
providing protection to the crimp joint during high temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
vibration applications ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
L
W C1
C
C2
Stock Max. Figure Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Dimensions (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PNF18-6F-C 0.03 0.136 #6 0.80 0.30 0.22 CT-100A‡, C3
PNF18-8F-C 0.03 0.136 #8 0.86 0.31 0.25 UP14ZLW‡,
PNF18-10F-C 22 – 18 Red 0.03 0.136 #10 0.87 0.34 0.26 CT-1550‡,
CT-1551‡, 100 500
AWG
0.03 0.136 1/4" 1.05 0.44 0.35 CT- 2500/L‡,
PNF18-14F-C
CT-2300/ST‡ C4
PNF14-6F-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.80 0.28 0.22 CT-100A‡,
PNF14-8F-C 0.03 0.162 #8 0.85 0.31 0.25 UP14ZLW‡,
PNF14-10F-C 16 – 14 Blue 0.03 0.162 #10 0.87 0.34 0.26 CT-1550‡,
CT-1551‡, 100 500
AWG
0.03 0.162 1/4" 1.05 0.44 0.35 CT- 2500/L‡, D1
PNF14-14F-C
CT-2300/ST‡
PNF10-6F-L 0.04 0.225 #6 1.01 0.31 0.24
CT-100A‡,
PNF10-8F-L 0.04 0.225 #8 1.02 0.37 0.24 UP14ZLW‡, D2
PNF10-10F-L 12 – 10 Yellow 0.04 0.225 #10 1.04 0.37 0.24 CT-1550‡,
CT-1551‡, 50 500
AWG 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.15 0.50 0.31
PNF10-14F-L CT- 2500/L‡,
CT-2300/ST‡
D3
**Bulk and/or convenience packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type PV-F
B2
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
the need to remove fastener maximum tensile strength
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
B3 bending applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
the crimp process
C1
Figure
Stock Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C2 Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PV22-4F-CY* 0.02 0.110 #4 0.67 0.20 0.21 UP14ZLW,
26 – 22 Yellow 0.02 0.110 #6 0.76 0.25 0.26 CT-1525,
100 1000
PV22-6F-CY* AWG CT- 2500/L,
CT-2300/ST
C3
PV18-6FN-CY 0.03 0.150 #6 0.85 0.24 0.21 CT-100A‡,
PV18-6F-CY 0.03 0.150 #6 0.86 0.30 0.21 UP14ZLW‡,
22 – 16 Red 0.03 0.150 #8 0.93 0.32 0.25 CT-1550‡,
PV18-8F-CY 100 500
AWG CT-1551‡,
C4 PV18-10FN-CY 0.03 0.150 #10 0.93 0.31 0.25 CT- 2500/L‡,
PV18-10F-CY 0.03 0.150 #10 0.93 0.35 0.25 CT-2300/ST‡
PV14-6FN-C 0.03 0.170 #6 0.84 0.24 0.19
0.03 0.170 #6 0.84 0.28 0.19 CT-100A‡,
D1 PV14-6F-C
L UP14ZLW‡,
PV14-8F-C 16 – 14 Blue 0.03 0.170 #8 0.90 0.31 0.23 CT-1550‡, 100 500
PV14-10FN-C AWG 0.03 0.170 #10 0.92 0.31 0.24 CT-1551‡,
W 0.03 0.170 #10 0.92 0.34 0.24 CT- 2500/L‡,
PV14-10F-C
D2 CT-2300/ST‡
C PV14-14F-C 0.03 0.170 1/4" 1.09 0.44 0.32 100 1000
PV10-6F-L 0.04 0.225 #6 1.01 0.31 0.25 CT-100A‡,
0.04 0.225 #8 1.04 0.37 0.25 UP14ZLW‡,
PV10-8F-L
14 – 10 Yellow CT-1550‡,
D3 PV10-10F-L 0.04 0.225 #10 1.04 0.37 0.25 50 500
AWG CT-1551‡,
0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.14 0.49 0.32 CT- 2500/L‡,
PV10-14F-L CT-2300/ST‡
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
E1 **Bulk and/or convenience packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
‡UL Listed, cULus Listed, and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see
www.panduit.com/tools.
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type PV-FX
●●Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with ●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during B2
a larger insulation thickness the crimp process
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
the need to remove fastener maximum tensile strength
B3
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
bending applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
C1
Stock Max. Figure Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Dimensions (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PV18-6FX-CY 0.03 0.170 #6 0.83 0.30 0.21 CT-100A‡, C2
PV18-8FX-CY 0.03 0.170 #8 0.89 0.32 0.25 UP14ZLW‡,
22 – 18 Red CT-1550‡,
0.03 0.170 #10 0.91 0.35 0.25 100 500
AWG CT-1551‡,
PV18-10FX-CY CT- 2500/L‡,
C3
CT-2300/ST‡
PV14-6FX-C 0.03 0.200 #6 0.89 0.28 0.16 CT-100A‡,
PV14-8FX-C 0.03 0.200 #8 0.96 0.31 0.20 UP14ZLW‡,
18 – 14 Blue CT-1550‡,
0.03 0.200 #10 0.97 0.34 0.22 100 500
AWG CT-1551‡, C4
PV14-10FX-C CT- 2500/L‡,
L CT-2300/ST‡
PV10-8FX-L 0.04 0.250 #8 1.11 0.37 0.24 CT-100A‡,
PV10-10FX-L 0.04 0.250 #10 1.11 0.37 0.24 UP14ZLW‡, D1
12 – 10 Yellow CT-1550‡,
W
AWG 0.04 0.250 1/4" 1.22 0.50 0.32 50 500
CT-1551‡,
PV10-14FX-L CT- 2500/L‡,
C CT-2300/ST‡
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information. D2
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
Type PN-LF
●●Locks in place for secure connection ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and E1
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without maximum tensile strength
the need to remove fastener ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, temperature 221°F (105°C) E2
providing protection to the crimp joint during high ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
vibration applications
Stock Max. Figure Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Dimensions (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn. E3
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
PN18-6LF-C 0.03 0.145 #6 0.82 0.27 0.22 CT-100A‡,
PN18-6LFW-C 0.03 0.145 #6 0.85 0.29 0.22 UP14ZLW‡,
22 – 18 Red 0.03 0.145 #8 0.89 0.29 0.25 CT-1550‡,
PN18-8LF-C AWG 100 500 E4
CT-1551‡,
PN18-10LF-C 0.03 0.145 #10 0.89 0.33 0.25 CT- 2500/L‡,
PN18-10LFN-C 0.03 0.145 #10 0.91 0.29 0.25 CT-2300/ST‡
PN14-6LF-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.86 0.25 0.22 CT-100A‡,
E5
PN14-6LFW-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.84 0.29 0.22 UP14ZLW‡,
18 – 14 Blue 0.03 0.162 #8 0.92 0.29 0.25 CT-1550‡,
PN14-8LF-C 100 500
AWG CT-1551‡,
PN14-10LF-C 0.03 0.162 #10 0.91 0.33 0.25 CT- 2500/L‡,
PN14-10LFN-C 0.03 0.162 #10 0.91 0.28 0.25 CT-2300/ST‡ F
L PN10-6LF-L 0.04 0.225 #6 1.02 0.30 0.23 CT-100A‡,
PN10-8LF-L 0.04 0.225 #8 1.05 0.30 0.23 UP14ZLW‡,
12 – 10 Yellow CT-1550‡,
PN10-10LF-L 0.04 0.225 #10 1.05 0.34 0.23 50 500
AWG CT-1551‡, G
W 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.17 0.46 0.32 CT- 2500/L‡,
PN10-14LF-L
CT-2300/ST‡
C
**Bulk and/or convenience packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
‡UL Listed, cULus Listed, and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see
www.panduit.com/tools. H
Type PNF-LF
B2
●●Locks in place for secure connection ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without maximum tensile strength
the need to remove fastener ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
B3
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, temperature 221°F (105°C)
providing protection to the crimp joint during high ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
vibration applications
C1
Stock Max. Figure Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Thickness Ins. Stud Dimensions (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Tool Qty.** Qty.
C2 PNF18-6LF-C 0.03 0.145 #6 0.82 0.27 0.20 CT-100A‡,
PNF18-6LFW-C 0.03 0.145 #6 0.85 0.29 0.20 UP14ZLW‡,
22 – 18 Red CT-1550‡,
PNF18-8LF-C 0.03 0.145 #8 0.89 0.29 0.26 100 500
AWG CT-1551‡,
PNF18-10LF-C 0.03 0.145 #10 0.89 0.33 0.25 CT- 2500/L‡,
C3 CT-2300/ST‡
PNF14-6LF-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.87 0.25 0.20 CT-100A‡,
PNF14-6LFW-C 0.03 0.162 #6 0.84 0.29 0.20 UP14ZLW‡,
18 – 14 Blue CT-1550‡,
PNF14-8LF-C 0.03 0.162 #8 0.93 0.29 0.25 100 500
C4 AWG CT-1551‡,
PNF14-10LF-C 0.03 0.162 #10 0.93 0.33 0.25 CT- 2500/L‡,
CT-2300/ST‡
L
PNF10-6LF-L 0.04 0.225 #6 1.02 0.30 0.20 CT-100A‡,
D1 PNF10-8LF-L 0.04 0.225 #8 1.05 0.30 0.20 UP14ZLW‡,
12 – 10 Yellow CT-1550‡,
W PNF10-10LF-L 0.04 0.225 #10 1.05 0.34 0.22 50 500
AWG CT-1551‡,
PNF10-14LF-L 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.19 0.46 0.33 CT- 2500/L‡,
C
CT-2300/ST‡
D2 **Bulk and/or convenience packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
D3
Locking Fork Terminal, Vinyl Insulated – Funnel Entry
Type PV-LF
E1
●●Locks in place for secure connection ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without maximum tensile strength
the need to remove fastener ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
E2
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in temperature 221°F (105°C)
bending applications ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
Type PV-LFX
B2
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during
the need to remove fastener the crimp process
●●Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
a larger insulation thickness maximum tensile strength B3
●●Locks in place for secure connection ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in temperature 221°F (105°C)
bending applications ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B C1
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type P-F
B2
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
the need to remove fastener easy wire insertion
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
B3
maximum tensile strength 302°F (150°C)
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
the crimp process
C1
Stock Figure Std. Std.
Wire Thickness Stud Dimensions (In.) Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range (In.) Size L W C Installation Tool Qty.** Qty.
P22-4F-C* 26 – 22 0.02 #4 0.49 0.20 0.19 C2
CT-200 100 1000
P22-6F-C* AWG 0.02 #6 0.59 0.25 0.26
P18-6FN-C 0.03 #6 0.63 0.24 0.19
0.03 #6 0.63 0.30 0.21 CT-100A‡,
P18-6F-C C3
CT-200‡,
P18-8F-C 22 – 16 0.03 #8 0.69 0.32 0.25 UP14ZLW‡,
AWG 100 1000
P18-10FN-C 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 CT-1570‡,
0.03 #10 0.71 0.35 0.25 CT- 2500/L‡,
P18-10F-C
CT-2300/ST‡ C4
P18-14F-C 0.03 1/4" 0.88 0.44 0.33
P14-6FN-C 0.03 #6 0.63 0.24 0.20
0.03 #6 0.63 0.28 0.20 CT-100A‡,
P14-6F-C
CT-200‡,
P14-8F-C 18 – 14 0.03 #8 0.69 0.31 0.23 UP14ZLW‡,
D1
L 100 1000
P14-10FN-C AWG 0.03 #10 0.71 0.31 0.25 CT-1570‡,
0.03 #10 0.71 0.34 0.25 CT- 2500/L‡,
P14-10F-C CT-2300/ST‡
P14-14F-C 0.03 1/4" 0.88 0.44 0.33 D2
W
P10-6F-L 0.04 #6 0.75 0.31 0.22 CT-100A‡,
0.04 #8 0.78 0.37 0.22 CT-200‡,
C P10-8F-L
UP14ZLW‡,
P10-10F-L 12 – 10 0.04 #10 0.78 0.37 0.23 CT-1570‡, 50 500
AWG D3
0.04 1/4" 0.89 0.50 0.30 CT-1701‡,
P10-14F-L CT- 2500/L‡,
CT-2300/ST‡
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information. E1
‡UL Listed, cULus Listed, and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see
www.panduit.com/tools.
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type P-FF
B2
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during
the need to remove fastener the crimp process
●●Flange design provides extra secure connection on a ●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
B3 variety of applications easy wire insertion
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
maximum tensile strength 302°F (150°C)
C1 ●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
D2
Locking Fork Terminal, Non-Insulated
Type P-LF
D3
●●Locks in place for secure connection ●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without easy wire insertion
the need to remove fastener ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
E1 ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and 302°F (150°C)
maximum tensile strength ●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during
E2
the crimp process
Stock Figure Std. Std.
Wire Thickness Stud Dimensions (In.) Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range (In.) Size L W C Installation Tool Qty.** Qty.
E3 P18-6LF-C 0.03 #6 0.68 0.27 0.22 CT-100A‡,
P18-6LFW-C 0.03 #6 0.70 0.29 0.22 CT-200‡,
P18-8LF-C 22 – 16 0.03 #8 0.74 0.29 0.23 UP14ZLW‡,
100 500
AWG CT-1570‡,
P18-10LFN-C*** 0.03 #10 0.74 0.28 0.23 CT- 2500/L‡,
E4
P18-10LF-C 0.03 #10 0.74 0.33 0.23 CT-2300/ST‡
P14-6LF-C 0.03 #6 0.70 0.25 0.22 CT-100A‡,
P14-6LFW-C 0.03 #6 0.70 0.29 0.22 CT-200‡,
P14-8LF-C 18 – 14 0.03 #8 0.77 0.29 0.27 UP14ZLW‡,
100 500
E5 AWG CT-1570‡,
P14-10LFN-C*** 0.03 #10 0.77 0.29 0.27 CT- 2500/L‡,
L
P14-10LF-C 0.03 #10 0.77 0.33 0.27 CT-2300/ST‡
P10-6LF-L 0.04 #6 0.77 0.30 0.23 CT-100A‡,
F P10-8LF-L 0.04 #8 0.79 0.30 0.23 CT-200‡,
W UP14ZLW‡,
P10-10LF-L 14 – 10 0.04 #10 0.79 0.34 0.23
AWG CT-1570‡, 50 500
C P10-14LF-L 0.04 1/4" 0.92 0.46 0.33 CT-1701‡,
CT- 2500/L‡,
G
CT-2300/ST‡
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
***Not CSA certified.
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
H
●●Ideal for maintenance and construction wiring ●●With the case top closed, parts remain in
●●Positive latching case prevents accidental opening their compartments
●●Case features a hanging tab for storage B2
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. B3
KP-1075Y Terminal kit without crimping tool. Includes the following: (20) PV18-8R;
PV18-6F; PV14-8F; PV14-10R; (10) PV10-8R; PV10-10R; DNF14-250;
DNF18-250; BSV18X; BSV14X; BSV10X; (10) JN418-212.
KP-1075Y KP-1000 Empty plastic box, twelve terminal compartments and one tool compartment, C1
measures 11" wide x 6 3/4" deep x 1 3/4" high.
Positive latch prevents accidental opening.
Once top is closed, terminals remain in their compartments. 1
KP-1165Y Includes the following: (18) PV18-8R; PV14-10R; PV18-6F; PV14-8F; C2
(10) PV10-8R; PV10-10R; BSV18X; BSV14X; BSV10X; DV18-250B;
DV14-188B; (5) JN418-212; (1) CT-160 Tool; KP-1000 box.
KP-1166 Includes the following: (18) P18-8R; P14-10R; P18-6F; P14-8F;
(10) P10-8R; P10-10R; BS18; BS14; BS10; D18-250; D14-188; C3
KP-1165Y (5) JN218-216; (1) CT-160 tool; KP-1000 box.
●●Latch prevents accidental opening ●●Drop-in label area on front measures: 2.13"H x
●●Once lid is closed, terminals remain in their compartments 13.75"W x 9.75"D (54.0mm x 349.3mm x 247.7mm)
D1
●●Handle for portability or as drawer pull when used in rack
Std.
Pkg.
D2
Part Number Part Description Qty.
K-1000 Empty steel box, 20 terminal compartments and one tool compartment,
dimensions: 2.00"H x 13.33"W x 9.33"D (50.8mm x 338.6mm x 237.0mm).
K-1001 Empty steel kit box, 16 terminal compartments and one tool compartment, box
D3
dimensions: 2.00"H x 13.33"W x 9.33"D (50.8mm x 338.6mm x 237.0mm).
K-1100 Steel box and CT-100A crimping tool.
K-1102Y Includes the following: (100) PV18-6LF; PV18-8LF; PV14-8LF; PV14-10LF; 1
BSV18X; BSV14X; (50) PV10-10LF; BSV10X; (1) CT-100A tool; K-1000 box.
E1
K-1103Y Includes the following: (100) DV18-250B; DV14-250B; DV14-250MB;
D18-250; D14-250; (50) DV10-250; D10-250; (1) CT-100A tool; K-1000 box.
K-1104 Includes the following: (50) PN18-10R; PN14-6R; PN14-10R; PN18-6F;
PN14-6F; PN14-10F; (25) PN10-10R; PN10-56R; PN10-10F; BSN14;
E2
BSN10; JN418-212; (1) CT-100A tool; K-1000 box.
●●Steel boxes for cable tie kits and K-1000 terminal kits ●●Rugged and durable steel construction
●●Steel boxes and storage slide racks can be combined for ●●Empty boxes, full kits, and slide racks are purchased
neat and organized storage of cable ties and terminals according to your application needs E4
Std.
SR4 Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty. E5
SR2 2-drawer slide rack to hold K-504 cable tie kit or K-1000 series terminal kit.
SR6 Dimensions: 6.25"H x 15.25"W x 11.75"D (158.7mm x 387.4mm x 298.5mm).
SR4 4-drawer slide rack to hold K-1000 series terminal kit.
1
Dimensions: 11.25"H x 15.25"W x 11.75"D (285.8mm x 387.4mm x 298.5mm). F
SR6 6-drawer slide rack to hold K-1000 series terminal kit.
Dimensions: 16.38"H x 15.25"W x 11.75"D (416.1mm x 387.4mm x 298.5mm).
G
Slide racks will accommodate the following Panduit ® kits:
SR2 K-1000 K-1100 K-1103Y K1-PNKIT
K-1001 K-1102Y K-1104 K2-PVKITY
H
B1
Disconnects B2
D3
E3
E4
E5
B2
Nylon Fully Insulated Disco-Grip™ Premium Nylon Fully Insulated
Female Receptacles and Male Tabs Female Receptacles and Male Tabs
B3
Type DNF-FIB Type DPF
Fully insulated
Available in tab sizes Fully insulated design Available in design provides
to accommodate provides protection tab sizes to protection from
0.110", 0.187", 0.205" from electrical shorts accommodate electrical shorts
C1
or 0.250" tabs 0.110", 0.187",
0.205" or
Expanded 0.250" tabs
C2 wire entry (on
select sizes)
accommodates
large insulation
or multiple wires
C3 Maximum
insulation Maximum
temperature insulation Funnel entry
221°F (105°C) temperature for faster
221°F (105°C) wire insertion
C4 Funnel entry for faster and lower
Insulation support restricts wire insertion and installed cost
excessive wire movement to lower installed cost
minimize stress on crimp joint
D1
UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310. UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310.
Flammability – UL 94 HB. Male products available 0.250" width in standard
and oversized housing configurations.
D2
E2
Maximum
insulation
Funnel entry for faster
temperature
wire insertion and
E3 221°F (105°C)
lower installed cost
B3
C2
C3
Funnel entry
for faster wire
insertion and lower Insulation support to
Insulation grip sleeve provides installed cost protect electrical crimp
a superior insulation crimp for Insulation grip sleeve provides
C4
high vibration and high strain a superior insulation crimp for
relief applications high vibration and high strain
relief applications
D1
UL and CSA rated up to 300 V per UL 310. UL and CSA rated up to 300 V per UL 310.
Flammability – UL 94 HB. Male products available 0.250" width.
Male products available 0.250" width. Flammability – UL 94V-0.
D2
E2
Maximum recommended E3
operating temperature
302°F (150°C)
E4
Panduit ® wiring duct offers a wide variety A comprehensive selection of cable ties F
of sizes and types to meet the wire used to bundle, mount, and identify wire
capacity needs and space constraints of and cable.
the smallest wall mounted to the largest
See pages B1.1 – B1.106.
integrated systems.
G
See pages C1.1 – C1.53.
C3
Barrel Female Funnel Entry, Ins. Grip DNF D1.39
Insulated Male Funnel Entry, Ins. Grip DNF-M D1.43
E2
E3
E4
E5
P NF — 14 250 FIB — M
B2
Type Insulation Wire Range Tab Size Special Std. Pkg.
Configuration Size
D=D
isconnects N = Nylon 18 = #22 – 18 110 = 0.110 x 0.032 A = Adapter Q = 25
NF = Nylon, 14 = #16 – 14 111 = 0.110 x 0.020 B = Butted Seam L = 50 B3
Funnel Entry 10 = #12 – 10 187 = 0.187 x 0.032 FB = Metal Insulation C = 100
NFR = Nylon, 188 = 0.187 x 0.020 Grip, Female D = 500
Funnel Entry, 205 = 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 FI = Fully Insulated, M = 1000
Right Angle Female C1
206 = 0.187/0.205 x 0.020
NG = Nylon, FIB = Fully Insulated,
Funnel Entry, 250 = 0.250 x 0.032 Butted Seam,
Metal Insulation Female
Grip FIM = Fully Insulated, C2
NH = Heat Shrink Male
PF = Premium FIMB = Fully Insulated,
Grade Nylon, Male with
Funnel Entry oversized
housing C3
R = Non-insulated,
Right Angle M = Male
V = Vinyl M B = Butted, Male
VF = Vinyl Funnel P = Piggyback
C4
Entry = Female
(leave blank)
= Non-Insulated
(leave blank)
D1
D2
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost terminal barrel, providing a higher-quality connection
E1
●●Flared barrel extension integrated into stamping to ●●Mates with DNF-FIMB family
provide insulation grip for double crimp requirements ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from temperature 221°F (105°C)
electrical shorts ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310 E2
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
maximum tensile strength
E3
Max. Figure Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. Dimensions (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W C Tab Size (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
DNG18-187FB-C 0.89 0.29 0.22 0.187 x 0.032 E4
22 – 18 Red 0.126 0.89 0.29 0.22 100 1000
DNG18-188FB-C 0.187 x 0.020 CT-1015
AWG
DNG18-250FB-L 0.93 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 0.032 50 250
DNG14-187FB-L* 0.89 0.29 0.25 0.187 x 0.032
16 – 14 Blue 0.153 0.89 0.29 0.25 0.187 x 0.020
DNG14-188FB-L* CT-1015 50 250 E5
AWG
DNG14-250FB-L 0.93 0.35 0.25 0.250 x 0.032
H
L *UL Recognized for use with copper alloy tabs.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information. For crimping tool
information see www.panduit.com/tools. F
W
Type DNF
B2
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from ●●Coupler, male, and female parts sold separately
B3 electrical shorts ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and temperature 221°F (105°C)
maximum tensile strength ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
C1
E3
E4
E5
Type DNF-FIB
B2
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
electrical shorts temperature 221°F (105°C) B3
Type DNF-FI E2
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Barrel design with larger outside diameter for use with
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost more common hand tools
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation E3
B2 ●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Oversized housing designed for maximum versatility to
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost mate with most commercially available fully insulated
●●Premium nylon insulation retains its shape when crimped female disconnects
and provides a tight grip around the wire insulation for ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
B3
maximum strain relief terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from ●●Maximum insulation temperature 221°F (105°C)
electrical shorts ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
C1
D2
DiscoGrip™ Female Disconnect, Premium Nylon Fully Insulated – Funnel Entry
Type DPF-FIB
D3
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
●●Premium nylon insulation retains its shape when crimped ●●Maximum insulation temperature 221°F (105°C)
E1
and provides a tight grip around the wire insulation for ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
maximum strain relief
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from
E2 electrical shorts
Type DNH
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Heat shrink sleeving provides additional level of strain B2
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost relief for the wire
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from ●●Minimum continuous operating temperature -65°F (-55°C)
electrical shorts ●●Maximum continuous operation temperature B3
●●Heat shrink sleeving forms a protective barrier to provide 230°F (110°C)
environmentally sealed terminations ideal for high ●●Shrink temperature 300°F (150°C)
moisture applications
●●Rated up to 600 V C1
D1
Female Disconnect, Nylon Barrel Insulated – Funnel Entry
Type DNF
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into D2
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
providing protection to the crimp joint during high temperature 194°F (90°C) D3
vibration applications ●●UL and CSA rated up to 300 V per UL 310
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
maximum tensile strength
E1
Type D
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and B2
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost maximum tensile strength
●●Sleeved barrel helps to facilitate high mechanical and ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
electrical performance when crimping terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
B3
●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
easy wire insertion 302°F (150°C)
●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 310
C1
D2
●●Right angle design for use in limited space applications ●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost
electrical shorts ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation E1
●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into temperature 221°F (105°C)
terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
E2
Max. Figure Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. Dimensions (In.) Tab Size Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W H D (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
DNFR18-205FIB-L 0.178 0.58 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.205/0.187 E3
x 0.032
DNFR18-206FIB-L 22 – 18 Red 0.178 0.58 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.205/0.187 CT-300-1 50 250
AWG x 0.020
DNFR18-250FIB-L 0.178 0.58 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.250
x 0.032 E4
DNFR14-205FIB-L 0.178 0.58 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.205/0.187
x 0.032
DNFR14-206FIB-L 16 – 14 Blue 0.178 0.58 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.205/0.187
D H CT-300-1 50 250
AWG x 0.020 E5
DNFR14-250FIB-L 0.178 0.58 0.37 0.21 0.60 0.250
W x 0.032
L
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. For crimping tool
information see www.panduit.com/tools.
F
B2 ●●Right angle design for use in limited space applications ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male temperature 221°F (105°C)
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
B3 ●●Longer barrel design for use with Panduit ® standard
disconnect tool
D1
●●Right angle design for use in limited space applications ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male maximum tensile strength
D3
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
●●Sleeved barrel helps to facilitate high mechanical and 302°F (150°C)
electrical performance when crimping ●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 310
E1
●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
easy wire insertion
Type DV-P
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, B2
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost providing protection to the crimp joint during high
●●Combination of female disconnect and male tab allows vibration applications
versatility in points of connection ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Multiple connection points allow additional circuits to be temperature 194°F (90°C) B3
Figure
C1
Max. Dimensions Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L W Tab Size (In.) Installation Tool Qty.** Qty.
DV18-250P-LY 22 – 18 Red 0.130 0.88 0.29 CT-100A, CT-260,
AWG C2
CT-1550, CT-1551,
L
0.250 x 0.032 50 250
DV14-250P-L 16 – 14 Blue 0.160 0.88 0.29 CT- 2500/L,
AWG CT-2300/ST
W
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools. C3
●●Couples two female disconnects to one male disconnect ●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male
(all 0.250 x 0.032) tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost
●●Multiple connection points allow additional circuits to be ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature D1
L E1
Type DNF-M
●●Male tab couples with (all 0.250 x 0.032) ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
female disconnects maximum tensile strength E3
●●Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
disconnect without the use of tools for lower installed cost temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, ●●Rated up to 600 V E4
providing protection to the crimp joint during high
vibration applications
Type DV-MB
B2
●●Male tab couples with (all 0.250 x 0.032) ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
female disconnects temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in ●●Rated up to 600 V
B3 bending applications
●●Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female
disconnect without the use of tools for lower installed cost
C1
Figure
Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C2 Part Number Range Code (In.) L Tab Size (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
DV18-250MB-CY 22 – 18 Red 0.154 0.98
AWG CT-1550,
100 500
DV14-250MB-C 16 – 14 Blue 0.180 0.96 CT-1551,
0.250 x 0.032
AWG CT- 2500/L,
C3
DV10-250M-L* 12 – 10 Yellow 0.235 0.98 CT-2300/ST 50 500
AWG
L
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
C4 For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
D1
Type D-MB
D3
●●Male tab couples with (all 0.250 x 0.032) ●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
female disconnects easy wire insertion
●●Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
E1 disconnect without the use of tools for lower installed cost 302°F (150°C)
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and ●●Rated up to 2000 V
maximum tensile strength
E2
Figure
Dimensions Std. Std.
(In.) Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
E3
Part Number Wire Range L Tab Size (In.) Installation Tool Qty.** Qty.
D18-250MB-C 22 – 18 AWG 0.69
0.250 x 0.032 CT-100A 100 500
D14-250MB-C 16 – 14 AWG 0.69
D10-250M-L* 12 – 10 AWG 0.72 0.250 x 0.032 CT-100A, CT-200, 50 500
E4 CT-260, CT-1570,
CT- 2500/L,
CT-2300/ST
*Brazed seam.
L **To order in bulk, replace -C in the part number with -M for a bulk package of 1000 and replace -L with -D for a bulk
E5 package of 500.
For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
Specialty
B3
Non-Insulated Pin Terminal Brazed Seam P-P D1.45
C1
Pin Terminal, Vinyl Insulated – Funnel Entry
Type PV-P
C2
●●Solid pin designed to prevent damage to the wire from ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
over tightening, resulting in a reliable electrical connection maximum tensile strength
●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in ●●For use with pin-type terminal blocks
bending applications ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
C3
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during temperature 221°F (105°C)
the crimp process ●●UL rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
C4
Type P-P
●●Solid pin designed to prevent damage to the wire from ●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and E2
over tightening, resulting in a reliable electrical connection easy wire insertion
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●For use with pin-type terminal blocks
the crimp process ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature E3
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and 302°F (150°C)
maximum tensile strength ●●UL rated up to 2000 V per UL 486A/B
E4
Figure Dimensions Std. Std.
(In.) Recommended Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Wire Range L W P Tool Qty.** Qty.
P18-P47-C 22 – 18 AWG 0.75 0.07 0.49 CT-100A, CT-200, CT-260, 100 1000
E5
P14-P47-C 16 – 14 AWG 0.75 0.07 0.49 CT-1570, CT- 2500/L,
CT-2300/ST
P10-P55-L* 12 – 10 AWG 0.79 0.10 0.55 CT-100A, CT-200, CT-260, 50 500
CT-1570, CT- 2500/L,
CT-2300/ST F
L *Not UL Listed.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
P ‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
G
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
D1.46
A
Terminate Splices
B1
Splices B2
Panduit ® Pan-Term ® Splices are designed and manufactured for fast assembly,
B3
and long reliable performance. As the demand for splices increases, it becomes
essential to provide a complete system for termination products. We provide an
extensive line of tooling designed specifically to provide optimum performance
C1
when used as a system for terminating.
E2
E3
E4
E5
C3
Internally
beveled
barrel for Only one crimp
quick easy needed to
C4 wire insertion complete splice
UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C. UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C.
D1
E1
E2
E3
Expanded
wire entry C2
accommodates
larger insulation
C4
Brazed seam D3
Internal wire
assures crimp
stops assure
reliability
proper insertion
length
E1
E2
Maximum
recommended E3
operating temperature
302°F (150°C)
Internally beveled
barrel for quick E4
easy wire insertion
Panduit wiring duct offers a wide variety of A comprehensive selection of cable ties used
sizes and types to meet the wire capacity to bundle, mount, and identify wire and cable. F
needs and space constraints of the
See pages B1.1 – B1.106.
smallest wall mounted to the largest
integrated systems.
See pages C1.1 – C1.53. G
C2
Butt Splice Brazed Seam BS D1.52
C4
Part Number System for Pan-Term ® Splices
BS V 14 X — M
D1 Type Insulation Wire Range Special Std. Pkg.
Configuration Size
BS = Butt Splice H = Heat Shrink 22 = #26 – 22 X = Expanded Insulation Q = 25
PS = P
arallel N = Nylon 18 = #22 – 18 L = 50
D2 Splice V = Vinyl 14 = #16 – 14 C = 100
= Non-Insulated 13 = #14 – 12 T = 200
(leave blank) 10 = #12 – 10 D = 500
M = 1000
D3
E5
Type BSN
B2
●●Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
repair or lengthen wires terminal barrel
●●Butted configuration provides low profile for limited ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
space applications temperature 221°F (105°C) B3
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C
the crimp process
C1
Figure
Max. Dimensions Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L Installation Tool Qty.** Qty. C2
BSN22-C* 26 – 22 Yellow 0.080 0.79 CT-1525, CT- 2500/L,
AWG CT-2300/ST
BSN18-C 22 – 18 Red 0.115 1.15 CT-100A, UP14ZLW,
AWG CT-1550, CT-1551,
100 1000 C3
CT- 2500/L, CT-2300/ST
BSN14-C 16 – 14 Blue 0.148 1.15 CT-100A, UP14ZLW,
AWG CT-1550, CT-1551,
L CT- 2500/L, CT-2300/ST
BSN10-L 12 – 10 Yellow 0.210 1.14 CT-100A, UP14ZLW, 50 500 C4
AWG CT-1550, CT-1551,
CT- 2500/L, CT-2300/ST
*Not UL or CSA Listed.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information. D1
For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
D2
D3
Type BSV
●●Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
E2
a larger insulation thickness terminal barrel
●●Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
repair or lengthen wires temperature 221°F (105°C)
E3
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C
the crimp process
Figure
E4
Max. Dimensions Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L Installation Tool Qty.** Qty.
22 – 18 Red 0.170 1.03
BSV18X-LY E5
AWG
CT-100A, UP14ZLW, 50 500
16 – 14 Blue 0.200 1.04
BSV14X-L CT-1550, CT-1551,
AWG
CT- 2500/L, CT-2300/ST
12 – 10 Yellow 0.250 1.18 25 250
BSV10X-Q AWG F
L
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
Type BS
B2
●●Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to ●●Non-insulated barrel can be used to provide an
repair or lengthen wires economical termination when insulation is not required
●●Butted configuration provides low profile for limited ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
B3 space applications 302°F (150°C)
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C
the crimp process
C1 ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
terminal barrel
D3
E2 ●●Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to ●●Seamless tubular barrel provides a consistent high
repair or lengthen wires performance quality crimp
●●Parallel design results in only one crimp required to ●●Maximum insulation temperature 221°F (105°C)
complete splice ●●Rated up to 300 V
E3
Figure
Max. Dimensions Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Wire Strip Installation Pkg. Ctn.
E4
Part Number Range Code (In.) L Length (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
PSN18-C 22 – 18 Red 0.120 0.75 5/16 CT-100A,
AWG CT-1525,
100
PSN16-C 20 – 16 Blue 0.150 0.75 5/16 CT- 2500/L,
E5
AWG 500
CT-2300/ST
PSN12-L 14 – 12 Yellow 0.210 0.83 7/16 CT-100A 50
L AWG
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
F For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
Type PS
B2
●●Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to ●●Non-insulated barrel can be used to provide an
repair or lengthen wires economical termination when insulation is not required
●●Parallel design results in only one crimp required to ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
complete splice 302°F (150°C) B3
●●Seamless tubular barrel provides a consistent high ●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C
performance quality crimp
C1
Figure Std. Std.
Dimensions (In.) Wire Strip Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Wire Range L Length (In.) Installation Tool Qty.** Qty.
PS18-C 22 – 18 AWG 0.29 5/16 C2
100 500
PS16-C 20 – 16 AWG 0.29 5/16 CT-100A, CT-200
PS12-L 14 – 12 AWG 0.38 7/16 50 500
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools. C3
L
C4
D1
Type JN
●●Large barrel, designed to accommodate from one to ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation D3
seven wires with just one crimp temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●Accommodates multiple wire sizes in ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C
varying combinations E1
●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
easy wire insertion
Figure Wire
E2
Dimensions Strip Recommended Std. Std.
Wire Color CMA Range (In.) Length Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code Min. Max. L (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
JN224-318-C (2) #24 – Red 808 5160 0.79 7/16 CT-1550‡, E3
(2) #16 CT-1551‡,
CT- 2500/L,
CT-2300/ST
JN218-216-C (2) #22 – Clear 1284 5160 0.78 7/16 CT-1550‡, E4
(2) #16 CT-1551‡,
CT- 2500/L,
CT-2300/ST
L
100 1000
JN418-212-C (4) #18 – Clear 6480 14750 0.93 1/2 CT-100A‡, E5
(2) #12 CT-1550‡,
CT-1551‡,
CT- 2500/L,
CT-2300/ST
JN314-412-C* (3) #14 – Clear 10320 26120 0.97 5/8 CT-100A, F
(4) #12 CT-160,
CT-260
*Not UL or CSA Listed.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information. G
‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
Note: Wire combinations using #24 AWG wire are not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
Type J
B2
●●Large barrel, designed to accommodate from one to ●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and
seven wires with just one crimp easy wire insertion
●●Accommodates multiple wire sizes in varying ●●Maximum recommended operating temperature
B3 combinations 302°F (150°C)
●●Non-insulated barrel can be used to provide an ●●UL and CSA rated up to 2000 V per UL 486C
economical termination when insulation is not required
C1
Figure Wire
L Dimensions Strip Recommended Std. Std.
CMA Range (In.) Length Installation Pkg. Ctn.
C2 Part Number Wire Range Min. Max. L (In.) Tool Qty.** Qty.
J214-312-T (2) #14 – (3) #12 5760 19590 0.37 1/2 CT-100A‡,
CT-200‡
200 2000
J318-412-T (3) #18 – (4) #12 4860 27330 0.37 1/2 CT-100A‡,
CT-200‡
C3
J216-410-L* (2) #16 – (4) #10 5160 41600 0.62 3/4 CT-100A‡, 50 500
CT-200‡
*Part number J216-410, is not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit ® Customer Service for additional information.
C4 ‡UL and CSA approved tooling/product combinations. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
D1
Heat Shrink, Butt Splices
Type BSH
D2
●●Designed to splice two stranded wires together to repair ●●Minimum continuous operating temperature
or lengthen wires -65°F (-55°C)
●●Butted configuration provides low profile for limited ●●Maximum continuous operation temperature
D3
space applications 230°F (110°C)
●●Heat shrink polyolefin sleeve with hot melt adhesive ●●Shrink temperature 300°F (150°C)
protects against moisture ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C
E1
●●After crimping, heat shrink insulation is completed with a
standard heat gun
Figure Wire
E2
Max. Dimensions Strip Std. Std.
Wire Color Ins. (In.) Length Recommended Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Range Code (In.) L (In.) Installation Tool Qty.** Qty.
E3
BSH18-Q 22 – 18 Red 0.170 1.45 5/16
AWG
25 125
BSH14-Q 16 – 14 Blue 0.190 1.45 5/16 CT-310
AWG
L BSH10-E 12 – 10 Yellow 0.240 1.64 5/16 20 100
E4 AWG
**Bulk packaging may be available, contact Panduit Customer Service for additional information.
For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
E5
B1
Ferrules B2
Panduit ® Pan-Term ® Ferrule End Sleeves terminate stranded wire into terminal
B3
blocks with superior termination performance. A wide assortment of ferrule styles
and tool designs provide a proven way to make reliable connections, especially
for limited space applications. Insulation flare allows for ease of wire insertion
C1
and eliminates loose strands of wire. Encapsulated crimp contains loose wires to
eliminate stray wire breakage.
E2
E4
E5
B3
Insulated Ferrules — Single Wire Insulated Ferrules — Twin Wire
Type FSD Type FTD
Tin-plated
C1 copper Oversized
seamless
tubular barrel Tin-plated
Maximum provides copper
Seamless insulation
tubular barrel consistent, high
C2 temperature performance
provides 221°F (105°C) Maximum
consistent quality crimps
for two wire insulation
quality crimps temperature
applications
221°F (105°C)
C3
Din Color-coded Din Color-coded
polypropylene polypropylene
identifies wire range identifies wire range
C4
D1
D2 Non-Insulated Ferrules
Type F
D3
E1
Seamless tubular
barrel provides
consistent quality
crimps
E2
Internally beveled
barrel for quick easy
wire insertion
E3 Tin-plated copper
E4
E5
Page
Material Style Feature Type Number
B2
C2
C3
D3
Type FSD
●●Polypropylene insulation housing conforms to DIN ●●Designed with a seamless barrel to contain loose wire
E2
color requirements strands for superior terminations
●●Meets DIN standards for single wire containment ●●Eases insertion of wire into terminal block
●●Funnel entry for faster insertion and lower installed cost ●●Suitable for limited space panel applications
E3
●●Multiple pin lengths available for a variety of terminal blocks
L
P
Max. E4
Wire
Insul. ID
Dia.
E5
Max. Wire Figure Dimensions Wire Strip Std.
Wire Size Color Insul. Dia. L P ID Length Recommended Pkg.
Part Number AWG mm2 Code In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Installation Tool Qty.
F
FSD72-6-D*** 26 0.07 2.0 0.41 10.5 24.0 6.0 0.03 0.8 3/8 9.5
0.14 Gray
FSD72-8-D*** AWG 0.07 2.0 0.49 12.5 31.0 8.0 0.03 0.8 15/32 11.9
FSD73-6-D*** 0.07 2.0 0.41 10.5 24.0 6.0 0.03 0.8 3/8 9.5 CT-1002,
24 0.25 Yellow CT-1123, 500
FSD73-8-D*** AWG 0.07 2.0 0.49 12.5 31.0 8.0 0.03 0.8 15/32 11.9 G
CT-2523CH
FSD74-6-D*** 24-22 0.07 2.0 0.41 10.5 24.0 6.0 0.03 0.8 3/8 9.5
0.34 Turquoise
FSD74-8-D*** AWG 0.07 2.0 0.49 12.5 31.0 8.0 0.03 0.8 15/32 11.9
***Not UL or CSA Listed. H
C4
D1
E2
E3
C2
C3
E3
E4
E5
Type FTD
●●Meets DIN standards for twin wire containment ●●Designed with a seamless barrel to contain loose wire
B2
●●Polypropylene insulation housing conforms to DIN strands for superior terminations
color requirements ●●Eases insertion of wire into terminal block
●●Funnel entry for faster insertion and lower installed cost ●●Suitable for limited space panel applications
B3
●●Multiple pin lengths available for a variety of terminal blocks
L
P
Max.
Wire C1
Insul. ID
Dia.
Type FSD
●●Polypropylene insulation housing available in DIN ●●Available in #20 – 14 AWG featuring a seamless
standard colors in strips of 50 barrel design to contain loose wire strands for E3
B2 ●●Designed with a seamless barrel to contain loose wire ●●Suitable for limited space panel applications
strands for superior terminations ●●Multiple pin lengths available for a variety of
●●Eases insertion of wire into terminal block terminal blocks
B3 ●●Meets DIN standards for wire containment
C1
ID OD
C2
Figure Dimensions Wire Strip Std.
Wire Size L ID OD Length Recommended Pkg.
Part Number AWG mm2 In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Installation Tool Qty.
C3 F73-5-M* 0.25 0.20 5.0 0.03 0.80 0.04 1.1 7/32 5.0
24 AWG
F73-7-M* 0.25 0.28 7.0 0.03 0.80 0.04 1.1 9/32 7.0 CT-1002, CT-1123,
F74-5-M* 24 – 22 0.34 0.20 5.0 0.04 0.90 0.05 1.2 7/32 5.0 CT-2523CH***
F74-7-M* AWG 0.34 0.28 7.0 0.04 0.90 0.05 1.2 9/32 7.0
C4
F75-6-M+ 0.50 0.24 6.0 0.04 1.0 0.05 1.3 1/4 6.0
22 – 20
F75-8-M+ 0.50 0.31 8.0 0.04 1.0 0.05 1.3 5/16 8.0
AWG
F75-10-M+ 0.50 0.39 10.0 0.04 1.0 0.05 1.3 13/32 10.0
D1 F76-6-M 0.75 0.24 6.0 0.05 1.2 0.06 1.5 1/4 6.0
F76-8-M 0.75 0.31 8.0 0.05 1.2 0.06 1.5 5/16 8.0
18 AWG
F76-10-M 0.75 0.39 10.0 0.05 1.2 0.06 1.5 13/32 10.0
F76-12-M 0.75 0.47 12.0 0.05 1.2 0.06 1.5 15/32 12.0
D2 F77-6-M 1.0 0.24 6.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 1/4 6.0
F77-7-M 1.0 0.28 7.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 9/32 7.0
F77-8-M – 1.0 0.31 8.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 5/16 8.0
F77-10-M 1.0 0.39 10.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 13/32 10.0
D3 F77-12-M 1.0 0.47 12.0 0.06 1.4 0.07 1.7 15/32 12.0
F78-7-M 1.5 0.28 7.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 9/32 7.0
F78-8-M 1.5 0.31 8.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 5/16 8.0
F78-10-M 1.5 0.39 10.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 13/32 10.0 CD-090**,
E1
F78-12-M 16 AWG 1.5 0.47 12.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 15/32 12.0 CT-1002, CT-1003,
CT-1090, CT-1123,
F78-15-M 1.5 0.59 15.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 19/32 15.0 CT-1160, CT-1170, 1000
F78-18-M 1.5 0.71 18.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 23/32 18.0 CT-2523CH***
F78-20-M 1.5 0.79 20.0 0.07 1.7 0.08 2.0 25/32 20.0
E2
F80-7-M 2.5 0.28 7.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 9/32 7.0
F80-8-M 2.5 0.31 8.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 5/16 8.0
F80-10-M 2.5 0.39 10.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 13/32 10.0
E3 F80-12-M 14 AWG 2.5 0.47 12.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 15/32 12.0
F80-15-M 2.5 0.59 15.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 19/32 15.0
F80-18-M 2.5 0.71 18.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 23/32 18.0
F80-20-M 2.5 0.79 20.0 0.09 2.2 0.10 2.5 25/32 20.0
E4 F81-9-M 4.0 0.35 9.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 11/32 8.0
F81-10-M 4.0 0.39 10.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 13/32 10.0
F81-12-M 4.0 0.47 12.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 15/32 12.0
12 AWG
F81-15-M 4.0 0.59 15.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 19/32 15.0
E5 F81-18-M 4.0 0.71 18.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 23/32 18.0
F81-20-M 4.0 0.79 20.0 0.11 2.8 0.13 3.2 25/32 20.0
F82-10-M‡ 6.0 0.39 10.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 13/32 10.0
CD-090**, CT-1002,
F82-12-M‡ 6.0 0.47 12.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 15/32 12.0 +CT-1003, CT-1090,
F
F82-15-M‡ 10 AWG 6.0 0.59 15.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 19/32 15.0 CT-1123, CT-1160,
F82-18-M‡ 6.0 0.71 18.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 23/32 18.0 CT-1170,
CT-2523CH***
F82-20-M‡ 6.0 0.79 20.0 0.14 3.5 0.15 3.9 25/32 20.0
G
*UL listed with 20 AWG only, UL486F scope is 1/0-20AWG. White is DIN color for 20 AWG
+Tool/Part is not a UL listed Combination. For crimping tool information see www.panduit.com/tools.
**For use with CT-2300/ST or CT-2500CH crimp head
***Crimp head for use with CT-2500/L tool
Type F
F92-32-L* 150 1.26 32.0 0.73 18.5 0.77 19.5 1 1/4 32.0
CD-920-F92**
F92-38-L* 300 kcmil 1.50 38.0 0.73 18.5 0.77 19.5 1 1/2 38.0
150 CD-2001-F92***
E2
F93-32-Q* 350 kcmil 185 1.26 32.0 0.79 20.0 0.83 21.2 1 1/4 32.0 CD-920-F93**
F93-40-Q* 185 1.57 40.0 0.79 20.0 0.83 21.2 1 19/32 40.0 CD-2001-F93***
25
F94-40-Q* 400 kcmil 240 1.57 40.0 0.90 22.8 0.94 24.0 1 19/32 40.0 CD-920-F94**
CD-2001-F94***
E3
*Not UL listed, UL486F scope is 20 - 1/0 AWG only
**Dies compatible for use with CT-3001/ST, CT-3001/CCP, CT-930LPCH tools
***Dies compatible for use with CT-2001 and CT-3001 tools
CD-920-F series dies require adapter UA22 for CT3001/CCP tool
**For use with CT-2300/ST or CT-2500CH crimp head E4
***Crimp head for use with CT-2500/L tool
Visit www.panduit.com/tools for additional information
E5
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
with CT-2523CH
with CT-2504CH
CT-3001/ST
with CD-090
with CD-090
B2
CT-2300/ST
CT-2500/L
CT-2500/L
CT-2500/L
CT-1160
CT-1170
CT-1000
CT-1090
CT-1002
CT-1003
CT-1004
CT-1005
CT-1006
CT-1104
CT-1123
Panduit Wire Wire Wire
Ferrule Ferrule Range Range Strip
Series Description (AWG) (mm²) Length
24 0.25 X X X X B3
22 – 18 0.50 – 1.00 X X X X X X X X X
16 1.50 X X X X X X X X X
14 2.50 X X X X X X X X X C1
12 4.00 X X X X X X X X X
10 6.00 X X X X X X X X X
8 10.0 X X X X X X X X X X X
C2
6 16.0 X X X X
4–2 25.0 – 35.0 X
Non-insulated
F 1 – 1/0 50.0 X X
ferrules
C3
2/0 70.0 X
3/0 95.0 X
4/0 –
250 120.0 X
kcmil C4
300
150.0 X
kcmil
350 Please
185.0 X
kcmil See D1
400 Ferrule
240.0 Tables – X
kcmil
26 – 18 0.14 – 1.00 Pages X X X X X X X X X
D1.56 –
16 – 14 1.50 – 2.00 D1.61 X X X X X X X X X D2
12 – 10 4.00 – 6.00 X X X X X X X X X
8 10.0 X X X X X X X X X X X
6 16.0 X X X X D3
Insulated 4–2 25.0 – 35.0 X
Single Wire
FSD 1 – 1/0 50.0 X X
Ferrules (DIN
Color Code) 2/0 70.0 X
E1
3/0 95.0 X
4/0 –
250 120.0 X
kcmil
E2
300
150.0 X
kcmil
22 – 18 0.50 – 1.00 X X X X X X X X X
Insulated 16 – 14 1.50 – 2.00 X X X X X X X X X E3
Twin Wire
FTD 12 4.00 X X X X X X X X X
Ferrules (DIN
Color Code) 10 6.00 X X X X X X X X X
8–6 10.0 – 16.0 X
E4
Insulated
Single Wire
Ferrules on 0.31"
FSD-DSL 20 – 14 0.5 – 2.5 X
Strips of 50 (8mm)
(DIN Color E5
Code)
B3
E5
Performance Requirements B1
#26 #24 #22 #20 #18 #16 #14 #12 #10 exceed the following test specifications:
UL 486A (TERMINALS), UL 310 (MALE BLADE ADAPTERS) • UL 486A (Terminals) B2
Test Current for Max. 3.5 7 9 12 17 18 30 35 50 • UL 486C (Splices)
50°C Rise (Amps)
Min. Tensile Strength* (Lbs.) 3 5 8 13 20 30 50 70 80 • UL 310 (Blade Adapters)
B3
UL 486C (SPLICES) • CSA C22.2 No. 65 (all designs)
Test Current for Max. 5.5 7 9 12 17 18 30 35 50 UL and CSA approved products are
50°C Rise (Amps) shown with the applicable logos in the
Min. Tensile Strength* (Lbs.) 3 5 8 10 10 15 25 35 40
product section. UL file #E52164, C1
*Pull-out force of the crimped terminal. CSA File #LR31212.
B2
C3
C4
D1
Standard Stud Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1"
Metric Stud Size (mm) M12 M16 M18 M20 M25
Stud Size 0.500" 0.625" 0.750" 0.875" 1.00"
D2 Decimal Equivalent
Metric Diameter (mm) 12.7 15.88 19.05 22.23 25.4
Terminal Hole Diameter 0.531" 0.656" 0.810" 0.906" 1.031"
Terminal Hole Diameter 13.49 16.66 20.57 23.01 26.19
D3 Metric (mm)
Stud Size Designation in 12 58 34 78 1
Panduit Part Number
Note: Stud hole diagrams are for U.S. reference only.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Equivalent Tables B1
Decimal/Inches/Millimeters
B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
E3
E4
E5
This chart details the different conductors commonly used in the industry. AWG to Metric Wire Crosses
For each size, either AWG or metric, various stranding options are listed.
AWG Metric (mm2)
F Typically the higher stranding is used in applications requiring greater
26 – 22 0.1 – 0.5
conductor flexibility.
22 – 18 0.5 – 1.0
16 – 14 1.5 – 2.5
G 12 – 10 4.0 – 6.0
Individual Strands Overall Conductor Size Individual Strands Overall Conductor Size
Conductor Diameter Diameter Area Conductor Diameter Diameter Area
B2
Metric Circ. Metric Circ.
AWG mm2 No. mm In. mm In. MILS AWG mm2 No. mm In. mm In. MILS
7 0.107 0.042 3.21 0.126 11840 19 2.57 0.101 12.8 0.505 187500
6 95
1 2.77 0.109 2.77 0.109 11840 37 1.83 0.072 12.5 0.504 187500 B3
7 1.1 0.0432 3.3 0.13 13000 4/0 19 2.89 0.1055 13.4 0.528 211600
9 1 2.91 0.1144 2.91 0.114 13090 120 37 2.06 0.081 14.4 0.567 237.8
kcmil
1 3.26 0.1285 3.25 0.128 16510 250 37 2.07 0.0822 14.6 0.575 250 C1
kcmil kcmil
8
7 1.23 0.0486 3.7 0.146 16510 300 150 37 2.29 0.09 16 0.63 300
kcmil kcmil
10 7 1.37 0.054 4.12 0.162 19740 350 37 2.47 0.0973 17.3 0.681 350
C2
kcmil kcmil
1 3.58 0.141 3.58 0.141 19740 185 37 2.54 0.1 17.8 0.7 365.1
kcmil
7 1.38 0.0545 4.15 0.164 20520 400 37 2.64 0.104 18.5 0.728 400
7 kcmil kcmil C3
1 3.67 0.1443 3.67 0.144 20520 37 2.9 0.114 20.3 0.798 473.6
240
7 1.55 0.0612 4.66 0.184 26240 61 2.26 0.089 20.3 0.801 kcmil
6
1 4.11 0.162 4.11 0.162 26240 500 37 2.95 0.1162 20.7 0.813 500
C4
16 7 1.73 0.008 5.13 0.204 31580 kcmil 61 2.3 0.0905 20.7 0.814 kcmil
5 7 1.75 0.0688 5.24 0.206 33090 300 61 2.51 0.099 22.6 0.891 592.1
kcmil kcmil
4 7 1.96 0.0772 5.88 0.232 41740 600 61 2.52 0.0992 22.7 0.893 600
kcmil kcmil D1
7 2.16 0.085 6.48 0.255 49340 700 61 2.72 0.1071 24.5 0.964 700
25 kcmil kcmil
19 1.32 0.052 6.6 0.26 49340 750 61 2.82 0.1109 25.4 0.998 750
3 7 2.2 0.0867 6.61 0.26 52620 kcmil 91 2.31 0.0908 kcmil D2
2 7 2.47 0.0974 7.42 0.292 66300 400 61 2.9 0.114 26.1 1.026 798.4
kcmil
7 2.54 0.1 7.62 300 69070 800 61 2.91 0.1145 26.2 1.031 800
35 D3
19 1.55 0.001 7.75 0.305 69070 kcmil 91 2.38 0.0938 1.032 kcmil
1 19 1.5 0.0064 8.43 0.332 83690 500 61 3.25 0.128 28.3 1.152 986.8
1000 kcmil
50 19 1.85 0.073 9.27 0.365 98680 kcmil 91 2.66 0.1048 29.3 1.153 1000
kcmil E1
1/0 19 1.59 0.0745 9.46 0.373 10500 625 91 2.97 0.117 32.7 1.287 1233.7
kcmil
2/0 19 2.13 0.0837 10.6 0.419 133100
70 19 2.18 0.086 10.9 0.43 138100 E2
19 2.59 0.094 11.9 0.47 167800
3/0
36 1.71 0.0673 12 0.471 167800
E3
E4
This chart details the different conductors commonly used in the industry. AWG to Metric Wire Crosses
For each size, either AWG or metric, various stranding options are listed. E5
AWG Metric (mm2)
Typically the higher stranding is used in applications requiring greater
26 – 22 0.1 – 0.5
conductor flexibility.
22 – 18 0.5 – 1.0
16 – 14 1.5 – 2.5 F
12 – 10 4.0 – 6.0
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
D1.72
A
Terminate Reel Smart System™
B1
The Panduit ® Reel Smart™ System provides the best solution for quality, high
B3
volume terminations designed to dramatically reduce set-up time and production
downtime. This increased efficiency translates into real cost savings throughout the
termination process from start to finish.
C1
termination performance
• Panduit reel fed strip ferrules combine with tooling
options to support wire harness, control panel, and D3
E1
Panduit continually provides new designs with innovative features to meet the
application challenges encountered by customers, while providing the lowest
installed cost. E2
E3
E4
E5
C4
Reel Smart™ CA9 Ezair ™ Universal Applicator
The Panduit ® CA9 Ezair™ applicator automatically adjusts feed stroke to the correct pitch and length for the entire product
line of continuously molded products. The need for multiple applicators is eliminated. The applicator, in conjunction with
D1
the precision, continuously molded product provides perfect front-to-back and side-to-side alignment in the die pocket for a
high quality termination every time – resulting in the most optimum system to terminate terminals.
Universal applicator installs
D2 Reel Smart™ product line –
Automatic, self-adjusting
feed stroke – resulting in resulting in lower tooling
correct pitch and length inventory costs
D3
E1
Versatile applicator
design – allows for Quick change dies –
installation in bench provide fast product
E2 presses, and most change-over and reduction
automatic wire in set-up time
processing systems of
3rd party manufacturers
E3
E4
Nylon Insulated Terminals with Insulation Grip Sleeve
(Funnel and Non-Funnel Entry Types)
The three-piece design terminal provides a permanently attached tin plated brass sleeve for insulation grip in funnel and
E5 straight entry sleeve designs. This product feature offers the most reliable terminations. Nylon insulation is rated up to 600
V maximum and designed for up to 221°F (105°C) operating temperature maximum. Supplied on rings, forks, locking forks,
short locking forks and flanged forks in wire sizes #22 through #10.
F ●●Sleeved barrel – assures crimp reliability ●●Internal wire barrel serrations – provides
●●PNF – funnel entry styles available increased wire contact and maximum
tensile strength
●●Metal insulation crimp – provides DOUBLE
CRIMP wire insulation grip sleeve for ●●Product markings – UL and CSA rated – up
G
high vibration and to meet conductor to 600 V, maximum operating temperature
strain environments 221°F (105°C)
P NF 14 — 6 R N 3K
Type Insulation Wire Range Stud Size Tongue Special Std. Pkg. B2
Configuration Configuration Size
P =T erminal N = Nylon 18 = #22 – 18 4 = #4 R = Ring N = Narrow 2K = 2
,000
BS = B
utt Insulated 14 = #16 – 14 5 = #5 HDR = Heavy Duty Tongue pcs.
B3
Splice NF = Nylon 12 = #16 – 12 6 = #6 Ring W = Wide 3K = 3
,000
Insulated 8 = #8 F = Fork Tongue
10 = #12 – 10 pcs.
Funnel Entry FF = Flanged B = Butted
10 = #10
V = Vinyl fork Seam
Insulated 14 = 1/4" C1
LF = Locking = Standard
56 = 5/16" fork (leave blank)
38 = 3/8"
C2
Type PN-R
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and C4
performance through the applicator for a high quality maximum tensile strength
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high temperature 221°F (105°C)
D1
vibration applications ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
providing protection to the crimp joint during high
vibration applications D2
D3
W
C
E1
Stock Figure Dimensions (In.) CA-800/EZ
Wire Color Thickness Max Ins. Stud CA9 Series Series Pieces
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Per Reel
PN18-4R-3K 0.03 0.145 #4 0.80 0.25 0.22 E2
PN18-6RN-3K 0.03 0.145 #6 0.74 0.22 0.18
PN18-6R-3K 22 – 18 0.03 0.145 #6 0.78 0.25 0.22
Red CD9-1A CD-800-1 3000
PN18-8R-3K AWG 0.03 0.145 #8 0.86 0.31 0.25
E3
PN18-10R-3K 0.03 0.145 #10 0.86 0.31 0.25
PN18-14R-3K 0.03 0.145 1/4" 1.05 0.45 0.38
PN14-4R-3K 0.03 0.162 #4 0.76 0.25 0.22
PN14-6RN-3K 0.03 0.162 #6 0.76 0.25 0.22 E4
B2 ●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
performance through the applicator for a high quality maximum tensile strength
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
vibration applications ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
providing protection to the crimp joint during high
C1 vibration applications
L
C2
C3 C
E4
E5
Type PV-RB
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in B2
performance through the applicator for a high quality bending applications
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
vibration applications ●●UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
L
C1
C C2
E4
E5
B2 ●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
performance through the applicator for a high quality providing protection to the crimp joint during high
termination every time vibration applications
●●Manufactured from stock 56% thicker than a standard ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
B3
#16 – 14 AWG terminal for use in heavy duty application maximum tensile strength
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
vibration applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
C1 ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
L
C2
C3 C
D3
Ring Terminals, Vinyl Insulated – Heavy Duty
Type PV-HDRB
E1
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in
performance through the applicator for a high quality bending applications
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
E2 ●●Manufactured from stock 56% thicker than a standard temperature 221°F (105°C)
#16 – 14 AWG terminal for use in heavy-duty applications ●●UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
●●Ring tongue design assures a secure connection in high
vibration applications
E3
E4
W
E5
Stock Figure Dimensions (In.) CA-800/EZ
Wire Color Thickness Max Ins. Stud CA9 Series Series Pieces
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Per Reel
PV12-6HDRB-2K 0.05 0.225 #6 1.03 0.31 0.36
F
PV12-8HDRB-2K 0.05 0.225 #8 1.03 0.31 0.36
PV12-10HDRB-2K 16 – 12 0.05 0.225 #10 1.06 0.37 0.36
Yellow CD9-3B CD-800-3 2000
PV12-14HDRB-2K AWG 0.05 0.225 1/4" 1.23 0.52 0.43
G PV12-56HDRB-2K 0.05 0.225 5/16" 1.23 0.52 0.43
PV12-38HDRB-2K 0.05 0.225 3/8" 1.30 0.58 0.38
Type PN-F
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and B2
performance through the applicator for a high quality maximum tensile strength
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
the need to remove fastener ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
providing protection to the crimp joint during high
vibration applications C1
C2
C C3
E3
E4
E5
B2 ●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
performance through the applicator for a high quality maximum tensile strength
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
the need to remove fastener ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
providing protection to the crimp joint during high
C1 vibration applications
C2
C
C3
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type PV-FB
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in B2
performance through the applicator for a high quality bending applications
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
the need to remove fastener ●●UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
L
C1
C C2
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2 ●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
performance through the applicator for a high quality maximum tensile strength
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Snap in place for secure connection temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
the need to remove fastener
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
C1
providing protection to the crimp joint during high
vibration applications
C2
L
W
C3
C
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type PNF-LF
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and B2
performance through the applicator for a high quality maximum tensile strength
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Snap in place for secure connection temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
the need to remove fastener
●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
providing protection to the crimp joint during high C1
vibration applications
L C2
W
C3
C
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2 ●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in
performance through the applicator for a high quality bending applications
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
●●Snap in place for secure connection temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●UL and CSA rated to 600 V per UL 486A/B
the need to remove fastener
C1 L
W
C2
C
C3
Stock Figure Dimensions (In.) CA-800/EZ
Wire Color Thickness Max Ins. Stud CA9 Series Series Pieces
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Per Reel
PV18-6LFB-3K 0.03 0.150 #6 0.80 0.27 0.19
C4
PV18-6LFWB-3K 0.03 0.150 #6 0.83 0.29 0.19
PV18-8LFB-3K 22 – 18 0.03 0.150 #8 0.87 0.29 0.23
Red CD9-1A CD-800-1 3000
AWG
PV18-10LFNB-3K* 0.03 0.150 #10 0.87 0.29 0.23
D1 PV18-10LFB-3K 0.03 0.150 #10 0.87 0.33 0.23
PV14-6LFB-3K 0.03 0.170 #6 0.85 0.25 0.18
PV14-6LFWB-3K 16 – 14 0.03 0.170 #6 0.85 0.29 0.18
Blue CD9-2A CD-800-2 3000
D2 PV14-8LFB-3K AWG 0.03 0.170 #8 0.92 0.29 0.23
PV14-10LFB-3K 0.03 0.170 #10 0.92 0.33 0.23
PV10-6LFB-2K 0.04 0.225 #6 1.02 0.30 0.21
PV10-8LFB-2K 12 – 10 0.04 0.225 #8 1.04 0.30 0.21
D3 Yellow CD9-3B CD-800-3 2000
PV10-10LFB-2K AWG 0.04 0.225 #10 1.04 0.34 0.21
PV10-14LFB-2K 0.04 0.225 1/4" 1.16 0.46 0.32
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type PN-FF
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation, B2
performance through the applicator for a high quality providing protection to the crimp joint during high
termination every time vibration applications
●●Flange design provides extra secure connection on a ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
B3
variety of applications maximum tensile strength
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
the need to remove fastener temperature 221°F (105°C)
C1
●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
L
C2
C C3
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Metal insulation grip sleeve crimps to wire insulation,
performance through the applicator for a high quality providing protection to the crimp joint during high
termination every time vibration applications
●●Flange design provides extra secure connection on a ●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
B3 variety of applications maximum tensile strength
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
the need to remove fastener temperature 221°F (105°C)
C1 ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
L
C2
W
C3
Stock Figure Dimensions (In.) CA-800/EZ Pieces
Wire Color Thickness Max Ins. Stud CA9 Series Series Per
Part Number Range Code (In.) (In.) Size L W C Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
PNF18-6FF-3K 0.03 0.145 #6 0.80 0.28 0.19
C4 22 – 18
PNF18-8FF-3K Red 0.03 0.145 #8 0.87 0.31 0.23 CD9-1A CD-800-1 3000
AWG
PNF18-10FF-3K 0.03 0.145 #10 0.86 0.35 0.23
PNF14-6FF-3K 0.03 0.162 #6 0.80 0.28 0.19
D1 16 – 14
PNF14-8FF-3K Blue 0.03 0.162 #8 0.87 0.31 0.23 CD9-2A CD-800-2 3000
AWG
PNF14-10FF-3K 0.03 0.162 #10 0.87 0.35 0.23
PNF10-8FF-2K 12 – 10 0.04 0.225 #8 1.05 0.38 0.24
Yellow CD9-3B CD-800-3 2000
D2 PNF10-10FF-2K AWG 0.04 0.225 #10 1.05 0.38 0.24
D3
Flanged Fork Terminals, Vinyl Insulated – Funnel Entry
Type PV-FFB
E1 ●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in
performance through the applicator for a high quality bending applications
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
E2
●●Flange design provides extra secure connection on a temperature 221°F (105°C)
variety of applications ●●UL and CSA rated up 600 V per UL 486A/B
●●Fork design provides for fast and easy installation, without
the need to remove fastener
E3
L
W
E4
C1
Maximum insulation
temperature
221°F (105°C) Fully integrated metal
C2
insulation grip for high
vibration, high strain
relief, and double
crimp requirements
Continuously molded C3
design provides reliable,
consistent performance Funnel entry for faster
through applicator wire insertion and lower
installed cost C4
Standard and Premium Nylon Fully Insulated, Vinyl Barrel Insulated Funnel Entry,
D2
Funnel Entry, Females Receptacles and Male Tabs Female Receptacles and Male Tabs
Type DPF Type DV
D3
Fully insulated
Available in tab sizes design provides Available in
to accommodate protection from tab sizes to
0.110", 0.187", electrical shorts accommodate
0.205" or 0.250" tabs 0.187", 0.205", E1
or 0.250" tabs
E2
UL and CSA Rated up to 600 V per UL 310. UL and CSA Rated up to 600 V.
Flammability UL 94V-2. Flammability UL 94V-0. G
D = Disconnects NF = Nylon 18 = #22 – 18 110 = 0.110 x 0.032 tab size B = Butted seam K = 1,000
B3 Funnel 14 = #16 – 14 111 = 0.110 x 0.020 tab size C = Compression tab KD = 1,500
Entry
10 = #12 – 10 187 = 0.187 x 0.032 tab size FB = Metal insulation 2K = 2,000
NG = Nylon Funnel grip, female
Entry Metal 188 = 0.187 x 0.020 tab size 3K = 3,000
C1 Insulation Grip 205 = 0.187/0.205 x 0.032 FIB = Fully insulated,
tab size butted seam,
NFR = Nylon Funnel female
Entry Right 206 = 0.187/0.205 x 0.020
Angle tab size FIBX = Fully insulated,
C2
butted seam, female,
PF = Premium Grade 250 = 0.250 x 0.032 tab size expanded wire entry
Nylon (Double
Crimp) FIM = Fully insulated male
C3 0.187/0.205: Expandable FIMB = Fully insulated, male,
V = Vinyl receptacle will accept male oversized housing
tabs from 0.187" to 0.205"
widths in 0.032" or 0.020" FIMX = Fully insulated, male,
thick styles. Fully reliable expanded wire entry
C4
connection through all widths. M = Male
MB = Male butted seam
D1
D2
Supra-Grip™ Female Disconnects, Nylon Fully Insulated – Funnel Entry
Type DNG-FB
D3
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
performance through the applicator for a high quality terminal barrel, providing a higher-quality connection
termination every time ●●Mates with DNF-FIMB family
E1 ●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●Flared barrel extension integrated into stamping to ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
E2 provide insulation grip for double crimp requirements
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
maximum tensile strength
E3 H
L
W
E4
Type DNF-FIB
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Disconnects available in common industry tab sizes B2
performance through the applicator for a high quality ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
termination every time terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation B3
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
electrical shorts
C1
H
L
W C2
C3
Figure CA-800/EZ
Color Max Dimensions (In.) Tab Size CA9 Series Series Pieces
Part Number Wire Range Code Ins. (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Per Reel
DNF18-110FIB-3K* 0.120 0.71 0.19 0.15 0.110 x 2.8 x 0.8 C4
0.032
Red
DNF18-111FIB-3K* 0.120 0.71 0.19 0.15 0.110 x 2.8 x 0.5
CD9-7A CD-800-7 3000
0.020
DNF18-112FIB-3K* 0.120 0.71 0.19 0.15 0.110 x 2.8 x 0.3 D1
Natural
0.010
DNF18-187FIB-3K 0.136 0.78 0.29 0.16 0.187 x 4.8 x 0.8
22 – 18 0.032
DNF18-188FIB-3K AWG 0.136 0.78 0.29 0.16 0.187 x 4.8 x 0.5 D2
0.020
DNF18-205FIB-3K 0.136 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 4.8/5.2 x
Red CD9-4A CD-800-4 3000
x 0.032 0.8
DNF18-206FIB-3K 0.136 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 4.8/5.2 x D3
x 0.020 0.5
DNF18-250FIB-3K** 0.136 0.84 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 6.3 x 0.8
0.032
E1
DNF14-187FIB-3K 0.160 0.78 0.29 0.18 0.187 x 4.8 x 0.8
0.032
DNF14-188FIB-3K 0.160 0.78 0.29 0.18 0.187 x 4.8 x 0.5
0.020
E2
DNF14-205FIB-3K 16 – 14 0.160 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 4.8/5.2 x
Blue CD9-5A CD-800-5 3000
AWG x 0.032 0.8
DNF14-206FIB-3K 0.160 0.78 0.31 0.22 0.187/0.205 4.8/5.2 x
x 0.020 0.5 E3
DNF14-250FIB-3K 0.160 0.84 0.35 0.22 0.250 x 6.3 x 0.8
0.032
DNF10-250FIB-2K 0.220 0.96 0.35 0.23 0.250 x 6.3 x 0.8
12 – 10 0.032 E4
Yellow CD9-13B CD-800-13 2000
DNF10250FIBC-2K‡ AWG 0.220 0.96 0.35 0.23 0.250 x 6.4 x 0.8
0.032
*UL/CSA standards do not exist for 0.110" x 0.010" receptacles.
**UL with 17 AWG wire. E5
‡Compressor tab disconnect to fit 0.250" tabs with a post style support.
B2 ●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Fully insulated design provides protection from
performance through the applicator for a high quality electrical shorts
termination every time ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
B3
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Expanded wire entry designed to accommodate wire with temperature 221°F (105°C)
a larger insulation thickness ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
C1
L H
C2 W
D2
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
performance through the applicator for a high quality terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
E1 termination every time ●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male
●●Right angle design for use in limited space applications tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
E2 electrical shorts temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
D H
E3
W
L
E4
Type DV-B
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into B2
performance through the applicator for a high quality terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
●●Internal barrel serrations assure good wire contact and
maximum tensile strength
C1
L H
W C2
C3
Figure CA-800/EZ
Color Max Dimensions (In.) Tab Size CA9 Series Series Pieces
Part Number Wire Range Code Ins. (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Per Reel
DV18-187B-3K 0.150 0.77 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 4.8 x 0.8 C4
0.032
DV18-188B-3K 0.150 0.77 0.23 0.09 0.187 x 4.8 x 0.5
0.020
D1
DV18-205B-3K 22 – 18 0.150 0.77 0.25 0.12 0.187/0.205 4.8/5.2 x
Red CD9-1A CD-800-1 3000
AWG x 0.032 0.8
DV18-206B-3K 0.150 0.77 0.25 0.11 0.187/0.205 4.8/5.2 x
x 0.020 0.5
D2
DV18-250B-3K 0.150 0.83 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 6.3 x 0.8
0.032
DV14-187B-3K 0.170 0.77 0.23 0.10 0.187 x 4.8 x 0.8
0.032 D3
DV14-188B-3K 0.170 0.77 0.23 0.09 0.187 x 4.8 x 0.5
0.020
DV14-205B-3K 16 – 14 0.170 0.77 0.25 0.12 0.187/0.205 4.8/5.2 x
Blue CD9-2A CD-800-2 3000
AWG x 0.032 0.8 E1
DV14-206B-3K 0.170 0.77 0.25 0.11 0.187/0.205 4.5/5.2 x
x 0.020 0.5
DV14-250B-3K 0.170 0.83 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 6.3 x 0.8
0.032 E2
DV10-250-2K* 0.230 0.95 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 6.3 x 0.8
12 – 10 0.032
Yellow CD9-3B CD-800-3 2000
DV10-250C-2K‡** AWG 0.230 0.95 0.29 0.12 0.250 x 6.4 x 0.8
0.032 E3
E5
B2 ●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Fully insulated design provides protection from
performance through the applicator for a high quality electrical shorts
termination every time ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
B3
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost ●●Maximum insulation temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●Premium nylon insulation retains its shape when crimped ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
and provides a tight grip around the wire insulation for
C1 maximum strain relief
L H
C2
W
C3
D2
DPF18-187FIB-3K 0.136 0.78 0.29 0.16 0.187 x 0.032 4.8 x 0.8
E4
E5
Type DPF-FIM
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Oversized housing designed for maximum versatility to B2
performance through the applicator for a high quality mate with most commercially available fully insulated
termination every time female disconnects
●●Disconnect can be inserted and removed from the male ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
B3
tab without the use of tools for lower installed cost terminal barrel, providing a higher quality connection
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from ●●Maximum insulation temperature 221°F (105°C)
electrical shorts ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
●●Premium nylon insulation retains its shape when crimped C1
W
C3
Figure CA-800/EZ
Color Max Dimensions (In.) Tab Size CA9 Series Series Pieces
D1
Part Number Wire Range Code Ins. (In.) L W P In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Per Reel
Standard Housing
DPF18-250FIM-2K 22 – 18 Red 0.133 0.90 0.41 0.29 CD9-10B CD-800-10 D2
AWG 0.250 x
6.3 x 0.8 2000
DPF14-250FIM-2K 16 – 14 Blue 0.156 0.90 0.41 0.29 0.032 CD9-11B CD-800-11
AWG
D3
Oversized Housing
DPF18-250FIMB-K* 22 – 18 Red 0.133 0.92 0.46 0.34 CD9-10B CD-800-10
AWG 0.250 x
6.3 x 0.8 1000
DPF14-250FIMB-K* 16 – 14 Blue 0.156 0.92 0.46 0.34 0.032 CD9-11B CD-800-11 E1
AWG
*To mate with other manufacturers’ fully insulated 0.250 x 0.032 female receptacles.
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2 ●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Male tab can be inserted and removed from the female
performance through the applicator for a high quality disconnect without the use of tools for lower installed cost
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94 HB, maximum insulation
●●Male tab couples with (all 0.250 x 0.032) female disconnects temperature 221°F (105°C)
B3
●●Fully insulated design provides protection from ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 310
electrical shorts
C1 H
L
W
C2
C3
Max Figure CA-800/EZ Pieces
Color Ins. Dimensions (In.) Tab Size CA9 Series Series Per
Part Number Wire Range Code (In.) L W P In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
Standard Housing
C4
DNF18-250FIM-2K 22 – 18 AWG Red 0.133 0.90 0.42 0.30 CD9-4B CD-800-4
0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 2000
DNF14-250FIM-2K 16 – 14 AWG Blue 0.158 0.90 0.42 0.30 CD9-5B CD-800-5
Oversized Housing
D1 DNF18-250FIMB-K* 22 – 18 AWG Red 0.135 0.91 0.45 0.34 CD9-4B CD-800-4
DNF14-250FIMB-K* 16 – 14 AWG Blue 0.160 0.91 0.46 0.34 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-5B CD-800-5 1000
DNF10-250FIMB-K 12 – 10 AWG Yellow 0.220 0.96 0.45 0.36 CD9-18B CD-800-18
D2 *To mate with other manufacturers’ fully insulated 0.250 x 0.032 female receptacles.
D3
E5
W
F
Figure CA-800/EZ Pieces
Color Max Dimensions (In.) Tab Size CA9 Series Series Per
Part Number Wire Range Code Ins. (In.) L W H In. mm Crimp Die Crimp Die Reel
G DNF18250FIMX-2K* 22 – 18 AWG Red
0.244 0.97 0.41 0.29 0.250 x 0.032 6.3 x 0.8 CD9-8B CD-800-8 2000
DNF14250FIMX-2K** 16 – 14 AWG Blue
*CSA Certified for use with (2) #18 AWG, (2) #20 AWG, or (2) #22 AWG wires.
**CSA Certified for use with (2) #16 AWG or (2) #18 AWG wires.
H
Type PV-PB
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Insulation support helps to prevent wire damage in B2
performance through the applicator for a high quality bending applications
termination every time ●●UL Flammability UL 94V-0, maximum insulation
●●Solid pin designed to prevent damage to the wire from temperature 221°F (105°C) B3
over tightening, resulting in a reliable electrical connection ●●UL rated up to 600 V per UL 486A/B
●●For use with pin-type terminal blocks
L C1
W
C2
P
D1
●●Continuously molded design provides reliable, consistent ●●Internal wire stop assures proper length of insertion into
D3
performance through the applicator for a high quality terminal barrel
termination every time ●●Premium grade nylon insulation available for applications
●●Designed to splice two solid or stranded wires together to requiring a tighter grip around the wire insulation for
repair or lengthen wires maximum strain relief E1
●●Butted configuration provides low profile for limited ●●UL Flammability UL 94HB, maximum insulation
space applications temperature 221°F (105°C)
●●Brazed seam protects terminal barrel from splitting during ●●UL and CSA rated up to 600 V per UL 486C E2
the crimp process
L
E3
E4
Maximum insulation
temperature 192°F (89°C)
C2
C4
F S D 75 — 8 3K or DSL 10
D2
Type Wire Type Color Code Wire Size (mm2 ) PIN Length Std. Pkg. Size Color-Code Number
F = Ferrule S = Single D = DIN 3K = 3,000
0 = Black
D3 = Standard 2KD = 2500
(leave blank) 2 = Red
KD = 1500
6 = Blue
K = 1000
E1
8 = Gray
DSL = 500
10 = White
DK = 500
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type FS
B2
●●Polypropylene insulation housing available in DIN ●●Available in #20 – 14 AWG featuring a seamless
standard colors in strips of 50 barrel design to contain loose wire strands for
●●UI determines the continuously molded design provides superior terminations
consistent placement of ferrules in tool to ensure fast, ●●Designed for use with the Semiautomatic Ferrule B3
reliable terminations Crimping Tool CT-1000 for medium volume applications
L
C1
P
Max.
Wire
Insul. ID
Dia.
C2
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2 ●●Polypropylene insulation housing available in DIN ●●Continuously molded design provides consistent
standard colors in reels of 500 - 3000 placement of ferrules in applicator to ensure fast,
●●Designed specifically for use with the Ferrule Applicator reliable terminations
B3
APM-MSRP1516JMD for high volume applications ●●Available in #20 – 14 AWG featuring a seamless
barrel design to contain loose wire strands for
superior terminations
C1 L
P
Max.
Wire
Insul. ID
C2 Dia.
C3 APM-
Max. MRSP1516JMD
Wire Ins. Figure Dimensions Wire Strip Applicator
***SCA-712022002 Pieces
Part Wire Size Dia. L P ID Length Funnel (CA10) CP-881 per
C4 Number AWG mm2 Color In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. In. mm. Required Applicator Inserts Reel
DIN End Sleeves:
FSD75-8-3K10 20 AWG 0.5 White 0.09 2.4 0.57 14.5 0.31 8 0.04 1.1 13/32 10.0 APM-K008701 SCA- White
D1 FSD76-8-3K8 18 AWG 0.75 Gray 0.1 2.6 0.57 14.5 0.31 8 0.05 1.3 13/32 10.0 APM-K008175 712022005WE Gray 3000
(CD10-1)
FSD77-8-3K2 – 1 Red 0.11 2.8 0.57 14.5 0.31 8 0.06 1.5 13/32 10.0 SCA- Red
FSD78-8-2KD0 16 AWG 1.5 Black 0.13 3.2 0.57 14.5 0.31 8 0.07 1.8 13/32 10.0 APM-K006667 712022006WE Black 2500
(CD10-2)
D2
FSD80-8-KD6 14 AWG 2.5 Blue 0.15 3.9 0.57 14.5 31 8 0.09 2.3 13/32 10.0 APM-K008585 SCA- Blue 1500
712022007WE
(CD10-3)
***SCA-712022002 (CA10 applicator) is no longer available. However, compatible dies are available.
D3
E4
E5
A
Industrial Electrical Solutions Selection Guide B2
Selection Guide – Pan-Lug™ Copper Compression Connectors
B3
Connector Barrel Style Type Page Number
connector to meet the specific application requirements
B3
Standard Barrel with LCA D2.9, D2.10
C1
Inspection Window LCAN narrow tongue D2.11, D2.12
One-Hole Lugs
Conductor Type
Long Barrel no
LCB D2.12, D2.13
Inspection Window
C2
C3
Barrel Style
Standard Barrel with
Inspection Window LCDN narrow tongue D2.18
C4
Long Barrel no
Two-Hole Lugs LCC D2.19, D2.20, D2.21
Inspection Window
C1
D1 Long Barrel with
Inspection Window LCCN-W narrow tongue D2.25
D3
E2
E3
Parallel Splices PSC D2.28
C2
E4
E5
G C3
H
C4
Terminate
Code Conductor, One-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug
Power Connectors
A
Product Page
●●Includes all necessary information for part identification
B1
and selection
● Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified ● UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless
die selection
● Inspection window to visually assure full
Crimping Tools‡
● Tested by Telcordia – meets NEBS Level 3
B3
D1
conductor insertion ● American Bureau of Shipping Approved
● Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ● Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please C1
● UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature refer to www.panduit.com
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
Agency Listings
competitor crimping tools and dies
C2
W INSPECTION
W WINDOW
W
C3
L
T
B
90˚
D2
T C4
T
L L
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2
Compression Connectors
Panduit ® Pan-Lug™ Compression Connectors provide permanent terminations for a
B3
variety of power and grounding applications, with innovation, highest reliability, and
lowest installed cost. Panduit offers the first and only copper compression lugs and
splices that meet Network Equipment-Building Systems (NEBS) Level 3 requirements
C1
as tested by Telcordia Technologies. NEBS Level 3 assures that product performance is
suitable for equipment applications that demand minimal service interruptions over the
life span of the equipment.
C2
E3
Panduit ® Pan-Lug™ Compression Connectors are designed for use with many different
code and flex conductor types and are available in a broad range of styles and sizes
including copper one-hole, two-hole, and blank tongue lugs and splices; aluminum one-
E4 hole and two-hole lugs and splices; and copper in-line reducing splices. Panduit offers
a wide assortment of Pan-Lug™ Power Connectors to meet customer needs and today’s
application requirements.
E5
Easy-to-read die E2
Chamfered on both
ends for fast and easy index numbers for
conductor insertion Panduit and specified
Intuitive part competitor crimping
numbering for dies for selection Crimping areas
Made from seamless, fast and accurate marked on part for E3
high conductivity part selection in proper crimp placement
copper tubing and the field
electro tin-plated Part number and
and burnished to conductor size marked on
inhibit corrosion Industry recognized part for easy identification
E4
color-coding
for selection Factory pre-filled
Made from seamless with oxide inhibitor
Largest part marking in the wrought aluminum and to prevent oxidation
industry – easier to read electro tin-plated to
in low light conditions inhibit corrosion E5
C3
Long Barrel no
Two-Hole Lugs LCC D2.19, D2.20, D2.21
Inspection Window
D1
Long Barrel with LCC-W D2.21, D2.22, D2.23, D2.24
Inspection Window LCCN-W narrow tongue D2.25
D2
Long Barrel no
LCP 4 Hole Lugs LCP D2.25
Inspection Window
D3
E2
E3
Parallel Splices PSC D2.28
E4
E5
C3
Standard Barrel with LCDX D2.34, D2.35, D2.36
Inspection Window
Code and Flex LCDXN narrow tongue D2.37
Two-Hole Lugs C4
Long Barrel with LCCX D2.38, D2.39
Inspection Window
Code and Flex LCCXN narrow tongue D2.40
D1
Uninsulated
SCSX D2.41
Butt Splices
D2
D3
E2
Reducing Splices
with Inspection
RSCK kits with reducing splice
and clear heat shrink D2.43, D2.44
Window for
RSC reducing splices D2.45, D2.46
Code and Flex E3
F
Two-Hole
LCMD D2.55, D2.56
Metric Lugs
B3
One-Hole Lugs LAA D2.60, D2.61
C1
Two-Hole Lugs LAB D2.61
C2
C4
B-Metallic Pin
Connectors BPC D2.64
for Aluminum
Conductors Only
D1
Hardware
D2
Belleville Washers CW D2.62
Silicon Bronze
D3 Hardware
SBSLW Split
E2 SBSLW D2.103
Lockwashers
SBITW Internal
SBITW D2.103
Tooth Lockwashers
E3
Stainless Steel
Hardware
E4
SSBOLT Hex Bolts SSBOLT D2.104
SSSLW Split
SSSLW D2.105
Lockwashers
F
Joint
CMP D2.62, D2.99
H Compounds
LCD 2/0 — 38 D F — X B2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Seamless tubular barrel provides a consistent high ●●Inspection window allows visual inspection of proper
performance quality crimp wire insertion
B3
●●Round double thick tongue for reliable power applications ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
●●Barrel of terminal internally beveled to provide quick and rated to 90°C when crimped with specified Panduit ®
easy wire insertion crimping tools and dies
C1 ●●Tin plated to inhibit corrosion
Tongue
Width (In.) Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
C2 Stud Hole Pkg.
Part Number Wire Range Size W L B T Qty.
S8-10R-Q #10 0.41 1.10 0.40 0.08
S8-14R-Q 1/4" 0.48 1.20 0.40 0.07
C3 8 AWG 25
S8-56R-Q 5/16" 0.60 1.30 0.40 0.05
S8-38R-Q 3/8" 0.60 1.40 0.40 0.05
L S6-10R-E #10 0.45 1.20 0.48 0.09
C4 S6-14R-E 1/4" 0.48 1.30 0.48 0.08
6 AWG 20
W S6-56R-E 5/16" 0.56 1.40 0.48 0.07
S6-38R-E 3/8" 0.62 1.50 0.48 0.06
D1 S4-10R-E #10 0.55 1.20 0.48 0.09
B Inspection S4-14R-E 1/4" 0.55 1.30 0.48 0.09
Window 4 AWG 20
S4-56R-E 5/16" 0.55 1.40 0.48 0.09
S4-38R-E 3/8" 0.62 1.50 0.48 0.07
D2
T S2-10R-X #10 0.70 1.60 0.48 0.11
S2-14R-X 1/4" 0.70 1.60 0.59 0.11
S2-56R-X 1 – 2 AWG 5/16" 0.70 1.70 0.59 0.11 10
D3 S2-38R-X 3/8" 0.70 1.70 0.59 0.11
S2-12R-X 1/2" 0.79 1.90 0.59 0.09
S1/0-14R-X 1/4" 0.76 1.60 0.58 0.12
E1 S1/0-56R-X 5/16" 0.76 1.70 0.58 0.12
1/0 AWG 10
S1/0-38R-X 3/8" 0.76 1.70 0.58 0.12
S1/0-12R-X 1/2" 0.82 1.90 0.58 0.12
S2/0-14R-X 1/4" 0.85 1.90 0.66 0.13
E2
S2/0-56R-X 5/16" 0.85 1.90 0.66 0.13
S2/0-38R-X 2/0 AWG 3/8" 0.85 1.90 0.66 0.13 10
S2/0-76R-X 7/16" 0.85 2.10 0.83 0.13
E3
S2/0-12R-X 1/2" 0.85 2.10 0.83 0.13
S3/0-14R-5 1/4" 0.96 2.10 0.83 0.13
S3/0-56R-5 5/16" 0.96 2.10 0.83 0.13
E4 S3/0-38R-5 3/0 AWG 3/8" 0.96 2.10 0.83 0.13 5
S3/0-76R-5 7/16" 0.96 2.30 0.91 0.13
S3/0-12R-5 1/2" 0.96 2.30 0.91 0.13
S4/0-56R-5 5/16" 1.06 2.30 0.91 0.14
E5
S4/0-38R-5 3/8" 1.06 2.30 0.91 0.14
4/0 AWG 5
S4/0-76R-5 7/16" 1.06 2.50 0.91 0.14
S4/0-12R-5 1/2" 1.06 2.50 0.91 0.14
F
S250-56R-5 5/16" 1.17 2.50 1.01 0.14
S250-38R-5 3/8" 1.17 2.50 1.01 0.14
250 kcmil 5
S250-76R-5 7/16" 1.17 2.60 1.01 0.14
G S250-12R-5 1/2" 1.17 2.60 1.01 0.14
For crimping tool information, visit www.panduit.com/tools.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless
die selection Crimping Tools‡ B3
●●Inspection window to visually assure full ●●Tested by Telcordia – meets NEBS Level 3
conductor insertion ●●American Bureau of Shipping Approved
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please C1
●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature refer to www.panduit.com
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
competitor crimping tools and dies
C2
W INSPECTION
W WINDOW
W
C3
L
T
B
90˚
B
INSPECTION
INSPECTION WINDOW
WINDOW 45˚ B
T C4
T
L L
Type LCAN
●●Narrow tongue width for limited space applications ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
B3
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp competitor crimping tools and dies
die selection ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
●●Inspection window to visually assure full capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless C1
C3
L
B C4
INSPECTION
WINDOW
T
D1
LCAN1/0-14-X 1/0 AWG 1/4 0.52 0.94 0.13 1.95 Pink P42 12 42 1 10
LCAN1/0-56-X 5/16 0.52 0.94 0.13 2.00
LCAN2/0-10-X #10 0.58 0.98 0.13 1.84 E3
D2
Code Conductor, One-Hole, Long Barrel Lug
For Use with Stranded Copper Conductors
Type LCB
D3
●●Long barrel maximizes number of crimps and provides ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
premium wire pull-out strength and electrical performance rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified competitor crimping tools and dies
E1 competitor die index numbers for proper crimp die selection ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
●●Enclosed barrel prevents corrosive material from entering capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless
barrel when used in harsh environments Crimping Tools‡
E2 ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Tested by Telcordia – meets NEBS Level 3
●●Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please ●●American Bureau of Shipping Approved
refer to www.panduit.com
W W W
E3
L
T
B
B
90˚
E4 T
45˚
B
T
L L
E5
Stud Figure Dimensions Burndy T&B Wire
Copper Hole (In.) Panduit Panduit Die Die Strip Std.
Conductor Size Color Die Index Index Index Length Pkg.
F
Part Number Size (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
LCB8-10-L #10 0.41 0.70 0.08 1.44
LCB8-14-L #8 AWG 1/4 0.48 0.70 0.07 1.53 Red P21 49 21 3/4 50
LCB8-38-L 3/8 0.60 0.70 0.05 1.75
G
LCB6-12-L #6 AWG 1/2 0.75 1.07 0.07 2.38 Blue P24 7 24 1 1/8 50
LCB6-10-L #10 0.45 1.07 0.09 1.84
LCB6-14-L #6 AWG 1/4 0.48 1.07 0.08 1.93 Blue P24 7 24 1 1/8 50
H
LCB6-38-L 3/8 0.62 1.07 0.05 2.15
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
LCB1/0-12WF
PANDUIT
LCB1/0-12WH
LCB1/0-12W
1/0 STR CU
1/0 STR CU
1/0 STR CU
W W W
L
C3 B
B
90°
WIRE INSPECTION WINDOW
Wire inspection window T
45°
B
C4 T
T L
D3
LCB6-12W-L # 6 AWG 1/2 0.75 1.07 0.07 2.43 Blue P24 7 24 1-1/8
LCB4-12W-L # 4 AWG 1/2 0.75 1.05 0.07 2.31 Gray P29 8 29 1-1/8
LCB2-14W-Q 1/4 0.6 1.16 0.1 2.04 Brown P33 10 33 1-1/4
LCB2-38W-Q # 2 AWG 3/8 0.66 1.16 0.1 2.24 25
E1 Brown P33 10 33 1-1/4
LCB2-12W-Q 1/2 0.75 1.16 0.08 2.48
LCB1-12W-E # 1 AWG 1/2 0.75 1.36 0.09 2.7 Green P37 11 37 1-7/16 20
LCB1/0-56W-X 5/16 0.76 1.44 0.12 2.5 Pink P42 12 42 1-1/2
E2
LCB1/0-38W-X 1/0 AWG 3/8 0.76 1.44 0.12 2.57
Pink P42 12 42 1-1/2
LCB1/0-12W-X 1/2 0.8 1.44 0.12 2.81
LCB2/0-38W-X 3/8 0.85 1.5 0.13 2.67 Black P45 13 45 1-9/16
E3 2/0 AWG
LCB2/0-12W-X 1/2 0.85 1.5 0.13 2.92 Black P45 13 45 1-9/16
10
LCB4/0-14W-X 1/4 1.06 1.56 0.14 2.48 Purple P54 15 54 1-5/8
LCB4/0-38W-X 4/0 AWG 3/8 1.06 1.56 0.14 2.85 Purple P54 15 54 1-5/8
E4
LCB4/0-12W-X 1/2 1.06 1.56 0.14 3.04 Purple P54 15 54 1-5/8
LCB250-12W-X 250 kcmil 1/2 1.17 1.61 0.14 3.12 Yellow P62 16 62 1-11/16
LCB350-12W-X 350 kcmil 1/2 1.28 2.24 0.17 3.88 Red P71 18 71 2-5/16
E5
LCB750-38W-6 3/8 1.89 2.88 0.26 4.83
LCB750-12W-6 1/2 1.89 2.88 0.26 5.03 Black P106 24 106 2-15/16
750 kcmil
LCB750-58W-6 5/8 1.89 2.88 0.26 5.58
F 6
LCB750-78W-6 7/8 1.89 2.88 0.26 5.68 Black P106 24 106 2-15/16
LCB800-12W-6 12 1.95 2.94 0.3 5.11 Orange P107 25 107 3
800 kcmil
LCB800-58W-6 5/8 1.95 2.94 0.3 5.68 Orange P107 25 107 3
G
LCB1000-38W-3 3/8 2.17 3 0.32 5.08
LCB1000-12W-3 1000 kcmil 1/2 2.17 3 0.32 5.27 White P125 27 125 3-1/16 3
LCB1000-58W-3 5/8 2.17 3 0.32 5.92
H ‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified ●●U L Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking capability
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp die selection when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless Crimping Tools‡
●●Inspection window to visually assure full conductor insertion ●●Tested by Telcordia – meets NEBS Level 3 B3
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●American Bureau of Shipping approved
●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified ●●Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please C1
competitor crimping tools and dies refer to www.panduit.com
W W INSPECTION
W WINDOW
C2
HOLE HOLE
HOLE SPACING SPACING
SPACING
L T
B
B 90˚
INSPECTION INSPECTION
WINDOW
C3
WINDOW 45˚
B
T T
L L
B3
LCD2-14B-Q 1/4 0.75 0.60 0.88 0.10 2.52
LCD2-14D-Q 1/4 1.00 0.60 0.88 0.10 2.77
#2 AWG Brown P33 10 33 15/16 25
LCD2-56B-Q 5/16 0.75 0.66 0.88 0.10 2.65
C1 LCD2-38D-Q 3/8 1.00 0.66 0.88 0.10 3.00
LCD2-12-Q 1/2 1.75 0.75 0.88 0.08 4.14
LCD1-14A-E 1/4 0.63 0.70 0.88 0.11 2.42
C2
LCD1-14B-E 1/4 0.75 0.70 0.88 0.11 2.54
LCD1-56C-E #1 AWG 5/16 0.88 0.70 0.88 0.11 2.79 Green P37 11 37 15/16 20
C3 LCD1-38D-E 3/8 1.00 0.70 0.88 0.11 2.99
LCD1-12-E 1/2 1.75 0.75 0.88 0.09 4.16
LCD1/0-14A-X 1/4 0.63 0.76 0.94 0.12 2.57
C4
LCD1/0-14B-X 1/4 0.75 0.76 0.94 0.12 2.70
LCD1/0-56C-X 1/0 AWG 5/16 0.88 0.76 0.94 0.12 2.88 Pink P42 12 42 1 10
D3
LCD2/0-38D-X 3/8 1.00 0.85 0.98 0.13 3.14
LCD2/0-12-X 1/2 1.75 0.85 0.98 0.13 4.30
LCD3/0-14B-X 1/4 0.75 0.96 1.14 0.13 3.02
E1 LCD3/0-56D-X 5/16 1.00 0.96 1.14 0.13 3.27
3/0 AWG Orange P50 14 50 1 3/16 10
LCD3/0-38D-X 3/8 1.00 0.96 1.14 0.13 3.33
LCD3/0-12-X 1/2 1.75 0.96 1.14 0.13 4.49
E2
LCD4/0-14B-X 1/4 0.75 1.06 1.19 0.14 3.10
LCD4/0-38D-X 4/0 AWG 3/8 1.00 1.06 1.19 0.14 3.44 Purple P54 15 54 1 1/4 10
E3 u LCD4/0-12-X 1/2 1.75 1.06 1.19 0.14 4.58
LCD250-38D-X 3/8 1.00 1.17 1.25 0.14 3.54
250 kcmil Yellow P62 16 62 1 5/16 10
u LCD250-12-X 1/2 1.75 1.17 1.25 0.14 4.68
E4
LCD300-38D-X 3/8 1.00 1.19 1.44 0.16 3.74
300 kcmil White P66 17 66 1 1/2 10
u LCD300-12-X 1/2 1.75 1.19 1.44 0.16 4.92
LCD350-14B-X 1/4 0.75 1.28 1.44 0.17 3.30
E5
LCD350-38D-X 3/8 1.00 1.28 1.44 0.17 3.78
350 kcmil Red P71 18 71 1 1/2 10
LCD350-12E-X 1/2 1.25 1.28 1.44 0.17 4.33
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Narrow tongue width for limited space applications ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
B3
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and ® rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
specified competitor die index numbers for proper competitor crimping tools and dies
crimp die selection ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
C1 ●●Inspection window to visually assure full capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless
conductor insertion Crimping Tools‡
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please
refer to www.panduit.com
C2
W W INSPECTION
W WINDOW
HOLE HOLE
C3 SPACING HOLE SPACING
L SPACING T
B B 90˚
INSPECTION
WINDOW
B
C4 T INSPECTION
WINDOW L
45˚
T
L
D1
E4
LCDN750-38D-6 750 kcmil 3/8 1.00 1.30 1.88 0.26 4.72 Black P106 24 106 1 15/16 6
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
E5
●●Long barrel maximizes number of crimps and provides ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
premium wire pull-out strength and electrical performance rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
B3
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified competitor crimping tools and dies
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
die selection capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless
●●Enclosed barrel prevents corrosive material from entering Crimping Tools‡ C1
barrel when used in harsh environments ●●Tested by Telcordia – meets NEBS Level 3
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●American Bureau of Shipping approved
●●Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please C2
refer to www.panduit.com
W C3
W W
HOLE
HOLE HOLE SPACING
SPACING SPACING
L T
B
90˚ C4
B
45˚ B
T T
L L
D1
LCC2-56C-Q #2 AWG 5/16 0.88 0.66 1.16 0.10 3.14 Brown P33 10 33 1 1/4 25
LCC2-38D-Q 3/8 1.00 0.66 1.16 0.10 3.34
LCC2-38-Q 3/8 1.75 0.66 1.16 0.10 4.09 F
C4
Type LCC-W
●●Long barrel maximizes number of crimps and provides ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature D2
premium wire pull-out strength and electrical performance rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
●●Inspection window to visually assure full competitor crimping tools and dies
conductor insertion ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless D3
E2
W W
HOLE
HOLE
SPACING SPACING
L E3
L
B B
INSPECTION INSPECTION
WINDOW WINDOW
T T E4
C3
LCC6-10BW-L 1 #10 0.75 0.46 1.07 0.08 2.52
LCC6-10ABW-L 2 #10 0.63 – 0.75 0.46 1.07 0.08 2.52
LCC6-14JW-L 1 1/4 0.50 0.48 1.07 0.08 2.36
LCC6-14AW-L 1 1/4 0.63 0.48 1.07 0.08 2.49
C4
LCC6-14JAW-L 2 1/4 0.50 – 0.63 0.48 1.07 0.08 2.49
LCC6-14BW-L 1 1/4 0.75 0.48 1.07 0.08 2.61
LCC6-14DW-L 1 1/4 1.00 0.48 1.07 0.08 2.86
D1
LCC6-14BDW-L 2 #6 AWG 1/4 0.75 – 1.00 0.48 1.07 0.08 2.86 Blue P24 7 24 1 1/8 50
LCC6-14EW-L 1 1/4 1.25 0.48 1.07 0.08 3.11
LCC6-14W-L 1 1/4 1.75 0.48 1.07 0.08 3.61
D2
LCC6-56BW-L 1 5/16 0.75 0.56 1.07 0.07 2.73
LCC6-38BW-L 1 3/8 0.75 0.62 1.07 0.06 2.83
LCC6-38CW-L 1 3/8 0.88 0.62 1.07 0.06 2.96
D3
LCC6-38DW-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.62 1.07 0.06 3.08
LCC6-38BDW-L 2 3/8 0.75 – 1.00 0.62 1.07 0.06 3.08
LCC6-12W-L 1 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.07 0.07 3.97
E1
LCC4-10AW-L 1 #10 0.63 0.55 1.05 0.09 2.40
LCC4-10BW-L 1 #10 0.75 0.55 1.05 0.09 2.53
LCC4-14AW-L 1 1/4 0.63 0.55 1.05 0.09 2.50
E2 #4 – 3
LCC4-14BW-L 1 AWG STR, 1/4 0.75 0.55 1.05 0.09 2.63
Gray P29 8 29 1 1/8 50
LCC4-14DW-L 1 #2 AWG 1/4 1.00 0.55 1.05 0.09 2.63
SOL
LCC4-14ADW-L 2 1/4 0.63 – 1.00 0.55 1.05 0.09 2.87
E3
LCC4-38DW-L 1 3/8 1.00 0.62 1.05 0.08 3.09
LCC4-12W-L 1 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.05 0.07 4.01
LCC2-10AW-Q 1 #10 0.63 0.60 1.16 0.10 2.57
E4 LCC2-10BW-Q 1 #10 0.75 0.60 1.16 0.10 2.69
LCC2-14AW-Q 1 #2 AWG 1/4 0.63 0.60 1.16 0.10 2.67 Brown P33 10 33 1 1/4 25
LCC2-14BW-Q 1 1/4 0.75 0.60 1.16 0.10 2.79
E5 LCC2-14DW-Q 1 1/4 1.00 0.60 1.16 0.10 3.04
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
*Not tested to NEBS level 3 requirements.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
F uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
C3
LCC400-14BW-6 1/4 0.75 1.39 2.30 0.18 4.18
LCC400-38DW-6 1 400 kcmil 3/8 1.00 1.39 2.30 0.18 4.66 Blue P76 19 76 2 3/8 6
u LCC400-12W-6 1/2 1.75 1.28 2.30 0.17 5.84
LCC500-14BW-6 1/4 0.75 1.54 2.50 0.22 4.46
C4
LCC500-38DW-6 1 500 kcmil 3/8 1.00 1.54 2.50 0.22 4.94 Brown P87 20 87 2 9/16 6
u LCC500-12W-6 1/2 1.75 1.54 2.50 0.22 6.12
LCC600-38DW-6 3/8 1.00 1.70 2.69 0.26 5.18
D1 1 600 kcmil Green P94 22 94 2 3/4 6
u LCC600-12W-6 1/2 1.75 1.70 2.69 0.26 6.36
LCC750-38DW-6 3/8 1.00 1.89 2.88 0.26 5.71
1 750 kcmil Black P106 24 106 2 15/16 6
u LCC750-12W-6 1/2 1.75 1.89 2.88 0.26 6.65
D2
u LCC800-12W-6 1 800 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.95 2.94 0.30 6.74 Orange P107 25 107 3 6
LCC1000-38DW-3 3/8 1.00 2.17 3.00 0.32 5.95
1 1000 kcmil White P125 27 125 3 1/16 3
u LCC1000-12W-3 1/2 1.75 2.17 3.00 0.32 6.89
D3
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
*Not tested to NEBS level 3 requirements.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Code Conductor, Two-Hole, Long Barrel with Window, Narrow Tongue Lug B1
●●Narrow tongue width for limited space applications ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
●●Long barrel maximizes number of crimps and provides rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
premium wire pull-out strength and electrical performance competitor crimping tools and dies B3
●●Inspection window to visually assure full ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
conductor insertion capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless
Crimping Tools‡
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified C1
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp ●●Tested by Telcordia
W – meets NEBS Level 3
die selection ●●Available with NEMA holeHOLE
sizes and spacing
SPACING
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion L C2
B
INSPECTION
WINDOW
W C3
T
HOLE
SPACING
L
C4
B
INSPECTION
Stud Stud Figure Dimensions
WINDOW Burndy T&B Wire
Copper Hole Hole (In.) Panduit Panduit Die Die Strip Std.
Pkg. D1
Conductor Size Spacing
T Color Die Index Index Index Length
Part Number Size (In.) (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
LCCN750-38DW-6 3/8 1.00 1.30 2.88 0.28 5.72
750 kcmil Black P106 24 106 2 15/16 6
u LCCN750-12W-6 1/2 1.75 1.30 2.88 0.28 6.66 D2
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
D3
Type LCP
●●Long barrel maximizes number of crimps and provides ●●UL Listed 35 kV** and temperature rated to 90°C when
premium wire pull-out strength and electrical performance crimped with Panduit and specified competitor crimping E2
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified tools and dies
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp die selection ●●UL Listed for wide wire range-taking capability when
●●Enclosed barrel prevents corrosive material from entering crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless Crimping Tools E3
barrel when used in harsh environments ●●NEMA hole sizes and spacing
LCP1000-12
PANDUIT
C
E5
LCP1000-12
PANDUIT
C
Figure Dimensions
Copper Stud Panduit Burndy T&B Wire Strip Std.
(In.) Pkg. G
Conductor Hole Size Panduit Die Index Die Index Die Index Length
Part Number Size (In.) W B T L Color Code No. No. No. (In.) Qty.
LCP750-12-3 750 kcmil 1/2 3.00 2.88 0.26 7.25 Black P106 24 106 2 15/16 3
LCP1000-12-3 1000 kcmil 1/2 3.08 3.00 0.28 7.25 White P125 27 125 3 1/16 3 H
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless
B3 die selection Crimping Tools‡
●●Internal wire stops to prevent over-insertion of conductor ●●Tested by Telcordia – meets NEBS Level 3
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●American Bureau of Shipping approved
C1 ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
competitor crimping tools and dies
C2
C3 L
O.D.
C4
D1
Figure Dimensions Std.
Panduit Panduit Burndy T&B Wire Strip
(In.) Pkg.
Copper Conductor Color Die Index Die Index Die Index Length
Part Number Size Barrel O.D. L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
D2 SCS8-L #8 AWG 0.27 1.50 Red P21 49 21
SCS6-L #6 AWG 0.31 1.75 Blue P24 7 24
11/16 50
SCS4-L #4 – #3 AWG STR, 0.38 1.75 Gray P29 8 29
#2 AWG SOL
D3
SCS2-Q #2 AWG 0.42 1.87 Brown P33 10 33 7/8 25
SCS1-E #1 AWG 0.47 1.87 Green P37 11 37 7/8 20
SCS1/0-X 1/0 AWG 0.52 1.87 Pink P42 12 42 7/8
E1
SCS2/0-X 2/0 AWG 0.58 2.00 Black P45 13 45 15/16
SCS3/0-X 3/0 AWG 0.64 2.12 Orange P50 14 50 1
SCS4/0-X 4/0 AWG 0.71 2.12 Purple P54 15 54 1 10
E2
SCS250-X 250 kcmil 0.77 2.25 Yellow P62 16 62 1 1/16
SCS300-X 300 kcmil 0.81 2.25 White P66 17 66 1 1/16
SCS350-X 350 kcmil 0.87 2.37 Red P71 18 71 1 1/8
E3
SCS400-6 400 kcmil 0.95 2.50 Blue P76 19 76 1 3/16
SCS500-6 500 kcmil 1.05 2.87 Brown P87 20 87 1 3/8
6
SCS600-6 600 kcmil 1.18 2.87 Green P94 22 94 1 3/8
E4 SCS750-6 1.29 3.37 Black P106 24 106 1 5/8
750 kcmil
SCS1000-3 1000 kcmil 1.50 3.87 White P125 27 125 1 7/8 3
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
E5 **Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
●●Long barrel maximizes the number of crimps and provides ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
premium wire pull-out strength and electrical performance rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified competitor crimping tools and dies B3
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for wide wire range-taking
die selection capability when crimped with Panduit ® Uni-Die™ Dieless
●●Internal wire stops to prevent over-insertion of conductor Crimping Tools‡
C1
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Tested by Telcordia – meets NEBS Level 3
C2
L
C3
O.D.
C4
●●Industry recognized color-coding allows proper part ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
selection and quick identification of crimping dies to rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit dieless and die
B3 speed installation type crimping tools
●●Large easy-to-read part numbering for verification in ●●Single crimp design speeds installation and reduces
demanding low light conditions labor costs
C1 ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Chamfered on both ends to facilitate fast and easy
conductor insertion to speed installation
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Table 1 H
C2 W W
W INSPECTION
WINDOW
L
B T
C3
B INSPECTION 90˚
INSPECTION WINDOW B
WINDOW 45˚
T
L
T
C4 L
Figure Dimensions
Flex Conductor Size Stud Panduit Burndy T&B Wire
(In.)
Class Code Hole Panduit Die Die Die Strip Std.
D1 G, H, I, Diesel Conductor Size Color Index Index Index Length Pkg.
Part Number K, M Locomotive Size (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
LCAX8-10-L #10 0.41 0.42 0.08 1.11
D3
LCAX6-10-L #10 0.45 0.48 0.09 1.19
LCAX6-14-L 1/4 0.48 0.48 0.08 1.28
#6 AWG #6 AWG #6 AWG Blue P24 7 24 9/16 50
LCAX6-56-L 5/16 0.56 0.48 0.07 1.40
LCAX6-38-L 3/8 0.62 0.48 0.06 1.50
E1
LCAX4-10-L #10 0.55 0.53 0.09 1.26
LCAX4-14-L #5, #4, #3 1/4 0.55 0.53 0.09 1.35
#4 AWG #4 AWG Gray P29 8 29 5/8 50
LCAX4-56-L AWG 5/16 0.55 0.53 0.09 1.47
E2
LCAX4-38-L 3/8 0.62 0.53 0.07 1.57
LCAX2-10-E* #10 0.70 0.59 0.11 1.40
LCAX2-14-E* 1/4 0.70 0.59 0.11 1.50
E3
LCAX2-56-E* #2 AWG #2 AWG #2 AWG 5/16 0.70 0.59 0.11 1.63 Brown P33 10 33 11/16 20
LCAX2-38-E* 3/8 0.70 0.59 0.11 1.70
LCAX2-12-E* 1/2 0.75 0.59 0.09 1.94
E4
LCAX1-10-X #10 0.76 0.66 0.12 1.50
LCAX1-14-X 1/4 0.76 0.66 0.12 1.67
LCAX1-56-X #1 AWG #1 AWG #1 AWG 5/16 0.76 0.66 0.12 1.72 Green P37 11 37 3/4 10
E5
LCAX1-38-X 3/8 0.76 0.66 0.12 1.80
LCAX1-12-X 1/2 0.80 0.66 0.12 2.03
LCAX1/0-14-X 1/4 0.85 0.72 0.13 1.82
F
LCAX1/0-56-X 5/16 0.85 0.72 0.13 1.82
LCAX1/0-38-X 1/0 3/8 0.85 0.72 0.13 1.89
1/0 AWG 1/0 AWG Pink P42 12 42 3/4 10
AWG
LCAX1/0-12-X 1/2 0.85 0.72 0.13 2.14
G
LCAX1/0-58-X 5/8 0.96 0.72 0.11 2.38
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified with Class K flex conductor when crimped with Burndy tools.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
H
Figure Dimensions
Flex Conductor Size Stud Panduit Burndy T&B Wire
(In.)
Class Code Hole Panduit Die Die Die Strip Std. B2
G, H, I, Diesel Conductor Size Color Index Index Index Length Pkg.
Part Number K, M Locomotive Size (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
LCAX2/0-10-X #10 0.96 0.83 0.13 1.72
B3
LCAX2/0-14-X 1/4 0.96 0.83 0.13 1.97
LCAX2/0-56-X 2/0 5/16 0.96 0.83 0.13 1.97
2/0 AWG 2/0 AWG Black P45 13 45 7/8 10
LCAX2/0-38-X AWG 3/8 0.96 0.83 0.13 2.03
C1
LCAX2/0-12-X 1/2 0.96 0.83 0.13 2.28
LCAX2/0-58-X 5/8 0.96 0.83 0.13 2.52
LCAX3/0-10-X #10 1.06 0.91 0.14 1.84
C2
LCAX3/0-14-X 1/4 1.06 0.91 0.14 2.08
LCAX3/0-56-X 3/0 5/16 1.06 0.91 0.14 2.10
3/0 AWG 3/0 AWG Orange P50 14 50 1 10
LCAX3/0-38-X AWG 3/8 1.06 0.91 0.14 2.17
C3
LCAX3/0-12-X 1/2 1.06 0.91 0.14 2.40
LCAX3/0-58-X 5/8 1.06 0.91 0.14 2.64
LCAX4/0-14-X 1/4 1.19 1.03 0.16 2.30
LCAX4/0-56-X 5/16 1.19 1.03 0.16 2.53 C4
For Use with Flexible, Extra-Flexible, and Code Stranded Copper Conductors
B2
Type LCAXN
●●Narrow tongue width for limited space applications ●●Inspection window to visually assure full conductor insertion
B3 ●●Can be used with code conductor and flex conductor ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
class: G, H, I, K, M and Diesel Locomotive ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
●●Generously beveled wire entry prevents bent back rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
strands when inserting conductor into barrel competitor crimping tools and dies
C1
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp die selection
C2
L
C3
B
INSPECTION
WINDOW
C4 T
For Use with Flexible, Extra-Flexible, and Code Stranded Copper Conductors
Type LCBX B2
●●Can be used with code conductor and flex conductor ●●Inspection window to visually assure full
class: G, H, I, K, M and Diesel Locomotive conductor insertion
B3
●●Long barrel maximizes number of crimps and provides ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
premium wire pull-out strength and electrical performance ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
●●Generously beveled wire entry prevents bent back rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
strands when inserting conductor into barrel competitor crimping tools and dies C1
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified ●●Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp refer to www.panduit.com
die selection
C2
W W INSPECTION
W WINDOW
C3
L T
B 90˚
B
INSPECTION C4
INSPECTION B
WINDOW WINDOW
45˚
T T
L
L
D1
Figure Dimensions
Flex Conductor Size Stud Panduit Burndy T&B Wire
(In.)
Class Code Hole Panduit Die Die Die Strip Std.
G, H, I, Diesel Conductor Size Color Index Index Index Length Pkg. D2
Part Number K, M Locomotive Size (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
LCBX8-10-L #10 0.41 0.70 0.08 1.39
LCBX8-14-L #8 AWG #8 AWG #8 AWG 1/4 0.48 0.70 0.07 1.48 Red P21 49 21 3/4 50
D3
LCBX8-38-L 3/8 0.60 0.70 0.05 1.70
LCBX6-14-L 1/4 0.48 1.07 0.08 1.86
#6 AWG #6 AWG #6 AWG Blue P24 7 24 1 1/8 50
LCBX6-38-L 3/8 0.62 1.07 0.06 2.08
E1
LCBX4-14-L #5, #4, #3 1/4 0.55 1.05 0.09 1.87
#4 AWG #4 AWG Gray P29 8 29 1 1/8 50
LCBX4-38-L AWG 3/8 0.62 1.05 0.07 2.09
LCBX2-14-E* 1/4 0.70 1.36 0.11 2.26
E2
LCBX2-38-E* #2 AWG #2 AWG #2 AWG 3/8 0.70 1.36 0.11 2.46 Brown P33 10 33 1 7/16 20
LCBX2-12-E* 1/2 0.75 1.36 0.09 2.70
LCBX1-14-X 1/4 0.76 1.44 0.12 2.44
E3
LCBX1-56-X #1 AWG #1 AWG #1 AWG 5/16 0.76 1.44 0.12 2.50 Green P37 11 37 1 1/2 10
LCBX1-38-X 3/8 0.76 1.44 0.12 2.57
LCBX1/0-14-X 1/4 0.85 1.50 0.13 2.61
E4
LCBX1/0-38-X 1/0 AWG 1/0 AWG 1/0 AWG 3/8 0.85 1.50 0.13 2.67 Pink P42 12 42 1 9/16 10
LCBX1/0-12-X 1/2 0.85 1.50 0.13 2.92
LCBX2/0-14-X 1/4 0.96 1.50 0.13 2.64
E5
LCBX2/0-38-X 2/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 3/8 0.96 1.50 0.13 2.70 Black P45 13 45 1 9/16 10
LCBX2/0-12-X 1/2 0.96 1.50 0.13 2.96
LCBX3/0-38-X 3/0 AWG 3/0 AWG 3/0 AWG 3/8 1.06 1.56 0.14 2.81 Orange P50 14 50 1 5/8 10
F
LCBX4/0-38-X 3/8 1.19 2.24 0.16 3.74
4/0 AWG 4/0 AWG 4/0 AWG Purple P54 15 54 2 5/16 10
LCBX4/0-12-X 1/2 1.19 2.24 0.16 3.85
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified with Class K flex conductor when crimped with Burndy tools. G
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
C4
Flex Conductor, Two-Hole, Standard Barrel with Window Lug
For Use with Flexible, Extra-Flexible, and Code Stranded Copper Conductors
D1
Type LCDX
●●Can be used with code conductor and flex conductor ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
D2 class: G, H, I, K, M and Diesel Locomotive ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 KV** and temperature
●●Generously beveled wire entry prevents bent back rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
strands when inserting conductor into barrel competitor crimping tools and dies
D3 ●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified ●●American Bureau of Shipping approved
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
die selection
●●Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please
●●Inspection window to visually assure full refer to www.panduit.com
E1
conductor insertion
E2 W
W W INSPECTION
WINDOW
HOLE
HOLE SPACING HOLE
SPACING SPACING
L
T
E3 B
B 90˚
INSPECTION INSPECTION
WINDOW B
WINDOW
45˚
T T L
L
E4
Figure Dimensions
Flex Conductor Size Stud Stud Panduit Burndy T&B Wire
(In.)
Class Code Hole Hole Panduit Die Die Die Strip Std.
E5 G, H, I, Diesel Conductor Size Spacing Color Index Index Index Length Pkg.
Part Number K, M Locomotive Size (In.) (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
LCDX8-10A-L #10 0.63 0.41 0.42 0.08 1.74
LCDX8-14A-L 1/4 0.63 0.48 0.42 0.07 1.83
F
LCDX8-14B-L #8 AWG #8 AWG #8 AWG 1/4 0.75 0.48 0.42 0.07 1.95 Red P21 49 21 1/2 50
LCDX8-14D-L 1/4 1.00 0.48 0.42 0.07 2.20
LCDX8-38D-L 3/8 1.00 0.60 0.42 0.05 2.42
G
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified with Class K flex conductor when crimped with Burndy tools.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
H
Flex Conductor
Size Stud Stud Figure Dimensions Panduit Burndy T&B Wire
(In.) B2
Class Code Hole Hole Panduit Die Die Die Strip Std.
G, H, I, Diesel Conductor Size Spacing Color Index Index Index Length Pkg.
Part Number K, M Locomotive Size (In.) (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
LCDX6-10A-L #10 0.63 0.46 0.48 0.08 1.82
B3
LCDX6-10B-L #10 0.75 0.46 0.48 0.08 1.94
LCDX6-10G-L #10 1.50 0.46 0.48 0.08 2.69
LCDX6-10P-L #10 0.69 0.46 0.48 0.08 1.88
C1
LCDX6-14A-L #6 1/4 0.63 0.48 0.48 0.08 1.91
#6 AWG #6 AWG Blue P24 7 24 9/16 50
AWG
LCDX6-14B-L 1/4 0.75 0.48 0.48 0.08 2.03
LCDX6-14D-L 1/4 1.00 0.48 0.48 0.08 2.28
C2
LCDX6-56D-L 5/16 1.00 0.56 0.48 0.07 2.40
LCDX6-38D-L 3/8 1.00 0.62 0.48 0.06 2.50
LCDX4-14A-L 1/4 0.63 0.55 0.53 0.09 1.98
C3
LCDX4-14B-L 1/4 0.75 0.55 0.53 0.09 2.10
LCDX4-14D-L #4 #5, #4, #3 1/4 1.00 0.55 0.53 0.09 2.35
#4 AWG Gray P29 8 29 5/8 50
AWG AWG
LCDX4-56D-L 5/16 1.00 0.55 0.53 0.09 2.47
C4
LCDX4-38D-L 3/8 1.00 0.62 0.53 0.08 2.57
LCDX2-14A-E* 1/4 0.63 0.70 0.59 0.11 2.13
LCDX2-14B-E* 1/4 0.75 0.70 0.59 0.11 2.25
D1
LCDX2-14D-E* #2 1/4 1.00 0.70 0.59 0.11 2.50
#2 AWG #2 AWG Brown P33 10 33 11/16 20
LCDX2-56D-E* AWG 5/16 1.00 0.70 0.59 0.11 2.63
LCDX2-38D-E* 3/8 1.00 0.70 0.59 0.11 2.70
D2
LCDX2-12-E* 1/2 1.75 0.75 0.59 0.09 3.87
LCDX1-14A-X 1/4 0.63 0.76 0.66 0.12 2.29
LCDX1-14B-X 1/4 0.75 0.76 0.66 0.12 2.42
LCDX1-14D-X 1/4 1.00 0.76 0.66 0.12 2.67 D3
#1
#1 AWG #1 AWG Green P37 11 37 3/4 10
LCDX1-56D-X AWG 5/16 1.00 0.76 0.66 0.12 2.72
LCDX1-38D-X 3/8 1.00 0.76 0.66 0.12 2.80
LCDX1-12-X 1/2 1.75 0.80 0.66 0.12 3.97 E1
LCDX1/0-56D-X 1/0 1/0 AWG 1/0 AWG 5/16 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.13 2.82 Pink P42 12 42 3/4 10
AWG
LCDX1/0-38D-X 3/8 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.13 2.89
LCDX1/0-12D-X 1/2 1.00 0.85 0.72 0.13 3.14 E3
Flex Conductor
Size Stud Stud Figure Dimensions Panduit Burndy T&B Wire
B2 (In.)
Class Code Hole Hole Panduit Die Die Die Strip Std.
G, H, I, Diesel Conductor Size Spacing Color Index Index Index Length Pkg.
Part Number K, M Locomotive Size (In.) (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
B3
LCDX4/0-14A-X 1/4 0.63 1.19 1.03 0.16 2.74
LCDX4/0-14B-X 1/4 0.75 1.19 1.03 0.16 2.96
LCDX4/0-56D-X 5/16 1.00 1.19 1.03 0.16 3.31
LCDX4/0-38D-X 4/0 3/8 1.00 1.19 1.03 0.16 3.34 Purple
4/0 AWG 4/0 AWG P54 15 54 1 1/16 10
C1 AWG
LCDX4/0-12D-X 1/2 1.00 1.19 1.03 0.16 3.61
LCDX4/0-12E-X 1/2 1.25 1.19 1.03 0.16 3.89
u LCDX4/0-12-X 1/2 1.75 1.19 1.03 0.16 4.52
C2
LCDX250-38D-X 3/8 1.00 1.28 1.03 0.17 3.38
LCDX250-38-X 250 3/8 1.75 1.28 1.03 0.17 4.13
262.6 kcmil — Yellow P62 16 62 1 1/16 10
LCDX250-12E-X kcmil 1/2 1.25 1.28 1.03 0.17 3.93
C3
u LCDX250-12-X 1/2 1.75 1.28 1.03 0.17 4.56
LCDX300-38D-6 300 3/8 1.00 1.39 1.19 0.18 3.56
313.1 kcmil — Red P71 18 71H 1 1/4 6
u LCDX300-12-6 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.39 1.19 0.18 4.74
C4
LCDX350-56D-6 5/16 1.00 1.54 1.29 0.22 3.71
LCDX350-38D-6 3/8 1.00 1.54 1.29 0.22 3.74
LCDX350-38-6 350 3/8 1.75 1.54 1.29 0.22 4.49
373.7 kcmil — Blue P76 19 76H 1 3/8 6
D1 kcmil
LCDX350-12E-6 1/2 1.25 1.54 1.29 0.22 4.29
u LCDX350-12-6 1/2 1.75 1.54 1.29 0.22 4.92
LCDX450-38D-6 450 3/8 1.00 1.70 1.40 0.26 3.90
D2 444.4 kcmil — Brown P87 20 87H 1 7/16 6
u LCDX450-12-6 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.70 1.40 0.26 5.08
LCDX500-56D-6 5/16 1.00 1.89 1.48 0.26 4.05
LCDX500-38D-6 500 3/8 1.00 1.89 1.48 0.26 4.08
D3 535.3 kcmil — Pink P99 L99 99H 1 9/16 6
LCDX500-12E-6 kcmil 1/2 1.25 1.89 1.48 0.26 4.76
u LCDX500-12-6 1/2 1.75 1.89 1.48 0.26 5.26
600
E1 kcmil
u LCDX600-12-6 Class — — 1/2 1.75 1.89 1.48 0.26 5.26 Pink P99 400 99H 1 9/16 6
G, H, I
only
E2 LCDX650-38D-6 3/8 1.00 1.95 1.45 0.30 4.08
— 646.4 kcmil — Black P106 24 106H 1 1/2 6
u LCDX650-12-6 1/2 1.75 1.95 1.45 0.30 5.26
LCDX750-38D-3 3/8 1.00 2.17 1.66 0.32 4.62
E3
LCDX750-12E-3 1/2 1.25 2.17 1.66 0.32 5.06
LCDX750-12G-3 — 777.7 kcmil — 1/2 1.50 2.17 1.66 0.32 5.31 Yellow P115 L115 115H 1 3/4 3
u LCDX750-12-3 1/2 1.75 2.17 1.66 0.32 5.56
LCDX750-58G-3 5/8 1.50 2.17 1.66 0.32 5.37
E4
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
*Not UL Listed or CSA Certified with Class K flex conductor when crimped with Burndy tools.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
E5
Type LCDXN
●●Narrow tongue width for limited space applications ●●Inspection window to visually assure full
B3
●●Can be used with code conductor and flex conductor conductor insertion
class: G, H, I, K, M and Diesel Locomotive ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
●●Generously beveled wire entry prevents bent back ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
C1
strands when inserting conductor into barrel rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified competitor crimping tools and dies
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
die selection ●●Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please C2
refer to www.panduit.com
W INSPECTION C3
W W WINDOW
HOLE
HOLE HOLE
SPACING
SPACING
SPACING
L B T C4
B 90˚
INSPECTION
INSPECTION WINDOW
WINDOW B
45˚
T D1
T L
L
E4
E5
●●Can be used with code conductor and flex conductor ●●Inspection window to visually assure full
class: G, H, I, K, M and Diesel Locomotive conductor insertion
B3
●●Long barrel maximizes number of crimps and provides ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
premium wire pull-out strength and electrical performance ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
●●Generously beveled wire entry prevents bent back rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
C1 strands when inserting conductor into barrel competitor crimping tools and dies
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp ●●Lugs available in 90 and 45 degree bent tongue. Please
die selection refer to www.panduit.com
C2
W
W
HOLE
C3 SPACING HOLE
SPACING
L
L
B
B INSPECTION
INSPECTION WINDOW
WINDOW T
C4 T
Figure Dimensions
Flex Conductor Size Stud Stud Panduit Burndy T&B Wire
(In.) B2
Class Code Hole Hole Panduit Die Die Die Strip Std.
G, H, I, Diesel Conductor Size Spacing Color Index Index Index Length Pkg.
Part Number K, M Locomotive Size (In.) (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
LCCX2-14A-E* 1/4 0.63 0.70 1.36 0.11 2.89 B3
LCCX2-14B-E* 1/4 0.75 0.70 1.36 0.11 3.01
#2
#2 AWG #2 AWG Brown P33 10 33 1 7/16 20
LCCX2-38D-E* AWG 3/8 1.00 0.70 1.36 0.11 3.46
LCCX2-12-E* 1/2 1.75 0.75 1.36 0.09 4.63 C1
B3
●●Can be used with flex conductor class: G, H, I, K, M and ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
Diesel Locomotive ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
●●Long barrel maximizes number of crimps and provides rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
premium wire pull-out strength and electrical performance competitor crimping tools and dies
C1
●●Generously beveled wire entry prevents bent back ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
strands when inserting conductor into barrel W
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified HOLE
C2 competitor die index numbers for proper crimp die selection SPACING
L
C3 B
INSPECTION
W WINDOW
HOLE
C4 SPACING T
L
D1
B
INSPECTION
WINDOW
Figure Dimensions
Flex Conductor Size Stud Stud Panduit Burndy T&B
D2 (In.)
Class T Hole Hole Panduit Die Die Die Wire Strip Std.
G, H, I, Diesel Size Spacing Color Index Index Index Length Pkg.
Part Number K, M Locomotive (In.) (In.) W B T L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
LCCXN2-14A-E 1/4 0.625 0.47 1.36 0.13 3.01
D3
LCCXN2-14B-E 2 AWG 2 AWG 1/4 0.75 0.47 1.36 0.13 3.01 Brown P33 10 33 1 7/16 20
LCCXN2-14D-E 1/4 1.0 0.47 1.36 0.13 3.01
u LCCXN450-12-6 450 kcmil 444.4 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.19 2.69 0.33 6.41 Brown P87 20 87H 2 3/4 6
E1
u LCCXN500-12-6 500 kcmil 535.3 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.30 2.88 0.32 6.71 Pink P99 L99 99H 2 15/16 6
u LCCXN650-12-6 – 646.4 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.35 2.94 0.36 6.78 Black P106 24 106 3 6
u LCCXN750-12-3 – 750 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.5 3 0.32 6.9 Yellow P115 L115 115H 3 3
E2
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
E3
E4
E5
SCSX8
US
8 STR
AIR
fully inserted into the barrel and dies
C
C2
LENGTH
WIRE INSPECTION
WINDOW
C3
SCSX8
US
8 STR
AIR
I.D. O.D.
C
C4
LENGTH
WIRE INSPECTION
WINDOW D1
Classes B, C, G, H, I, K, M Barrel Barrel Panduit Panduit Burndy Wire Strip Std.
Diesel Locomotive and O.D I.D. Length Color Die Index Die Index Length Pkg.
Part Number MIL-W-5086 Aircraft (In.) (In.) (In.) Code No. No. (In.) Qty.
SCSX8-L #8 AWG 0.27 0.18 I.D. 1.12
O.D. Red P21 49 9/16 D2
SCSX6-L #6 AWG 0.31 0.22 1.12 Blue P24 7 9/16 50
SCSX4-L #4 AWG 0.38 0.28 1.18 Gray P29 8 5/8
SCSX2/0-X 2/0 AWG 0.64 0.51 1.82 Black P45 13 7/8 D3
10
SCSX4/0-X 4/0 AWG 0.81 0.65 2.24 Purple P54 15 1-1/16
**Consult with cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Can be used with flex conductor class: K, M, and ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
Diesel Locomotive ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
B3
●●Flared entry prevents bent back strands when inserting rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit crimping tools
fine strand conductor into barrel and dies
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit die index ●●Tested by Telcordia – meets NEBS Level 3
C1 numbers for proper crimp die selection ●●American Bureau of Shipping approved
●●Internal wire stops to prevent over-insertion of conductor
C2 L FLARED
ENTRY
O.D.
C3
C4
D1
Flex Conductor Size Figure Dimensions (In.) Panduit Wire Strip Std.
Diesel Panduit Die Index Length Pkg.
Part Number Class K and M Locomotive Barrel O.D. L Color Code No.‡ (In.) Qty.
SCSF8-L — #8 AWG 0.27 1.50 Red P21 11/16
D2 SCSF6-L #6 AWG #6 AWG 0.31 1.75 Blue P24 13/16 50
SCSF4-L #4 AWG #4 AWG 0.38 1.75 Gray P29 13/16
SCSF2-E #2 AWG #2 AWG 0.47 1.87 Brown P33 7/8 20
D3 SCSF1-X #1 AWG #1 AWG 0.52 1.87 Pink P42 7/8
SCSF1/0-X 1/0 AWG 1/0 AWG 0.58 2.50 Black P45 1 3/16
SCSF2/0-X 2/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 0.64 2.50 Orange P50 1 3/16
10
E1 SCSF3/0-X 3/0 AWG 3/0 AWG 0.71 2.50 Purple P54 1 3/16
SCSF4/0-X 4/0 AWG 4/0 AWG 0.77 2.50 Yellow P62 1 3/16
SCSF250-X 250 kcmil 262.6 kcmil 0.88 2.50 White P66 1 3/16
E2 SCSF300-6 300 kcmil 313.1 kcmil 0.95 2.56 Red P71 1 1/4
6
SCSF350-6 350 kcmil 373.7 kcmil 1.06 2.94 Blue P76 1 1/2
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
E3
E4
E5
Type RSCK
●●Includes all components in one package for making ●●Panduit crystal clear PVC heat shrink has a UL 224 VW-1 B2
a complete electrical connection: Panduit copper flammability rating and passes Telcordia GR-347-CORE
compression RSC in-line reducing splice (see pages Compression and Cut-Through Penetration Test and
D2.45 and D2.46) and crystal clear PVC heat shrink Abrasion Resistance Test
sleeves pre-cut to length to insulate reducing splice ●●Panduit crystal clear PVC heat shrink is UL Recognized
B3
Std. C2
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
RSCK4-6-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC4-6-L copper compression in-line reducing splice.
C3
1 pc. HSTTPN50-713-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1/2" dia. x 7.125" long.
RSCK2-6-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC2-6-Q copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN62-750-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 5/8" dia. x 7.500" long.
C4
RSCK2-4-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC2-4-Q copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN62-750-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 5/8" dia. x 7.500" long.
RSCK1/0-6-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC1/0-6-X copper compression in-line reducing splice. D1
1 pc. HSTTPN75-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 3/4" dia. x 7.750" long.
1 pc. HSTTPN50-438-L crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1/2" dia. x 4.375" long.
RSCK1/0-4-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC1/0-4-X copper compression in-line reducing splice. D2
1 pc. HSTTPN75-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 3/4" dia. x 7.750" long.
1 pc. HSTTPN50-438-L crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1/2" dia. x 4.375" long.
RSCK2/0-6-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC2/0-6-X copper compression in-line reducing splice. D3
1 pc. HSTTPN75-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 3/4" dia. x 7.750" long.
1 pc. HSTTPN50-438-L crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1/2" dia. x 4.375" long
RSCK2/0-4-1 Kit contains: 1
1 pc. RSC2/0-4-X copper compression in-line reducing splice.
E1
1 pc. HSTTPN75-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 3/4" dia. x 7.750" long.
1 pc. HSTTPN50-438-L crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1/2" dia. x 4.375" long.
RSCK4/0-6-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC4/0-6-X copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN100-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1" dia. x 7.750" long. E2
1 pc. HSTTPN50-438-L crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1/2" dia. x 4.375" long.
RSCK4/0-4-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC4/0-4-X copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN100-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1" dia. x 7.750" long. E3
1 pc. HSTTPN50-438-L crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1/2" dia. x 4.375" long.
RSCK4/0-1/0-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC4/0-1/0-X copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN100-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1" dia. x 7.750" long. E4
1 pc. HSTTPN75-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 3/4" dia. x 7.750" long.
RSCK4/0-2/0-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC4/0-2/0-X copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN100-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1" dia. x 7.750" long.
E5
1 pc. HSTTPN75-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 3/4" dia. x 7.750" long.
RSCK500-X4/0-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC500-X4/0-6 copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN150-925-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1 1/2" dia. x 9.250" long.
F
Std.
B2
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
RSCK500-X350-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC500-X350-6 copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN150-925-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1 1/2" dia. x 9.250" long.
B3
RSCK750-4/0-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC750-4/0-6 copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN150-925-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1 1/2" dia. x 9.250" long.
1 pc. HSTTPN100-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1" dia. x 7.750" long.
C1
RSCK750-X4/0-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC750-X4/0-6 copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN150-925-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1 1/2" dia. x 9.250" long.
RSCK750-X350-1 Kit contains:
C2 1 pc. RSC750-X350-6 copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN150-925-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1 1/2" dia. x 9.250" long.
RSCK750-500-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC750-500-6 copper compression in-line reducing splice. 1
C3
1 pc. HSTTPN150-925-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1 1/2" dia. x 9.250" long.
RSCK750-X500-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC750-X500-6 copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN150-925-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1 1/2" dia. x 9.250" long.
C4
RSCK750-750-1 Kit contains:
1 pc. RSC750-750-6 copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN150-925-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1 1/2" dia. x 9.250" long.
RSCKX750-4/0-1 Kit contains:
D1
1 pc. RSCX750-4/0-3 copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN200-950-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 2" dia. x 9.500" long.
1 pc. HSTTPN100-775-Q crystal clear PVC heat shrink 1" dia. x 7.750" long.
RSCKX750-750-1 Kit contains:
D2 1 pc. RSCX750-750-3 copper compression in-line reducing splice.
1 pc. HSTTPN200-950-X crystal clear PVC heat shrink 2" dia. x 9.500" long.
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
For Use with Stranded Copper Code and Class I Flex Conductors
B2
Type RSC
●●Low profile design provides minimum space requirements ●●Generous internally beveled wire entry for easy
●●Manufactured from seamless, high conductivity conductor insertion
B3
copper tubing ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
●●Color-coded barrels marked with Panduit and specified ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature
competitor die index numbers for proper crimp rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified
C1
die selection competitor crimping tools and dies
●●Inspection windows in each barrel to visually assure full
conductor insertion
C2
L C3
FROM
B TO
B
C4
D1
Figure
Dimensions
(In.) Panduit Burndy T&B Wire
Panduit Die Die Die Strip Std.
Color Index Index Index Length Pkg. D2
Part Number Code Conductor Size
B L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
RSC4-6-L Reduces From #4 – 3 AWG STR,#2 AWG SOL 1.05 Gray P29 8 29 1
2.54
Reduces To #6 AWG 1.38 Blue P24 7 24 1 5/16 D3
RSC2-6-Q Reduces From #2 AWG 1.05 Brown P33 10 33 1
2.62
Reduces To #6 AWG 1.38 Blue P24 7 34 1 5/16
RSC2-4-Q Reduces From #2 AWG 1.05 Brown P33 10 33 1
2.50 E1
Reduces To #4 – 3 AWG STR,#2 AWG SOL 1.38 Gray P29 8 29 1 5/16
1
RSC1/0-6-X Reduces From 1/0 AWG 1.05 Pink P42 12 42 1
2.81
Reduces To #6 AWG 1.38 Blue P24 7 24 1 5/16
E2
RSC1/0-4-X Reduces From 1/0 AWG 1.05 Pink P42 12 42 1
2.70
Reduces To #4 – 3 AWG STR,#2 AWG SOL 1.38 Gray P29 8 29 1 5/16
RSC2/0-6-X Reduces From 2/0 AWG 1.13 Black P45 13 45 1 1/16
2.99 E3
Reduces To #6 AWG 1.38 Blue P24 7 24 1 5/16
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
E4
E5
Figure
B2 Dimensions
(In.) T&B Wire
Panduit Panduit Burndy Die Strip Std.
Color Die Index Die Index Index Length Pkg.
Part Number Code Conductor Size B L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (In.) Qty.
B3
RSC2/0-4-X Reduces From 2/0 AWG 1.13 Black P45 13 45 1 1/16
2.88
Reduces To #4 – 3 AWG STR,#2 AWG SOL 1.38 Gray P29 8 29 1 5/16
RSC4/0-6-X Reduces From 4/0 AWG 1.13 Purple P54 15 54 1 1/16
C1 3.24
Reduces To #6 AWG 1.38 Blue P24 7 24 1 5/16
RSC4/0-4-X Reduces From 4/0 AWG 1.13 Purple P54 15 54 1 1/16
3.12
Reduces To #4 – 3 AWG STR,#2 AWG SOL 1.38 Gray P29 8 29 1 5/16
C2
RSC4/0-1/0-X Reduces From 4/0 AWG 1.16 Purple P54 15 54 1 1/16
3.13
Reduces To 1/0 AWG 1.63 Pink P42 12 42 1 9/16
RSC4/0-2/0-X Reduces From 4/0 AWG 1.16 Purple P54 15 54 1 1/16
C3 2.90
Reduces To 2/0 AWG 1.50 Black P45 13 45 1 7/16
RSC500-X4/0-6 Reduces From 500 kcmil 1.94 Brown P87 20 87 1 7/8
3.97
Reduces To 4/0 Flex 1.50 Yellow P62 16 62 1 7/16
C4
RSC500-X350-6 Reduces From 500 kcmil 1.94 Brown P87 20 87 1 7/8
4.38
Reduces To 350 Flex 1.94 Blue P76 19 76 1 7/8
RSC750-4/0-6 Reduces From 750 kcmil 2.06 Black P106 24 106 2
D1 4.66 1
Reduces To 4/0 AWG 1.50 Purple P54 15 54 1 5/8
RSC750-X4/0-6 Reduces From 750 kcmil 2.06 Black P106 24 106 2
4.54
Reduces To 4/0 Flex 1.50 Yellow P62 16 62 1 7/16
D2 RSC750-X350-6 Reduces From 750 kcmil 2.06 Black P106 24 106 2
4.45
Reduces To 350 Flex 1.94 Blue P76 19 76 1 7/8
RSC750-500-6 Reduces From 750 kcmil 2.06 Black P106 24 106 2
4.45
D3 Reduces To 500 kcmil 1.94 Brown P87 20 87 1 7/8
RSC750-X500-6 Reduces From 750 kcmil 2.06 Black P106 24 106 2
4.63
Reduces To 500 Flex 2.06 Pink P99 400 99 2
E1 RSC750-750-6 Reduces From 750 kcmil 2.06 Black P106 24 106 2
4.63
Reduces To 750 kcmil 2.06 Black P106 24 106 2
RSCX750-4/0-3 Reduces From 750 Flex 2.06 Yellow P115 115 115 2
5.04
E2 Reduces To 4/0 AWG 1.50 Purple P54 15 54 1 5/8
RSCX750-750-3 Reduces From 750 Flex 2.06 Yellow P115 115 115 2
4.50
Reduces To 750 kcmil 2.06 Black P106 24 106 2
E3 ‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
E4
E5
For Use with Class 2R Rigid Strand and Flexible Strand Class 5F and 6F Copper Conductors
Type LCMA B2
●●Inspection window to visually assure full conductor insertion ●●Class 2r, Class 5f and Class 6f wire sizes and stud hole
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion size marked on connector for selection and installation
B3
●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature ●●CE compliant sizes 4mm²-240mm² Class 2r wire sizes
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit tools and dies ●●Product information marked on connector for selection
●●Approved for Marine use by American Bureau of Shipping and installation
●●Meets EN61238-1:2003/IEC 61238-1-2003 Class B for ●●Rounded tongue for use in tight spaces C1
4mm²-240mm² Class 2r wire sizes ●●Internally beveled wire entry for fast and easy installation
C2
D
B B
C3
N
M
INSPECTION
INSPECTION WINDOW
WINDOW
I C4
I
L L
D1
F
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit tools and dies 240mm² Class 2r wire sizes
LCMA 50-12H
50r/35f
B
●●Approved for Marine use by American Bureau of Shipping ●●CE compliant sizes 4mm²-240mm² Class 2r wire sizes
●●Class 2r, Class 5f and Class 6f wire sizes and stud hole Nsize C1
F
LCMA 50-12H
marked on connector for selection and installation
M
50r/35f
F
LCMA 50-12H
50r/35f
B
Panduit Identifier C2
Inspection
F
I
LCMA 50-12H
Window
F
LCMA 50-12H
N
50r/35f
B
M
50r/35f
C3
45°
F
Rigid and Flexible
LCMA 50-12H
N
M I Stranded Conductor
50r/35f
Sizes Marked on Part
L
C4
Copper Conductor 45°
Figure Dimensions Std.
Copper Conductor Size class 5f/6f^ Stud Hole Size Pkg.
I
Part Number Size Class 2r (mm²) (mm²) L
(mm) ØI B M N L Qty.
LCMA10-5H-C 10 — M5 4.5 11 9.8 6 27.6 D1
LCMA10-6H-C 10 — M6 4.5 11 9.8 6 27.6
LCMA10-8H-C 10 45° — M8 4.5 13 8.5 8 27.7
LCMA10-10H-C 10 — M10 4.4 14.5 8.5 8 28 D2
LCMA16-5H-C 16 L
10 M5 5.5 13 10.3 6.5 30.4
LCMA16-6H-C 16 10 M6 5.5 13 10.3 6.5 30.4
LCMA16-8H-C 16 10 M8 5.5 13 10.3 6.5 30.3
D3
LCMA16-10H-C 16 10 M10 5.5 15 10.2 8 32.3
100
LCMA25-5H-C 25 16 M5 6.9 14 10 8 31.8
LCMA25-6H-C 25 16 M6 6.9 14 10 8 31.8
LCMA25-8H-C 25 16 M8 6.9 15.5 10 8 31.8 E1
E5
E1
LCMA240-16H-X 240 185 M16 20.8 37.5 21 19.5 79.3
LCMA240-20H-X 240 185 M20 20.8 37.5 21 19.5 79.3
LCMA300-10H-5 300 240 M10 23.5 42.5 22 20 85.5
LCMA300-12H-5 300 240 M12 23.5 42.5 22 20 82.5
E2
LCMA300-16H-5 300 240 M16 23.5 42.5 22 20 85.5
LCMA300-20H-5 300 240 M20 23.5 42.5 22 20 85.4
5
LCMAX300-10H-5^ – 300* M10 26.2 48 26.5 23.5 98.4
E3
LCMAX300-12H-5^ – 300* M12 26.2 48 26.5 23.5 98.4
LCMAX300-16H-5^ – 300* M16 26.2 48 26.5 23.5 98.4
LCMAX300-20H-5^ – 300* M20 26.2 48 26.5 23.5 98.4
E4
Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
*Class 5f conductor only.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
^Not CE compliant and not tested to EN 61238-:2003/IEC 61238-1:2003 for terminations with metric Class 5f or Class 6f flexible stranded conductor.
E5
Type LCMA-F
●●Inspection window to visually assure full ●●Class 2r, Class 5f and Class 6f wire sizes and stud hole
F
B3
LCMA 50-12F
conductor insertion size marked on connector for selection and installation
50r/35f
B
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Rounded tongue for use in tight spaces
●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature N ●●Internally beveled wire entry for fast and easy installation
F
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit tools and dies C1
LCMA 50-12F
●
M ●
Meets EN61238-1:2003/IEC 61238-1-2003 Class B for
●●Approved for Marine use by American Bureau of Shipping 4mm²-240mm² Class 2r wire sizes
50r/35f
●●CE compliant sizes 4mm²-240mm² Class 2r wire sizes
F
LCMA 50-12F
C2
50r/35f
B
Panduit Identifier
90°
F
LCMA 50-12F
LCMA 50-12F
50r/35f
M
B C3
50r/35f
N
Inspection Rigid and Flexible
LCMA 50-12F
Window I
Stranded Conductor
M C4
Sizes Marked on Part
50r/35f
90° L
E2
E3
E4
E5
Type LCMB
●●Long barrel design to maximize number of crimps ●●Class 2r, Class 5f and Class 6f wire sizes and stud hole
B3
●●No inspection window to prevent contaminents from size marked on connector for selection and installation
entering barrel ●●Rounded tongue for use in tight spaces
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Internally beveled wire entry for fast and easy installation
C1
●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature ●●Meets EN61238-1:2003/IEC 61238-1-2003 Class B for
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit ® tools and dies 4mm²-240mm² Class 2r wire sizes
●●Approved for Marine use by American Bureau of Shipping ●●CE compliant sizes 10mm²-240mm² Class 2r wire sizes
C2
Panduit Identifier
C3
C4
For Use with Class 2R Rigid Strand and Flexible Strand Class 5F and 6F Copper Conductors
Type LCMD B2
●●Inspection window to visually assure full ●●Internally beveled wire entry for fast and easy installation
conductor insertion ●●Approved for Marine use by American Bureau of Shipping
B3
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Meets EN61238-1:2003/IEC 61238-1-2003 Class B for
●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature 4mm²-630mm² Class 2r wire sizes
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit ® tools and dies ●●CE compliant sizes 4mm²-630mm² Class 2r wire sizes
C1
●●Class 2r, Class 5f and Class 6f wire sizes and stud hole
size marked on connector for selection and installation
D
D
C2
B
B
B
C3
INSPECTION INSPECTION INSPECTION
WINDOW WINDOW WINDOW
I I I
L
L L
Copper
Copper Conductor Figure Dimensions
Conductor Size class Stud (mm) Std. D1
Figure Size Class 5f/6f*** Hole Size Stud Hole Pkg.
Part Number No. 2r (mm²) (mm²) (mm) Spacing (mm) ØI B M N L ØD Qty.
LCMD6-5CD-Q 2 4–6 4-6^ M5 22.0 – 25.0 3.8 10 7.8 6.2 52.5 5.5
D2
LCMD10-6CD-Q 2 10 — M6 22.0 – 25.0 4.5 11 9.8 6 55.8 6.6
LCMD10-8-Q 1 10 — M8 44.5 4.5 13 8.5 8 75.3 9.0
LCMD10-00-Q 3 10 — Blank — 4.4 14.5 — — 75.3 —
LCMD16-6CD-Q 2 16 10 M6 22.0 – 25.0 5.5 13 10.3 6.5 59.5 6.6 D3
LCMD16-8-Q 1 16 10 M8 44.5 5.5 13 10.3 6.5 79 9.0
LCMD16-12-Q 1 16 10 M12 — — — — — — —
LCMD16-00-Q 3 16 10 Blank — 5.5 15 — — 81.2 — E1
LCMD25-8CD-Q 2 25 16 M8 22.0 – 25.0 6.9 15.5 10 8 62 9.0
LCMD25-8-Q 1 25 16 M8 44.5 6.9 15.5 10 8 81.5 9.0
25
LCMD25-10-Q 1 25 16 M10 44.5 6.9 15.5 10 8 81.5 11.0
E2
LCMD25-12-Q 1 25 16 M12 44.5 7.1 20 14.5 11.5 89.5 14.0
LCMD25-00-Q 3 25 16 Blank — 7.1 20 — — 89.5 —
LCMD35-8CD-Q 2 35 25 M8 22.0 – 25.0 8.2 15.5 12.3 8.5 67 9.0
LCMD35-8-Q 1 35 25 M8 44.5 8.2 15.5 12.3 8.5 86.5 — E3
LCMD35-10-Q 1 35 25 M10 44.5 8.2 15.5 12.3 8.5 86.5 11.0
LCMD35-12-Q 1 35 25 M12 44.5 8.2 21.5 14.5 11.5 92.5 14.0
LCMD35-00-Q 3 35 25 Blank — 8.2 21.5 — — 92.5 — E4
LCMD35-1040-Q 1 35 25 M10 40 8.2 15.5 12.3 8.5 85.8 —
LCMD50-8CD-Q 2 50 35 M8 25 9.8 18 11.5 10 71.5 —
LCMD50-10CD-X 2 50 35 M10 22.0 – 25.0 9.8 18 11.5 10 71.5 11.0
E5
LCMD50-10-X 1 50 35 M10 44.5 9.8 18 11.5 10 91 11.0
LCMD50-12-X 1 50 35 M12 44.5 9.8 23 14 11 94.5 14.0
LCMD50-00-X 3 50 35 Blank — 9.8 23 — — 94.5 —
10
LCMD70-10CD-X 2 70 50 M10 22.0 – 25.0 11.5 20.5 14.5 11 78.5 11.0 F
Type LCMC
●●Long barrel design to maximize number of crimps ●●Class 2r, Class 5f, and Class 6f wire sizes and stud hole
B3
●●No inspection window to prevent contaminents from size marked on connector for selection and installation
entering barrel ●●Internally beveled wire entry for fast and easy installation
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Meets EN61238-1:2003/IEC 61238-1-2003 Class B for
C1
●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature 10mm²-630mm² Class 2r wire sizes
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit ® tools and dies ●●CE compliant sizes 10mm²-630mm² Class 2r wire sizes
●●Approved for Marine use by American Bureau of Shipping
C2
Panduit Identifier
C3
E4
E5
For Use with Class 2R Rigid Strand and Flexible Strand Class 5F and 6F Copper Conductors
Type SCMS B2
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●Internally beveled wire entry for fast and easy installation
●●UL Listed and CSA Certified to 35 kV** and temperature ●●Approved for Marine use by American Bureau of Shipping
rated to 90°C when crimped with Panduit tools and dies ●●Meets EN61238-1:2003/IEC 61238-1-2003 Class B for
B3
C2
C3
SCMS10-C 10 — 4.5 30
100
SCMS16-C 16 10 5.5 35
SCMS25-L 25 16 6.9 36 D1
SCMS35-L 35 25 8.2 36
50
SCMS50-L 50 35 9.8 49
SCMS70-L 70 50 11.5 52
D2
SCMS95-Q 95 70 13.5 54
25
SCMS120-Q 120 95 15.2 57
SCMS150-X 150 120 16.5 57
D3
SCMS185-X 185 150 18.6 61 10
SCMS240-X 240 185 20.8 72
SCMS300-5 300 240 23.5 75
SCMSX300-5 — 300^ 26.2 95 5 E1
SCMS400-5 400 — 27 95
SCMS500-6 500 — 31 96
6
SCMS630-6 630 — 34.5 131 E2
Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
***Not CE compliant and not tested to EN 61238-:2003/IEC 61238-1:2003 for terminations with metric Class 5f or Class 6f flexible stranded conductor.
^Class 5f conductor only
E3
E4
E5
●●Manufactured from high conductivity thick wall ●●Enclosed barrel prevents corrosive material from entering
wrought aluminum barrel when used in harsh environments
B3
●●Factory pre-filled with joint compound and sealed with ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
easy pull-out end plug to inhibit corrosion ●●cULus listed Certified to 35 kV** and temperature rated to
●●Color-coded barrels and Panduit and specified competitor 90°C when crimped with Panduit and specified competitor
C1 die index numbers marked on barrel for proper crimp crimping tools and dies
die selection
C2
C3
C4
C2
●●Color-coded barrel markings and Panduit and specified when crimped with Panduit and specified competitor
competitor die index numbers marked on barrel for proper crimping tools and dies
crimp die selection ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing D2
D3
E1
u LAB500-12-2R 500 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.62 3 0.46 6.8 Pink P99 300 99 3 1/16
u LAB600-12-2 600 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.73 3 0.5 7.56 Black P106 473 106 3 1/16
u LAB750-12-1R 750 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.69 3.44 0.57 7.31 Red P125 301 125 3 7/16 1 F
u LAB800-12-1 800 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.75 3.38 0.59 8.31
Gray P140 474 140 3 7/16 1
u LAB900-12-1 900 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1.74 3.38 0.59 8.31
u LAB1000-12-1 1000 kcmil 1/2 1.75 2.56 4.5 0.63 8.73 Brown P161 302 161 4 3/4 1
G
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
**Consult cable manufacturer for voltage stress relief instructions with applications greater than 2000 V.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
C1
C2
D1
Joint Compounds
D2 For Use with Aluminum Connectors
Type CMP
D3 ●●Oxide inhibitor for compression conductor connections ●●Wide operating temperature range; can be used in a wide
lowers electrical resistance of compression joint while range of electrical and environmental conditions
sealing out air and moisture to prevent the formation of ●●Packaged in convenient dispenser bottles
surface oxides
E1
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
E2 CMP-100-1 Contact aid for pad-to-pad or thread-to-thread aluminum connections,
8 oz. Operating temperature range -60°F (-51°C) to 400°F (204°C).
CMP-200-1 Contact aid for cable connections with compression connections made 1
on aluminum conductor, 8 oz. Operating temperature range -40°F
E3 (-40°C) to 400°F (204°C). Compatible with all insulating materials.
E4
E5
C2
C3
C4
Aluminum or Copper Figure Dimensions (in.) Panduit Panduit Burndy T&B Die Std.
Conductor Color Die Index Die Index Index Wire Strip Pkg.
Part Number Size Barrel O.D. L Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ Length (in.) Qty. D1
E5
●●Factory pre-filled with joint compound and sealed with ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
B3 easy pull-out end plug to inhibit corrosion ●●UL Listed per UL 486B; temperature rated 90°C and for
●●Panduit die index number and color code embossed on use up to 600 V when crimped with Panduit and specified
barrel for proper crimp die selection competitor crimping tools and dies
C1 ●●Insulating rubber sleeve included to insulate aluminum barrel
from contact with copper connector when attached to pin
L
L
C2
P
P
COPPER
COPPER PIGTAIL
PIGTAIL CONDUCTOR
C3 CONDUCTOR
Figure
C4
Aluminum Copper Dimensions Panduit Panduit Burndy T&B Die Wire Strip Std.
Conductor Pigtail (In.) Color Die Index Die Index Index Length Pkg.
Part Number Size Size L P Code No.‡ No.‡ No.‡ (in.) Qty.
BPC6-L 6 AWG 8 AWG 2.45 0.88
D1
BPC4-L 4 AWG 6 AWG 2.45 0.88
Tan P50 296 50 1 1/16 50
BPC2-L 2 AWG 4 AWG 2.45 0.88
BPC1-X 1 AWG 3 AWG 2.58 1.00
D2 BPC1/0-X 1/0 AWG 2 AWG 3.33 1.25
BPC2/0-X 2/0 AWG 1 AWG 3.33 1.25
Red P71 298 76 1 5/16 10
BPC3/0-X 3/0 AWG 1/0 AWG 3.46 1.38
D3 BPC4/0-X 4/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 3.46 1.38
BPC250-X 250 kcmil 3/0 AWG 3.71 1.50
BPC300-X 300 kcmil 4/0 AWG 4.10 1.63 Green P94 299 99, 87 1 7/16 10
BPC350-X 350 kcmil 4/0 AWG 4.10 1.63
E1
BPC400-X 400 kcmil 250 kcmil 4.35 1.88
Black P106 300 106 1 7/16 10
BPC500-X 500 kcmil 350 kcmil 4.35 1.88
BPC600-6 600 kcmil 350 kcmil 4.77 1.88
E2 Red P125 936 115 1 15/16 6
BPC750-6 750 kcmil 500 kcmil 4.90 2.00
‡Visit www.panduit.com/tools for tool and die information.
See pages D2.62, D2.99 for Panduit joint compounds recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections.
E3
E4
E5
B1
Mechanical Connectors B2
Panduit ® offers a broad variety of mechanical lugs, splices, and split bolt B3
connectors suitable for a wide range of electrical terminations using code
conductor. Designed to be reusable and installed without special tooling,
Pan-Lug™ Mechanical Connectors provide quality performance, ease of installation, C1
and lowest installed cost.
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2
Copper Split Bolt Connectors Cast Copper Connectors
Inspection windows
Part number and Hex head with Made from to assure complete
B3
conductor range large wrench flats high strength conductor insertion
marked on part for for easy assembly copper alloy
easy identification
Part number and
Waxed body to Serrated conductor range
C1 prohibit binding of 250 kcmil and barrel available marked on part for
contact pad or nut larger sizes have for high easy identification
contact serrations pull-out strength
for higher
Extra-long body pull-out strength
C2 Flat bottom allows
available to connect
full contact
two taps with one run Made from
surface mounting
high strength
C3
DB copper alloy
RATED
DB rated with select
Copper Split Bolt sizes
C4
E2
E3
Multi-Tap Connectors
Hex socket set screws
(slotted set screw for smallest
E4 size) for assembly with a Clear PVC insulation for
wrench or screwdriver visual inspection of the
complete conductor insertion
Pre-insulated aluminum
body to eliminate the need
E5 for taping
●●M
ade from high strength copper alloy to resist corrosion and ●●Pressure bar provides secure connection on a full range
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance of conductor combinations used with each connector
●●Offered with extra long body to allow connection of one or assuring premium wire pull-out strength B3
two taps to a single run conductor ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes temperature rated 90°C
inventory requirements ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for Direct Burial Grounding C1
●●Nut hex provides correct fit with socket, box, or for connectors marked ** below
open end wrenches resulting in proper torquing of ●●*Parts are cULus Listed for direct burial grounding.
electrical connection
E C2
C3
C4
W D1
Copper Conductor
Range of Equal Run Figure Dimensions D2
and Tap Min. Tap with (In.) Std. Pkg.
Part Number Min. Max. One Max. Run E W L Qty.
SBC8-C #10 SOL #8 STR #16 STR 0.39 0.55 0.86
D3
SBC8L-C* #16 STR #8 STR #16 STR 0.38 0.50 0.84
SBC350-1 2/0 SOL 350 kcmil 2/0 SOL 1.16 1.48 2.42
F
SBC500-1 300 kcmil 500 kcmil 2/0 STR 1.33 1.74 2.83
1
SBC750-1*^ 350 kcmil 750 kcmil #8 SOL 1.94 2.13 3.75
G
SBC1000-1*^ 500 kcmil 1000 kcmil #8 SOL 2.25 2.50 4.00
●●Made from high strength copper alloy to provide premium ●●Nut hex provides correct fit with socket, box, or
electrical and mechanical performance open end wrenches resulting in proper torquing of
B3
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion and oxidation electrical connection
●●Offered with dual rating for use with aluminum or ●●Free floating pressure bar separates conductors of
copper conductors dissimilar materials for secure connection on a full range
of conductor combinations
C1 ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
inventory requirements ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and UL
temperature rated 90°C
C2 E
C3
L
C4
D1
Copper and Aluminum Code Conductor
Range of Equal Run Figure Dimensions Std.
and Tap Min. Tap with (In.) Pkg.
D2 Part Number Min. Max. One Max. Run E W L Qty.
UL Listed and CSA Certified with Copper and Aluminum Conductors
SBCT8-C #8 SOL #6 SOL #14 SOL 0.41 0.62 1.06
SBCT6-C #8 SOL #6 STR #10 STR 0.49 0.68 1.10
D3 100
SBCT3-C #8 SOL #4 STR #10 STR 0.58 0.81 1.24
SBCT2-C #6 SOL #2 STR #14 STR 0.60 0.86 1.45
SBCT1/0-L #4 SOL 1/0 STR #10 STR 0.75 0.93 1.73 50
E1 SBCT2/0-Q #2 SOL 2/0 STR #8 STR 0.79 1.05 1.71 25
UL Listed and CSA Certified with Copper Code Conductors Only
SBCT10-C #16 STR #10 STR #16 STR 0.38 0.49 0.87 100
E2 SBCT3/0-Q #1 SOL 3/0 STR #8 STR 0.75 1.25 2.12
25
SBCT250-Q #1 SOL 250 kcmil #8 STR 1.03 1.36 2.22
SBCT350-1 2/0 SOL 350 kcmil 1/0 STR 1.17 1.49 2.55
E3
SBCT500-1 300 kcmil 500 kcmil 2/0 STR 1.32 1.74 2.95
1
SBCT750-1 250 kcmil 750 kcmil 2/0 STR 1.93 2.11 3.78
SBCT1000-1 350 kcmil 1000 kcmil 4/0 STR 2.29 2.53 4.02
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended. See page D2.99.
E4
E5
C2
C3
W
SBA6-C #6 STR – #6 STR #10 SOL – #10 SOL #6 STR – #10 SOL 0.56 0.75 1.58
SBA4-C #4 STR – #4 STR #8 SOL – #10 SOL #4 STR – #10 SOL 0.62 0.81 1.38 100
SBA2-C #2 STR – #2 STR #6 SOL – #8 STR #2 STR – #8 STR 0.69 0.94 1.58 D1
SBA1/0-Q 1/0 STR – 1/0 STR #2 STR (Compact) – #8 SOL 1/0 STR – #8 SOL 0.75 1.00 1.92
SBA2/0-Q 2/0 STR – 2/0 STR #2 STR (Compact) – #8 STR 2/0 STR – #8 STR 0.88 1.12 1.92 25
SBA4/0-Q 4/0 STR – 4/0 STR #2 STR (Compact) – #6 STR 4/0 STR – #6 STR 1.13 1.49 2.54
SBA350-1^ 350 kcmil – 350 kcmil 1/0 STR (Compact) – #4 STR 350 kcmil – #4 STR 1.50 1.69 3.24 D2
SBA500-1^ 500 kcmil – 500 kcmil 400 kcmil (Compact) – #2 STR 500 kcmil – #2 STR 1.73 2.00 3.62 1
(Compact) (Compact)
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended. See page D2.99.
^Not CSA Certified. D3
E1
L H E5
Copper Conductor Size Figure Dimensions (In.) Hex Size Std. Pkg. F
Part Number Run H Tap L W H C (In.) Qty.
VT-0-Q #2 STR – 1/0 STR #10 STR – 1/0 STR 1.50 1.44 0.94 0.31 1/2
VT-1-Q #2 STR – 2/0 STR #10 STR – 2/0 STR 1.50 1.56 1.13 0.31 1/2 25
VT-2-Q 1/0 STR – 4/0 STR #10 STR – 4/0 STR 1.75 1.84 1.34 0.38 9/16 G
VT-3-12 250 kcmil – 350 kcmil #10 STR – 350 kcmil 2.00 2.31 1.63 0.50 3/4
12
VT-4-12 250 kcmil – 500 kcmil #10 STR – 500 kcmil 2.25 2.44 1.69 0.50 3/4
VT-5-6 400 kcmil – 800 kcmil 3/0 STR – 800 kcmil 2.50 2.69 1.88 0.50 9/16
6 H
VT-6-6 500 kcmil – 1000 kcmil 3/0 STR – 1000 kcmil 2.75 3.06 2.25 0.63 15/16
●●Made from high strength bronze for ●●High strength silicon-bronze hardware provides premium
heavy duty connections mechanical performance when assembled to conductor
B3
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion and oxidation ●●Offered for use with aluminum conductors, but not UL Listed
●●Cap swivels for easy installation of conductors ●●UL Listed for use up to 600 V and 90°C temperature rated
●●Rubber washer retains hardware to connector and when used with copper code conductor
C1 eliminates loose parts C
L
C2
C3
H
D3
W P H
E5
F
Copper Conductor Stud Hole Hex Key Figure Dimensions (In.) Std. Pkg.
Part Number Size Range Size (In.) Size (In.) L W H T P Qty.
ML8-CY #14 SOL – #8 STR 3/16 ** 0.81 0.38 0.42 0.08 0.48
100
G ML4-CY #14 SOL – #4 STR 1/4 ** 1.11 0.54 0.55 0.09 0.63
ML1/0-LY #14 SOL – 1/0 STR 5/16 1/4 1.54 0.73 0.79 0.09 0.80 50
ML250-QY #6 STR – 250 kcmil 3/8 1/4 1.94 0.94 1.06 0.12 1.00 25
**Uses slotted head set screw.
H
Type BP
NOTES:
B2
1. MATERIAL: COPPER
APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS (BP4-14T IS TIN PLATED)
PART CONDUCTOR BOLT IN [mm] .02 [0.5] INSTALLATION
●●Made from high strength electrolytic copper to provide NUMBER ●●Flat bottom allows
RANGE
W
for complete
H
SIZE
T
contact
L
with TOOL 2. FOR COPPER WIRE ONLY.
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●Tin plating is available, contact customer service
inventory requirements
THIS COPY IS PROVIDED ON A RESTRICTED BASIS AND IS NOT TO BE USED IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF PANDUIT CORP.
BP4-14
4-14 LISTED
W
W H
H
C3
C US
TT
L
TITLE
COPPER MECHANICAL C4 LU
Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
(BP4-14-C, BP4-14T-C)
Copper Conductor Stud Hole Install Tin Pkg. CUSTOMER DRAWING
Part Number Size Range Size (In.) Tool H L W H T P Plated Qty. 00159NAA/00
ITEM REVISION NAME
AWG STR 00 12/16 JHNU DAOS RGB TITLE DRAWING RELEASED 00159NAA-DC THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
DRAWING NUMBER
E1
●●Cast from high strength corrosion resistant copper alloy to ●●Plated steel set screw provides high strength, durable
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance electrical contact between conductor and connector
●●Compact design saves space ●● F
lat bottom allows for complete contact with
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes mounting surface E2
inventory requirements ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and UL
●●Inspection window to visually assure full conductor insertion temperature rated 90°C
E3
L
P
W H
E4
Copper Conductor Stud Hole Hex Key Figure Dimensions (In.) Std. Pkg. E5
Part Number Size Range Size (In.) Size (In.) L W H T P Qty.
PNL-4-C #14 SOL – #4 STR 1/4 ** 1.25 0.53 0.56 0.14 0.66 100
PNL-1/0-L #8 SOL – 1/0 STR 5/16 1/4 1.59 0.73 0.78 0.14 0.85 50
F
PNL-250-Q #6 SOL – 250 kcmil 3/8 5/16 1.97 0.94 1.05 0.13 1.00 25
PNL-500-3 #4 SOL – 500 kcmil 1/2 3/8 3.00 1.38 1.47 0.25 1.63 3
PNL-1000-3 500 kcmil – 1000 kcmil 1/2 1/2 3.88 1.75 2.00 0.38 2.13 3
**Uses slotted head set screw. G
L
C2
T P H
W
C3
CopperTConductor Stud Hole Hex Key Figure Dimensions (In.) Std. Pkg.
P H
Part Number Size Range Size (In.) Size (In.) L W H T P Qty.
HL1-25-X #14 SOL – #8 STR 1/4 ** 1.38 0.56 0.79 0.19 0.81
C4
HL4-1-X #8 SOL – #4 STR 1/4 ** 1.38 0.56 0.79 0.19 0.81 10
HL8-1-X #4 SOL – #1 STR 1/4 7/16 1.56 0.75 0.90 0.22 0.69
HL13-1-5 #1 STR – 2/0 STR 3/8 9/16 1.88 0.81 1.14 0.22 0.88
5
D1 HL21-1-5 2/0 STR – 4/0 STR 3/8 9/16 2.19 1.00 1.31 0.25 1.00
HL30-1-2 4/0 STR – 300 kcmil 1/2 5/8 2.50 1.06 1.47 0.31 1.25
2
HL50-1-2 300 kcmil – 500 kcmil 1/2 3/8 3.00 1.38 1.65 0.34 1.50
*HL1-25-X and HL4-1-X do not include pressure plates.
D2
**Uses slotted head set screw.
●●UL
W Listed for use up to 600 V and temperature rated 90°C
L
E4 HOLE
SPACING
T P H
W
E5
Two-Hole, Straight Tongue Lug with NEMA Hole Sizes and Spacing B1
L
C2
HOLE
SPACING
T P H
W
C3
D3
L
P
HOLE
SPACING
T H E5
W
P F
Stud Hole Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
CopperT Conductor Stud Hole SpacingH Hex Key Pkg.
Part Number Size Range Size (In.) (In.) Size (In.) L W H T P Qty.
u HHL8-2N-X #4 SOL – #1 STR 7/16 5.13 1.00 0.80 0.22 3.00 10 G
u HHL13-2N-5 #1 STR – 2/0 STR 9/16 4.88 1.25 1.00 0.22 3.00
1/2 1.75 5
u HHL21-2N-5 2/0 STR – 4/0 STR 9/16 5.63 1.50 1.37 0.25 3.00
u HHL30-2N-1 4/0 STR – 300 kcmil 5/8 5.88 1.50 1.45 0.31 3.00 1
H
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
B2
Type H2L-2N
●●Allows for termination of two copper conductors ●●Internal barrel serrations provide premium wire
●●Cast from high strength corrosion resistant copper alloy to pull-out Lstrength
HOLE
B3 provide premium electrical and mechanical performance ●●Inspection
SPACING window to visually assure full conductor insertion
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●Flat bottom allows for complete contact with
inventory requirements mounting surface
W
C1
●●Internal pressure plate provides uniform clamping force ●●UL Listed for use up to 600 V and temperature rated 90°C
on conductor for premium electrical performance ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
L
HOLE
C2 T P H
SPACING
W
C3
●●Cast from high strength corrosion resistant copper alloy to ●●Internal barrel serrations provide premium wire
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance pull-out strength
E2
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●Internal wire stops to prevent over-insertion of conductor
inventory requirements ●●UL Listed for use up to 600 V and temperature rated 90°C
●●Internal pressure plate provides uniform clamping force
E3 on conductor for premium electrical performance
E4
H
W
E5
●●Made from a single piece of high strength electrolytic ●●Serrations incorporated in barrel of connector to provide
copper to provide premium electrical and premium wire pullout strenth of wire termination
B3
mechanical performance ●●Plated, fillister head, steel set screw provides high
●●Patented one piece design. Provides premium electrical strength, durable electrical contact btween conductor
and mechanical and connector
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●cULus Listed for use for up to 600 V and temperature C1
inventory requirements rated to 90 C where applicable
L M C2
W T
H
C3
●●Made from a single piece of high strength electrolytic ●●Serrations incorporated in barrel of connector to provide
copper to provide premium electrical and premium wire pullout strenth of wire termination
mechanical performance ●●Plated, fillister head, steel set screw provides high E2
●●Patented one piece design. Provides premium electrical strength, durable electrical contact between conductor
and mechanical and connector
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●cULus Listed for use for up to 600 V and temperature E3
inventory requirements rated to 90°C where applicable
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
E4
L M
W T E5
H
F
Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
Copper Conductor Stud Hole Pkg.
Part Number Size Range Size (In.) L W H T M Qty.
CXS35-36T-C 14 AWG - 6 AWG 3/16 1.08 0.38 0.39 0.05 0.47 100
G
CXS70-14-T-C 14 AWG - 4 AWG 1/4 1.28 0.5 0.5 0.06 0.53 100
CXS125-14T-Q 4 AWG - 1/0 AWG 1/4
1.6 0.62 0.73 0.09 0.65 25
CXS125-56T-Q 4 AWG - 1/0 AWG 5/16
H
●●Made from high strength electrolytic copper to provide ●●Inspection window to visually inspect for full wire insertion
premium electrical and mechanical performance ●●Plated steel set screw provides high strength, durable
B3
●●Compact design save space electrical contact between conductor and connector
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●cULus Listed for use up to 600 V
inventory requirements
C1
M
C2 L
C3 W H
T
C4
P
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Made from high strength electrolytic copper to provide ●●Inspection window to visually assure full
premium electrical and mechanical performance conductor insertion
B3
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●Plated steel set screw provides high strength, durable
inventory requirements electrical contact between conductor and connector
●●Internal pressure bar and V-bottom collar provide uniform ●●cULus Listed for use upL to 600 V and temperature rated
clamping force on conductor to assure positive contact to 90°C where applicable P C1
between conductor and connector
W
C2
L
M
P T
C3
W H
C4
M
Current T Stud Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
Copper Conductor Rating Hole Hex Size Pkg.
Part Number Size Range
H (Amps) Size (In.) (In.) L W H T P M Qty.
D1
CS25-18SL-CY #14 AWG – #10 AWG 25 1/8 ** 1.16 0.31 0.36 0.07 0.75 0.28
CS35-36SL-CY #14 AWG – #6 AWG, 50 3/16 ** 1.14 0.38 0.49 0.07 0.60 0.43
(2) #10 AWG, (2) #12 AWG,
(2) #14 AWG, D2
(1) #10 AWG with (1) #12 AWG,
(1) #12 AWG with (1) #14 AWG 100
CSA70-14-CY #14 AWG – #4 AWG 70 1/4 ** 1.30 0.50 0.64 0.08 0.81 0.50
CS70-14SL-CY #12 AWG – #2 AWG, 90 1/4 ** 1.30 0.50 0.64 0.08 0.81 0.50 D3
(1) #8 AWG with (1) #4 AWG,
(1) #8 AWG with (1) #6 AWG
CS125-14SL-QY #2 AWG – 1/0 AWG 125 1/4 ** 1.94 0.62 0.88 0.11 1.00 0.60
CS175-38HK-QY #4 AWG – 3/0 AWG 175 3/8 3/16 2.19 0.75 1.01 0.16 1.25 0.72 E1
25
CS225-56HKR-Q #2 AWG – 4/0 AWG 225 5/16 7/32 2.38 0.99 1.13 0.12 1.19 0.94
CS300-38HK-QY #1 AWG – 350 kcmil 300 3/8 5/16 3.19 0.99 1.39 0.12 1.63 1.23
CS400-38HK-3Y 1/0 AWG – 500 kcmil 400 3/8 5/16 3.88 1.50 1.61 0.18 2.19 1.41 E2
3
CS650-12HK-3Y 600 kcmil – 1000 kcmil 650 1/2 3/8 5.13 2.00 2.32 0.25 2.82 1.85
**Uses slotted head set screw.
E3
E4
E5
●●Made from high strength electrolytic copper to provide ●●Inspection window to visually assure full
premium electrical and mechanical performance conductor insertion L
B3
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●Plated steel set screw provides high strength, durable
inventory requirements HOLE
electrical contact between conductor and connector
SPACING
●●Internal pressure bar and V-bottom collar provide uniform ●●cULus Listed for use up to 600 V and temperature rated
C1 clamping force on conductor to assure positive contact to 90°C where applicable W
between conductor and connector ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
P
C2
L M
HOLE
SPACING T
C3
H
W
C4 P
M
D1 Stud T Stud Figure Dimensions (In.)
Current Hole Hole Hex Std.
CopperH Conductor Rating Size Spacing Size Pkg.
Part Number Size Range (Amps) (In.) (In.) (In.) L W H T P M Qty.
D2 CD35-36SL-QY #14 AWG – #6 AWG, 50 3/16 1.00 ** 2.13 0.38 0.49 0.07 1.60 0.43
(2) #10 AWG,
(2) #12 AWG,
(2) #14 AWG,
(1) #10 AWG with
D3 (1) #12 AWG,
(1) #12 AWG with
(1) #14 AWG
25
CD70-14SL-QY #12 AWG – #2 AWG 90 1/4 1.00 ** 2.26 0.50 0.64 0.09 1.63 0.50
E1 (1) #8 AWG with
(1) #4 AWG,
(1) #8 AWG with
(1) #6 AWG
E2 CD125-14SL-QY #2 – 1/0 AWG 125 1/4 1.00 ** 2.94 0.62 0.88 0.13 1.88 0.60
CD225-56HKR-Q #6 AWG – 4/0 AWG 225 5/16 1.00 7/32 3.38 1.00 1.13 0.13 2.13 .94
CD300-38HK-3Y #1 AWG – 350 kcmil 300 3/8 1.00 5/16 4.94 1.00 1.39 0.19 3.32 1.23
E3
CD400-38HK-3Y 1/0 AWG – 500 kcmil 400 3/8 1.75 5/16 5.62 1.50 1.61 0.19 3.57 1.41 3
u CD650-12HK-3Y 600 kcmil – 1000 kcmil 650 1/2 1.75 3/8 6.88 2.00 2.32 0.25 4.69 1.85
**Uses slotted head set screw.
E4 uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
E5
●●Made from high strength electrolytic copper to provide ●●Inspection window to visually assure full
premium electrical and mechanical performance conductor insertion L
B3
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●Plated steel set screw provides high strength, durable
inventory requirements electrical contact between conductor and connector
●●Internal pressure bar and V-bottom collar provide uniform ●●cULus Listed for use up to 600 V and temperature rated
clamping force on conductor to assure positive contact to 90°C where applicable W C1
between conductor and connector
L M
C2
H T
W
C3
P
M
C4
Current Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
Conductor Rating Stud Hole Hex Size Pkg.
Part Number H
Size Range (Amps) Size (In.)T (In.) L W H T P M Qty.
CB25-18-CY #14 AWG – #10 AWG 25 1/8 ** 1.00 0.31 0.36 0.07 0.55 0.28 D1
CB35-36-CY #14 AWG – #6 AWG, 50 3/16 ** 1.24 0.39 0.49 0.07 0.59 0.43
(2) #10 AWG, P
(2) #12 AWG,
(2) #14 AWG, D2
(1) #10 AWG with
(1) #12 AWG,
(1) #12 AWG with 100
(1) #14 AWG
D3
CBA70-14-CY #14 AWG – #4 AWG 70 1/4 ** 1.31 0.47 0.64 0.08 0.61 0.50
CB70-14-CY #8 AWG – #2 AWG, 90 1/4 ** 1.55 0.47 0.64 0.08 0.80 0.50
(1) #8 AWG with
(1) #4 AWG,
E1
(1) #8 AWG with
(1) #6 AWG
CB125-14-QY #6 AWG – 1/0 AWG 125 1/4 ** 1.98 0.62 0.88 0.10 1.02 0.60
CB175-38-QY #4 AWG – 3/0 AWG 175 3/8 3/16 2.20 0.74 1.01 0.12 1.18 0.72 E2
25
CB225-56HKR-Q #2 AWG – 4/0 AWG 225 5/16 7/32 2.55 0.99 1.13 0.12 1.21 0.94
CB300-38-QY 1/0 AWG – 350 kcmil 300 3/8 5/16 2.83 0.99 1.39 0.12 1.33 1.23
CB400-38-3Y 1/0 AWG – 500 kcmil 400 3/8 5/16 4.09 1.49 1.61 0.17 2.22 1.61
3 E3
CB650-12-3Y 600 kcmil – 1000 kcmil 650 1/2 3/8 4.84 2.00 2.32 0.25 2.44 1.85
**Uses slotted head set screw.
E4
E5
●●Made from high strength electrolytic copper to provide ●●Inspection window to visually assure full conductor insertion
premium electrical and mechanical performance ●●Plated steel set screw provides high strength, durable
B3
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes electrical contact between conductor and connector
inventory requirements ●●cULus Listed for use up to 600 VLand temperature rated
●●Internal pressure bar and V-bottom collar provide uniform to 90°C where applicable HOLE
C1 clamping force on conductor to assure positive contact ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes andSPACING
spacing
between conductor and connector
W
C2
L M
HOLE
C3 SPACING
H
W T
C4
M P
E5
●●Made from high strength electrolytic copper to provide ●●Anti-rotation feature on bottom Wof lug
premium electrical and mechanical performance ●●Plated steel set screw provides high strength, durable
L
●●Compact design saves space electrical contact between conductor and connector B3
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●cULus Listed for use up to 600 V
inventory requirements H
P C1
C2
L
H
M C3
P 0.060
C4
W
D2
0.060
UL
R
LISTED
One-Hole, Single Barrel Box Lug D3
Type ACB M
L
E1
●●Made from high strength, extruded aluminum alloy to ●●Plated aluminum set screw provides high strength,
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance durable electrical contact between conductor and
●●Compact design saves space connector
E2
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes ●●UL Recognized and CSA Certified for use
H up to 600V
inventory requirements ●●CU7AL temperature rating
●●Anti-rotation feature on bottom of lug W
E3
L
E4
P
E5
W M
M
H
W T P H
C3
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Made from high strength, extruded aluminum alloy to ●●Plated steel or aluminum set screw provides high
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance strength, durable electrical contact between conductor
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion and connector B3
●●Compact design saves space ●●LAMLB provided with dual set screws for premium clamping
of conductor to connector for heavy duty applications
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
inventory requirements ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and C1
L temperature rated 90°C
●●Inspection window to visually assure full conductor insertion
●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
W
HOLE C2
L SPACING
T P H
W
HOLE C3
SPACING
T P Figure 1 Figure 2
H
Stud Stud Hole Hex Key Figure Dimensions Std. C4
Figure Conductor Hole Size Spacing Size (In.) Pkg.
Part Number No. Size Range (In.) (In.) (In.) L W H T P Qty.
u LAMB350-12-6Y 1 #6 AWG – 350 kcmil 1/2 1.75 5/16 4.19 1.13 1.28 0.28 3.05 6
u LAMB600-12-3Y 1 #2 AWG – 600 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1/2 4.69 1.60 1.57 0.44 3.31 D1
3
u LAMLB1000-12-3 2 500 – 1000 kcmil 1/2 1.75 1/2 6.19 1.63 1.88 0.56 3.44
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections. See page D2.99.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
D2
W M
L
E4
W M
T P H
E5
Conductor P
T
Stud Hole
H Hex Key Figure Dimensions (In.) Std. Pkg.
Part Number Size Range Size (In.) Size (In.) L W H T P M Qty. F
LAM2A1/0-14-6Y #14 AWG – 1/0 AWG 1/4 ** 1.47 1.13 0.78 0.19 0.85 1.13
LAM2A2/0-14-6Y #14 AWG – 2/0 AWG 1/4 3/16 1.47 1.20 0.78 0.19 0.85 1.20
LAM2A250-38-6Y #6 AWG – 250 kcmil 3/8 3/8 2.56 1.50 1.19 0.25 1.56 1.64 G
6
LAM2A350-12-6Y #6 AWG – 350 kcmil 1/2 5/16 2.87 1.73 1.25 0.25 1.74 1.91
LAM2A600-12-6Y #2 AWG – 600 kcmil 1/2 3/8 3.19 2.00 1.56 0.44 1.81 2.38
LAM2A1000-58-6Y 500 kcmil – 1000 kcmil 5/8 3/8 3.50 3.50 1.94 0.50 1.88 3.50
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections. See page D2.99. H
**Uses slotted head set screw.
B2
Type LAM2SA
●●Dual barrel provides termination of two conductors ●●Inspection window to visually assure full conductor
●●Made from high strength, extruded aluminum alloy to insertion
B3 provide premium electrical and mechanical performance ●●Plated steel or aluminum set screw provides high
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion strength, durable electrical contact between conductor
and connector
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes inventory
requirements ●●UL LListed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and
C1
temperature rated 90°C
W
C2
L
P H1
W H2
T
C3
Conductor P Stud Hole H1 Hex Key Figure Dimensions (In.) Std. Pkg.
C4 Part Number Size Range Size (In.)
H2 Size (In.) L W H1 H2 T P Qty.
LAM2SA300-56-3 T kcmil
#6 AWG – 300 5/16 5/16 3.00 1.00 2.00 1.25 0.50 1.00
3
LAM2SA300-38-3 #6 AWG – 300 kcmil 3/8 5/16 3.00 1.00 2.00 1.25 0.50 1.00
D1 The use of Panduit ® oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections. See page D2.99.
D2
Two-Hole, Two-Barrel Lug
For Use with Stranded Aluminum or Copper Code Conductors
D3 Type LAM2B
●●Dual barrel provides termination of two conductors ●●Plated steel or aluminum set screw provides high
●●Made from high strength, extruded aluminum alloy to strength, durable electrical contact between conductor
E1 provide premium electrical and mechanical performance and connector
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●LAM2LB connector provided with dual set screws for
premium clamping of conductor to connector for heavy
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes duty applications
E2 inventory requirements L
HOLE●● UL Listed and CSA certified for use up to 600 V and
●●Inspection window to visually assure full conductor insertionSPACING temperature rated 90°C
●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
E3 W
L
HOLE
SPACING
E4 T P H
W
E5
Figure 1 Figure 2
T P H
F
Stud Stud Hole Hex Key Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
Figure Conductor Hole Size Spacing Size Pkg.
Part Number No. Size Range (In.) (In.) (In.) L W H T P Qty.
u LAM2B350-12-3Y 1 #6 AWG – 350 kcmil 5/16 4.19 1.91 1.28 0.25 3.06
G u LAM2LB600-12-3 2 #2 AWG – 600 kcmil 1/2 1.75 3/8 5.50 2.85 1.50 0.38 3.25 3
u LAM2LB1000-12-3 2 500 – 1000 kcmil 1/2 6.19 3.48 1.88 0.56 3.44
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections. See page D2.99.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
H
P
Figure
H1 1 Figure
H1 2 C3
H2 H2
T T
Stud Stud Hole Hex Key Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
Figure Conductor Hole Size Spacing SizeL Pkg.
Part Number No. Size Range (In.) (In.) (In.) L W H1 H2 T P Qty. C4
LAM2SB600-38-1Y 1 #2 AWG – 600 kcmil 3/8 1.38 3/8 4.91 1.50 3.00 1.88 0.75 2.34
LAM2SB750-38-1Y 1 1/0 AWG – 750 kcmil 3/8 1.38 3/8 4.91 1.50 3.00 1.88 0.75 2.34 1
LAM2SSB500-141Y 2 4/0 AWG – 500 kcmil 1/4 0.69 1/2 2.91 1.44 2.38 1.77 0.63 1.69
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections. See page D2.99. D1
Type LAM3B
●●Triple barrel provides termination of three conductors ●●Plated steel or aluminum set screw provides high D3
●●Made from high strength, extruded aluminum alloy to strength, durable electrical contact between conductor
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance and connector
●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●LAM3LB connector is provided with dual set screws to
E1
allow premium clamping of conductor to connector for
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes heavy duty applications
inventory requirements
●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and
●●Inspection window to visually assure full conductor insertion temperature rated 90°C E2
L ●●Available with NEMA hole sizes and spacing
L
HOLE
SPACING
L W E3
L
HOLE W
SPACING
HOLE
SPACING
W
W T P
T P H H E4
HOLE
SPACING
T
Figure 1 T
Figure 2
P H P
H
E5
Stud Stud Hole Hex Key Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
Figure Conductor Hole Size Spacing Size Pkg.
Part Number No. Size Range (In.) (In.) (In.) L W H T P Qty.
LAM3B2-14-6Y* 1 #14 AWG – #2 AWG 1/4 0.87 ** 2.49 1.63 0.47 0.19 2.03
6 F
LAM3B1/0-38-6Y 1 #14 AWG – 1/0 AWG 3/8 1.00 ** 2.91 2.00 0.88 0.25 2.16
u LAM3B3/0-12-3Y 1 #6 AWG – 3/0 AWG 1/2 1.75 1/4 4.25 2.81 1.19 0.31 3.25 3
u LAM3B250-12-1Y 1 #6 AWG – 250 kcmil 5/16 4.00 2.82 1.19 0.31 3.00
u LAM3B350-12-1Y 1 #6 AWG – 350 kcmil 5/16 4.50 3.50 1.38 0.31 3.25
1/2 1.75 1 G
u LAM3LB600-12-1 2 #2 AWG – 600 kcmil 3/8 5.50 4.32 1.50 0.38 3.25
u LAM3LB1000-121Y 2 500 kcmil – 1000 kcmil 1/2 6.19 5.27 1.88 0.56 3.44
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections. See page D2.99.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
*cULus Listed H
**Uses slotted head set screw
HOLE
SPACING HOLE
HOLE HOLE SPACING
SPACING W W
C3 SPACING
T P H T P H
HOLE HOLE
SPACING SPACING
C4 T P Figure
H 1 T P Figure 2
H
E5 HOLE
L SPACING
W P H1
H2
F T
HOLE
SPACING
G P
Conductor Stud
H1 Figure Dimensions (In.)
H2Hole Stud Hole Hex Key Std. Pkg.
Part Number SizeTRange Size (In.) Spacing (In.) Size (In.) L W H1 H2 T P Qty.
LAM4SB600-38-1Y #2 AWG – 600 kcmil 3/8 4.91 2.47 3.00 1.88 0.75 2.34
3/8 1.38 1
H
LAM4SB750-38-1Y 1/0 AWG – 750 kcmil 3/8 4.91 2.84 3.00 1.88 0.75 2.34
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections. See page D2.99.
HOLE HOLE
HOLE W SPACING
SPACING SPACING HOLE
SPACING W
T P
T P H H
HOLE
C3
HOLE
SPACING SPACING
T T
P
Figure
H
1 P
Figure
H 2
C4
Stud Stud Hole Hex Key Std.
Figure Conductor Hole Size Spacing Size Figure Dimensions (In.) Pkg.
Part Number No. Size Range (In.) (In.) (In.) L W H T P Qty.
u LAM4D250-12-1Y 1 #6 AWG – 250 kcmil 5/16 4.25 4.04 1.19 0.31 3.25 D1
u LAM4D350-12-1Y 1 #6 AWG – 350 kcmil 5/16 4.50 4.72 1.37 0.31 3.25
1/2 1.75 1
u LAM4LD600-12-1 2 #2 – 600 kcmil 3/8 5.50 5.31 1.50 0.38 3.25
u LAM4LD1000-12-1 2 350 – 1000 kcmil 3/8 6.19 7.11 1.88 0.56 3.44
D2
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections. See page D2.99.
uNEMA hole sizes and spacing.
D3
E5
Aluminum Hardware
Part Transformer KVA Mechanical Lug Conductor Size (Sizes in Inches)
Number Rating Part No. Qty. Range Hex Bolt Size Qty. Nut Size Qty. Washer Size Qty.
F
KLM14-250Y 15 – 37.5 KVA 1PH LAMA2-14 8 #14 – 2 AWG 1/4 – 20 x 3/4 HH 8 1/4 – 8 1/4 FLAT 16
15 – 45 KVA 3PH LAMA250-56 4 #6 AWG – 250 kcmil 20 HN 1/4 CMP 8
KLM6-250Y 50 – 75 KVA 1 PH LAMA250-56 12 #6 AWG – 250 kcmil 1/4 – 20 x 3/4 HH 8 1/4 – 16 1/4 FLAT 32
75 – 112.5 KVA 3 PH 1/4 – 20 x 2 HH 8 20 HN 1/4 CMP 16
KLM6-600Y 100 – 167 KVA 1PH LAMA250-56 3 #6 AWG – 250 kcmil 1/4 – 20 x 3/4 HH 3 1/4 – 3 3/8 FLAT 32 G
150 – 300 KVA 3 PH LAMA600-38 3 #4 AWG – 600 kcmil 3/8 – 16 x 2 HH 16 20 HN 16 1/4 FLAT 6
3/8 – 3/8 CMP 16
16 HN 1/4 CMP 3
Suffix: HH = Hex Head; HN = Hex Nut; FLAT = Flat Washer; CMP = Compression Washer. H
The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended for pad to pad and conductor connections. See page D2.99.
●●Made from high strength extruded aluminum alloy to ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance inventory requirements
B3 ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and UL
●●Rounded bottoms to facilitate taping temperature rated 90°C
●●Solid center barrier prevents contact of dissimilar
C1 metal conductors
W
W
C2 W W
L L
L
L
C3
H H H
H
Figure 1 Figure 2 Figure 3
C4
Conductor Hex Key Std.
Figure Size Range Figure Dimensions (In.) Size Pkg.
Part Number No. Max. Min. L W H (In.) Qty.
D1
SR-2-XY 1 #2 AWG STR, #14 AWG STR, 1.38 0.50 0.56 **
#10 AWG SOL #14 AWG SOL
SR-0-XY 1 1/0 AWG STR, #14 AWG STR, 1.91 0.75 0.75 **
#10 AWG SOL #14 AWG SOL 10
D2
SR-4/0-XY* 1 4/0 AWG #6 AWG 2.31 1.00 1.13 5/16
SR-250-XY 2 250 kcmil #6 AWG 3.94 1.00 1.13 5/16
SR-350-XY 2 350 kcmil #6 AWG 4.19 1.13 1.19 5/16
D3 SR-500-3Y 2 500 kcmil 3/0 AWG 5.00 1.37 1.40 3/8 3
SR-750-1Y 2 750 kcmil 250 kcmil 6.25 1.63 1.75 1/2
1
SR-1000-1Y 3 1000 kcmil 500 kcmil 8.69 1.72 1.88 9/16
E1 The use of Panduit oxide inhibiting joint compound (CMP-100) is recommended. See page D2.99.
*Not CSA certified.
**Uses slotted screws.
E2
E3
E4
E5
Neutral Bar B1
●●Made from high strength extruded aluminum alloy to ●●Plated aluminum set screw provides high strength, durable
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance electrical contact between conductor and connector
●●Compact design saves space ●●Plated steel zinc plated screws for neutral bars provides B3
●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes high strength, durable electrical contact between
inventory requirements conductor and connector
●●Multiple wire port configurations available to meet ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600V C1
application needs ●●CU9AL temperature rating
●●Neutral bars pre-assembled to main connectorTHIS COPY IS PROVIDED ON A RESTRICTED BASIS AND IS NOT TO BE USED IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF PANDUIT CORP.
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR NOTES:
C2
1. MATERIAL:
REFERENCE
REFERENCE CHARTCHART
FOR FOR -BAR- ALUMINUM, TIN PL
NUMBER OF PORTS
NUMBER OF PORTS AND AND -BAR HARDWARE - STEEL
NUMBER OF NEUTRAL BARS -CONNECTOR - ALUMIN
NUMBER OF NEUTRAL BARS -CONNECTOR SET SCRE
C3LISTED/C
2. UL486A-UL486B
[25.4±0.76]
25.4±0.76 5. TEMPERATURE RATING:
C4
6. DIMENSIONS IN PARENT
2.53±.05
7. SEE PACKAGE LABEL FO
Figure Dimensions 64.3±1.3
SPECIFICATIONS.
# of
Main Connector/ Neutral Stud Hex Main Mounting Neutral 8. SEE www.PANDUIT.COM
D1
Nuetral Bar Aluminum Bars/ Hole Key Connector Hole Bar Std.
or Copper Conductor # of Tongue Size Size Mounting Spacing Install Pkg. LISTED
L
Part Number Size Range Ports L WREFERENCE
H CHART
Width (In.) (In.) Hole 1.13±.03
Size
28.6±0.8
A B Tool Qty.
.53±.02
NBA350-12 1 2.53 4.77 1.13 – #10-32 0.53 – 13.5±0.5 D2
12
NBA350-24 2 2.53 4.77 1.13 – #10-32 0.53 –
#6 AWG - 350 kcmil 12
SOL/STR
NBA350-30 3 2.53 4.15 1.13 – #10-32 0.53 – Phillips #10-32 MOUNTING HOLE D3
1 1/4 1
10 Screwdriver TORQUE: 24 IN-LB [2.7 N.m]
#14 AWG - #4 AWG (2 PLCS)
NBA350-36 SOL/STR 3 2.53 4.77 1.13 – #10-32 0.53 –
12
TITLE
NEUTRAL BAR AS
NBA350-42 3 2.53 5.39 1.13 – #10-32 0.53 – E1 SER
(NBA350
14
CUSTOMER DRAW
ITEM REVISION NAME
13J051CO/00
DATASET FILE NAME
13J051CO-DC/00.SLDDRW
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,
DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES ARE: E2IN [mm
JHNU
DATE CHK
12/15 BKR
SCALE
E3 N/A
TYPE NBISO-KIT
●●Made from Black Fiberglass Reinforced Nylon ●●Includes Two # 10-32 x 1/2” Mounting Scres with External
●●Material Meets UL94-SVA Flame Rating Tooth Lockwashers E4
E5
C2
W
C3
C4 1.172±.020 TYP
29.8±0.51
.586±.020 TYP
14.9±0.51
D1
.258±.020 TYP
6.6±0.51
D2 H
E2
Neutral Bar Bracket SLOT SIZE W
●●Made from Black Reinforced PBT ●●Bracket Mounting Slots Accommodate #10 Mounting
●●Material Meets UL94-SVA Flame Rating Hardware (not included)
E4
●●Includes Two Plastic Mounting Brackets
E5
SLOT SIZE W
F
L
G
●●Flexible design can be used as a tap, splice or dead end ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes inventory
connector requirements
●●Body made from high strength, extruded aluminum alloy to ●●Plated aluminum set screw provides high strength, durable B3
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance electrical contact between conductor and connector
●●Insulated with clear PVC to eliminate the need for taping ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and
and allow for visual inspection of the complete conductor temperature rated 90 C C1
insertion
●●Each port pre-filled with oxide inhibiting joint compound
seals out air and moisture to deter surface oxidation
C2
C3
H H
C4
S S W W
L L
D1
Figure Dimensions
Std.
Copper and Aluminum Hex Key Pkg.
H
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Flexible design – can be used as a tap, splice, or dead ●●Each port pre-filled with oxide inhibiting joint compound
end connector seals out air and moisture to deter surface oxidation
B3
●●Body made from high strength, extruded ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
aluminum alloy to provide premium electrical and inventory requirements
mechanical performance ●●Plated steel or aluminum set screw provides high
C1 ●●Insulated with clear PVC to eliminate the need for strength, durable electrical contact between conductor
taping and allow for visual inspection of the complete and connector
conductor insertion ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and
temperature rated 90°C*
C2
C3
W H
C4
D1
Hex Key Std.
Conductor No. of Figure Dimensions (In.) Size Pkg.
Part Number Size Range Ports L W H S (In.) Qty.
PCSB4-2S-12Y 2 1.23 1.25 1.25 0.53
D2 12
PCSB4-3S-12Y 3 1.76 1.25 1.25 0.53
PCSB4-4S-6Y 4 2.29 1.25 1.25 0.53
PCSB4-5S-6Y #4 – #14 AWG STR 5 2.82 1.25 1.25 0.53 6
1/8
D3 PCSB4-6S-6Y #10 – #14 AWG SOL 6 3.35 1.25 1.25 0.53
PCSB4-10S-4Y 10 5.47 1.25 1.25 0.53 4
PCSB4-12S-3Y 12 6.53 1.25 1.25 0.53 3
PCSB4-14S-2Y 14 7.59 1.25 1.25 0.53 2
E1 PCSB2/0-2S-6 2 1.52 1.31 1.38 0.67
PCSB2/0-3S-6Y 3 2.19 1.31 1.38 0.67 6
PCSB2/0-4S-6Y 4 2.86 1.31 1.38 0.67
PCSB2/0-5S-4Y 2/0 – #14 AWG STR 5 3.53 1.31 1.38 0.67
4
E2 PCSB2/0-6S-4Y 6 4.20 1.31 1.38 0.67 3/16
PCSB2/0-8S-3Y #10 – #14 AWG SOL 8 5.55 1.31 1.38 0.67 3
PCSB2/0-10S-2Y 10 6.89 1.31 1.38 0.67 2
PCSB2/0-12S-1Y 12 8.24 1.31 1.38 0.67
E3 1
PCSB2/0-14S-1Y 14 9.58 1.31 1.38 0.67
PCSB250-2S-6Y 2 2.03 2.00 2.13 0.94
PCSB250-3S-6Y 3 2.97 2.00 2.13 0.94 6
E4
PCSB250-4S-6Y 4 3.91 2.00 2.13 0.94
PCSB250-5S-4Y 5 4.84 2.00 2.13 0.94
4
PCSB250-6S-4Y 250 kcmil – #10 AWG STR 6 5.78 2.00 2.13 0.94 5/16
PCSB250-8S-3Y 8 7.66 2.00 2.13 0.94 3
E5 PCSB250-10S-2Y 10 9.53 2.00 2.13 0.94
2
PCSB250-12S-2Y 12 11.41 2.00 2.13 0.94
PCSB250-14S-1Y 14 13.29 2.00 2.13 0.94 1
PCSB350-2S-4Y 2 2.17 2.25 2.50 1.00
4
F PCSB350-3S-4Y 3 3.17 2.25 2.50 1.00
PCSB350-4S-3Y 4 4.17 2.25 2.50 1.00
3
PCSB350-5S-3Y 5 5.17 2.25 2.50 1.00
PCSB350-6S-2Y 350 kcmil – #10 AWG STR 6 6.17 2.25 2.50 1.00 5/16
G PCSB350-8S-2Y 8 8.17 2.25 2.50 1.00 2
PCSB350-10S-2Y 10 10.17 2.25 2.50 1.00
PCSB350-12S-1Y 12 12.17 2.25 2.50 1.00
1
PCSB350-14S-1Y 14 14.17 2.25 2.50 1.00
H
H E1
W
S
E2
E4
E5
●●Flexible design – can be used as a splice or reducer ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
●●Dual rated for use with copper or aluminum conductors inventory requirements
B3
●●Made from high strength, extruded aluminum alloy to ●●Plated steel or aluminum set screw provides high
provide premium electrical and mechanical performance strength, durable electrical contact between conductor
and connector L
●●Insulated with clear PVC to eliminate the need for
taping and allow for visual inspection of the complete ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and UL C1
conductor insertion temperature rated 90°C
●●Each port pre-filled with oxide inhibiting joint compound W
seals out air and moisture to deter surface oxidation C2
L
C3
H
W
C4
D1
Figure Dimensions (In.) Std.
Conductor Pkg.
Part Number Size Range H L W H Qty.
PISR2-1 #2 AWG STR – #14 AWG STR, 2.38 0.75 1.25 D2
#8 AWG SOL – #10 AWG SOL
PISR1/0-1 1/0 AWG STR – #14 AWG STR, 2.91 0.95 1.41
#8 AWG SOL – #14 AWG SOL
PISR250-1 250 kcmil – #10 AWG STR, 4.00 1.25 2.24 1 D3
#8 AWG SOL – #10 AWG SOL
PISR350-1 350 kcmil – #10 AWG STR, 4.63 1.40 2.34
#8 AWG SOL – #10 AWG SOL
PISR500-1 5.25 1.72 2.63 E1
500 kcmil – #6 AWG STR
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Flexible design – can be used as a tap, splice, or dead ●●Each port pre-filled with oxide inhibiting joint compound
end connector seals out air and moisture to deter surface oxidation
B3 ●●Body made from high strength, extruded ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
aluminum alloy to provide premium electrical and inventory requirements
mechanical performance ●●Plated steel or aluminum set screw provides high
C1 ●●Two isolated mounting holes at either end of connector strength, durable
W electrical contact between conductor
facilitate direct mounting using 1/4" bolts and connector
●●Insulated with clear PVC to eliminate the need for ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and
taping and allow for visual inspection of the complete temperature rated 90°C M
C2
conductor insertion L
C3
W
H
C4
M
L
S
D1
●●Flexible design – can be used as a tap, splice, or dead ●●Each port pre-filled with oxide inhibiting joint compound
end connector seals out air and moisture to deter surface oxidation
B3
●●Body made from high strength, extruded ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
aluminum alloy to provide premium electrical inventory requirements
and mechanical performance ●●Dual-sided entry allows offset and opposite entry for
●●Two isolated mounting holes at either end of connector primary and secondary conductors C1
facilitate direct mounting using 1/4" bolts ●●Plated steel or W
aluminum set screw provides high
●●Insulated with clear PVC to eliminate the need for strength, durable electrical contact between conductor
taping and allow for visual inspection of the complete and connector
C2
conductor insertion ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use
M up to 600 V and
temperature rated 90°C L
C3
W H
C4
M
L S
D1
●●Flexible design can be used as a tap, splice or dead end ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
connector inventory requirements
B3
●●Body made from high strength, extruded ●●Plated aluminum set screw provides high strength,
aluminum alloy to provide premium electrical durable electrical contact between conductor and
and mechanical performance connector
C1 ●●Insulated with black PVC to eliminate the need for taping, ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and
UV-1 rating, indoor use only temperature rated 90°C
●●Each port pre-filled with oxide inhibiting joint compound
seals out air and moisture to deter surface oxidation
C2
H H
C3
S W W
S
C4
L L
D3
Mult-Tap Connector with Black PVC Insulation, Single-Sided
S W
●●Flexible design can be used as a tap, splice or dead end ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
E2 connector inventory requirements
●●Body made from high strength, extruded ●●Plated steel set screw provides high strength, durable
aluminum alloy to provide premium electrical electrical contact between conductor and connector
and mechanical performance ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for use up to 600 V and
E3
●●Insulated with black PVC to eliminate the need for taping, temperature rated 90°C
UV-1 rating, indoor use only
●●Each port pre-filled with oxide inhibiting joint compound
E4
seals out air and moisture to deter surface oxidation
E5
G
Hex Key Std.
Conductor No. of Figure Dimensions (In.) Size Pkg.
Part Number Size Range Ports L W H S (In.) Qty.
H BLKPSB4-2S-12 #14 AWG - #4 AWG STR. 2 1 1.13 1.25 0.44 1/8 12
#14 AWG - #10 AWG SOL
●●Flexible design can be used as a tap, splice or dead end ●●Wide wire range-taking capability minimizes
connector inventory requirements
●●Body made from high strength, extruded ●●Dual-sided entry allows offset and opposite entry for B3
C3
H H
C4
S S
L L W W
D1
Hex Key Std.
Conductor No. of Figure Dimensions (In.) Size Pkg.
Part Number Size Range Ports L W H S (In.) Qty.
BLKPSB250-3-6 #10 AWG - 250 kcmil 3 2.97 2.64 2.13 0.94 5/16 6 D2
BLKPSB600-2-4 #6 AWG - 600 kcmil 2 2.72 3 2.75 1.28 3/8 4
H
D3
Joint Compounds
For Use with Aluminum Connectors S
L W
E1
Type CMP
●●Oxide inhibitor for compression conductor connections ●●Wide operating temperature range; can be used in a wide
lowers electrical resistance of compression joint while range of electrical and environmental conditions E2
sealing out air and moisture to prevent the formation of ●●Packaged in convenient dispenser bottles
surface oxides
Std. E3
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
CMP-100-1 Contact aid for pad-to-pad or thread-to-thread aluminum connections, 1
8 oz. Operating temperature range -60°F (-51°C) to 400°F (204°C). E4
E5
B2 1.
Select the correct connector for your application.
●●Always use an aluminum conductor with an
aluminum connector
●●Verify that the connector is marked for the conductor size
B3
C1
C2
2. Remove the insulation from insulated cable.
●●Visit www.panduit.com/tools for Panduit ® cable stripping tools
C3 ●●Use care to avoid nicking the conductor strands
●●Strip the insulation to the proper length as listed in the
installation instructions provided with Panduit connectors
C4
D1
3. Clean the exposed conductor using a wire brush or an
emery cloth.
D2 ●●In a similar manner, clean an unplated connector pad and the
surface to which the connector will be attached
●●Solvent should be used to clean plated parts that are dirty, but
D3 the plating should never be disturbed with abrasives
E1
E4
Logo
(Symbol) Agency Spec/Approval Applicable Products
B2
C3
Canadian Standards C22.2 No. 65-13
As shown on product pages.
Association Wire Connectors
C4
ABS Rules Copper compression connectors
Steel Vessel Rules LCA, LCAF, LCAS, LCAX, LCB, LCC, LCD,
American Bureau of Shipping
1-1-4/7.7, 4-8-3/9.19, S-R, LCCX, LCDX, SCS, SCSF, LCMA,
4-8-4/21.27 LCMD, LCMC, LCMB, SCMS D1
Copper compression connectors
Network Equipment – Building
NEBS Level 3 Telcordia Technologies, Inc.
Systems
LCAS, LCA, LCD, LCB, LCC, LCAF, LCCF,
SCSS, SCS, SCL, SCSF
D2
Metric Copper Compression Connectors and
International Stand, IEC 61238-1: 2003 CLASS B
Splices for Class 2r Conductor as specified:
European Norm EN 61238-1:2003
LCMA, LCMD, SCMS, LCMB, LCMC
D3
E2
E3
E4
E5
Hex Bolts
C1 Recommended
Thread Size Torque Wrench Part Number Thread Size Length (In) Box. Qty.
(UNC) (inch-pounds) Size (SAE) SBBOLT2550-C 1/4-20 1/2
1/4-20 80 7/16 SBBOLT2562-C 1/4-20 5/8
C2 5/16-18 180 1/2 SBBOLT2575-C 1/4-20 3/4
3/8-16 240 9/16 SBBOLT25100-C 1/4-20 1
7/16-14 5/8 (bolt) SBBOLT25125-C 1/4-20 1 1/4
350
11/16 (nut) SBBOLT25150-C 1/4-20 1 1/2
C3 1/2-13 480 3/4 SBBOLT25200-C 1/4-20 2
5/8-11 660 15/16 SBBOLT25250-C 1/4-20 2 1/2
SBBOLT25300-C 1/4-20 3
C4 SBBOLT3150-C 5/16-18 1/2
DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF PANDUIT CORP.
NOTES: SBBOLT3162-C 5/16-18 5/8
SBBOLT3175-C
WRENCH
SIZE 1. MATERIAL: SILICON BRONZE 5/16-18 3/4
5/8
2. DIMENSIONS IN BRACKETS ARE MILLIMETERS SBBOLT31100-C 5/16-18 1
D1 3. ALL BOLTS ARE FULLY THREADED
SBBOLT31125-C 5/16-18 1 1/4
4. PKG QTY:
L = 50 SBBOLT31150-C 5/16-18 1 1/2
C = 100
SBBOLT31175-C 5/16-18 1 3/4
SBBOLT31200-C 5/16-18 2
D2
3/4
SBBOLT31250-C 5/16-18 2 1/2
WRENCH SIZE
SBBOLT31300-C 5/16-18 3
SBBOLT3850-C 3/8-16 1/2
100
D3 SBBOLT3862-C 3/8-16 5/8
SBBOLT3875-C 3/8-16 3/4
SBBOLT38100-C 3/8-16 1
SBBOLT38125-C 3/8-16 1 1/4
E1
SBBOLT38150-C 3/8-16 1 1/2
15/16
NOTES: A
Terminate
WRENCH
PART NUMBER THREAD THICKNESS
Mechanical Connectors
SIZE 1. MATERIAL: SILICON BRONZE
SBNUT25-C 1/4-20 .22 [5.6] 7/16 2. DIMENSIONS IN BRACKETS ARE MILLIMETERS
SBNUT31-C 5/16-18 .27 [6.7] 1/2
3. PKG. QTY:
SBNUT38-C 3/8-16 .33 [8.3] 9/16 C = 100
●●Complies with ANSI/ASME B18.2.2 dimensions ●●United National Coarse Class 2B thread fit
SBNUT62-C 5/8-11 .55 [13.9] 15/16
THK Box. B2
THK
THICKNESS WRENCH
WRENCH SIZE
Part Number Thread Size (In) Qty.
SIZE
SBNUT25-C 1/4-20 7/32
SBNUT31-C 5/16-18 17/64
SBNUT38-C 3/8-16 21/64 B3
100
SBNUT44-C 7/16-14 3/8
SBNUT50-C 1/2-13 7/16
SBNUT62-C 5/8-11 35/64
C1
ON A RESTRICTED BASIS AND IS NOT TO BE USED IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF PANDUIT CORP.
NOMINAL NOTES:
THICKNESS O.D.
SIZE
O.D.
O.D.
THK
THICKNESS
.X
.XX .02 [0.5]
.XXX
ANGLES
O.D. NOTES THK Box.
00 2/16 JHNU JHNU RGB DRAWING RELEASED 15J350BB-DC Part Number
THIRD ANGLE (In)DRAWING NUMBER
15J350BB-DC
(In) Qty.
PROJECTION
REV DATE BY CHK APR DESCRIPTION ECN
DRAWN BY
JHNU
DATE
2/16
SBFW25-C
CHK
RGB
SCALE
D2
THIS COPY IS PROVIDED ON A RESTRICTED BASIS AND IS NOT TO BE USED IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF PANDUIT CORP.
NOTES:
TITLE
NOMINAL 1. MATERIAL: SILICON BRONZE
PART NUMBER
SILICON BRONZE
SIZE
THICKNESS
FLAT WASHER
O.D.
THIS COPY IS PROVIDED ON A RESTRICTED BASIS AND IS NOT TO BE USED IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF PANDUIT CORP. TITLE
TITLE
H
SILICON BRONZE INTERNAL TOOTH WASHER
(SBITW SERIES)
CUSTOMER DRAWING
D2.103
ITEM REVISION NAME
●●Fully threaded to work in a range of applications ●●United National Coarse Class 2B thread fit
B3 ●●Complies with ANSI/ASME B18.2.1 dimensions
Hex Bolts Part Number Thread Size Length (In) Box. Qty.
Recommended SSBOLT2525-C 1/4-20 1/4
C1
Thread Size Torque Wrench SSBOLT2550-C 1/4-20 1/2
(UNC) (inch-pounds) Size (SAE) SSBOLT2562-C 1/4-20 5/8
1/4-20 80 7/16 SSBOLT2575-C 1/4-20 3/4
C2 5/16-18 180 1/2 SSNTS1420-C 1/4-20 1
3/8-16 240 9/16 SSBOLT25125-C 1/4-20 1 1/4
1/2-13 480 3/4 SSBOLT25150-C 1/4-20 1 1/2
5/8-11 660 15/16 SSBOLT25175-C 1/4-20 1 3/4
C3
SSBOLT25200-C 1/4-20 2
DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF PANDUIT CORP.
SSBOLT25250-C 1/4-20 2 1/2
WRENCH
NOTES:
SSBOLT25300-C 1/4-20 3
SSBOLT3150-C
1. MATERIAL: SILICON BRONZE
SIZE
C4 5/16-18 1/2
2. DIMENSIONS IN BRACKETS ARE MILLIMETERS
5/8
SSBOLT3162-C 5/16-18 5/8
3. ALL BOLTS ARE FULLY THREADED
SSBOLT3175-C 5/16-18 3/4
4. PKG QTY:
L = 50
C = 100
SSBOLT31100-C 5/16-18 1
D1 SSBOLT31125-C 5/16-18 1 1/4
SSBOLT31150-C 5/16-18 1 1/2
3/4
WRENCH SIZE
SSBOLT31175-C 5/16-18 1 3/4
SSBOLT31200-C 5/16-18 2
D2
SSBOLT31250-C 5/16-18 2 1/2
100
SSBOLT31300-C 5/16-18 3
SSBOLT3850-C 3/8-16 1/2
D3 SSBOLT3862-C 3/8-16 5/8
15/16
SSBOLT3875-C 3/8-16 3/4
SSNTS3816-C 3/8-16 1
LENGTH
SEE NOTE #3
SSBOLT38125-C 3/8-16 1 1/4
E1 SSBOLT38150-C 3/8-16 1 1/2
SSBOLT38175-C 3/8-16 1 3/4
SSBOLT38200-C 3/8-16 2
E2
SSBOLT38250-C 3/8-16 2 1/2
SSBOLT38300-C 3/8-16 3
TITLE
Hex Nuts
2. DIMENSIONS IN BRACKETS ARE MILLIMETERS
SBNUT31-C 5/16-18 .27 [6.7] 1/2
3. PKG. QTY: B1
SBNUT38-C 3/8-16 .33 [8.3] 9/16 C = 100
SBNUT44-C 7/16-14 .38 [9.5] 11/16
Panduit stainless steel hex nuts
SBNUT50-C 1/2-13 comply.44
with
[11.1]industry standard
3/4 ANSI/ASME B18.2.2 dimensions and have a Unified National Coarse
Class 2B thread fit.
SBNUT62-C 5/8-11 .55 [13.9] 15/16
B2
THK Box.
THK
THICKNESS WRENCH
WRENCH SIZE
Part Number Thread Size (In) Qty.
SIZE
SSN1420-C 1/4-20 7/32
B3
SSNUT31-C 5/16-18 17/64
SSN3816-C 3/8-16 21/64 100
SSNUT50-C 1/2-13 7/16
SSNUT62-C 5/8-11 35/64 C1
C2
TITLE
O.D.
O.D.
THK
THICKNESS O.D. THK Box.
Part Number (In) (In) Qty.
SSFW14-C 5/8 .065
D2
SSFW31-C 11/16 .065
SSFW38-C 7/8 .050 100
SSFW50-C 1 1/16 .095
SSFW62-C 1 5/16 .095 D3
E1
TITLE
Split Lockwashers E3
.X .XXX NOTES NOTES:
.XX .02 [0.5] ANGLES
NOMINAL 1. MATERIAL: SILICON BRONZE
NU RGB DRAWING RELEASED PART NUMBER
15J350BC-DC THICKNESS
THIRD ANGLE O.D.
SIZE DRAWING NUMBER
15J350BC-DC
PROJECTION 2. DIMENSIONS IN BRACKETS ARE MILLIMETERS
SBSLW25-C 1/4 .062 SCALE
[1.57] .49 [12.4]
Panduit stainless steel split lockwashers
DRAWN BY
comply
DATE
with .078
CHK
industry
[1.98] N/A standard ANSI/ASME
SIZE
HK APR DESCRIPTION ECN
SBSLW31-C JHNU5/16 2/16 RGB SHEET 1 0F 1
.58 [14.8] A B18.21.1
3. PKG. QTY.:
C = 100 dimensions.
SBSLW38-C 3/8 .094 [2.39] .68 [17.3]
G
TITLE
B2
Hex nut
B3
Flashwasher Split lock washer or
belleville (conical) washer
recommended for
aluminum lugs
C1 Copper or aluminum
compression or
mechanical lug
C2
Threaded stud
Use of CMP-100 joint compound
between aluminum lug and
C3
copper or aluminum busbar or
Busbar or mounting pad is recommended
mounting pad
C4
D1
Hex bolt or screw
E2
Copper or aluminum
Split lock washer compression or
mechanical lug
E3
Busbar or
Hex nut mounting pad
E4
E5
Recommended Hardware Material
Material Configuration of Lug/Mounting Surface
F
Copper to Copper Aluminum to Copper Aluminum to Aluminum Copper to Steel Aluminum to Steel
1. Silicon bronze 1. Silicon bronze 1. Aluminum 1. Silicon bronze 1. Aluminum
2. Stainless steel 2. Aluminum 2. Stainless steel 2. Stainless steel 2. Stainless steel
G 3. Stainless steel 3. Plated silicon bronze
Conductor Sizes B1
D3
194 0.05 0.002 0.80 0.031 752 7 0.67 0.026 2.10 0.083 4871
100 0.07 0.003 0.80 0.031 760 2.5 35 0.30 0.012 2.20 0.087 4883
0.38
7 0.27 0.011 0.80 0.031 791 315 0.10 0.004 2.20 0.087 4883
12 0.21 0.008 0.80 0.031 820 1 1.78 0.070 1.78 0.070 4911
E1
21 0.16 0.006 0.80 0.031 833 19 0.45 0.018 2.36 0.093 6088
0.30 0.012 0.90 0.035 977 *65 0.25 0.010 2.41 0.095 6500
0.5 16 0.20 0.008 0.90 0.035 992 12 165 0.16 0.006 2.41 0.095 6549
E2
1 0.80 0.031 0.80 0.031 992 1 2.06 0.081 2.06 0.081 6561
*10 0.25 0.010 0.89 0.035 1000 *7 0.81 0.032 2.44 0.096 7168
1 0.81 0.032 0.81 0.032 1024 56 0.30 0.012 3.10 0.122 7812
E3
41 0.13 0.005 0.91 0.036 1025 1 2.26 0.089 2.26 0.089 7917
20 4.0
26 0.16 0.006 0.91 0.036 1032 511 0.10 0.004 3.00 0.118 7921
*7 0.32 0.013 0.97 0.038 1111 19 0.52 0.020 2.70 0.106 7963
E4
19 0.20 0.008 0.94 0.037 1216 37 0.40 0.016 2.92 0.115 9354
7 0.37 0.015 1.10 0.043 1485 49 0.36 0.014 2.95 0.116 9880
0.75 24 0.20 0.008 1.20 0.047 1488 10 *7 0.98 0.039 2.95 0.116 10376
E5
1 1.00 0.039 1.00 0.039 1550 1 2.59 0.102 2.59 0.102 10404
*16 0.25 0.010 1.19 0.047 1600 *105 0.25 0.010 2.95 0.116 10500
1 1.02 0.040 1.02 0.040 1600 84 0.30 0.012 3.50 0.138 11718
F
65 0.13 0.005 1.19 0.047 1625 756 0.10 0.004 3.70 0.146 11718
18
41 0.16 0.006 1.19 0.047 1627 6.0 1 2.76 0.109 2.76 0.109 11807
*7 0.40 0.016 1.22 0.048 1770 7 1.05 0.041 3.20 0.126 11962
G
19 0.25 0.010 1.24 0.049 1900 19 0.64 0.025 3.30 0.130 12063
*Strandings required for UL and CSA certification testing.
Overall Conductor
Individual Strands Size Individual Strands Overall Conductor Size
B2
Conductor Diameter Diameter Area Conductor Diameter Diameter Area
Metric Circ. Metric Circ.
AWG mm2 No. mm In. mm In. Mils AWG mm2 No. mm In. mm In. Mils
B3
7 0.107 0.042 3.21 0.126 11840 19 2.57 0.101 12.8 0.505 187500
6 95
1 2.77 0.109 2.77 0.109 11840 37 1.83 0.072 12.5 0.504 187500
7 1.1 0.0432 3.3 0.13 13000 4/0 19 2.89 0.1055 13.4 0.528 211600 C1
9
1 2.91 0.1144 2.91 0.114 13090 120 37 2.06 0.081 14.4 0.567 237.8 kcmil
1 3.26 0.1285 3.25 0.128 16510 250 kcmil 37 2.07 0.0822 14.6 0.575 250 kcmil C2
8
7 1.23 0.0486 3.7 0.146 16510 300 kcmil 150 37 2.29 0.09 16 0.63 300 kcmil
7 1.37 0.054 4.12 0.162 19740 350 kcmil 37 2.47 0.0973 17.3 0.681 350 kcmil
C3
10
1 3.58 0.141 3.58 0.141 19740 185 37 2.54 0.1 17.8 0.7 365.1 kcmil
7 1.38 0.0545 4.15 0.164 20520 400 kcmil 37 2.64 0.104 18.5 0.728 400 kcmil
7 C4
1 3.67 0.1443 3.67 0.144 20520 37 2.9 0.114 20.3 0.798 473.6 kcmil
240
7 1.55 0.0612 4.66 0.184 26240 61 2.26 0.089 20.3 0.801 473.6 kcmil
6 D1
1 4.11 0.162 4.11 0.162 26240 37 2.95 0.1162 20.7 0.813 500 kcmil
500 kcmil
16
7 1.73 0.08 5.13 0.204 31580 61 2.3 0.0905 20.7 0.814 500 kcmil
7 1.75 0.0688 5.24 0.206 33090 300 61 2.51 0.099 22.6 0.891 592.1 kcmil D2
5
kcmil
4
7 1.96 0.0772 5.88 0.232 41740 600 kcmil 61 2.52 0.0992 22.7 0.893 600 kcmil
7 2.16 0.085 6.48 0.255 49340 700 kcmil 61 2.72 0.1071 24.5 0.964 700 kcmil D3
25
19 1.32 0.052 6.6 0.26 49340 61 2.82 0.1109 25.4 0.998 750 kcmil
750 kcmil
3
7 2.2 0.0867 6.61 0.26 52620 91 2.31 0.0908 25.4 0.998 750 kcmil
E1
2
7 2.47 0.0974 7.42 0.292 66300 400 61 2.9 0.114 26.1 1.026 798.4 kcmil
7 2.54 0.1 7.62 300 69070 61 2.91 0.1145 26.2 1.031 800 kcmil
E2
35 800 kcmil
19 1.55 0.001 7.75 0.305 69070 91 2.38 0.0938 26.2 1.032 800 kcmil
1
19 1.5 0.0064 8.43 0.332 83690 500 61 3.25 0.128 28.3 1.152 986.8 kcmil
1000 E3
19 1.85 0.073 9.27 0.365 98680 kcmil 91 2.66 0.1048 29.3 1.153 1000 kcmil
50
1/0
19 1.59 0.0745 9.46 0.373 10500 625 91 2.97 0.117 32.7 1.287 1233.7 kcmil
70
19 2.18 0.086 10.9 0.43 138100
F
AWG to Metric Wire Crosses
This chart details the different conductors commonly used in the industry. For AWG Metric (mm2)
each size, either AWG or Metric, various stranding options are listed. Typically
26 - 22 0.1 - 0.5
the higher stranding is used in applications requiring greater conductor flexibility. G
22 - 18 0.5 - 1.0
16 - 14 1.5 - 2.5
12 - 10 4.0 - 6.0
H
B2
C2
C3
C4
Standard Stud Size 1/2" 5/8" 3/4" 7/8" 1"
Stud Size Decimal
0.500" 0.625" 0.750" 0.875" 1.00"
Equivalent
D1
Terminal Hole Diameter 531" 0.656" 0.810" 0.906" 1.031"
Stud Size Designation in
12 58 34 78 1
Panduit Part Number
D2
D3
Equivalent Tables
Decimal/Inches
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1
Grounding Connectors B2
Panduit grounding connectors help create a safe and reliable grounding system
that provides a high-quality, visually verifiable, and dedicated grounding path. This E3
helps customers maintain system performance, improve network reliability, and
safeguard network equipment and personnel while meeting today’s application
requirements. E4
E5
B2
B3
Service Entrance
C1
Transformer
C2
4
C3
6
C4
Service Panel
D1
3
7 5
D2
D3
1 2
E1
E3
5 Conductor to
Grounding Electrodes
Grounding Plate Connector:
2 Conductor to Rebar Allows bonds through concrete.
E4 E Style Grounding Connectors: (see page D3.11)
Allow bonds to reinforcing bars.
(see page D3.8) 6 Related Product LCC-W
Long Barrel Two-Hole Code
E5 Conductor Lugs:
For use with stranded
copper conductors.
(see pages D2.21 – D2.24)
3 Conductor to Ground Rod
Grounding Cross Connectors: 7 Related Product LCC-B
F
Create bonds Direct Burial Bare Copper Lugs:
between perpendicular For use with stranded
grounding conductors. copper conductors.
G (see page D3.9) (see pages D3.13)
●●Complies with TIA-607-C and IEEE Std 1100 (IEEE Emerald Book)
●●Grounding Equalizer (GE) is required when two or more Telecommunications Bonding Backbones (TBB) are used within B2
a multi-story building; bond TBBs together with a GE at the top floor and at a minimum of every third floor in between
Telecommunications Bonding B3
Backbone (TBB)**
2 Conduit
6
C3
Earth Ground 3
7
C4
8 D1
AC Panel*
D2
Cable Entrance
AC Service Entrance D3
3
Water Meter
4 4
E1
E2
Copper Compression HTAP E Style Grounding
1 and Clear Cover: HTWC 5 Connector: GCE
(see page D3.16) (see page D3.8)
E3
Telecommunications Main
Bronze, U-Bolt Grounding Grounding Busbar (TMGB)
2 Clamp: GPL (see page D3.21) 6 and Busbar Label
(see page D3.5) E4
F
Bronze, Water Pipe Universal Beam Grounding
4 Grounding Clamp: GPC 8 Clamp: GUBC, GUBC4/0-6
(see page D3.22) (see page D3.10)
G
*AC Panel should be grounded per NEC standards. Enclosure should be grounded per manufacturer’s specifications.
**Specification TIA-607-C specifies different size conductors based on the length of the Telecommunications Bonding Backbone (TBB).
B2 ●●Bond mesh common bonding network (MCBN) ●●Accommodate conductors from #6 – 1/0 AWG, minimizes
conductors to each other and bond the access floor inventory requirements
pedestals to the conductors ●●Bond round and square access floor pedestals for
●●Specifically designed to bond perpendicular MCBN greater flexibility
B3
conductors per TIA-607-C
●●Bond to the pedestal with a single bolt to
simplify installation
C1
C2
W
C3
C4
H
D
D1
D2
E4
E5
Type GB
●●Meets BICSI and TIA-607-C requirements for network ●●Comes pre-assembled with brackets and insulators B2
systems grounding applications attached for quick installation
●●Made of high conductivity copper and tin-plated to ●●Insulators provide 600 V of insulation
inhibit corrosion ●●Use Panduit self-laminating laser/ink jet labels to identify B3
busbars to meet TIA/EIA-606-B, see chart below
D2
Component Labels for BICSI/TIA-607-C Telecommunications Grounding Busbars
D3
E3
F
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
LTYK Label kit includes ten printed tags and ten flame retardant cable ties. 1
G
B2
●●Provided with standard NEMA hole pattern spacing ●●Come pre-assembled with brackets and insulators
●●Made of high conductivity copper and tin-plated to attached for quick installation
inhibit corrosion ●●Insulators provide 600 V of insulation
B3
No. of Mounting Positions Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Bar Size 1/2" Stud Hole with 1 3/4" Hole Spacing Qty.
GB4N0007TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 12" 7
C1
GB4N0016TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 24" 16
GB4N0024TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 36" 24 1
GB4N0026TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 48" 26
C2
GB4N0034TPI-1 1/4" x 4" x 60" 34
C3
E2
E3
E4
E5
C4
Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
D2
1/4" Hardware
SSNTS1420-C Stainless steel mounting hardware; 1/4" stainless steel bolts.
SSCW14-C Stainless steel mounting hardware; 1/4" stainless steel Belleville D3
washers (locking). 100
SSFW14-C Stainless steel mounting hardware; 1/4" stainless steel flat washers.
SSN1420-C Stainless steel mounting hardware; 1/4" stainless steel nuts.
E1
3/8" Hardware
SSNTS3816-C Stainless steel mounting hardware; 3/8" stainless steel bolts.
SSCW38-C Stainless steel mounting hardware; 3/8" stainless steel Belleville
E2
washers (locking). 100
SSFW38-C Stainless steel mounting hardware; 3/8" stainless steel flat washers.
SSN3816-C Stainless steel mounting hardware; 3/8" stainless steel nuts.
E3
Hardware Kit
GLMHK Stainless steel hardware for use in mounting lugs for grounding plates 1
and universal beam grounding clamps; includes: two hex head bolts
1/2-13 thread 1" long, two split lock washers for 1/2" diameter bolt, and E4
two SAE flat washers for 1/2" diameter bolt.
E5
Type GCE
B2
●W
ide range-taking ability and multi-conductor design ●C
olor-coded and marked with Panduit die index numbers
provide flexibility with a minimum number of parts, for proper crimp die selection
allowing for conductor to conductor, conductor to rebar, ●U
L 467 Listed and CSA 22.2 Certified for grounding and
and conductor to ground rod applications bonding suitable for direct burial in earth or concrete
B3 ●D
esigned for the enhanced crimp process using patent when crimped with Panduit or industry standard crimping
pending technology meets IEEE Std 837* tools and Panduit dies
●S
lotted design allows quick and easy assembly of ●C
omplies with vibration tests per MIL-STD-202G
C1
conductor to connector using Panduit cable ties, included (METHOD 201A)
●P
re-applied conductive antioxidant compound ensures a high ●N
ot rated for use with galvanized ground rods and/or
quality mechanical and electrical bond, speeding installation galvanized cable
C2
View using cable ties
C3 THIS COPY IS PROVIDED ON A RESTRICTED BASIS AND IS NOT TO BE USED IN ANY WAY DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTERESTS OF PANDUIT CORP.
1.00 2
.94 23.9 1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.05 26.7 1.36 34.5
.66 16.8
1.08 27.4 MAIN
MAIN
MAIN
MAIN
DB
DB
#3-#4 REBAR
1/2-5/8 ROD
1/0-250
#3-#4 REBAR
1/2-5/8 ROD
1/0-250
DB
6-1/0
GCE250-1/0
GCE250-250
PANDUIT
C4
GCE1/0-1/0
PANDUIT
PANDUIT
1.72 43.7 PG10 2.18 55.4 2.66 67.6 PG25 2.64 67.1
PG25
1/0-250
6-1/0
6-1/0
TAP TAP TAP
GCE1/0-1/0 GCE250-1/0 TAP GCE250-250 GC
W W W L
W W Main W
1.61 41.0 1.38 35.1
D1 Main L Main L L
L Main L
Main
Main
MAIN
H H H H H
Tap
3.70 94.0
D2
Tap Tap
TAP
Tap Tap Tap
GCE500-500
In. (mm)
#1/0 STR - 250 kcmil 1/2"-5/8" ROD 3/8" - 1/2"; #3-#4 REBAR #1/0 STR - 250 kcmil
Size Range Rod Size Rebar Size Color and Die Pkg.
GCE250-250
[70-120 SQ mm] [12.7-15.9 mm] [9.5-12.7mm; #10M-#13M REBAR] [70-120 SQ mm]
250 kcmil - 500 kcmil 1/2"-3/4" ROD 5/8" - 3/4"; #5-#6 REBAR #6 SOL - 1/0 STR
Element AWG (mm²) In. (mm) In. (mm) Code Index No.
GCE500-1/0
GCE1/0-1/0 Main #6 SOL – 1/0 STR — — 0.94 0.66 1.72 Red CD-930G-1/0
4/0 STR - 500 kcmil 5/8"-3/4" ROD 5/8" - 3/4"; #5-#6 REBAR 4/0 STR - 500 kcmil
GCE500-500 YELLOW PG55
E1 [105-240 SQ mm] [15.9-19.1 mm] [15.9-19.1mm; #16M-#19M REBAR] [105-240 SQ mm]
GCE250-1/0 Main 1/0 STR – 250 kcmil 1/2 – 5/8 3/8 – 1/2, 1.00
2. UL 467 LISTED AND CSA 22.2 CERTIFIED FOR GROUNDING
& BONDING SUITABLE FOR DIRECT BURIAL IN EARTH OR 1.05 2.18
(70 – 120) (12.7 – 15.9) #3 – #4 (25.4) (26.7) (55.4)
CONCRETE WHEN CRIMPED WITH PANDUIT OR INDUSTRY
STANDARD CRIMPING TOOLS & PANDUIT DIES.
E2 (9.5 – 12.7),
3. ENHANCED CRIMP PROCESS WITH PATENTED TECHNOLOGY
MEETS IEEE STD 837 - 2002. NOTE: DOES NOT APPLY TO GCE500-500
(#10 – #13)
4. PRE-APPLIED ANTIOXIDANT COMPOUND ENSURES A HIGH
QUALITY MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL BOND, SPEEDING INSTALLATION.
ADDED GCE500-500
03 4/17 JHNU DAOS RGB REVISED TITLE BLOCK
Type GCC
●●Only a single die required to crimp each element, which ●●Pre-applied conductive antioxidant compound ensures
speeds installation and reduces costs a high quality mechanical and electrical bond, B2
C3
W W
W W W L
L L L
L
C4
H H H H H
D1
Element A Element A Element A Element A Element A
W L W W W
L L L L
W
H
D2
H H H H H
D3
Element B Element B Element B Element B Element B
Type GUBC
●●Universal, fits on a wide range of standard (angled) and ●●UL 467 Listed and CSA 22.2 Certified for grounding and
B2
wide flange (parallel) structural steel beams bonding suitable for direct burial in earth or concrete
●●P
rovide a mounting pad suitable for a two-hole compression lug ●●Comply with vibration tests per MIL-STD-202G (METHOD 201A)
●●Install quickly and easily with standard 1/4" key hex
B3 wrench tooling
W
C1
H A L
C2
GUBC500-6 GUBC500-6TP GUBC4/0-6
D2
Hardware Kit
D3
E1
Std.Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
E2 GLMHK Stainless steel hardware for use in mounting lugs for grounding plates and universal beam grounding 1
(1 Kit per Lug) clamps; includes: two hex head bolts 1/2-13 thread 1" long, two split lock washers for 1/2" diameter bolt,
and two SAE flat washers for 1/2" diameter bolt
E3
E4
E5
DB
Grounding Plate Connector B1
RATED
Type GPC
●●Slotted design allows quick and easy assembly of ●●Made from high conductivity copper; provides strength
B2
conductor to connector using Panduit cable ties, included and premium electrical properties
●●Pre-applied conductive antioxidant compound ensures ●●Color-coded and marked with Panduit die index numbers
a high quality mechanical and electrical bond, for proper crimp die selection
speeding installation ●●UL 467 Listed and CSA 22.2 Certified for grounding and B3
●●Complies with vibration tests per MIL-STD-202G bonding suitable for direct burial in earth or concrete
(METHOD 201A) when crimped with Panduit or industry standard crimping
tools and Panduit dies C1
L
B W
C C2
Y
H
W A
C3
E2
V Q
Copper Conductor Size Number Figure Dimensions In. (mm) Panduit Wire Strip Std.
E3
AWG Run of Color Length Pkg.
Part Number (mm2) AWG Tap (mm2) Ribs L T V Q Code In. (mm) Qty.
CTAPF10-16-C* #14 AWG (2.5) #16 – #14 AWG
(1.5 – 2.5) E4
#12 AWG (4.0) #16 – #12 AWG 0.41 0.06 0.19 0.13 1/2
0 Red
(1.5 – 4.0) (10.4) (1.5) (4.8) (3.3) (12.7)
#10 AWG (6.0) #14 AWG (2.5)
CTAPF8-12-C‡ #10 AWG (6.0) #10 AWG (6.0) 0.67 0.07 0.26 0.19 11/16 E5
0 Blue
#8 AWG (10.0) #12 AWG (4.0) (17.0) (1.8) (6.6) (4.8) (17.5)
100
CTAPF6-12-C‡ #8 AWG (10.0) #10 – #8 AWG
(6.0 – 10.0) 0.67 0.07 0.32 0.24 11/16
0 Gray
#6 AWG (16.0) #12 – #10 AWG (17.0) (1.8) (8.1) (6.1) (17.5) F
(4.0 – 6.0)
CTAPF4-12-C‡ #6 AWG (16) #8 – #6 AWG
(10 – 16) 1.25 0.07 0.40 0.28 1 5/16
1 Brown
#5, #4 AWG #12 – #8 AWG (31.8) (1.8) (10.2) (7.1) (33.3) G
(16, 25) (4 – 10)
*CTAPF10-16-C available with square, not flared ends.
All parts available in tin-plated; add TP before packaging code – example: CTAPF6-12TP-C.
^Note: CTAPF parts are UL Listed and CSA Certified with AWG wire only.
‡CSA Certified for grounding and bonding. H
Not Direct Burial Rated.
Continued on next page
www.panduit.com For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300. D3.11
A
Industrial Electrical Solutions
B1 Code Conductor, Thin Wall, CTAP (continued)
Copper Conductor Size Number Figure Dimensions In. (mm) Panduit Wire Strip Std.
AWG Run of Color Length Pkg.
B2 Part Number (mm2) AWG Tap (mm2) Ribs L T V Q Code In. (mm) Qty.
CTAPF3-12-C‡ #5, #4 AWG #6 – #5 AWG (16)
(16, 25) 1.25 0.08 0.46 0.31 1 5/16
1 Green
#3 AWG (25) #12 – #6 AWG (31.8) (2.0) (11.7) (7.9) (33.3)
B3 (4 – 16)
CTAPF2-12-C‡ #4 AWG (25) #4 AWG (25) 100
H
E5
D3
DB C
ode Conductor, Two-Hole, Standard Barrel, Direct Burial Lug
RATED
for Use with Stranded Copper Conductors .63 R REF
E1
Color coded
Type LCC-B barrel markings
LCC6-12-B
US
6 STR CU
PANDUIT
●●Pre-filled with anti-oxidant paste to provide a high quality ●●cULus listed .80±.04
and Direct Burial rated for grounding and BLUE DIE P24 (7)
PANDUIT
C
DB
●●Provided with standard NEMA hole spacing .63±.04 1.75±.02 .53±.02 DIA
(2) PLS
6 STR CU
PANDUIT
Beveled wire
BLUE DIE P24 (7)
PANDUIT
C
.80±.04
DB
entry
1.07±.04 Plastic cap
E4
.63±.04 1.75±.02 .53±.02 DIA
(2) PLS .22±.01 .31±.01
Barrel contains
4.31±.06 .08±.01 anti-oxidant
joint compound
E5
C3 H
C4
Figure Dimensions
Std.
In. (mm)
Pkg.
Part Number Use With HTAP Part Number L W H Qty.
D1
CLRCVR1-1 HTCT6X-6X 4.48 1.41 2.13
(113.8) (35.8) (54.0)
CLRCVR2-1 HTCT2-2 5.10 1.66
1
(129.5) (42.2) 1.40
D2
CLRCVR3-1 HTCT250-2, HTCT250-250 5.35 2.16 (35.6)
(135.9) (54.9)
D3
L W
E3
E4
For Making Parallel and Multiple Tap Connections on Code and Flex Conductors
Type HTCT B2
●●Used to tap into continuous conductors as a splice ●●Color-coded and marked with Panduit die index numbers
or pigtailing for proper crimp die selection
●●Each HTAP terminates a wide range of conductor sizes ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for applications up to 600
B3
and combinations of code and flex conductors Class G, V when crimped with Panduit and specified competitor
H, I and Diesel Locomotive to suit a variety of applications crimping tools and Panduit crimping dies^
●●Slotted design allows quick and easy assembly of ●●Tin-plated to inhibit corrosion
conductor to HTAP using three Panduit 94V-0 cable C1
ties included
●●Tap grooves are separated from one another allowing
them to function independently so HTAP can be used with C2
a single or multiple taps providing maximum design and
installation flexibility
C3
C4
W W L W L
RUN
W RUN L RUN
RUN L D1
H H H
H
D2
TAP 1 TAP 2
TAP 3
TAP 1 TAP 1 TAP 2 TAP 1
HTCT6X-6X HTCT2-2 HTCT250-2 HTCT250-250
D3
Figure Dimensions
Copper Conductor Size Range In. (mm) Wire
Wire Panduit Strip Std. E1
Strand Die Color Length Pkg.
Part Number Type Run Tap 1 Tap 2 Tap 3 L W H and Die No. In. (mm) Qty.
HTCT6X-6X-1 Code — —
#6 – #14 #6 – #14 — — 0.60 0.40 1.00 Orange 11/16
AWG AWG E2
Flex — — (15.2) (10.2) (25.4) PH6 (18)
(10 – 2.5) (10 – 2.5)
— —
HTCT2-2-1 Code #2 – #6 AWG #2 – #6 AWG
STR/SOL STR/SOL #8 – #14 #8 – #14 E3
(25 – 16) (25 – 16) 0.76 0.61 1.55 13/16
AWG AWG Brown PH2
(19.3) (15.5) (39.4) (21)
Flex #2 – #8 AWG #2 – #8 AWG (6 – 2.5) (6 – 2.5)
(25 – 10) (25 – 10)
HTCT250-2-1 Code 250 kcmil – #2 – #6 AWG — E4
#2 AWG STR/SOL — 1
(120 – 35) (25 – 16) #8 – #14
0.92 0.96 1.92 Purple 1
AWG
Flex 4/0 – #2 #2 – #8 AWG — (23.4) (24.4) (48.8) PH25 (25)
(6 – 2.5)
AWG (25 – 10) — E5
(95 – 35)
HTCT250-250-1 Code 250 kcmil – 250 kcmil – — —
#2 AWG #2 AWG — —
(120 – 35) (120 – 35) 0.90 0.89 1.92 Purple 1 F
Flex 4/0 – #2 4/0 – #2 — — (22.9) (22.6) (48.8) PH25 (25)
AWG AWG — —
(95 – 35) (95 – 35)
^Note: HTCT parts are UL Listed and CSA Certified with AWG wire only. G
C2
C3
C4
W W L W L
RUN
W RUN L RUN
D1 RUN L
H H H
H
D2
TAP 1 TAP 2
TAP 3
TAP 1 TAP 1 TAP 2 TAP 1
HTCT6-6 HTCT2-2 HTCT250-2 HTCT250-250
D3
B2
Logo (Symbol) Agency Spec/Approval Applicable Products
C3
UL 467 Grounding and Bonding
As shown on product pages.
Equipment for use in US
C4
C22.2 No. 65-03
Wire Connectors
D2
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●For grounding one copper code conductor to steel ●●Pressure bar provides secure connection on a full range
B2 structures, busbars, or transformers or for tapping from of conductor combinations used with each connector
busbar with hex nut and washer providing premium wire pull-out strength
●●Made from high copper content, hard drawn copper rod ●●cULus 467 Listed for grounding and bonding and suitable
provides high strength for direct burial in earth or concrete
B3
Z
C1
C2
Figure
Stud Size* Std.
Dimensions (In.)
Conductor Size (UNC Nut Hex Body Pkg.
D2
Part Number Range (AWG) Threads) L Z (In.) Hex (In.) Qty.
SP1-8-C 0.63 0.50 0.50 0.38
#12 SOL – #8 STR
SP1-8L-C 0.63 1.00 0.50 0.38
D3 GSP1-12-6-C1 #12 SOL – #6 STR 1/4 – 20 0.87 0.83 0.69 0.56 100
SP1-7-C 0.88 0.50 0.69 0.50
#8 SOL – #7 STR
SP1-7L-C 0.88 1.00 0.69 0.50
SP1-4-C 0.94 0.56 0.75 0.56
E1
SP1-4L-C #10 SOL – #4 STR 5/16 – 18 0.94 1.00 0.75 0.56 100
GSP1-10-4-C2 1.06 0.83 0.81 0.69
SP1-3-C 1.06 0.63 0.81 0.63
E2 #6 SOL – #3 STR
SP1-3L-C 1.06 1.13 0.81 0.63
GSP1-6-2-C3 #6 SOL – #2 STR 3/8 – 16 1.06 0.83 0.81 0.69 100
SP1-2-C 1.06 0.63 0.88 0.69
#4 STR – #2 STR
E3 SP1-2L-C 1.06 1.13 0.88 0.69
SP1-1/0-L 1.31 0.75 1.00 0.75
#6 SOL – 1/0 STR 1/2 – 13
SP1-1/0L-L 1.31 1.25 1.00 0.75 50
E4 GSP1-4-2/0-L4 #4 SOL – 2/0 STR 3/8 – 16 1.32 0.83 1.06 0.88
SP1-2/0-Q 1.44 0.75 1.13 0.88
#1 SOL – 2/0 STR 1/2 – 13
SP1-2/0L-Q 1.44 1.25 1.13 0.88
25
SP1-4/0-Q 1.69 1.00 1.38 1.13
E5 3/0 SOL – 4/0 STR
SP1-4/0L-Q 1.69 1.50 1.38 1.13
5/8 – 11
SP1-350-12 2.00 1.00 1.50 1.25
4/0 SOL – 350 kcmil
SP1-350L-12 2.00 1.50 1.50 1.25
12
F SP1-500-12 2.31 1.38 1.81 1.50
250 kcmil – 500 kcmil 3/4 – 10
SP1-500L-12 2.31 1.75 1.81 1.50
*Type GSP1 does not have a true hex body. Apply open-end wrench to body width normal to conductor slot
1
Alternate offering for SP1-8 and SP1-7. Review stud length (Dim. Z) for potential replacement for SP1-8L and SP1-L7
G 2
Alternate offering for SP1-4. Review stud length (Dim. Z) for potential replacement for SP1-4L
3
Alternate offering for SP1-3 and SP1-2. Review stud length (Dim. Z) for potential replacement for SP1-3L and SP1-2L
4
Alternate offering for SP1-1/0 and SP1-2/0. Note stud size difference. Review stud length (Dim. Z) for potential
replacement for SP1-1/0L and SP1-2/0L
H
●●For grounding two copper code conductors to steel ●●Pressure bar provides secure connection on a full range
structures, busbars, or transformers or for tapping from of conductor combinations used with each connector B2
busbar with hex nut and washer providing premium wire pull-out strength
●●Made from high copper content, hard drawn copper rod ●●cULus 467 Listed for grounding and bonding and suitable
provides high strength for direct burial in earth or concrete
B3
Z
C1
L
C2
Figure
Stud Size* Std.
Dimensions (In.)
Conductor Size (UNC Nut Hex Body Pkg. D2
Part Number Range (AWG) Threads) L Z (In.) Hex (In.) Qty.
SP2-8-C 0.75 0.50 0.50 0.38
#12 SOL – #8 STR
SP2-8L-C 0.75 1.00 0.50 0.38
GSP2-12-6-C1 #12 SOL – #6 STR 1/4 – 20 0.94 0.83 0.69 0.56 100 D3
SP2-7-C 1.00 0.50 0.69 0.50
#10 SOL – #7 STR
SP2-7L-C 1.00 1.00 0.69 0.50
SP2-4-C 1.16 0.56 0.75 0.56
E1
SP2-4L-C #10 SOL – #4 STR 5/16 – 18 1.16 1.00 0.75 0.56 100
GSP2-10-4-C2 1.30 0.83 0.81 0.69
SP2-3-C 1.09 0.63 0.81 0.63
#10 SOL – #3 STR E2
SP2-3L-C 1.09 1.13 0.81 0.63
GSP2-10-2-C3 #10 SOL – #2 STR 3/8 – 16 1.30 0.83 0.81 0.69 100
SP2-2-C 1.38 0.63 0.88 0.69
#10 STR – #2 STR
SP2-2L-C 1.28 1.13 0.88 0.69 E3
SP2-1/0-L 1.69 0.75 1.00 0.75
#2 SOL – 1/0 STR 1/2 – 13
SP2-1/0L-L 1.69 1.25 1.00 0.75 50
GSP2-2-2/0-L4 3/8 – 16 1.65 0.83 1.06 0.88 E4
SP2-2/0-Q #2 SOL – 2/0 STR 1.88 0.75 1.13 0.88
1/2 – 13 25
SP2-2/0L-Q 1.88 1.25 1.13 0.88
SP2-4/0-Q 2.25 1.00 1.38 1.13
#1 SOL – 4/0 STR 25 E5
SP2-4/0L-Q 2.25 1.50 1.38 1.13
5/8 – 11
SP2-350-12 2.69 1.00 1.50 1.25
#1 STR – 350 kcmil 12
SP2-350L-12 2.69 1.50 1.50 1.25
SP2-500-12 3.19 1.38 1.81 1.50 F
3/0 STR – 500 kcmil 3/4 – 10 12
SP2-500L-12 3.19 1.75 1.81 1.50
*Type GSP1 does not have a true hex body. Apply open-end wrench to body width normal to conductor slot
1
Alternate offering for SP2-8 and SP2-7. Review stud length (Dim. Z) for potential replacement for SP2-8L and SP2-L7
G
2
Alternate offering for SP2-4. Review stud length (Dim. Z) for potential replacement for SP2-4L
3
Alternate offering for SP2-3 and SP2-2. Review stud length (Dim. Z) for potential replacement for SP2-3L and SP2-2L
4
Alternate offering for SP2-1/0 and SP2-2/0. Note stud size difference. Review stud length (Dim. Z) for potential
replacement for SP2-1/0L and SP2-2/0L
H
Type LI
B2 ●●Used for quick installation of a continuous ●●cULus Listed for use up to 600 V and temperature
grounding conductor rated 90ºC
●●UL 467 Listed for grounding and bonding; copper body ●●Wire range-taking capability minimizes inventory
lugs are UL Listed for direct burial in earth or concrete requirements, saves cost
B3 (aluminum body lugs are not direct burial rated)
C1
H
L
C2
E1
Joint Compounds
Type CMP
E2
●●Oxide inhibitor for compression conductor connections ●●Wide operating temperature range; can be used in a wide
lowers electrical resistance of compression joint while range of electrical and environmental conditions
sealing out air and moisture to prevent the formation of ●●Packaged in convenient dispenser bottles
E3 surface oxides
Std.
Pkg.
E4 Part Number Part Description Qty.
CMP-100-1 Contact aid for pad-to-pad or thread-to-thread aluminum connections,
8 oz. Operating temperature range -60°F (-51°C) to 400°F (204°C).
CMP-200-1 Contact aid for cable connections with compression connections made
E5 on aluminum conductor, 8 oz. Operating temperature range -40°F
(-40°C) to 400°F (204°C). Compatible with all insulating materials.
CMP-300-1 Contact aid for copper-to-copper and copper-to-steel connections, 8 oz.
Operating temperature range -40°F (-40°C) to 350°F (177°C). Good 1
F for all voltages and suitable for grounding. Also used for anti-seizing
thread lubricant.
CMP-300-4-1 Contact aid for copper-to-copper and copper-to-steel connections, 4 oz.
Operating temperature range -40°F (-40°C) to 350°F (177°C). Good
G for all voltages and suitable for grounding. Also used for anti-seizing
thread lubricant.
Type GPL
●●Used to ground copper conductor parallel or at a right ●●Accommodates a wide range of pipe, tube, rod and B2
angle to a rod, tube, or pipe conductor sizes – minimizes inventory requirements
●●Made from high strength, electrolytic cast bronze ●●cULus 467 Listed for grounding and bonding and suitable
●●High strength silicon bronze hardware provides long term for direct burial in earth or concrete
B3
reliable assembly
C1
H
W L
C2
W H
D1
L
E1
Bronze Ground Clamp
Type GPC
E2 ●●Bonds water pipe to copper conductors ●●Wire range-taking capability minimizes inventory
●●Made from high strength, electrolytic cast bronze requirements, saves cost
●●Zinc plated steel hardware ●●cULus 467 Listed for grounding and bonding
E3
D
D
B
B
E4
C
C
Type GPCS
●●Bonds water pipe to rigid conduit and to copper ●●Made from high strength, electrolytic cast bronze
B2
conductors in EMT and rigid conduit ●●Zinc plated steel hardware
●●Copper contact strip included to isolate conduit system ●●Wire range-taking capability minimizes inventory
from water pipe vibrations requirements, saves cost
●●Includes high strength bronze conduit hub to ensure a ●●cULus 467 Listed for grounding and bonding
B3
durable connection to conduit
LL
C1
D
D
B
B
C2
C
C
D1
Bronze Ground Clamp for Conduit
Type GPC
●●Bonds water pipe to rigid conduit and to copper ●●Zinc plated steel hardware D2
conductors in EMT and rigid conduit ●●Wire range-taking capability minimizes inventory
●●Includes high strength bronze conduit hub to ensure a requirements, saves cost
durable connection to conduit ●●cULus 467 Listed for grounding and bonding D3
●●Made from high strength, electrolytic cast bronze
E1
D
D
B
B
E2
C C
E3
Figure Dimensions Std.
Conductor Size Range Iron Pipe Size Conduit Hub Size (In.) Pkg.
Part Number (AWG) (In.) (In.) B C D Qty.
GPC4-1-12-Q 1/2 1.65 1.00 0.56 25 E4
C2
D1
D2 ●●Bonds water pipe to copper conductors in armored cables ●●cULus 467 Listed for grounding and bonding;
●●Made from high strength, electrolytic cast bronze GPCA2-1D-C is suitable for direct burial in earth
or concrete
●●Wire range-taking capability minimizes inventory
D3
requirements, saves cost
E1
D
D
B
B
E2
C
C
●●Used for grounding copper conductor parallel to ●●cULus 467 Listed for grounding and bonding and suitable
ground rods for direct burial in earth or concrete – for type GRC
●●Made from high strength, seamless electrolytic bronze to and GRCH B2
provide long term durability ●●UL Listed and CSA Certified for grounding and bonding
●●High strength phos bronze hardware provides long term and suitable for direct burial in earth or concrete – for
reliable assembly Type WB B3
C1
A
C C2
Heavy Duty
GRCH2-12-T #10 SOL – #2 STR 1/2 1.25 0.82
200
GRCH1/0-58-T 5/8 1.42 0.99 1/2 D3
#8 SOL – 1/0 STR
GRCH1/0-34-E 3/4 1.60 0.97 20
E1
DB Bronze Grounding Clamp with Spacer for Flat Surfaces
RATED
●●Used to ground copper code conductor to flat surfaces ●●Accommodates a wide range of conductor sizes –
●●Cast from high strength, electrolytic bronze to provide minimizes inventory requirement, saves cost E2
L
E4
W H
E5
C1
C2
DB
RATED
Bronze Grounding Clamp with Spacer for Flat Surfaces, One Conductor
D1
●●Used to ground copper code conductor to flat surfaces ●●Accommodates a wide range of conductor sizes –
●●Cast from high strength, electrolytic bronze to provide minimizes inventory requirement, saves cost
reliable grounding connections ●●cULus 467 Listed for grounding and bonding and suitable
●●High strength silicon bronze hardware for long term for direct burial in earth or concrete
D2
reliable assembly
L
D3 W H
E1
Figure Dimensions Hex Size Std.
Conductor Size Range (In.) (In.) Pkg.
Part Number (AWG) L W H Bolt Nut Qty.
GMS-1-X #8 SOL – #4 STR 1.25 1.00 1.63 9/16 9/16 10
E2
GMS-2-Q #4 SOL – 2/0 STR 1.63 1.13 1.75 9/16 9/16
25
GMS-3-Q 2/0 SOL – 250 kcmil 2.13 1.50 2.00 3/4 3/4
E3
B1
Labeling Systems B2
•W
orld-class quality – ISO 9001 and ISO 14001
• High performance and reliability
C3
• Wide variety of system solutions to meet the most
demanding requirements
• Meet and exceed the requirements of UL, CSA, C4
ISO, NEC and OSHA
• Strong service and support network – distributor
partners, knowledgeable sales people, expert D1
technical support and world-class customer
service
D2
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2
Printers: Thermal Transfer
B3 Desktop and Hand-Held
Panduit ® desktop thermal transfer printers enable fast, high quality label production
for all your identification requirements. Use Panduit labeling software and desktop
C1
thermal transfer printers to produce on demand identification solutions quickly and
economically. Panduit hand-held printers are designed for flexibility. Programmed
with advanced functionality, Panduit printers make on demand labeling easy.
C2
Hand-Held Printers
C3 • Create labels at remote job sites
• Provide crisp, clear, high quality thermal
transfer print
C4 • Easily identify moves, adds, or changes
Desktop Printers
D1
• Compatible with Panduit ® Easy-Mark Plus™
Labeling Software
D2 • Provide crisp, clear, high quality thermal
transfer print
• Compatible with Windows^ based PC
D3 operating systems
E1 Panduit printers and our wide variety of labels provide solutions for all your project
labeling needs.
^Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
E2
E3
E4
E5
Std.
Pkg. C2
Part Number Part Description Qty.
LS8EQ-KIT-ACS Includes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY keypad, one cassette of
S100X150VAC self-laminating labels, six AA alkaline batteries,
LS8E-ACS, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT, LS8-IB, LS8-WS, quick reference C3
card and operator’s manual.
LS8EQ-KIT Includes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY keypad, one cassette of
S100X150VAC self-laminating labels, six AA alkaline batteries,
LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT, LS8-IB, LS8-WS, quick reference card and
C4
operator’s manual.
LS8EQ Includes LS8EQ printer with QWERTY keypad, one cassette of
LS8E-KIT S100X150VAC self-laminating labels, six AA alkaline batteries and quick
reference card.
D1
LS8E-KIT-ACS Includes LS8E printer, one cassette of S100X150VAC self-laminating
labels, six AA alkaline batteries, LS8E-ACS, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT,
LS8-IB, LS8-WS, quick reference card and operator’s manual.
LS8E-KIT Includes LS8E printer, one cassette of S100X150VAC self-laminating
D2
labels, six AA alkaline batteries, LS8-CASE, LS8-PCKIT, LS8-IB, 1
LS8-WS, quick reference card and operator’s manual.
LS8E Includes LS8E printer, one cassette of S100X150VAC self-laminating
labels, six AA alkaline batteries and quick reference card.
D3
LS8E-ACS* 120 VAC power adapter for North America.
LS8EQ
LS8-CASE Rigid carrying case.
LS8-PCKIT Includes USB cable and PC interface software for importing data, system E1
upgrades, or printing from a wireless laptop or desktop computer.
LS8-IB Protective impact bumper.
LS8-CLN LS8/LS8E cleaning kit – contains bottle of cleaning solution with MSDS,
cleaning pen, swabs, alcohol wipes and cleaning instructions.
*Cannot be used to charge batteries. Other adapters available, replace S with A (Australia), and E (Europe) E3
and U (UK).
E4
E5
C1
C2
N050X075C1C White 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1
Nylon 250
N050X075C2C Yellow 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 12 – 10 AWG
N050X075CBC White Vinyl 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 125 E3
N050X125C1C White 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.20 5.1 0.32 8.1
Nylon 10 – 6 AWG 150
N050X125C2C Yellow 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.20 5.1 0.32 8.1
N050X150CBC White Vinyl 0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.24 6.1 0.40 10.2 8 – 2 AWG 75 E4
N100X075C1C White 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1
Nylon 250 1 10
N100X075C2C Yellow 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 12 – 10 AWG
N100X075CBC White Vinyl 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 125
E5
N100X125C1C White 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.20 5.1 0.32 8.1
Nylon 10 – 6 AWG 150
N100X125C2C Yellow 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.20 5.1 0.32 8.1
N100X125CBC 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.20 5.1 0.32 8.1 10 – 6 AWG
75 F
N100X150CBC White Vinyl 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.24 6.1 0.40 10.2 8 – 2 AWG
N100X175CBC 1.00 25.4 1.75 44.5 0.28 7.1 0.48 12.2 6 – 1 AWG 50
C1
C2
C3
Print-On
Area Min. Cable Max. Cable
C4 Print-On Width Length Height O.D. O.D. Std. Std.
Area Labels Per Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Wire Range Cassette Qty. Qty.
R100X075V1C 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 Cat. 6 28 AWG/ 150
D1 18 – 14 AWG
R100X125VIC White 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.16 4.1 0.22 5.6 Cat. 3 UTP/
12 – 10 AWG
R100X150V1C 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
D2
R100X150V2C TIA Blue 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 Cat. 5e UTP/
Cat. 6 UTP/ 100
R100X150V3C TIA Green 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 Cat. 6A UTP/
D3 Cat. 5e FTP/
R100X150V7C TIA Red 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 10 – 6 AWG
1 10
R100X150V8T TIA Yellow 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
E1 R100X225V1C White 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
R100X225V2C TIA Blue 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
Cat. 6 FTP/
R100X225V3C TIA Green 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 Cat. 6 UTP/
E2 75
Cat. 6A FTP/
R100X225V7C TIA Red 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 8 – 4 AWG
R100X225V8C TIA Yellow 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
E3
E4
E5
P1™ Marker Plate Label Cassettes for PanTher™ LS8E/LS8EQ Hand-Held Thermal B1
Transfer Printers
●●Fast loading P1™ Label Cassette includes both label ●●Meets requirements for MIL-STD-202G, Method 215K, B2
material and ribbon to make changing labels easy Solutions A, C and D
●●Marker plates are designed for use on larger diameter ●●Temperature range: -58°F to 221°F (-50°C to 105°C)
wire/cables and may be applied after all terminations
are complete B3
C1
C4
E1
Std. Std. E2
Width Length Min. Cable O.D. Max. Wire O.D. Labels Per Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Cassette Qty. Qty.
F100X150AJC 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.12 3.1 0.20 5.1 200 1 10
E3
Order number of cassettes required.
E4
E5
C2
C3
C4
Military Grade Die-Cut Heat Shrink Label Cassettes
Min. Cable Max. Cable Std. Std.
D1 Diameter Width Length O.D. O.D. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Wire Range Qty. Qty.
H100X025H1C White 0.13 3.1 0.25 6.4 1.00 25.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3
22 – 18 AWG
H100X025H2C Yellow 0.13 3.1 0.25 6.4 1.00 25.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3
D2
H100X034H1C White 0.19 4.7 0.34 8.6 1.00 25.4 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8
18 – 12 AWG
H100X034H2C Yellow 0.19 4.7 0.34 8.6 1.00 25.4 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8
H100X044H1C White 0.25 6.3 0.44 11.2 1.00 25.4 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4
D3 16 – 10 AWG 1 10
H100X044H2C Yellow 0.25 6.3 0.44 11.2 1.00 25.4 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4
H100X064H1C White 0.38 9.7 0.64 16.3 1.00 25.4 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7
12 – 6 AWG
H100X064H2C Yellow 0.38 9.7 0.64 16.3 1.00 25.4 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7
E1 H100X084H1C White 0.50 12.7 0.84 21.3 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7
8 – 1 AWG
H100X084H2C Yellow 0.50 12.7 0.84 21.3 1.00 25.4 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7
E2
Military Grade Continuous Heat Shrink Tape Cassettes
Max.
Min. Cable Cable Std. Std.
E3 Diameter Width Length O.D. O.D. Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm Ft. m In. mm In. mm Wire Range Qty. Qty.
H000X025H1C White 0.13 3.1 0.25 6.4 8.0 2.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3 22 – 18 AWG
E4 H000X025H2C Yellow 0.13 3.1 0.25 6.4 8.0 2.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3
H000X034H1C White 0.19 4.7 0.34 8.6 8.0 2.4 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8 18 – 12 AWG
H000X034H2C Yellow 0.19 4.7 0.34 8.6 8.0 2.4 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8
E5 H000X044H1C White 0.25 6.3 0.44 11.2 6.0 1.8 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4 16 – 10 AWG
1 10
H000X044H2C Yellow 0.25 6.3 0.44 11.2 6.0 1.8 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4
H000X064H1C White 0.38 9.7 0.64 16.3 6.0 1.8 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7 12 – 6 AWG
H000X064H2C Yellow 0.38 9.7 0.64 16.3 6.0 1.8 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7
F
H000X084H1C White 0.50 12.7 0.84 21.3 6.0 1.8 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 8 – 1 AWG
H000X084H2C Yellow 0.50 12.7 0.84 21.3 6.0 1.8 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7
●●Use for identifying flat surfaces such as components, ●●Vinyl Cloth temperature range: -40°F to 170°F
control panels, circuit boards and general labeling (10°C to 77°C)
C1
C2
C3
E3
E4
E5
C2
C3
E3
T038X000YKC-BK Black on Clear Polyester 0.38 9.7 25.0 7.6
T050X000VPC-BK Black on White 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
T050X000VPC-RD Red on White 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
T050X000VQC-BK Black on Blue 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
E4
T050X000VQC-WH White on Blue 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
T050X000VSC-BK Black on Green 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
T050X000VSC-WH White on Green Vinyl 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6 1 10
E5
T050X000VUC-BK Black on Orange 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
T050X000VWC-BK Black on Red 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
T050X000VWC-WH White on Red 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
F
T050X000VXC-BK Black on Yellow 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
T050X000VYC-WH White on Black 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
T050X000YKC-BK Black on Clear Polyester 0.50 12.7 25.0 7.6
G
P1™ Continuous Tape Cassettes for PanTher™ LS8E/LS8EQ and Hand-Held Thermal B1
E3
E4
E5
D3 Ribbons for Use with the TDP43ME Thermal Transfer Desktop Printer
●●Hybrid – Recommended for use with self-laminating, heat ●●Resin – Recommended for use with component labels,
shrink, component and non-laminated labels marker plates, and continuous tape
E1
Width Length
Std.
Part Pkg.
Number Part Description In. mm Ft. m Qty.
E2
RMEH4BL* Black hybrid thermal transfer ribbon. Use with heat 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4
shrink, self-laminating, Turn-Tell ® , tan polyimide
labels, and vinyl cloth labels.
RMER4BL* Black resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use with 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4
E3
polyester labels, continuous vinyl tape, marker
plates, and raised panel labels.
RMER4BU Blue resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use with 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4
polyester labels, continuous vinyl tape, marker
E4 plates, and raised panel labels.
RMER4GR Green resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use with 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4
polyester labels, continuous vinyl tape, marker
plates, and raised panel labels. 1
E5
RMER4RD Red resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use with polyester 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4
labels, continuous vinyl tape, marker plates, and
raised panel labels.
RMER4WH* White resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use with 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4
F polyester labels, continuous vinyl tape, marker
plates, raised panel labels, and black heat shrink.
RMER4BL-A Black resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use with 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4
high-temperature marker plates.
G
RMER4BL-C Black resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use with 4.25 108.0 300.0 91.4
fluid-resistant heat shrink labels and white
polyimide labels.
Order number of ribbons required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
H *For 2.5" wide ribbons, replace 4 in part number with 2. For example, the part number of a 2.5" wide black hybrid
thermal transfer ribbon is RMEH2BL.
●●Convenient, easy setup; quickly begin producing labels ●●Fast label production without sacrificing print quality
●●Durable, clear communication through superior legibility ●●Panduit® Easy-Mark Plus™ Labeling Software included
B2
●●Print small, fine characters and high-quality images and with printer
bar codes ●●Up to 8 inches per second print speed
●●Allow continuous use in construction, industrial, and ●●Connect quickly and easily to PC, and offers connectivity
harsh environments flexibility to print by USB, parallel, Ethernet, and serial B3
●●Reduce time required to switch between label styles ●●UL 6050 listed, File # E165747
Std. C1
Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
TDP43HE 300 dpi printer; includes printer, Panduit ® Easy-Mark Plus™ Labeling
Software, RHEH4BL black hybrid ribbon, USB cable, user manual, quick C2
start card, driver disk and US power cord; for use in North America.
1
TDP46HE 600 dpi printer; includes printer, Panduit ® Easy-Mark Plus™ Labeling
Software, RHEH4BL black hybrid ribbon, USB cable, user manual, quick
start card, driver disk, and US power cord; for use in North America. C3
C4
Ribbons for use with the TDP43HE and TDP46HE Thermal Transfer Desktop Printers
D1
●●Hybrid – Recommended for use with self-laminating, heat ●●Resin – Recommended for use with component labels,
shrink, component and non-laminated labels marker plates, and continuous tape
Std. D2
Width Length Pkg.
Part Number Part Description In. mm Ft. m Qty.
RHEH4BL Black hybrid thermal transfer ribbon. Use 4.33 110.0 1181.0 363.0
with heat shrink, self-laminating, Turn-Tell ®, D3
and vinyl cloth and tan polyimide labels.
RHER4BL Black resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use 4.33 110.0 1181.0 363.0
with polyester labels, continuous vinyl tape,
marker plates, and raised panel labels. E1
RHER4WH White resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use 4.50 114.3 1181.0 363.0
with polyester labels, continuous vinyl tape,
marker plates, raised panel labels, and
black heat shrink. 1 E2
RHER4BL-A Black resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use 4.33 110.0 1181.0 363.0
with high-temperature marker plates.
RHER4BL-C Black resin thermal transfer ribbon. Use 4.33 110.0 1181.0 363.0
with fluid resistant heat shrink markers E3
and white polyimide labels.
RHER4BL-E Black resin thermal transfer ribbon. 4.33 110.0 1345.0 410.0
Use with standard marker plates and
component labels for extra durability for E4
harsh environments.
Order number of ribbons required.
E5
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1
Labeling Software B2
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
C4
EMPLUS-CD Easy-Mark Plus™ Labeling Software, CD-ROM.
D3
CAD-Connect™ Labeling Software
●●Facilitates quick and easy organization of identifiers from System Requirements:
E1
CAD for printing within Easy-Mark™ Labeling Software ●●64 MB hard drive space and 64 MB RAM (256 MB
●●Easily captures and organized CAD data for future use RAM recommended)
and documentation ●●Windows^2000, XP, Vista, 7, 8
E2 ●●Saves time and reduces errors by utilizing identifiers ●●Mouse or compatible pointing device
previously created in CAD files to eliminate manual entry
●●Microsoft.NET Framework 2.0 or higher
of data into labeling software
●●CD-ROM Drive
E3 ●●Compatible with full versions of AutoCAD* 2002 to 2016
or Visio^ version 2002 or newer
●●Exports to alternative formats such as Excel^ (XLS) or
Text (CSV) files for future use and documentation
E4
●●Upgrades available at www.panduit.com
Std. Std.
E5 Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
PROG-CCCD CAD-Connect™ Labeling Software, including Easy-Mark™ 1 10
Labeling Software, supplied on CD-ROM.
F *AutoCAD is a registered trademark of Autodesk, Inc.
^Visio, Windows, and Excel are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
B1
Panduit ® provides a full line of on demand printable labels designed to meet all of
your identification needs. C1
Panduit labeling solutions meet customer needs at the lowest total installed cost.
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
C1
C2
Print-On Min. Max.
Print-On Area Cable Cable Labels Labels
Area Width Length Height O.D. O.D. Per Per
C3 Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Wire Range Row Pkg.
R050X075V1T 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 Cat. 6 28 AWG/
18 – 14 AWG
R050X125V1T 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.16 4.1 0.22 5.6 Cat. 3 UTP/12 – 10 AWG
White 8 5000
C4 R050X150V1T 0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 Cat. 5e UTP/Cat. 6 UTP/
Cat. 6A UTP/Cat. 5e
FTP/10 – 6 AWG
R100X075V1T White 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.0 Cat. 6 28 AWG/ 4 2500
D1 18 – 14 AWG
R100X125V1T White 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.16 4.1 0.22 5.6 Cat. 3 UTP/12 – 10 AWG 4 2500
R100X150V1T White 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
D2 R100X150V2T TIA Blue 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
R100X150V3T TIA Green 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
Cat. 5e UTP/Cat. 6 UTP/
R100X150V4T TIA Gray 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 4 2500
Cat. 6A UTP
R100X150V7T TIA Red 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
D3
R100X150V8T TIA 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
Yellow
R100X225V1T White 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
E1 R100X225V2T TIA Blue 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
R100X225V3T TIA Green 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 Cat. 6 FTP/Cat. 6A UTP/
R100X225V4T TIA Gray 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 Cat. 6A 4 2500
FTP/8 – 4 AWG
E2 R100X225V7T TIA Red 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
R100X225V8T TIA 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
Yellow
R100X400V1T White 1.00 25.4 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.39 9.9 0.95 24.1 2 – 1 AWG 4 1000
E3 R150X150V1T White 1.50 38.1 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
Cat. 5e UTP/Cat. 6 UTP/
R200X150V1T White 2.00 50.8 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
Cat. 6A UTP/CAT. 5e 2
FTP/10 – 6 AWG
E4 1000
R200X225V1T White 2.00 50.8 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 Cat. 6 FTP/Cat. 6A UTP/ 4
Cat. 6A
FTP/8 – 4 AWG
E5 R200X400V1T White 2.00 50.8 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.39 9.9 0.95 24.1 2 – 1 AWG 2
Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
●●Includes a colored print-on area and clear over-laminate ●●Use thermal transfer hybrid ribbon
to protect the legend for clear and durable identification ●●Temperature range: -40°F to 150°F (-40°C to 66°C)
B2
●●Sized specifically for wire and cable applications
●●Thin and conformable; preferred material for most general
wire/cable labeling
B3
C1
C2
●●Self-extinguishing material ●●Labels are sized specifically for wire and cable applications
●●Recommended alternative to Tedlar* ●●Temperature range: -65°F to 275°F (-53.9°C to 135°C)
B2
●●Use with thermal transfer hybrid ribbon
B3
C1
S100X075TAT-A 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 0.5 0.16 4.1 Cat. 6 28 AWG/ 4
18 – 14 AWG
S100X125TAT-A 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 Cat. 3 UTP/ 4 D1
12 – 10 AWG
White 2500
S100X150TAT-A 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 Cat. 5e UTP/ 4
Cat. 6 UTP/
Cat. 6A UTP/ D2
Cat. 5e FTP/
10 – 6 AWG
S100X225TAT-A 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 Cat. 6 FTP/ 4 1500
Cat. 6A UTP/ D3
Cat. 6A FTP/
8 – 4 AWG
S100X400TAT-A 1.00 25.4 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.3 4 2500
2 – 1 AWG E1
S200X400TAT-A 2.00 50.8 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.3 2 500
E3
E4
E5
B3
C1
C2
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Offer crisp, clear legends with superior legibility ●●Use thermal transfer resin ribbon
●●Used in flat applications and in a wrap format for wire/ ●●Temperature range: -65°F to 275°F (-54°C to 135°C)
B2
cable marking
B3
C1
N100X125C1T White 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.20 5.1 0.32 8.1
10 – 6 AWG 3
N100X125C2T Yellow 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.20 5.1 0.32 8.1
5000
N100X150C1T White 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.24 6.1 0.40 10.2 D2
8 – 2 AWG
N100X150C2T Yellow 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.24 6.1 0.40 10.2
Order number of labels required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME Printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
C1
Print-On Area
C2 Std.
Width Height Width Height Pkg.
Labels Qty.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Per Roll (Roll)
C3 M200X042UPT 2.00 50.8 0.42 10.7 0.42 10.7 1.30 33.0 500
M200X042UPT-B 2.00 50.8 0.42 10.7 0.42 10.7 1.30 33.0 2000
White 1
C4 M200X080UPT 2.00 50.8 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3 1.30 33.0 500
M200X080UPT-B 2.00 50.8 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3 1.30 33.0 2000
D2
E1
E2
Print-On Area
Std.
E3 Width Height Width Height Pkg.
Labels Qty.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Per Roll (Roll)
M200X042FQT 2.00 50.8 0.42 10.7 0.42 10.7 1.22 31.0 500
E4
M200X042FQT-B 2.00 50.8 0.42 10.7 0.42 10.7 1.22 31.0 2000
White 1
M200X080FQT 2.00 50.8 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3 1.22 31.0 250
E5
M200X080FQT-B 2.00 50.8 0.80 20.3 0.80 20.3 1.22 31.0 2000
●●Non-adhesive and halogen-free; used to identify wires, ●●Recommended cable ties: Standard Marker Plates –
cables, equipment, and many other applications Intermediate Cross Section for 0.5" length and Standard
●●Attachable in horizontal or vertical orientation Cross Section for 1" length B2
●●Use thermal transfer resin ribbon ●●Temperature range: -58°F to 221°F (-50°C to 105°C)
B3
C1
C2
Print-On Area Std.
Width Height Width Labels Pkg.
Per Qty.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm Roll (Roll) C3
M200X050Y6T TIA Yellow 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3
M200X050Y7T White 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3
M200X050ACT TIA Blue 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3
C4
M200X050AET TIA Green 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3
500 1
M200X050AFT TIA Gray 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3
M200X050AGT TIA Orange 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3
TIA Red D1
M200X050AIT 2.00 50.8 0.50 12.7 1.07 27.3
M200X100Y6T 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3
TIA Yellow
M200X100Y6T-B 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 2000
M200X100Y7T 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 500 1 D2
White
M200X100Y7T-B 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 2000
M200X100ACT TIA Blue 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3
M200X100AET TIA Green 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 D3
M200X100AFT TIA Gray 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3
M200X100AGT TIA Orange 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3
M200X100AIT TIA Red 2.00 50.8 1.00 25.4 0.80 20.3 E1
M300X050Y6T TIA Yellow 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6
M300X050Y7T White 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6
M300X050ACT TIA Blue 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6
E2
M300X050AET TIA Green 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6
M300X050AFT TIA Gray 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6 500 1
M300X050AGT TIA Orange 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6
E3
M300X050AIT TIA Red 3.00 76.2 0.50 12.7 2.07 52.6
M300X100Y6T TIA Yellow 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 1.80 45.7
M300X100Y7T White 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 1.80 45.7
M300X100ACT TIA Blue 3.00 76.2 1.00 25.4 1.80 45.7 E4
C1
C2
C3
Min. Max
Cable Cable Std.
Diameter Width Height O.D. O.D. Labels Labels Pkg.
C4 Wire Per Per Qty.
Part Number Part Number In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Range Row Roll (Roll)
H050X025H1T*+ H050X025H2T 0.13 3.1 0.50 12.7 0.25 6.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3 4 2000
H075X025H1T*+ H075X025H2T 0.13 3.1 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3
D1 22 – 18 2 1000
H100X025H1T*+ H100X025H2T 0.13 3.1 1.00 25.4 0.25 6.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3
AWG
H150X025H1T*+ H150X025H2T 0.13 3.1 1.50 38.1 0.25 6.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3
1 500
H200X025H1T*+ H200X025H2T 0.13 3.1 2.00 50.8 0.25 6.4 0.04 1.0 0.13 3.3
D2 H050X034H1T*+ H050X034H2T 0.19 4.7 0.50 12.7 0.34 8.6 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8 4 2000
H075X034H1T*+ H075X034H2T 0.19 4.7 0.75 19.1 0.34 8.6 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8
18 – 12 2 1000
H100X034H1T*+ H100X034H2T 0.19 4.7 1.00 25.4 0.34 8.6 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8
AWG
D3 H150X034H1T*+ H150X034H2T 0.19 4.7 1.50 38.1 0.34 8.6 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8
1 500
H200X034H1T*+ H200X034H2T 0.19 4.7 2.00 50.8 0.34 8.6 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8
H050X044H1T*+ H050X044H2T 0.25 6.3 0.50 12.7 0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4 4 2000
H075X044H1T*+ H075X044H2T 0.25 6.3 0.75 19.1 0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4
E1 16 – 10 2 1000
H100X044H1T*+ H100X044H2T 0.25 6.3 1.00 25.4 0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4
AWG
H150X044H1T*+ H150X044H2T 0.25 6.3 1.50 38.1 0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4
1 500 1
H200X044H1T*+ H200X044H2T 0.25 6.3 2.00 50.8 0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4
E2 H050X064H1T*+ H050X064H2T 0.38 9.7 0.50 12.7 0.64 16.3 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7 4 2000
12 – 6
H100X064H1T*+ H100X064H2T 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 0.64 16.3 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7 2 1000
AWG
H200X064H1T*+ H200X064H2T 0.38 9.7 2.00 50.8 0.64 16.3 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7 1 500
E3 H050X084H1T — 0.50 12.7 0.50 12.7 0.84 21.3 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 4 2000
H100X084H1T+ H100X084H2T 0.50 12.7 1.00 25.4 0.84 21.3 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 8–1 2 1000
AWG
H200X084H1T+ H200X084H2T 0.50 12.7 2.00 50.8 0.84 21.3 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 1 500
E4 H050X165H1T — 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 1.65 41.9 0.33 8.4 1.00 25.4 4 1000
4 AWG
H100X165H1T+ H100X165H2T 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 1.65 41.9 0.33 8.4 1.00 25.4 – 500 2 500
MCM
H200X165H1T+ H200X165H2T 1.00 25.4 2.00 50.8 1.65 41.9 0.33 8.4 1.00 25.4 1 250
E5
H200X240H1T H200X240H2T 1.50 38.1 2.00 50.8 2.40 61.0 0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 1 AWG 1 100
– 1000
MCM
F Order number of labels required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Available in Bulk packages (5 times Labels Per Roll), add -B to end of part number
+Available in two additional colors, replace suffix H1T with (H3T) Black or (H4T) Red
C2
C3
H100X034H1T-2* H100X034H2T-2* 0.19 4.7 1.00 25.4 0.34 8.6 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8 1 1000
18 – 12
AWG D2
H200X034H1T-2* H200X034H2T-2* 0.19 4.7 2.00 50.8 0.34 8.6 0.06 1.5 0.19 4.8 1 500
H100X044H1T-2* H100X044H2T-2* 0.25 6.3 1.00 25.4 0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4 2 1000
16 – 10
H200X044H1T-2* H200X044H2T-2* 0.25 6.3 2.00 50.8 044 11.2 0.08 2.0 0.25 6.4 AWG 1 500 D3
H100X064H1T-2* H100X064H2T-2* 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 0.64 16.3 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7 2 1000
12 – 6
1
H200X064H1T-2* H200X064H2T-2* 0.38 9.7 2.00 50.8 0.64 16.3 0.13 3.3 0.38 9.7 AWG 1 500 E1
H100X084H1T-2* H100X084H2T-2* 0.50 12.7 1.00 25.4 0.84 21.3 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 2 1000
8–1
H200X084H1T-2* H200X084H2T-2* 0.50 12.7 2.00 50.8 0.84 21.3 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 AWG 1 500
E2
H100X122H1T-2 H100X122H2T-2 0.75 19.0 1.00 25.4 1.22 31.0 0.25 6.3 0.75 19.0 2 500
8 – 4/0
H200X122H1T-2 H200X122H2T-2 0.75 19.0 2.00 50.8 1.22 31.0 0.25 6.3 0.75 19.0 AWG 1 250
E3
H100X165H1T-2 H100X165H2T-2 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 1.65 41.9 0.33 8.4 1.00 25.4 4 AWG 2 500
– 500
H200X165H1T-2 H200X165H2T-2 1.00 25.4 2.00 50.8 1.65 41.9 0.33 8.4 1.00 25.4 kcmil 1 250
E4
Order number of labels required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Available in Bulk packages (5 times Labels Per Roll), add -B to end of part number
E5
C1
C2
H100X034HFT-2 H100X034HGT-2 0.19 4.7 1.00 25.4 0.34 8.6 0.09 2.3 0.19 4.8 2 1000
D1 18 – 12
H200X034HFT-2 H200X034HGT-2 0.19 4.7 2.00 50.8 0.34 8.6 0.09 2.3 0.19 4.8 AWG 1 500
H100X044HFT-2 H100X044HGT-2 0.25 6.4 1.00 25.4 0.44 11.1 0.13 3.3 0.25 6.4 2 1000
16 – 10
D2 AWG
H200X044HFT-2 H200X044HGT-2 0.25 6.4 2.00 50.8 0.44 11.1 0.13 3.3 0.25 6.4 1 500
1
H100X064HFT-2 H100X064HGT-2 0.38 9.7 1.00 25.4 0.64 16.2 0.19 4.8 0.38 9.7 2 1000
12 – 6
D3 H200X064HFT-2 H200X064HGT-2 0.38 9.7 2.00 50.8 0.64 16.2 0.19 4.8 0.38 9.7 AWG 1 500
H100X084HFT-2 H100X084HGT-2 0.50 12.7 1.00 25.4 0.84 21.3 0.25 6.4 0.50 12.7 2 1000
8–1
H200X084HFT-2 H200X084HGT-2 0.50 12.7 2.00 50.8 0.84 21.3 0.25 6.4 0.50 12.7 AWG 1 500
E1
H100X165HFT-2 H100X165HGT-2 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 1.65 41.9 0.50 12.7 1.00 25.4 8 AWG 2 500
– 500
H200X165HFT-2 H200X165HGT-2 1.00 25.4 2.00 50.8 1.65 41.9 0.50 12.7 1.00 25.4 kcmil 1 250
E2
Order number of labels required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
E3
E4
E5
●●Permanent, one-piece, heat shrink sleeve designed to ●●Meet SAE-AS5942, MIL-STD-883F Method 2015.13
provide clear, durable identification of wires and cables Solutions A and D, and MIL-STD-202G Method 215K,
●●Cross-linked, semi-rigid, fluid-resistant, shrinkable Solutions A and D when printed with resin thermal B2
●●Meet the material requirements and physical properties ●● Temperature range: -67°F to 275°F (-55°C to 135°C)
AMS-DTL-23053/6 Class 1 and NF F00-608 Class A and
H when printed with resin thermal transfer ribbons C1
C2
C3
H100X084HST-2 0.50 12.7 1.00 25.4 0.84 21.3 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 8–1 2 1000
H200X084HST-2 0.50 12.7 2.00 50.8 0.84 21.3 0.17 4.3 0.50 12.7 AWG 1 500
H100X165HST-2 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 1.65 41.9 0.33 8.4 1.00 25.4 8 AWG – 2 500 D3
H200X165HST-2 1.00 25.4 2.00 50.8 1.65 41.9 0.33 8.4 1.00 25.4 500 kcmil 1 250
E1
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
E4
HSG-115V-650 Heat gun with stand. Temperature range of 700°F (371°C) to
—
1000°F (538°C) plus stand. (Accessories not included).
HSG-A1 Shrink tube reflector for tubing up to 3/4" inside diameter. Directs 10
heat around tubing to reduce shrink time. E5
HSG-A2 Shrink tube reflector for tubing up to 1 1/2" inside diameter. 10
Directs heat around tubing to reduce shrink time. 1
HSG-P1 Replacement brush / spring kit. 5
HSG-P2 Replacement switch 20 Amp. 5 F
C3
C4
D1
E1 C038X038KCT Tan Polyimide 0.38 9.7 0.38 9.7 General Identifier 7 10000
C038X038YJT White Polyester 0.38 9.7 0.38 9.7
C050X013KBT White Polyimide 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.3
E2 C050X013KCT Tan Polyimide 0.50 12.7 0.13 3.3
C050X020KBT White Polyimide 0.50 12.7 0.20 5.1
C050X044CBT White Vinyl Cloth 0.50 12.7 0.44 11.2 General Identifier 5 10000
E3 C050X044KBT White Polyimide 0.50 12.7 0.44 11.2
C050X044KCT Tan Polyimide 0.50 12.7 0.44 11.2
C050X044YJT White Polyester 0.50 12.7 0.44 11.2
E4 C060X020CBT White Vinyl Cloth 0.60 15.3 0.20 5.1
C060X020KBT White Polyimide 0.60 15.3 0.20 5.1
C060X020KCT Tan Polyimide 0.60 15.3 0.20 5.1 General Identifier 3 10000
E5 C060X020TJT White Tedlar* 0.60 15.3 0.20 5.1
C060X020YJT White Polyester 0.60 15.3 0.20 5.1
C061X030YPT White Super-Tack Polyester 0.61 15.5 0.30 7.6 1-Port Identifier 4 2500
F
C065X019KBT White 0.65 16.5 0.19 4.8
Polyimide General Identifier 3 10000
C065X019KCT Tan 0.65 16.5 0.19 4.8
Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand (TDP43ME-RS) is required.
G Other colors and sizes available. Refer to www.panduit.com for additional information.
*Tedlar is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
E5
●●Ideally suited for terminal block labeling applications ●●Meets EN61010-1 (VDE 0411-1) for abrasion and wipe
B2
within control panels resistance
●●Flexible marker design; create and install single or ●●Meets EN ISO 175 for oil and chemical resistance
multiple markers in a single step ●●Meets EN 60464-3:2001 for resistance to solvents
B3
●●Less marker waste – print only as many as you need ●●Meets IEC 60947-4-1/2 for resistance to aging
●●Flexible halogen-free markers have superior holding ●●Meets IEC 60068-2-8 for vibration resistance
strength in terminal blocks, eliminating markers that
fall out ●●Use thermal transfer RMER1BL resin ribbon
C1
●●Easy-Mark Plus™ Labeling Software required for printing ●●Temperature range: -40°F to 180°F (-40°C to 82°C)
terminal block markers
C2
C3
C4
D1 Allen-Bradley
Terminal Weldmuller Std.
Width Height Block Terminal Block Markers Pkg.
Part Number Color Description mm mm Compatibility Compatibility Per Roll Qty.
TB05X12EWT-AB1 5.0 12.0 1492-J3, WDU 2.5 1000
D2 1492-W3
E3
E4
E5
●●Raised thermal transfer printable surface with high-tack ●●Thermal transfer print technology provides crisp, clear,
adhesive for strong holding power and durable text
B2
●●Variety of sizes and colors for a wide range of applications ●●Use with thermal transfer resin ribbon
●●Meets DIN 40050-9, IP69K for washdown applications ●●Temperature range: -40°F to 212°F (-40°C to 100°C)
B3
C1
C2
E5
Print-On
Width Height Area Height Hole Diameter Labels Std.
B2 Per Pkg.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Row Qty.
C180X130APT-30H 1.80 45.7 1.30 33.0 0.73 18.5
White 1.18 30.0 1 500
C240X200APT-30H 2.40 61.0 2.00 50.8 1.43 36.3
B3
Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand
(TDP43ME-RS) is required.
C400X100A8T Yellow
C3
C400X100AST Green
C400X100A0T Black
C400X100AMT Silver D1
Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand
(TDP43ME-RS) is required.
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Std.
Width Length
Pkg.
C1 Qty.
Part Number Color Material In. mm Ft. m (Roll)
T024X000FJT* 0.24 6.1 100.0 30.5
T031X000FJT* White Polyolefin 0.31 7.9 100.0 30.5
C2 T038X000FJT* 0.38 9.7 100.0 30.5
T038X000Y01 Black Super-Tack Polyester 0.38 9.7 100.0 30.5
T038X000YP1 Super-Tack Polyester 0.38 9.7 100.0 30.5
White
T050X000FJT* Polyolefin 0.50 12.7 100.0 30.5
C3
T050X000Y01 Black 0.50 12.7 100.0 30.5
Super-Tack Polyester
T050X000YP1 White 0.50 12.7 100.0 30.5
T100X000RPT White 1.00 25.4 50.0 15.2
C4 T100X000RUT Orange 1.00 25.4 50.0 15.2
Reflective
T100X000RWT Red 1.00 25.4 50.0 15.2
T100X000RXT Yellow 1.00 25.4 50.0 15.2
T100X000VP1Y White 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
D1
T100X000VQ1Y Blue 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
T100X000VS1Y Green 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
T100X000VU1Y Orange Vinyl 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
D2 T100X000VW1Y Red 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
T100X000VX1Y Yellow 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
T100X000VY1Y Black 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
D3
T100X000Y01 Black 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
Super-Tack Polyester
T100X000Y81 Yellow 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
T100X000YK1 Clear Polyester 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
1
T100X000YP1 White 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
E1 T100X000YQ1 Blue 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
T100X000YS1 Green Super-Tack Polyester 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
T100X000YU1 Orange 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
E2 T100X000YW1 Red 1.00 25.4 100.0 30.5
T200X000RPT White 2.00 50.8 50.0 15.2
T200X000RUT Orange 2.00 50.8 50.0 15.2
Reflective
T200X000RWT Red 2.00 50.8 50.0 15.2
E3
T200X000RXT Yellow 2.00 50.8 50.0 15.2
T200X000VP1Y White 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000VQ1Y Blue 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
E4 T200X000VR1Y Brown 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000VS1Y Green 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000VT1Y Gray 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
Vinyl
T200X000VU1Y Orange 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
E5
T200X000VV1Y Purple 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000VW1Y Red 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000VX1Y Yellow 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
F T200X000VY1Y Black 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000Y01 Black 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
Super-Tack Polyester
T200X000Y81 Yellow 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000YK1 Clear Polyester 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
G
Order number of rolls required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand
(TDP43ME-RS) is required.
Std.
Width Length
Pkg.
Qty. B2
Part Number Color Material In. mm Ft. m (Roll)
T200X000YP1 White 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000YQ1 Blue 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
B3
T200X000YS1 Green Super-Tack Polyester 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000YU1 Orange 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T200X000YW1 Red 2.00 50.8 100.0 30.5
T225X000YK1 Clear Polyester 2.25 57.2 100.0 30.5 C1
T300X000RPT 3.00 76.2 50.0 15.2
White
T400X00RPT 4.00 101.6 50.0 15.2
T400X000RUT Orange 4.00 101.6 50.0 15.2
Reflective C2
T400X000RWT Red 4.00 101.6 50.0 15.2
T400X000RXT Yellow 4.00 101.6 50.0 15.2
T400X000RQT Blue 4.00 101.6 50.0 15.2
T400X000VP1Y White 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5 C3
T400X000VQ1Y Blue 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000VR1Y Brown 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000VS1Y Green 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5 1 C4
T400X000VT1Y Gray 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
Vinyl
T400X000VU1Y Orange 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000VV1Y Purple 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000VW1Y Red 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5 D1
T400X000VX1Y Yellow 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000VY1Y Black 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000Y01 Black 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5 D2
Super-Tack Polyester
T400X000Y81 Yellow 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000YK1 Clear Polyester 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000YP1 White 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000YQ1 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5 D3
Blue
T400X000YS1 Green Super-Tack Polyester 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000TU1 Orange 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
T400X000YW1 Red 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5 E1
T425X000YK1 Clear Polyester 4.00 101.6 100.0 30.5
Order number of rolls required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
*Labels are roll mounted on 3.00" cores; when using the TDP43ME printer and 3.00" cores, the roll stand
(TDP43ME-RS) is required. E2
E3
E4
E5
C1
C2
Print-On Max.
Area Min. Cable
Print-On Width Length Height Cable O.D. O.D. Labels Labels Labels
Area Wire/Cable Per Per Per
C3 Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Size Range Row Sheet Pkg.
R050X075X1J 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 Cat. 6 28 AWG/ 84 5000
18 – 14 AWG
C4 R050X125X1J 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.16 4.1 0.22 5.6 Cat. 3 UTP/ 60 5000
12 – 10 AWG
White 12
R050X150X1J 0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 Cat. 5e UTP/ 48 2500
Cat. 6 UTP/
D1 Cat. 6A UTP/
CAT. 5e FTP/
10 – 6 AWG
R100X075X1J 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 Cat. 6 28 AWG/ 6 42 2500
D2 18 – 14 AWG
R100X125X1J White 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.16 4.1 0.22 5.6 Cat. 3 UTP/ 6 30 2500
12 – 10 AWG
D3
R100X150X1J 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
R100X150X2J TIA Blue 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
Cat. 5e UTP/
R100X150X3J TIA 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 Cat. 6 UTP/
Green Cat. 6A UTP/ 24 1000
E1 Cat. 5e FTP/
R100X150X7J TIA Red 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 10 – 6 AWG
R100X150X8J TIA 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1
Yellow
E2 6
R100X225X1J White 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
R100X225X2J TIA Blue 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
Cat. 6 FTP/
R100X225X3J TIA 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
Cat. 6A UTP/
E3 Green 18 1000
Cat. 6A FTP/
R100X225X7J TIA Red 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 8 – 4 AWG
R100X225X8J TIA 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9
E4 Yellow
R100X400X1J 1.00 25.4 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.39 9.9 0.95 24.1 2 – 1 AWG 6 12
R150X150X1J 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 Cat. 5e UTP/ 4 16
Cat. 6 UTP/ 1000
E5 R200X150X1J 2.00 50.8 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.22 5.6 0.28 7.1 Cat. 6A UTP/ 3 12
CAT. 5e FTP/
White
10 – 6 AWG
F
R200X225X1J 2.00 50.8 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.28 7.1 0.39 9.9 Cat. 6 FTP/ 3 9 500
Cat. 6A UTP/
Cat. 6A FTP/
8 – 4 AWG
G R200X400X1J White 2.00 50.8 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.39 9.9 0.95 24.1 2 – 1 AWG 3 6 500
●●Labels can be printed in both laser and ink jet printers ●●Provide durability; high-temperature resistance, and
●●Self-laminating adhesive labels include a colored print-on dimensional stability; do not stretch or easily tear;
area and clear overlaminate preferred method for wire/cable labeling B2
C1
C2
Print-On Min. Max.
Area Cable Cable Labels Labels Labels
Print-On Width Length Height O.D. O.D. Wire/Cable Size Per Per Per
Part Number Area Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Range Row Sheet Pkg.
C3
S050X075YAJ 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.1 Cat. 6 28 AWG / 169
18 – 14 AWG
S050X125YAJ 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 Cat. 3 UTP/12 – 10 104
White AWG 13 5000
S050X150YAJ 0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 Cat. 5e UTP/Cat. 6 78 C4
UTP/Cat. 6A UTP/ Cat.
5e FTP/10 – 6 AWG
S075X075YAJ 0.75 19.1 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.1 Cat. 6 28 AWG / 117
18 – 14 AWG D1
S075X125YAJ 0.75 19.1 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 Cat. 3 UTP/ 72
White 12 – 10 AWG 9 2500
S075X150YAJ 0.75 19.1 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 Cat. 5e UTP/Cat. 6 54
UTP/Cat. 6A UTP/Cat. D2
5e FTP/10 – 6 AWG
S100X075YAJ 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.08 2.0 0.16 4.1 18 – 14 AWG 91
S100X125YAJ White 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.38 9.7 0.12 3.1 0.28 7.0 Cat. 3 UTP/ 7 56 2500
12 –10 AWG
D3
S100X150YAJ White 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.168.1 4.1 0.32
S100X150YBJ TIA Blue 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.168.1 4.1 0.32
S100X150YCJ TIA Brown 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.168.1 4.1 0.32
S100X150YDJ TIA Green 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.168.1 4.1 0.32
Cat. 5e UTP/Cat. 6 E1
S100X150YEJ TIA Gray 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32
8.1 UTP/Cat. 6A UTP /Cat. 7 42 2500
S100X150YFJ TIA Orange 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.168.1 5e FTP/10 – 6 AWG
4.1 0.32
S100X150YGJ TIA Purple 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.168.1 4.1 0.32
S100X150YHJ TIA Red 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.168.1 4.1 0.32 E2
S100X150YIJ TIA Yellow 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.168.1 4.1 0.32
S100X225YAJ White 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24
12.4 6.1 0.48
S100X225YBJ TIA Blue 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24
12.4 6.1 0.48
S100X225YCJ TIA Brown 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24
12.4 6.1 0.48 E3
S100X225YDJ TIA Green 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24
12.4 6.1 0.48
Cat. 6 FTP/Cat. 6A
S100X225YEJ TIA Gray 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48
12.4 UTP/Cat. 6A FTP/8 - 4 8 32 1000
S100X225YFJ TIA Orange 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24
12.4 6.1 AWG
0.48
S100X225YGJ TIA Purple 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24
12.4 6.1 0.48 E4
S100X225YHJ TIA Red 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24
12.4 6.1 0.48
S100X225YIJ TIA Yellow 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24
12.4 6.1 0.48
S100X400YAJ 1.00 25.4 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32
24.3 8.1 0.95
2 -1 AWG 14
7 1000
S100X650YAJ White 1.00 25.4 6.50 165.1 1.50 38.1 0.48
40.4 12.1 1.59
1/0 - 350 MCM 7 E5
S150X400YAJ 1.50 38.1 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32
24.3 8.1 0.95
2 - 1 AWG 5 14 1000
S150X400YIJ TIA Yellow 1.50 38.1 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32
24.3 8.1 0.95
S200X150YAJ 2.00 50.8 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.168.1 4.1 0.32
Cat. 5e UTP/Cat. 6
UTP/Cat. 6A UTP /Cat. 24 F
5e FTP/10 – 6 AWG
White 4 1000
S200X225YAJ 2.00 50.8 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 Cat. 6 FTP/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 6A FTP/ 16
8 - 4 AWG
S200X400YAJ White 2.00 50.8 4.00 101.6 1.00 25.4 0.32 8.1 0.95 24.3 2 - 1 AWG 4 8 1000 G
S200X650YAJ White 2.00 50.8 6.50 165.1 1.50 38.1 0.48 12.1 1.59 40.4 1/0 - 350 MCM 4 4 500
Order number of labels required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
B3
C1
C2
Print-On Min. Max.
Print-On Area Cable Cable Labels Labels Labels
Area Width Length Height O.D. O.D. Wire/Cable Size Per Per Per
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Range Row Sheet Pkg.
C3
S100X150TAJ-A 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.50 12.7 0.16 4.1 0.32 8.1 Cat. 5e UTP/Cat. 42 2500
6 UTP/Cat. 6A
UTP/Cat. 5e
White FTP/10 – 6 AWG 7
C4
S100X225TAJ-A 1.00 25.4 2.25 57.2 0.75 19.1 0.24 6.1 0.48 12.1 Cat. 6 FTP/Cat. 28 1000
6A UTP/ Cat. 6A
FTP/8 – 4 AWG
Tedlar™ is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Labels can be printed in both laser and ink jet printers ●●Temperature range: -40°F to 180°F (-40°C to 82°C)
●●Use as a wrap around label or flag style labels for
B2
wire/cable labeling
B3
C1
C2
Min. Max. Cable Labels Labels Labels
Width Length Cable O.D. O.D. Wire/Cable Size Per Per Per
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Range Row Sheet Pkg.
N025X075FJJ 0.25 6.4 0.75 19.1 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 12 – 10 AWG 275 C3
25
N025X125FJJ 0.25 6.4 1.25 31.8 0.20 5.1 0.32 8.1 10 – 6 AWG 175 10000
N025X150FJJ 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1 0.24 6.1 0.40 10.2 8 – 2 AWG 67 150
C4
N050X075FJJ 0.50 12.7 0.75 19.1 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 12 – 10 AWG 154
10000
N050X125FJJ White 0.50 12.7 1.25 31.8 0.20 5.1 0.32 8.1 10 – 6 AWG 14 98
D1
N050X150FJJ 0.50 12.7 1.50 38.1 0.24 6.1 0.40 10.2 8 – 2 AWG 84 5000
N100X075FJJ 1.00 25.4 0.75 19.1 0.12 3.1 0.16 4.1 12 – 10 AWG 77
5000 D2
N100X125FJJ 1.00 25.4 1.25 31.8 0.20 4.1 0.32 8.1 10 – 6 AWG 7 49
N100X150FJJ 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 0.24 6.1 0.40 10.2 8 – 2 AWG 42 2500
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2 Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1
Panduit offers a variety of innovative books, cards, clip-ons and dispensers for a
D1
wide variety of wire/cable labeling needs.
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B3
Total Std. Std.
Markers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Legend Each Legend Book(s) Book(s)
PCMB-1 0 thru 9 45
C1
PCMB-2 A thru Z, 0 thru 15, +, -, / 10
PCMB-3 1 thru 45 10
C2
PCMB-4 1, 2, 3 150
PCMB-5 A, B, C 150
C3
PCMB-6 T1, T2, T3 150
Perforation for half marker
PCMB-7 L1, L2, L3 150
C4 PCMB-8 1 thru 15 6
16 thru 90 4
A thru Z, +, -, /, 0 2
PCMB-9 1, 2, 3, A, B, C 45
D1 L1, L2, L3, T1, T2, T3 30
1 10
PCMB-11 1 thru 30 15
PCMB-12 A thru Z 15
D2 + 8
- 7
Blank (write-on) 21
PCMB-13 +, -, AC, DC 45
D3 POS, NEG, GND 21
NEUT 21
SPARE, Blank (write-on) 21
PCMB-14 46 thru 90 10
E1
Terminal Block PCMB-15 0, +, - 15
Marker 1 thru 45 10
PCMB-16 0 thru 33, A, B, C, +, -, L1, L2, L3, 10
T1, T2, T3
E2
PCMB-25 0 thru 9 45
L1, L2, L3, T1, T2, T3 15
Legend: Black Background: White
Marker sizes:
E3
Full size marker – 0.22" x 1.38" (5.60mm x 34.90mm). Maximum wire O.D., 0.38" (9.50mm).
Half size marker – 0.22" x 0.69" (5.60mm x 17.40mm). Maximum wire O.D., 0.19" (4.70mm).
Terminal block marker – 0.22" x 0.25" (5.60mm x 6.30mm).
E4
E5
●●10 pages of markers per book ●●Markers have ink receptive area to allow
●●Clear section of marker over laminates and protects handwritten legends
B2
printed legend
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
PCM-A1 A1 C1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-A4 A4
PCM-B1 B1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1 C2
PCM-B5 B5
PCM-C1 C1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-C4 C4 C3
PCM-E1 E1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-E3 E3
C4
PCM-F1 F1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-F4 F4
PCM-H1 H1
36 25 100 D1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-H5 H5
PCM-L1 L1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
D2
PCM-L5 L5
PCM-M1 M1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-M2 M2
D3
PCM-P1 P1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-P3 P3
PCM-R1 R1 E1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-R5 R5
PCM-S1 S1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1 E2
PCM-S5 S5
PCM-T1 T1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-T9 T9 E3
PCM-X1 X1
thru thru 0.25 6.35 1.50 38.1
PCM-X4 X4
E4
E5
D1
Width Length
D2 Std. Std.
Markers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Color In. mm In. mm Per Card Card(s) Card(s)
PCM-BLK Black 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
D3
PCM-RED
PCM-BRN Brown 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
PCM-DBL Dark Blue 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
PCM-DGN Dark Green 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
E1 PCM-GRY Gray 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
PCM-LBL Light Blue 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
PCM-LGN Light Green 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
36 25 100
E2 PCM-ORN Orange 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
PCM-PNK Pink 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
PCM-PUR Purple 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
E3 PCM-RED Red 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
PCM-TAN Tan 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
PCM-WHT White 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
E4
PCM-YEL Yellow 0.25 6.4 1.50 38.1
Marker size:
Full size marker – 1.50" (38.10mm). Maximum wire O.D., 0.38" (9.50mm).
E5
C4
●●Choose from the many legends available in general ●●Each marker on card has a different legend
purpose vinyl cloth, or from special materials available to ●●Temperature Range: -40°F to 275°F (-40°C to 135°C) D2
meet a variety of application environments
●●All markers are offered in full size 1.50" (38.1mm) long
for wire outside diameter up to 0.38" (9.5mm); half size
markers for wire outside diameter up to 0.19" (4.7mm) D3
E4
PPM-A
E5
B3
C1
C2
PSCC-5Y 1.00 25.40 5.00 127.00 1.00 25.40 0.320 8.1 1.27 32.3 3
D1
PSWM-375Y 0.38 9.53 1.50 38.05 0.75 19.05 0.240 6.1 0.24 6.1 25
PSWM-750Y 0.75 19.05 1.50 38.05 0.75 19.05 0.240 6.1 0.24 6.1 12 25 100
D2 PSWM-1500Y 1.50 38.05 1.50 38.05 0.75 19.05 0.240 6.1 0.24 6.1 6
PSWMH-375Y 0.38 9.53 0.75 19.05 0.38 9.53 0.120 3.1 0.12 3.0 50
D3 PSWMH-750Y 0.75 19.05 0.75 19.05 0.38 9.53 0.120 3.1 0.12 3.0 24
Can be clearly identified wih Panduit Permanent Marker Pens shown on page B1.49.
E1
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B3
C1
D3
Std. Std.
No. of Markers Markers Pkg. Ctn.
E3 Part Number Legend Per Wand Per Pkg. Qty. Qty.
Wire/Cable Diameter 0.08" – 0.10" (2.00mm – 2.50mm)
PCA07-A A
thru thru
E4
PCA07-Z Z
PCA07-A-J A-J
PCA07-K-T K-T
E5 PCA07-U-Z U-Z
30 300 1 10
PCA07-0 0
thru thru
PCA07-9 9
F
PCA07-0-9 0-9
PCA07-MIN —
PCA07-PLS +
G
Std. Std.
No. of Markers Markers Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Legend Per Wand Per Pkg. Qty. Qty. B2
PCA11-K-T K-T
PCA11-U-Z U-Z
30 300 1 10
PCA11-0 thru PCA11-9 0 thru 9 C1
PCA11-0-9 0-9
PCA11-MIN —
PCA11-PLS + C2
PCA13-K-T K-T
PCA13-U-Z U-Z
30 300 1 10
PCA13-0 thru PCA13-9 0 thru 9 C4
PCA13-0-9 0-9
PCA13-MIN —
PCA13-PLS + D1
PCA18-K-T K-T
PCA18-U-Z U-Z
30 300 1 10
PCA18-0 thru PCA18-9 0 thru 9 D3
PCA18-0-9 0-9
PCA18-MIN —
PCA18-PLS + E1
PCA23-E-H E-H
PCA23-I-L I-L
PCA23-M-P M-P 20 80 1 10 E3
PCA23-Q-T Q-T
PCA23-U-X U-X
PCA23-Y-Z Y-Z, +, - E4
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B1
Permanent Identification B2
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
E2
Cable Ties for fast installation at lowest installed cost ●●Aluminum Marker Plates and Cable Ties:
●●All marker plates/tags can be embossed or laser etched -112°F to 212°F (-80°C to 100°C)
with Panduit Factory Custom Marking Service ●●Brass Tags: B3
●●For on-site custom marking see page E4.2 -112°F to 302°F (-80°C to 150°C)
●●Designated plates feature easy feed design with
a raised slot to simplify cable tie installation and C1
improve productivity
C2
C4
Thickness
Used D2
with
Length/ Width/ Pan-Steel Std. Std.
Diameter Diameter Cable For Use With Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Style Material In. mm In. mm In. mm Ties** MIM PES197 PES400 Qty.^ Qty.
D3
MMP172W38-M A 1.72 44.0 0.38 10.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 3 1000 4000
MMP172-C B 1.72 44.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 100 1000
304 Stainless Steel
E1
MMP172-M B 1.72 44.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 3 1000 4000
MMP350W38-C E 304 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.38 10.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3
100 1000
MMP350W38-C316 E 316 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.38 10.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 E3
MMP350W38-M E 304 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.38 10.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 3 3
MMP350W38-M316 E 316 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.38 10.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 3 3 1000 4000
E4
MMP350HW54-MAL F Aluminum 3.50 89.0 0.54 13.7 0.012 0.30 MLT-H 3 3 3
MMP350-C G 304 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3
100 1000 E5
MMP350-C316 G 316 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3
MMP350-M G 304 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 3 3
1000 4000 F
MMP350-M316 G 316 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 3 3
MMP350DB-C H 304 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 1.12 29.0 0.015 0.38 MLT-H 3
100 1000
MMP350DB-C316 H 316 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 1.12 29.0 0.015 0.38 MLT-H 3 G
**See pages B3.5 – B3.6 for Pan-Steel Stainless Steel Cable Ties.
®
B2
B3
Style I Style J Style K Style L Style M
C1
C2
C3
Thickness
Used
C4 with
Length/ Width/ Pan-Steel Std. Std.
Diameter Diameter Cable For Use With Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Style Material In. mm In. mm In. mm Ties** MIM PES197 PES400 Qty.^ Qty.
D1 MMP350H-C I 304 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-H 3
MMP350H-C316 I 316 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-H 3 100 1000
MMP350H-M I 304 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-H 3 3 3
MMP350H-M316 I 316 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-H 3 3 3 1000 4000
D3
MMP350H-MAL I Aluminum 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-H 3 3 3
MMP350W17-Q-M J 3.50 89.0 1.73 44.0 0.015 0.38 MLT-S 3 3 1000 4000
E1
MT125S-Q K 1.25 32.0 1.25 32.0 0.035 0.89 MLT-S 3 25 250
MT172W38-C L 304 Stainless Steel 1.72 44.0 0.38 10.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 100 1000
E2
MT172W38-M L 1.72 44.0 0.38 10.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-H 3 3 1000 4000
MT172-C M 1.72 44.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 100 1000
E3 MT172-C316 M 316 Stainless Steel 1.72 44.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 100 1000
MT172-M M 1.72 44.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 3 1000 4000
304 Stainless Steel
E4 MT206W119A-Q N 2.06 52.0 1.19 30.0 0.015 0.38 MLT-H 3 25 250
MT350W38-M316 O 316 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.38 10.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-S 3 3 1000 4000
MT350-C P 304 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-H 3
E5
100 1000
MT350-C316 P 316 Stainless Steel 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-H 3
MT350-M P 3.50 89.0 0.75 19.0 0.010 0.25 MLT-H 3 3 1000 4000
F
MT350W17-Q Q 3.50 89.0 1.73 44.0 0.015 0.38 MLT-S 3 25 250
304 Stainless Steel
MT350W17-D-4HL Q 3.50 89.0 1.73 44.0 0.015 0.38 MLT-S 3 3
G 1000 4000
MT350W17-Q-M Q 3.50 89.0 1.73 44.0 0.015 0.38 MLT-S 3 3
**See pages B3.5 – B3.6 for Pan-Steel ® Stainless Steel Cable Ties.
^Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
H
B2
B3
Style R
C1
Thickness
Used
with C2
Length/ Width/ Pan-Steel Std. Std.
Diameter Diameter Cable For Use With Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Style Material In. mm In. mm In. mm Ties** MIM PES197 PES400 Qty.^ Qty.
Circular Tags C3
D3
Std.
E3
Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
Tool Kit
E4
MEHT187 Includes tool, additional marking wheel, carrying case, one roll each
META (aluminum) and METS (stainless steel) tape.
Characters included: A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W
XYZ123456789/()
1 E5
TM26319B01 Embossing Wheel Replacement Kit - White Wheel
Tape F
B3 Std.
Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
Indenting Machine
C1
MIM094 Indenting machine with 3/32" (2.38mm) character wheel.
MIM125 Indenting machine with 1/8" (3.18mm) character wheel. 1
MIM187 Indenting machine with 3/16" (4.77mm) character wheel.
C2
Interchangeable Wheel Kits
MIW094 3/32" (2.38mm) character wheel kit (wheel and indexing gear).
C3 MIW125 1/8" (3.18mm) character wheel kit (wheel and indexing gear). 1
MIW187 3/16" (4.77mm) character wheel kit (wheel and indexing gear).
C4
●●To deliver a permanent identification solution on-site and ●●Input hopper allows for easy stacking of plates, saving
on demand when it’s needed time and money
D2 ●●Creates raised characters on stainless steel and ●●Output hopper keeps plates neatly stacked in the order
aluminum marker plates, to deliver maximum visibility for that they are embossed
medium to high volume applications that are exposed to ●●Includes Easy-Mark Plus™ Labeling Software
dirt and paint
D3
●●Easy-Mark Plus™ Labeling Software allows for a quick
●●Fast embossing speed of up to 300 plates per hour print legend and exact preview, saving time and reducing
●●Includes both 3mm and 5mm characters print costs
●●Compatible with numerous sizes and styles of metal
E1 plates and tags
Std.
E2 Pkg.
Part Number Part Description Qty.
PES400 Panduit Embossing System, .188" (5mm) and .118" (3mm) characters, 1
35.8" x 23.6" x 16.5", 154 lb (75 kg), 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz.
E3 Characters include: ABCD...Z, 0123…9, @ # % & * ( ) - + : , . / ’
*For use with 1000 pack marker plates only.
E4
From the front gate to the back of the facility Panduit provides durable, easy-to-
B3
use solutions to create a safer workplace. These facility identification and safety
products reduce the risk to workers and businesses through greater awareness and
communication of workplace hazards and assist with effective compliance of OSHA
C1
Safety Regulations. The Facility Identification solutions compliment Panduit’s broad
offering of engineered solutions for electrical and industrial environments.
E4
E5
B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
When servicing electrical equipment, workers must comply with safety regulations that require a voltage verification test to validate the
absence of voltage. This process includes a number of stages that can be complex and time-consuming when using hand-held portable
C4 test instruments.
The patent-pending VeriSafe™ Absence of Voltage Tester from Panduit simplifies this process by automating the voltage verification process.
Once installed, a simple push of a button enables qualified electrical workers to verify the absence of voltage and see an active indication
when the absence of voltage is confirmed. This provides a new and innovative way to safely, reliably, and efficiently verify the absence of
D1 voltage before accessing potentially dangerous electrical equipment.
D2
System Components 1
1 Indicator Module
●●30mm knockout, mount on exterior of enclosure
D3
●●Operate and maintain without exposure to
electrical hazards 3
●●Instruction label with operating instructions
E1 ●●VS-AVT2 will have a blue faceplate while VS-AVT 2
will have a yellow faceplate
2 AVT System Cable
●●Connects isolation module to indicator module
E2 4
●●600 V cable available in multiple lengths for
easy installation
●●Replaceable with connectors on each end
E3
●●Replaceable with additional lengths
●●Locking connectors on both ends
●●Right angle connector at indicator module saves space
3 Isolation Module
E4 ●●Prevents hazardous voltage from reaching door
●●Universal mounting (DIN rail or surface tabs)
●●Output contacts provide ability to create alarms or
E5 communicate with other systems
4 Sensor Leads
●●Can be installed on line or load side of
electrical disconnect 1
F ●●Two leads per phase; must be physically separated
from each other
●●Optimized for use with the VeriSafe™ Insulation
Piercing Connector
G Simple Battery Replacement
●●Long-life industrial battery
●●Replaceable from outside the enclosure
H ●●Interior battery compartment is fingersafe (IP20) Shown: Insulation
Instruction Label Shown: VS-AVT Piercing Connectors
●●No tools required
E5.2 Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
A
Industrial Safety Solutions
VeriSafe™ Absence of Voltage Tester (AVT) B1
●●Services other environments with Hazardous Location offering covering Class 1 Division 2 and Class
1 Zone 2 environments.
D2
●●Reduces the risk of exposure to electrical hazards which improves worker safety.
●●Continues to provide a simplified process for easier compliance when used as part of the lockout/
tagout process described in NFPA 70E.
D3
Part No. Description
VS-AVT2-C02-L03 VeriSafe™ Absence of Voltage Tester for Class 1 Division 2 hazardous locations - 2 ft. system cable,
3 ft. sensor leads
VS-AVT2-C08-L10 VeriSafe™ Absence of Voltage Tester for Class 1 Division 2 hazardous locations - 8 ft. system cable, E1
10 ft. sensor leads
Shown: VS-AVT2
E2
Our stock signs and labels are ready to ship … today. Safely made in the USA!
B2
ANSI STYLE t
B3
OSHA STYLE t
C1
C2
C3
t
ANSI ISO
C4
D1
D2
DANGER WARNING CAUTION NOTICE SAFETY FIRST
RED ORANGE YELLOW BLUE GREEN
D3
Indicates a hazardous Indicates a hazardous Indicates a hazardous Indicates information Indicates specific safety-
situation that, if not situation that, if not situation that, if not considered important but related instructions or
avoided, will result in avoided, could result in avoided, could result in not hazard-related. procedures that are related
death or serious injury. death or serious injury. minor or moderate injury. to safe work practices.
E1
E4
E5
F Traditional OSHA-style signs and labels are Newer ANSI-style signs and labels are gaining
the most widely recognized design format in in popularity and are recognized by OSHA as
industry. They use upper case lettering, and the an acceptable safety notification device. Signs
message is generally centered underneath the often include a visual alert symbol (triangle with
G header. This standardized sign format continues an exclamation point!), a large symbol, and left-
today to be the choice for selecting messages in justified upper and lower case message lettering.
safety signs. These signs are clearly visible and provide concise
safety alert messages.
H
●●Indoor usage
MATERIAL
L
D3
Applications
●●Light-duty application
●● Indoor usage
●●Sheltered outdoor locations
●●Medium-duty marking needs
●●Sheltered outdoor locations E1
●● Ideal for low-cost informational usage
B3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7001 D7002 D7003 D7013
C2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7016 D7017 D7018 D7019
C3
14" x 10" 14" x 10"
D5142 D4147
C4
D1
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7020 D7034 D7035 D7004 W7014
14" x 10"
D4077
D2
D3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
W7021 W7036 W7005 C7007 C7015 C7061
E1
E2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
C7062 C7063 N7057 N7043 N7008 N7009
E3
E4
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
N7010 N7064 N7065 N7044 N7045
E5
14" x 10"
N4802
G 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
N7046 N7047 N7066 N7051 N7067
14" x 10"
N4826
H
See How to Order Signs on next page
B2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
N7048 N7058 N7049 N7022 N7068
14" x 10" B3
N5813
C1
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
N7069 N7011 N7023 N7037 N7070 N7071 C2
C3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
N7052 N7053 N7054 N7072 N7073
C4
14" x 10"
N4813
D1
D2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
N7059 N7074 N7055 N7056 B7028
14" x 10"
N4811 D3
E1
PROPIEDAD
PRIVADA
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7029 B7030 B7032 B7033
E2
10" x 7" 14" x 10" 14" x 10"
B7031 B4511
E3
E4
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7040 B7041 B7042 B7012 B7075
14" x 10"
B4520
E5
Aluminum (Each) PAS Select Sign Base Part Combine Codes in Specific
3 Number: D7018
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PVS0710D7018
H
B2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14"
B3 B7078 B7077 B3533 B4535 B4907
14" x 10"
B4908
C1
C2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 10" x 14"
B7076 B7081 B7024 B7025 B7080 B4912
C3
C4
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7026 B7027 B7039 B7038 B7079
D1
14" x 10"
B3513
E1
1 Code: PVS
2 Code: 0710
3 Part Number: B7078
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PVS0710B7078
E2
●●Meets NFPA Life Safety Code 101 and OSHA requirements ●●California State Fire Marshal listing #6200-1617; 100
●●Meets current Building Codes: IBC, ICBO, BOCA ●● City of Los Angeles Research Report: RR 25531 (CSI #16530)
and SBCCI, NFPA 5000 ●●Ontario Building Materials Evaluation Commission C4
●●ICC ES report #ER-6040 ●●Authorization Report BMEC # 03-12-291
D1
Standard Letters
D2
D3
Reflective Letters
E1
E2
E3
Part No. Description UOM When ordering, specify case color: When ordering, specify letter color: G
PSSE007 Single-face Red – RD, Green – GN, or Black – BK. Red – RD, or Green – GN.
PSSE010 Single-face
w/mounting brackets Part No. Description UOM Part No. Description UOM
Each
PSSE020 Single-face PSSE016 Standard Letters
PSSE013 Double-face Each Each H
w/mounting brackets PSSE023 Double-face PSSE018 Reflective Letters
B3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7083 D7084 D7085 D7086 D7087 D7088
C1
C2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7101 D7089 D7104 D7105 D7106 D7107
C3
C4 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7090 D7091 D7092 D7093 D7094 D7095
D1
D2 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7096 D7097 D7108 D7098 C7099 N7102
D3
SAFETY DATA
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 10" x 14"
E1 N7103 N7109 B7100 D7345
E2
E3
See How to Order Signs on next page
10" x 14"
D7346
E4
Labels
E5
C2
Confined Space
Signs
C3
C4
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7110 D7111 D7112 D7115
D1
14" x 10" 14" x 10"
D4003 D4231
D2
D3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7113 D7114 D7116
14" x 10" E1
D4135
Aluminum (Each) PAS Select Sign Base Part Number: Combine Codes in Specific
3 D7084
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PVS0710D7084 E3
Labels E4
C4
D1
D2
E3
Comply with OSHA 29
CFR § 1910.146(e)(1)
E4
Stencils
Mark confined spaces that are otherwise difficult to
E5 label by using ink or paint stencils.
●●0.010" thermo-plastic stencils
Board communicates confined space requirements
and holds related permits. ●●Fits a 7" x 10" image area
UOM
●●Hang or set board near or at entrance of confined space to ●●Header line has approx. 2" H letters
F Each
be readily seen by all ●●Message area has 1" H letters
●●Features large sign legend with clear acrylic pocket
●●Holds 8.5" x 11" entry permit sheets (available separately)
G
●●Constructed of durable 0.125" thick PVC
●●Measures 12"H x 19"W with mounting holes
●●Not recommended for outdoor use
Part No. UOM
H
PCSP0001 Each
7" x 10" PCSP0003 7" x 10" PCSP0004 7" x 10" PCSP0005
Signs
B2
CONSTRUCTION
AREA
B3
C2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" C3
D7121 D7122 D7123 D7124
C4
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" D1
D7125 D7126 D7127 D7128 C7129 D4017
Adhesive Vinyl (Each) PVS 7" x 10" 0710 Select Material Code: Select Size Code:
Polyester Laminated Vinyl (Each)
Polyethylene Plastic (Each)
PLVS
PRS
10" x 14"
14" x 10"
1014
1410
1 PVS
2 0710
Combine Codes in Specific Order
Aluminum (Each) PAS Select Sign Base Part D3
3 Number: D7125
4 for Complete Part Number:
PVS0710D7125
E1
Signal Styles, as well as Ready Mix Truck Signals Overhead Crane Hand Signals
Style. Available as wallet cards, labels, and signs.
Select styles also available as laminated, durable,
E3
flexible plastic posters.
29 CFR § 1926.1422 Signals –
Hand Signal Chart.
Hand signal charts must be E4
either posted on the equipment
or conspicuously posted in the
vicinity of the hoisting operations. Source: ANSI/ASME B30.5-2007 - Mobile and Locomotive Cranes, Section 5-3.3: Signals
Plastic Wallet Card - 3 3/8" x 2 1/8" Label - Adhesive Vinyl (PVS) Sign (see How to Order Signs
Standard (2-sided) PSS027 5" x 3 1/2" (0503) above box)
Mobile (2-sided) PSS028 F
Overhead (1-sided) PSS026 To Order Labels: Select Material Code, Size Code, & Available size 14" x 10" (1410) only
Ready Mix (1-sided) PSS029 Standard B4542
Base Part Number. Combine Codes in Specific Order for Mobile B4547
Complete Part Number Overhead B5616
Description UOM Ready Mix B4513
Standard B3507 G
Wallet Card, 2-sided Mobile B3552 Description UOM Description UOM
Each Overhead B3546 Label Pkg. of 5
Wallet Card, 1-sided Sign Each
C1
C2
C3
18" x 24" 24" x 36" 18" x 24" 24" x 36"
D7334 D7335
C4
D1
D2
18" x 24" 24" x 36" 18" x 24" 24" x 36" 18" x 24" 24" x 36" 18" x 24" 24" x 36"
D3 D7336 D7337 D7338 D7339
E1
E2
E3
18" x 24" 24" x 36" 18" x 24" 24" x 36" 18" x 24" 24" x 36" 18" x 24" 24" x 36"
B7340 B7341 B7342 B7343
E4
24" x 18"
B4505
H
Signs
B2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" B3
D7130 D7131 D7132 D7133 D7135
C2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7136 D7137 D7134 D7142 D7143 D7144
14" x 10"
D4188 C3
C4
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7145 D7146 W7138 W7139 C7140 C7147 N7141
D1
DANGER
DANGER
HIGH
VOLTAGE
D2
PVS0204D72Y
PVS0710C173Y PVS0204C171Y PVS0710C180Y
PANDUIT PPS0305D72
D3
LOCK OUT
BEFORE SERVICING THE FOLLOWING STEPS MUST
DANGER DANGER DANGER
PANDUIT PPS1014D28
PANDUIT PPS1014D71
PANDUIT PPS1014D75
BE PERFORMED WHEN LOCKING
OUT EQUIPMENT:
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT HIGH VOLTAGE
PVS0204C176Y VOLTS
1 - Identify all potential hazards
and energy sources. AUTHORIZED UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL
KEEP OUT
2 - Inform operator / supervisor about
work to be performed. PERSONNEL ONLY
3 - Prepare equipment for shutdown.
E1
4 - Shutdown / turn off equipment.
PVS0204C179Y PPS0710D28
5 - Isolate and LOCKOUT energy sources.
6 - Release all stored energy.
PRS1014D71 PRS1420D75
7 - Test equipment for zero energy state.
8 - Clear personnel / tools before
PRS0910D453
and after job.
LOCK OUT
9 - Remove locks and tags when work
WARNING
completed.
PVS0503N458Y DANGER E2
HERE
RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK
PANDUIT PPS1014D72
AREA IN FRONT OF THIS ELECTRICAL All current carrying parts and other componenets protected
PVS0204C178Y
by this device should be examined and replaced if damaged.
PANEL MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR If burnout of a current element of an overload relay occurs,
PPS0710D66
PANDUIT PVS0305W2201Y
Aluminum (Each) PAS Select Sign Base Part Combine Codes in Specific
3 Number: D7130
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PVS0710D7130 E5
Roll of Signs
Keep multiple safety signs for on-the-spot placement. F
●●Convenient, portable and economical
●●7" x 10" signs are surface-printed
on 0.004" vinyl with permanent acrylic
adhesive back G
B2
3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7"
D7148 D7149 D7150 D7151 D7152 D7153 D7154 D7155
B3
3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5"
D3161 D3164 D3165 D3167 D3166 D3168 D3170 D3175
C1
C2 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5"
D3176 D3177 D3178 D3306 D3297 C3622 B3512
C3
Polyester Laminated Vinyl (Each) PLVS 6" x 2" 0602 Select Label Base Combine Codes in Specific Order
D1 5" x 7" 0507
3 Part Number: D7149
4 for Complete Part Number: PVS0305D7149
E3
Arc Flash Hazard Boundary:
3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7"
D7156 D7157 W7158
E4
3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7" 3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7"
F W7159 W7160 W7161
How to Order:
Select Legend Select Size Code: Combine Codes in Specific Order
1 Code: PCV-110
2 2.25"H x 9"W – AY
3 for Complete Part Number: PCV-110AY
C3
To Order Adhesive-Backed: Add size code after part number. Available sizes AY, BY, CY. To Order Pre-Coiled: Add size code after part
number. Available sizes MY, RY.
Part No. Legend Part No. Legend Part No. Legend C4
PCV-110 110 VOLTS PCV-230 230 VOLTS PCV-480 480 VOLTS Style M Style R
Part No. Part No. Legend
PCV-115 115 VOLTS PCV-2400 2400 VOLTS PCV-600 600 VOLTS – PCV-120 120 Volts
PCV-120/208 120/208 VOLTS PCV-240 240 VOLTS PCV-BLANK BLANK – – PCV-480 480 Volts
NO LEGEND D1
PCV-120 120 VOLTS PCV-277/480 277/480 VOLTS PCV-FO PCV-FO Fiber Optic
PCV-ES EMERGENCY
PCV-12470 12470 VOLTS PCV-277 277 VOLTS SERVICE
PCV-380 380 VOLTS PCV-FA FIRE ALARM
PCV-13200 13200 VOLTS
PCV-3PH THREE PHASE PCV-FO FIBER OPTIC D2
PCV-13800 13800 VOLTS
PCV-415 415 VOLTS PCV-FOC FIBER OPTIC
PCV-1PH SINGLE CABLE
PHASE PCV-4160 4160 VOLTS PCV-MAIN MAIN
PCV-208 208 VOLTS PCV-440 440 VOLTS PCV-TELE TELEPHONE D3
PCV-220 220 VOLTS PCV-460 460 VOLTS
PCV-2300 2300 VOLTS
ISO Warning Symbol Labels
Paper E1
Voltage Marker Books ●● Indoor rated general purpose
●● Black on orange Part No. Legend ●●Excellent adhesion properties
labels provide a PCVB-110Y 110 VOLTS when applied to a clean,
highly visible warning dry surface
E2
for electrical hazards PCVB-220Y 220 VOLTS
PCVB-277Y 277 VOLTS ●● Temperature Range:
●● Indoor rated -65° to 200°F
economical general PCVB-277/480Y 277/480 VOLTS
WL1 WL3
purpose vinyl PCVB-440Y 440 VOLTS
E3
1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5"
PLD-30 PLD-36 PLD-37 PLD-45 PLD-52 PLD-56
B3
277/480 V
1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5"
C1 PLD-38 PLD-46 PLD-91 PLD-47 PLD-74 PLD-72
C2
1" x 1.5" 1" x 3" 1.5" x 1" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5"
PLD-58 PLD-60* PLD-67 PLD-43 PLD-68 PLD-12
D2
Signs
B2
B3
14" x 10"
D4021
C2
C3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7167 D7168
14" x 10" C4
D4139
D1
14" x 10"
D4177
D3
E1
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7171 D7172 W7173 W7174 C7175
E2
14" x 10"
C4722
E3
E4
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
C7176 C7177 C7178 C7179 C7180 C7181
E5
Aluminum (Each) PAS Select Sign Base Part Number: Combine Codes in Specific
3 D7165
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PVS0710D7165
H
B2
1 1/2" x 3"
3" x 7" D3018
3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 4" x 7" 4" x 7" D3036 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5"
D3019 D3148 D3114 D3035 D3304 D3145
B3
1 1/2" x 3"
3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" D3020 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5"
C1 D3290 D3280 D3284 D3155 D3156 D3132 D3134
With Detached Arrow With Detached Arrow
D2
0.63" x 1.5" 0.63" x 1.5" 0.63" x 1.5"
1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" PCWL-BL PCWL-ACC PCWL-CAL
PLD-17 PLD-18 PLD-3 PLD-4 PLD-7 Blank White Accepted Calibration
D3
1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 1" x 1.5" 0.75" dia. 0.63" x 1.5" 0.63" x 1.5" 0.63" x 1.5"
PLD-11 PLD-22 PLD-28 PLD-29 PLD-62 PCWL-CALD PCWL-ICAL PCWL-REJ
E1 Calibrated Calibration Rejected
G
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14"
C7197 N7190 B4551 B4552 B4512
H
10" x 7" 14" x 10"
D7207
B2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7182 B7183 B7184 B7185 B7186 B7199
B3
C1
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7200 B7201 B7203 B7204 B7206
C2
10" x 7" 14" x 10"
B7209
C3
C4
10" x 7" 14" x 10" 10" x 7" 14" x 10" 10" x 7" 14" x 10" 10" x 7" 14" x 10" D1
B7194 B7196 B7193 B7208
D2
D3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7195 B7205 B7188 B7189
Column Markers
E2
E3
E4
Adhesive Vinyl (12" x 24") PVS1224B3437
Glow Adhesive (12" x 24") PVS1224B3505
18" x 4" 12" x 4" 18" x 4" 18" x 4" 12" x 4" 18" x 4"
B4585 18" x 4" B4581 B4935 18" x 4" 24" x 4" Material UOM
E5
24" x 4" 24" x 4" B7211 Adhesive Vinyl
B7202 B7210 Each
Glow Adhesive
Aluminum (Each) PAS 14" x 10" 1410 Select Sign Base Part Combine Codes in Specific Order
12" x 4" 1204
3 Number: B7182
4 for Complete Part Number:
PVS0710B7182
18" x 4" 1804
24" x 4" 2404 H
2" x 14" How to Order Labels: Select Material Select Size Code:
’16 ’17 ’18 ’19
B3452
1 Code: PVS
2 0305
Select Label Base Combine Codes in Specific Order
C1
3 Part Number: B3550
4 for Complete Part Number: PVS0305B3550
3 1/2" x 5" 5" x 7"
B3526
5" x 3 1/2"
B3539 3" x 7"
C2 B3431
First Aid
C3 Signs
C4
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D1 S7213 S7212 S7214
10" x 7" 14" x 10" 10" x 7" 14" x 10" 10" x 7" 14" x 10"
B7221 B7223 B7222
D2
D3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7225 B7228 B7227 B7229
E1
E2
E3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7217 B7218 B7220
E4
14" x 10" 14" x 10" 10" x 7" 14" x 10"
B4502 B4508 B7219
B3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
C7231 C7232 C7233 C7234 C7235
C1
14" x 10"
C4643
C2
C3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
C7236 C7237 N7264 N7265 N7266
14" x 10"
C4663
C4
D1
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
N7238 N7242 N7243 S7239
D2
14" x 10" 14" x 10"
N4804 N4814
D3
E1
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7240 B7241 B7267 B7268 B7269
14" x 10"
B4944 E2
E3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7245 B7244 B7271 B7270 E4
E5
Available Materials Codes Available Sizes Codes How to Order Signs:
Adhesive Vinyl (Each) PVS 7" x 10" 0710 Select Material Code: Select Size Code:
Polyester Laminated Vinyl (Each) PLVS
Polyethylene Plastic (Each) PRS
10" x 7"
10" x 14"
1007
1014
1 PVS
2 0710
F
Aluminum (Each) PAS 14" x 10" 1410 Select Sign Base Part Number: Combine Codes in Specific
17" x 7" 1707
3 S7213
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PVS0710S7213
B2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B3 B7246 B7247 B7248 B7249 B7255 B7256
C1
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
C2 B7250 B7251 B7252 B7253 B7254 B7257
C3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B7258 B7259 B7260 B7261
C4
10" x 7" 14" x 10" 10" x 7" 14" x 10"
B7262 B7263
D1
4" x 12" 4" x 12" 4" x 12" 3" x 10" 3" x 10" 3" x 10"
B3511 B3510 B5531 B4557 B4559 B4563
D2
D3
E3
2" x 6"
C3621 3" x 7" 3" x 7"
3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" 3 1/2" x 5" B3518 B3528
E4 C3612 N3817 B3920 B3506 B3524
Signs
B2
B3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
D7272 D7273 D7274 D7275 D7276
14" x 10" C1
D4106
C2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" C3
D7277 C7278 C7279 C7280
D1
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
C7281 C7282 C7283 C7284 N7285 D2
14" x 10"
C4756
D3
E1
Aluminum (Each) PAS 10" x 7" 1007 Select Sign Base Part Number: Combine Codes in Specific
10" x 14" 1014
3 B7246
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PVS0710B7246
E4
14" x 10" 1410
Labels
E5
B3
C2
C3 Reflective (Each)
C4
D1
Flag Helmet Stickers
Show personal USA Canada Mexico Std. Pkg.
D2
country pride. Part No. Part No. Part No. Size Qty.
Adhesive vinyl label PHL3377 PHL3402 PHL3386 1" x 1
has permanent 3/4"
10
adhesive back with PHL3212 PHL3404 PHL3388 1 1/2"
peel-off liner. x 3"
D3
Smoking Control
E1
Signs
E2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
N7296 B7292 B7293 B7288 B7289 B7290
E3
4" x 12"
7" x 17" B4531
E4 B4533 7" x 17"
B4501
7" x 17"
G B4526
7" x 5" 10" x 7" 7" x 5" 10" x 7" 7" x 5" 10" x 7" 7" x 5" 10" x 7" 7" x 5" 10" x 7" 7" x 5" 10" x 7" 7" x 5" 10" x 7"
B7291 B7297 B7298 B7301 B7302 B7299 B7303
H
Traffic Industrial C2
Signs
C3
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" C4
D7321 W7305 C7322 C7307 C7308
14" x 10"
C5662
D1
D2
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
C7309 C7310 C7311 C7312 C7313 C7314
D3
E1
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
C7315 C7306 N7316
E2
14" x 10" 14" x 10" 14" x 10"
C4604 C4601 N4816
E3
E4
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
N7317 N7318 N7319 N7320
E5
Available Materials Codes Available Sizes Codes How to Order Signs:
Adhesive Vinyl (Each) PVS 4" x 12" 0412 Select Material Code: Select Size Code:
Polyester Laminated Vinyl (Each) PLVS
Polyethylene Plastic (Each) PRS
7" x 5"
7" x 10"
0705
0710
1 PVS
2 0710
F
Aluminum (Each) PAS 10" x 7" 1007 Select Sign Base Part Number: Combine Codes in Specific
10" x 14" 1014
3 B7288
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PVS0710B7288
14" x 10" 1410
7" x 17" 0717
G
C4
How to Order Labels:
1 Select Material
Code: PLVS
2 Select Size
Code: 0205
2" x 5" 2" x 5" 2" x 5" 2" x 5" Select Label Base Combine Codes in Specific
B3543 B3567 B3565 B3569
3 Part Number: B3545
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PLVS0205B3545
D1
D2
Fluorescent Alert Signs
Bright, attention-getting signs for cross traffic areas.
●● H
ighly visible fluorescent red-orange or lime-yellow
●●Durable 0.060" plastic
D3
●●Pre-drilled mounting holes
●● F
or indoor use only
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
D3
Vinyl Letter and Number Markers Reflective Vinyl Letters and Numbers Markers
●●Indoor/outdoor rated conformable heavy duty adhesive back vinyl ●●Contrasting black and yellow visibility
for flat applications ●●Heavy-duty reflective vinyl with
E1
●●Resistant to UV light, chemical atmosphere and abrasion adhesive back flat applications for
●●Black on yellow characters for visible safety and facility identification safety and facility identification
●●Temperature Range: -50° to 225°F ●●Indoor/outdoor rated for resistance
to UV light, chemical atmosphere,
E2
and abrasion
●●Temperature Range: -30° to 200°F
E3
Individual Letter and Number Markers
Character Color Character Markers/
Part No. Height Marker Size on Background Card
PRL100BY-* 1" 1.63"H x 1"W Black on Yellow
E4
PRL150YB-* 1.50" 1.88"H x 1.38"W 25
Yellow on Black
PRL250YB-* 2.50" 2.88"H x 1.75"W
E5
How to Order:
Refer to Part Number (No.): Specify Character Legend A thru Z, 0 thru 9, –
Character Markers/ Cards/ Total
1 1" – PRL100BY-*
2 (dash) for Asterisk (*): PRL100BY-A
Part No. Height Label Size Card Pkg. Markers
PVL100BY-*-Y 1" 1.5"H x F
0.88"W
10 25 250
Consecutive Letter and Number Marker Sets
PVL200BY-*-Y 2" 2.25"H x Color
0.88"W Character Marker Character Markers/
Part No. Series Height Size on Background Card G
PRL100BY-18KIT 0 thru 9, 900
How to Order: A thru
D, L, P, 1.63"H
Refer to Part Number (No.): Specify Character Legend A thru Z, 0 thru 9, – R, S 1" Black on Yellow
1 1" – PVL100BY-*-Y
2 (dash) for Asterisk (*): PVL100BY-A-Y
PRL100BY-36KIT 0 thru 9,
x 1"W
950 H
A thru Z
B2 Men
working
above.
10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14"
B3 D4107 D4105 D5107 D5113 D4104 D4108
C1
C2
10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14"
D4009 D4081 D4113 W4303 W4307 W4308
C3
Look out
for forklifts.
C4
10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14"
W4312 W4305 C4647 C4644 C4603 C5643
D1
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY
D2
10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14" 10" x 14"
N4809 N4805 N4825 B4913 B7226 B4509
D3
E2
Contemporary
clear-shield signs
look good in regular 3" x 9" B2
PSSG4012
light and perform in
the dark. 6" x 9" 6" x 9" 6" x 9"
PSSG4024 PSSG4033 PSSG4021
●●Architectural-style
signs for the office 9" x 6" B3
PSSG4721
as well as industrial
environments
●●Printed on
photoluminescent film C1
●●Can be seen when 6" x 9"
power goes out PSSG4025
●● S
ub-surface protected 9" x 6" 9" x 6" 9" x 6" 9" x 6"
PSSG4032 PSSG4031 PSSG4029 PSSG4751 C2
from top wear
●●Mounts with double-
sided adhesive foam
tape (included) 3" x 9" 3" x 9"
PSSG4016 PSSG4018 C3
6" x 9"
PSSG4023
9" x 6" 9" x 6"
PSSG4039 PSSG4036
C4
Glow Signs
D1
Severe Weather Signs Exit & Emergency Signs
D2
Fire Signs
E1
10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 7" x 10" 10" x 14"
B4504 B7330 B7329 E4
18" x 4" 18" x 4" 12" x 4" 18" x 4" 24" x 4"
7" x 10" 10" x 14" B4510 B4507 B7333
B7332
E5
Available Materials Codes Available Sizes Codes Available Sizes Codes
Glow Adhesive (Each) PVSG 7" x 10" 0710 14" x 10" 1410 7" x 14" 7" x 14" 7" x 14"
Glow Plastic (Each) PRSG 7" x 14" 0714 12" x 4" 1204 B4515 B4516 B4549
10" x 7" 1007 18" x 4" 1804 F
10" x 14" 1014 24" x 4" 2404
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3 3D - 8" x 12" Panel 3D - 8" x 12" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel
PSS3P4034 PSS3P4036 PSS3P4021 PSS3P4019
90D - 8" x 12" Panel 90D - 8" x 12" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel
PSS9P4034 PSS9P4036 PSS9P4021 PSS9P4019
E1
E2
E3
3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 12" x 9" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel
PSS3P4049 PSS3P4392 PSS3P4014
90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 12" x 9" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel
PSS9P4049 PSS9P4392 PSS9P4014
3D - 18" x 4" Panel PSS3P4029
E4 90D - 18" x 4" Panel PSS9P4029
E5
G
3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel
PSS3P4006 PSS3P4037
90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel
PSS9P4006 PSS9P4037
3D - 18" x 4" Panel PSS3P4016M 3D - 24" x 4" Panel PSS3P4026
H 90D - 18" x 4" Panel PSS9P4016M 90D - 24" x 4" Panel PSS9P4026
B2
B3
3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 12" x 9" Panel
PSS3P4008 PSS3P4062 PSS3P4658
90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 12" x 9" Panel
PSS9P4008 PSS9P4062 PSS9P4658
3D - 18" x 4" Panel PSS3P4069
90D - 18" x 4" Panel PSS9P4069 C1
C2
C3
D1
D2
3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel
PSS3P4042 PSS3P4053 PSS3P4047 PSS3P4055 D3
90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel
PSS9P4042 PSS9P4053 PSS9P4047 PSS9P4055
E1
E2
3D - 12" x 9" Panel 3D - 12" x 9" Panel 3D - 8" x 12" Panel 3D - 8" x 12" Panel
PSS3P4443 PSS3P4444 PSS3P4087 PSS3P4071 E3
90D - 12" x 9" Panel 90D - 12" x 9" Panel 90D - 8" x 12" Panel 90D - 8" x 12" Panel
PSS9P4443 PSS9P4444 PSS9P4087 PSS9P4071
*SDS - Safety Data Sheets
E4
E5
3D - 8" x 12" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel 3D - 6" x 5" Panel
PSS3P4058 PSS3P4081 PSS3P4035 PSS3P4023 F
90D - 8" x 12" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel 90D - 8" x 8" Panel
PSS9P4058 PSS9P4081 PSS9P4035 PSS9P4023
G
Panel Size 3D Projection Overall Size 90D Projection Overall Size Panel Size 3D Projection Overall Size 90D Projection Overall Size
6" x 5" 6" x 8 1/2" x 4" — 18" x 4" 18" x 7 1/2" x 3" 18" x 4" x 1 1/2"
8" x 8" — 8" x 8" x 1 1/2" 12" x 9" 12" x 14" x 7" 12" x 9" x 1 1/2"
8" x 12" 8" x 18" x 9" 8" x 12" x 1 1/2" 24" x 4" 24" x 7 1/2" x 3" 24" x 4" x 1 1/2" H
C2
C3 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 14" x 20" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 14" x 20" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 14" x 20"
7" x 10" 10" x 14" 14" x 20" 7" x 10" 10" x 14" 14" x 20"
BWHT BYEL C442 D440 N443
C4
Available Materials Codes Available Sizes Codes How to Order Signs:
Printed Adhesive Polyester (Each) PPS 7" x 10" 0710
Select Material Code: Select Size Code:
Rigid Polyethylene (Each) PRS 10" x 14"
14" x 20"
1014
1420
1 PPS
2 0710
D1
Select Sign Base Part Number: Combine Codes in Specific
3 D440
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PPS0710D440
D2
E4
C3
Choose the Right Tag Material
Select a material based on your application requirements to ensure your message is conveyed clearly and effectively.
Poly Cardstock (PCT) Rigid Plastic (PVT) C4
Pulp-free tags have no wood pulp or paper content, unlike High-strength rigid plastic tag is ideal for use in tough industrial
standard cardstock tags, and are available at an economical price. environments – resists chemicals, tears, and abrasions.
Material Features Material Features
●●Thin, pliable 0.010" poly- ●●0.015" thick rigid plastic tags D1
based tags will not crack, 3/8" are relatively bendable 3/8" Metal
distort, or shrink Hole Grommet
●●Matte surface is easy to write Hole
●●Waterproof and tear- on with pen or marker
resistant from incidental 0.010" ●●Can be printed on both sides 0.015" D2
pulls and snags Pulp-Free Plastic
Cardstock ●●3/8" hole, reinforced by a
●●Can be printed on both sides pull-proof metal grommet
●●Scuff-resistant matte surface Printed Applications Printed D3
is easy to write on with pen Message ●●Indoor and temporary Message
or marker outdoor usage
●●3/8" non-reinforced hole ●●Chemical and dirty/
Applications greasy environments E1
●●Indoor usage
●●Non-reinforceable hole
B2
B3
Back A 1006 Back A 1011 Back A 1004 Back A 1002 Back A 1005 Back A 1007 Back A 1003 Back A 1014
Back B 1023 Back B 1016 Back B 1017 Back B 1026 Back B 1018 Back B 1022 Back B 1020 Back B 1021
C1
C2
Back A 1012 Back A 1009 Back A 1008 Back A 1010 Back A 1034 Back A 1036 Back A 1035 Back A 1001
Back B 1024 Back B 1025 Back B 1019 Back B 1015 Back B 1038 Back B 1040 Back B 1039 Back B 1042
C3
DANGER
C4
LIVE
WIRE
Signed By:
D1
Date:
PANDUIT PVT-56
Back A 1037 PVT-9-Q PVT-23 Front PVT-30 Back PVT-44 PVT-56-Q PVT-57-Q PVT-62-Q PVT-96
Back B 1041
D2
DO NOT OPERATE
D3
PVT-97 Front PVT-98 Back PVT-99 Front PVT-110 Back Front PVT-111 Back Front PVT-112 Back
E1
E2
Choose from
two back
E4 message
styles, noted
under each
part number
as A and B.
E5 STANDARD BACK A STANDARD BACK B
B2
B3
NO C2
USAR
Firmado por:
Date
C3
PVT-161-Q-S
D1
D2
Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back
1148 1047 1048 1128 1117 D3
E1
E2
Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back
E3
1131 1130 1136 1134 1137
E4
E5
B3
C1
Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back
1143 1155 1154 1156 1139
C2 Barricade Tags
C3
C4
Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back
D1 1142 1140 1141 1066 1067
Forklift Tags
D2
D3
BY
E1
Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back
1065 1068 1146 1135 1145
Cylinder Tags
E2
E3
E4
Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back
1046 1050 1044 1045 1049
E5
Ladder Tags
Available Materials Codes Available Packages Codes
F Poly Cardstock PCT- Pk. of 5 (blank)
Rigid Plastic PVT- Pk. of 25 -Q
B2
B3
C2
C3
C4
1055 1057 STD LOCKOUT BACK 1150 STD BILINGUAL
LOCKOUT BACK
D1
D3
E1
E3
E4
Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back Front Back
1060 1058 1059 PST-3 PST-12
E5
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E3
E4
E5
H
PT-1160 PT-1158 PT-1161 PT-1159
C2
C3
C4
STANDARD BACK STD. LOCKOUT BACK
D2
D3
E2
E3
E4
100/Roll PCT-1083-C 100/Roll PCT-1084-C 100/Roll PCT-1085-C
250/Roll PCT-1088-B 250/Roll PCT-1089-B 250/Roll PCT-1090-B
C4
D1
D2
D3
E3
H Start Year
2016 PT-1129
Blank tags allow you to write any message in pen, pencil or marker. Use for coding, marking, quick identification,
production status or inventory.
B2
Manila Cardstock Tags
Standard Color
●●0.0013" tags with patch-reinforced
3/16" hole
Blank
Cardstock Tags
●●Pack of 100 B3
●●0.0013" coated tags
with patch-reinforced
3/16" hole
●●Pack of 100 C1
To Order: Add color code after part number: Blue – B-C, Green – G-C,
Red – R-C, White – W-C, Yellow – Y-C.
Example: Part No. PCT-1107 + Color Code B-C = PCT-1107B-C
C2
Part No. Size Size No.
Plain - with Hole Only
PCT-1107 4 3/4" x 2 3/8" 5
Part No. Size Size No. PCT-1108 5 1/4" x 2 5/8" 6 C3
Hole Only PCT-1109 6 1/4" x 3 1/8" 8
PCT-1101-C 4 3/4" x 2 3/8" 5
Hole with 12" Steel Wire
PCT-1102-C 5 1/4" x 2 5/8" 6 PCT-1110 4 3/4" x 2 3/8" 5
PCT-1103-C 6 1/4" x 3 1/8" 8 C4
PCT-1111 5 1/4" x 2 5/8" 6
Hole with 12" Galvanized Steel Wire PCT-1112 6 1/4" x 3 1/8" 8
PCT-1104-C 4 3/4" x 2 3/8" 5
PCT-1105-C 5 1/4" x 2 5/8" 6
D1
PCT-1106-C 6 1/4" x 3 1/8" 8
E2
1029 1031 1033 Part No. Size Size No.
1028 1030 1032
Hole Only
PCT-1225-C 4 3/4" x 2 3/8" 5
Available Materials Codes Available Packages Codes PCT-1114-C 6 1/4" x 3 1/8" 8 E3
Poly Cardstock PCT- Pk. of 5 (blank) Hole with Galvanized Steel Wire
Rigid Plastic PVT- Pk. of 25 -Q PCT-1115-C 4 3/4" x 2 3/8" 5
Self-Laminating Poly Cardstock PSCT-
Self-Laminating Rigid Plastic PST- PCT-1116-C 6 1/4" x 3 1/8" 8
E4
Tyvek® is a registered trademark of DuPont™
E4
E5
C3
Mark and identify the status of the valve and Imprint to leave a
prevent accidental adjustment. lasting impression
●●0.015" rigid vinyl even if ink wears off.
D1
●●2 1/2"H x 2"W with 3/8" metal grommet ●●24-gauge (0.020")
thick, double-sided soft
●●Sold in packs of 5 aluminum laminate
over tag board
D2
●●3/16" plain or
eyelet hole
●●Writing permanently
debosses
D3
PIDT001 PIDT002
Std. Pkg. E1
Plain Hole Part No. Eyelet Hole Part No. Size Qty.
PIDT005 PIDT009 3/4" x 3"
PIDT006 PIDT010 1 3/8" x 3 1/8"
Pkg. of 25
PIDT007 PIDT011 2" x 4" E2
PIDT003 PIDT004 PIDT008 PIDT012 3" x 5"
E3
E4
E5
C3
C4
E5
Self Stick (PPMA) Snap On Pipe Markers (PPMS)
Size Code Pipe Diameter Marker Size UOM Size Code Pipe Diameter Marker Size UOM
A 3/4" to 1 1/4" 1" x 8" A 3/4" to 1 1/4" 6" x 8"
B 1 1/2" to 2" 1 1/2" x 8" B 1 1/2" to 2" 9" x 8" F
Each
D 2 1/2" to 6" 2 1/2" x 12" C 2 1/4" to 3" 14" x 12" Each
H 8" to 10" 4" x 24" E 3 1/4" to 5" 19" x 12"*
F 5 1/4" to 6" 25" x 12"* G
*Have self-adhesive leading edge for secure fit
How to Order Select Material Code: Select Pipe Marker Base Select Size Code: Combine Codes in Specific
Pipe Markers:
1 Self Stick – PPMA
2 Part Number: 1001
3 3/4" to 1 1/4" – A
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PPMA1001A H
How to Order
Combine Codes in Specific
Pipe Markers:
1 Select Material Code:
Self Stick – PPMA
2 Select Pipe Marker Base
Part Number: 1523
3 Select Size Code:
3/4" to 1 1/4" – A
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PPMA1523A
E2
E3
E4
E5
Variety of colors are ideal for coding pipes. Provide 360° visibility for flow direction, with repeated arrows
●●0.005" tapes with self-adhesive back, no liner on the tape’s length.
●●Service temperature range -20° to 140°F ●●0.006" self-adhesive vinyl B2
●●Available in 1", 2" and 3" widths ●●Available in 1", 2" and 4" widths
●●108-ft. rolls ●●54-ft. and 108-ft. rolls
B3
C1
Available colors with color code: Available colors with color code: Meets
Red – RED, Green – GRN, Blue – BLU, Gray – GRY, Brown – BRN, Black/Yellow – BY, Green/White – GW, Blue/White – BLW, ASME
A13.1, 3.1 C2
Black – BLK, Yellow – YEL, Orange – ORN, White – WHT, Purple – PUR Red/White – RW, Black/Orange – BO, White/Brown – WBR
To Order: Add color code after part number. To Order: Add color code after part number.
Example: Part No. PFM1X36 + Color Code YEL = PFM1X36YEL Example: Part No. PPMR1X54 + Color Code BY = PPMR1X54BY
Part No. Size UOM Part No. Size UOM Part No. Size UOM C3
PFM1X36 1" x 108-ft. PPMR1X54 1" x 54-ft. PPMR1X108 1" x 108-ft.
PFM2X36 2" x 108-ft. Roll PPMR2X54 2" x 54-ft. Roll PPMR2X108 2" x 108-ft. Roll
PFM3X36 3" x 108-ft. PPMR4X54 4" x 54-ft. PPMR4X108 4" x 108-ft.
C4
Part No. Legend Part No. Legend Part No. Legend Part No. Legend E1
PPMR0102 PPMR0154 PPMR0122 PPMR0136
PPMR0101 PPMR0155 PPMR0123* PPMR0134
PPMR0150 PPMR0117* PPMR0132 *Legends for 2" x 9" marker size will
be abbreviated for space
PPMR0151 PPMR0118 PPMR0133 E5
PPMR0105* PPMR0119
To Order: Add size code after part number.
PPMR0106* PPMR0120
Example: Part No. PPMR0102 + Size Code B = PPMR0102B
PPMR0152 PPMR0115 F
Size Pipe Roll Marker Letter
PPMR0153 PPMR0121 Code Diameter Size Size Height UOM
B Up to 2" 1" x 54-ft. 1" x 9" 3/4"
Roll
H Up to 6" 2" x 54-ft. 2" x 9" 1 1/4"
G
C3 PPMR0004 PPMR0016
PPMR0006 PPMR0032
PPMR0005 PPMR0017
To Order: Add size code after part number.
C4 PPMR0007 PPMR0018 Example: Part No. PPMR0029 + Size Code H = PPMR0029H
PPMR0008 PPMR0019 Size Pipe Roll Letter
Code Diameter Size Height UOM
PPMR0009 PPMR0020
B Up to 2" 8" x 30-ft. 3/4"
D1 Roll
PPMR0010 PPMR0021 H Up to 6" 12" x 30-ft. 1 1/4"
D2
E1
B 1 1/2" x 2" 1 1/2" x 15 7/8" PPMA3013 Low Temperature Recirculated Liquid LTRL LIQ
Each PPMA3014 Low Temperature Recirculated Suction LTRS LIQ/ LOW
C 2 1/2" x 6" 2 1/2" x 23 5/8"
VAP
G D 8" x 10" 3 1/2" x 33 1/2"
PPMA3015 Low Temperature Suction LTS VAP
PPMA3016 Relief Vent RV — —
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
D1
D2
29 CFR § 1910.147… The Control of Hazardous Energy (Lockout/Tagout) ...requires the employers to establish a program and utilize
G procedures for affixing appropriate lockout devices or tagout devices to energy isolating devices, and to otherwise disable machines or
equipment to prevent unexpected energization, start-up or release of stored energy in order to prevent injury to employees.
We offer solutions to help meet your lockout/tagout requirements and make your employees aware of the energy source hazards
found throughout your facility. Look for products to meet your specific lockout needs on the following pages - ranging from
H
lockout devices to training materials. Call us for consultation and on-site assessment of your lockout/tagout requirements.
OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administration) mandates that all energy sources be turned off and locked out to protect employees
from injuries caused by the accidental startup of equipment under repair and service. To support compliance with OSHA 1910.147, Panduit
offers a complete line of high quality, Circuit Breaker Lockout Devices to ensure that electrical energy sources are isolated for optimal
B2
work place safety. These Circuit Breaker Lockouts are part of an extensive line of innovative safety devices designed by Panduit to protect
employees from risks associated with all forms of hazardous energy, while meeting safety and regulatory requirements.
D1
D2
E1
PSL-HD1 PSL-HD3
E2
Lock out more equipment with the Change out, insert, and padlocks,
large reach hasp made to withstand secure a tag for each tab tag, sold
tough and abusive environments. lockout situation with separately
●●Scissor-style hasp comprised of two the Tag Hasp. B2
high-strength 0.090" thick red anodized ●●5 1/4" x 3" hasp fits in the palm
aluminum plates of the hand
●●Accommodates up to six padlocks ●●Lightweight, all-dielectric
B3
(sold separately) plastic design
●●Crossover jaw ends prevent prying ●●Stop-shaped octagon front
and tampering panel contains changeable Tab
●●Get true 1 1/2" round reach with the Tag (sold separately below)
C1
full jaw opening Easy to use:
●●Measures 7"H x 2 3/4"W ●●Insert lockout tag over the top
Crossover jaw hole inside the front panel
●●Bold, contrasting red/white/black prevents prying
lockout hazard message labels on and tampering. ●●Close down the 2 1/4" octagon C2
both sides — with space to write in panel to hold the tag in place
necessary information ●●Insert the open end of the 1/4"
●●Red octagon shape reinforces lockout wide loop to lockout the device
status and conveys STOP English, ●●Hasp hangs by the 1 3/8" x C3
Spanish, and 2 3/4" closed oval loop
French labels ●●Secures with up to three
included.
padlocks (sold separately)
C4
UOM ●●Red octagon shape reinforces
Each lockout status and conveys STOP
D1
Part No. UOM
PSL-1020 Each
D2
D3
H
PSL-1023 PSL-1024 Back
C4
Position Mounting Rail Secure Slide Set Slide Stop Bar into
D1 position over breaker
D2
D3
Cinch Cable Lockout
Universal spooling cable locks out multiple
devices at one time.
●●Unique, compact internal spooling feature
E1 ●●Lock out multiple devices quickly, neatly, and easily
●●Simply extend and loop the 6-ft. nylon-coated steel cable
through several devices to lock them out; then insert the cable
end back into the device to cinch tight
E2
●●When cable is cinched tight, device can then be secured with
a padlock (sold separately) Internal cable spooling
feature for storage.
●●Durable plastic, octagon-shaped device measures 3 1/2" x
4 1/4" x 1 1/4"
E3
●●When finished, spool the cable back inside the device for
neat, easy storage
●●Octagon shape reinforces lockout status and conveys STOP
E4
Part No. Description UOM
PSL-1008 Cinch Lockout with 6-ft. cable Funnel-shaped cable
Each
PSL-1016 15-ft. cable (separate) feeder for quick
E5
placement.
B2
B3
Turn the hasp halves to
cinch cable.
C1
C2
B2
B3
●●Compact secure design fits most toggle switches and some small Prevent accidental startups of push / pull operation
circuit breakers buttons, such as emergency stop buttons.
●●Easily attached without removal of faceplate or screws ●●Consists of one semi-permanent aluminum ring and a clear
B2
polycarbonate top
●●Accommodates switches
0.45 – 0.78 inches tall x ●●Semi-removable design allows for easy storage
0.25 – 0.38 inches x ●●Clear top allows user to see push button
0.25 – 0.40 inches thick ●●Tough polycarbonate cover and aluminum ring make it tamper- B3
●●Constructed of rugged nylon and stainless steel providing and impact-resistant, as well as extremely durable
strength, durability, added security and corrosion resistance ●●Overall dimensions are 2 1/8"H x 2"W x 2 1/2"L
Part No. UOM ●●Available in two sizes to fit over 22.5 and 30mm diameter buttons
C1
PSL-WS Each ●●Additional new aluminum rings available
●●Octagon shape reinforces lockout status and conveys STOP
●●Secures with a padlock (sold separately)
C2
Part No. Description UOM
PSL-1003 Push Button Cover with 22.5mm base
PSL-1004 Push Button Cover with 30mm base
Each
PSL-1005 Additional 22.5mm metal ring only
C3
PSL-1002 Additional 30mm metal ring only
C4
D1
D2
Flip the switch, flip the lockout. Prevent access to a toggle switch, yet still see its position.
Quick and easy to install, tough lockout includes clear, industrial
●●Dual use - works on both rocker/toggle and flat paddle switches strength 3M™ VHB™ tape for secure adhesion*.
E1
●●Attaches to existing switch plate screw(s) ●●Fits over toggle, button, or knob switch
●●Fully encloses entire switch ●●The top half can be removed and stored when not in use
●●Cover folds down to block screws and switch access ●●Clear polycarbonate maintains visibility of the switch position and
●●Secure with a padlock (sold separately) doesn’t disrupt existing decals, markings, or messages E2
●●Measures 4 1/2"H x 1 5/8"W x 7/8"D ●●3 1/2" x 1 1/2" base which covers up to 3/4" x 1"H switch area
Part No. UOM
●●Unique design reduces error – PSL-1015 Each ●●Secures with a padlock (sold separately)
applies only in direction of desired ●●Octagon shape reinforces lockout
lockout position – on or off E3
status and conveys STOP
Part No. UOM
*F
or best adhesion, ideal bond time is 24 to
Switch locked in PSL-1001 Each
72 hours prior to lockout application.
up position.
E4
E5
H
VHB™ is a trademark of 3M™
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
Std. Std.
Pkg. Std. Ctn. Pkg. Std. Ctn.
Part No. Description Qty. Qty. Part No. Description Qty. Qty.
PSL-CL110 Lockout fits 120 VAC corded plug, PSL-P Plug Lockout 1 10
2.0" x 2.0" x 3.5" inside dimensions
1 10
D2 PSL-CL480 Lockout fits 240 – 480 VAC corded plug,
3.25" x 3.25" x 6.50" inside dimensions
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Blocks out receptacles to prevent equipment damage from ●●Individual plugs in a wide range of sizes can be locked out to
overloading circuits or electrical interference prevent energization
●●Accommodates industrial electrical receptacles with two or ●●Accommodates padlocks with shackle lengths of 1.50 inches or
F three blades greater and plugs with a hole in a blade
●●Constructed of rugged polycarbonate providing strength,
durability, added security, and corrosion resistance
Std. Std.
G Pkg. Std. Ctn. Pkg. Std. Ctn.
Part No. Part Description Qty. Qty. Part No. Part Description Qty. Qty.
PSL-ERB Blockout for 120 V electrical receptacle 1 25 PSL-PI Global plug lockout for 220 – 240 Volt 1 10
AC/Industrial Plugs
H
Network security devices block unauthorized access to existing network infrastructure in the data center, at the workstation, in the industrial
automation panel, and more. These devices save time and money associated with network downtime, data security breaches, infrastructure
repair, and hardware replacement due to theft. The innovative design of the blockout device snaps into modules and is released with the
removal tool, ensuring the safety and security of the network infrastructure. The versatile design of the lock-in device is compatible with most B2
existing patch cords, faceplates, patch panels, IP cameras, and other IP devices. It is also compatible with VoIP phones to help prevent
unauthorized tampering with connectivity to ensure E911 continuity.
B3
C1
C2
C3
PSL-DCJB PSL-DCJB-BL PSL-USBA PSL-DCPLRX PSL-DCPLRX-BL
C4
D1
D2
Removal Tool D3
●●Blocks unauthorized access to jacks and potentially harmful ●●Tamper-resistant design blocks unauthorized removal of cable, IP
foreign objects, saving time and money associated with phone, other networking equipment or critical connection
data security breaches, network downtime, repair and ●●Deters unauthorized users from moving or stealing VoIP phones E2
hardware replacement helping to maintain E911 service
●●Compatible with most RJ45 and USB Type ‘A’ jacks to ●●Compact design does not interfere with adjacent jacks, even in
accommodate a variety of applications and does not interfere high-density applications
with jack contacts separation and punched hole for hanging
E3
●●Can be installed/removed without interfering with adjacent jacks
Std.
or hardware Plug Lock-In Pkg.
●●May only be released with the special removal tool, ensuring Part No. Package Content Color Qty.
the safety and security of your network infrastructure PSL-DCPLX Lock-in devices, Red
E4
PSL-DCPLX-BL and one installation/removal tool Black
10
PSL-DCPLRX Recessed lock-in devices, Red
Std. PSL-DCPLRX-BL and one installation/removal tool Black
Jack Blockout Pkg.
Part No. Type Package Content Color Qty. E5
PSL-DCJB RJ45 jack blockout devices Red
RJ45 10
PSL-DCJB-BL and one removal tool Black
PSL-USBA USB USB Type ‘A’ blockout Red 5
Type ‘A’ devices F
and one removal tool
E5
Shadow printed on board shows lockout/tagout devices Identifies and displays lockout/tagout devices while
are removed for use. storing supplies – at the same place.
Durable 14" x14" x 0.063" aluminum board has aluminum pronged Durable 14" x 14" x 0.063" aluminum board with metal hooks to B2
hooks to hang padlocks and hasps. Thick, molded, clear, plastic tag hang padlocks and clear plastic tag pocket.
pockets measure 4 3/4"H x 3 5/8"W x 2"D.
B3
APKB071211-001KD
20” X 14” C1
C2
C3
C4
Part No. Description Size UOM Part No. Description Size UOM
PSL-1010 Board w/Kit PSL-1009 Board w/Kit 14" x 14" Each
14" x 14" Each
PSL-1011 Board Only E1
Lockout Stations E2
●●Conveniently store padlocks, tags, and lockout devices in one Std.
common area Pkg.
●●Designs available to accommodate four, ten, or twenty people Part No. Part Description Qty.
PSL-20SWCA 23.00" x 23.00" (584.2mm x 584.2mm), 20 person lockout E3
station with components; components include:
(20) PSL-8 red non-conductive lockout padlocks
(keyed differently)
TIME TO TIME TO
(6) PSL-1.5 lockout hasps
(25 tags) PVT-98 safety tags E4
REORDER PSL-20SA
REORDER
(25 tags) PVT-41 safety tags
23.00" x 23.00" (584.2mm x 584.2mm)
LOCKOUT PSL-10SWCA
LOCKOUT
20 person lockout station (sign only)
11.50" x 23.00" (292.2mm x 584.2mm), 10 person lockout
TAGS stationTAGS
with components; components include:
(10) PSL-8 red non-conductive lockout padlocks
E5
(keyed differently) 1
(3) PSL-1.5 lockout hasps
(15 tags) PVT-98 safety tags
F
(10 tags) PVT-41 safety tags
PSL-10SA 11.50" x 23.00" (292.2mm x 584.2mm)
10 person lockout station (sign only)
PSL-4SWCA 11.50" x 11.50" (292.2mm x 292.2mm), 4 person
lockout station with components, components include: G
(4) PSL-8 red non-conductive padlocks (keyed differently)
(3) PSL-1.5 lockout hasps
(15 tags) PVT-98 safety tags
PSL-4SA 11.50" x 11.50" (292.2mm x 292.2mm) H
4 person lockout station (sign only)
B2 PSL-KT-CONA
B3
PSL-PK-EAP
C1
Std. Std.
Pkg. Pkg.
Part No. Kit Contents Qty. Part No. Kit Contents Qty.
PSL-PK-EA (1) Screwdriver PSL-KT-CONA (1) Screwdriver
(1) PSL-PK pouch (1) PSL-KT case
C2 (1) PSL-8 padlock (6) PSL-8 padlocks
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout (1) PSL-1A hasp
(1) PSL-WS wall switch lockout (1) PSL-MLD lockout
(1) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout (3) PSL-WS wall switch lockout
(1) PSL-P plug lockout (3) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout
C3 (5) PVT-30 blocking tags (3) PSL-P plug lockouts
(15) PVT-98 tags
PSL-PK-EAP (1) Screwdriver
(1) PSL-PK pouch PSL-KT-CONAP (1) Screwdriver
(1) PSL-8 padlock (1) PSL-KT case
(6) PSL-8 padlocks
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout (1) PSL-1A hasp
C4 (1) PSL-WS wall switch lockout (1) PSL-MLD lockout
(1) PSL-PCBNT PowerLOK™ “No Tool” circuit breaker (3) PSL-WS wall switch lockout
lockout (3) PSL-PCBNT PowerLOK™
(1) PSL-P plug lockout “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout
(5) PVT-30 blocking tags (3) PSL-P plug lockouts
D1 PSL-PK-EAPX (1) Screwdriver (15) PVT-98 tags
(1) PSL-PK pouch PSL-KT-CONAPX (1) Screwdriver
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout (1) PSL-KT case
(1) PSL-WS wall switch lockout (1) PSL-1A hasp
(1) PSL-PCBNT PowerLOK™ “No Tool” circuit breaker 1 (1) PSL-MLD lockout
D2 lockout (3) PSL-WS wall switch lockout 1
(1) PSL-P plug lockout (3) PSL-P plug lockouts
(5) PVT-30 blocking tags (15) PVT-98 tags.
PSL-PK-EA-F (1) Screwdriver PSL-KT-CONA-F (1) Screwdriver,
(1) PSL-PK pouch (1) PSL-KT case
D3 (1) PSL-8 padlock (6) PSL-8 padlocks
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout (1) PSL-1A hasp
(1) PSL-WS wall switch lockout (1) PSL-MLD lockout
(1) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout (3) PSL-WS wall switch lockout
(3) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout
(1) PSL-P plug lockout (3) PSL-P plug lockouts
E1 (5) PVT-30 blocking tags (15) PVT-98 “EQUIPMENT LOCKED OUT BY...”
PSL-PK-EAKS (1) Klein Screwdriver safety tags in French
(1) PSL-PK pouch PSL-KT-CONA-S (1) Screwdriver
(1) PSL-8 red non-conductive lockout padlock (1) PSL-KT case
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout (6) PSL-8 padlocks
E2 (1) PSL-WS wall switch lockout (1) PSL-1A hasp
(1) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout (1) PSL-MLD lockout
(1) PSL-P plug lockout (3) PSL-WS wall switch lockout
(5) PVT-30 blocking tags (3) PSL-CBNT “No Tool”
circuit breaker lockout (3) PSL-P plug lockouts
PSL-PK Empty pouch for PSL-PK-EA (15) PVT-98 tags in Spanish
E3
PSL-KT Empty plastic kit box for PSL-KT-CONA
Metal Wall Mount Cabinet
●●Conveniently store lockout tools and accessories in one common area Safety Tool Bag
E4 ●●Durable steel case can be wall-mounted (nine mounting holes) or Red/Black Polyester Std.
used as a portable case Pkg.
Fabric Part No. Color Qty.
●●14.75" x 10.25" x 4.63" ●●Width: 18 inches PSL-BG Red 1
E5 ●●Height: 11 inches
●●Depth: 11 inches
PSL-KT-MROAP B2
PSL-KT-PWRP
B3
C1
Std. Std.
Pkg. Pkg.
Part No. Kit Content Qty. Part No. Kit Content Qty.
C2
PSL-KT-MROA (1) Screwdriver PSL-KT-PWR (1) Screwdriver
(1) PSL-BX case (1) PSL-STATION metal wall mount cabinet
(3) PSL-8 padlocks (2) PSL-8 padlocks
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device (1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device
(2) PSL-WS wall switch lockout (2) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout C3
(2) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout (2) P
SL-CBILNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout for
(2) PSL-P plug lockout I-Line™
(1) PSL-V6A gate valve lockout, 2.50" to 6.50" diam. handle (2) PSL-CBL large handle circuit breaker lockout
(1) PSL-V2A gate valve lockout, 1.00" to 2.50" diam. handle (1) PSL-P plug lockout
(1) PSL-BV2 ball-valve lockout (25) PVT-23-Q tags C4
(1) PSL-CL110 120 volt AC cord lockout
PSL-KT-PWRP (1) Screwdriver
(10) PVT-44 maintenance tags
(1) PSL-STATION metal wall mount cabinet
PSL-KT-MROAP (1) Screwdriver (2) PSL-8 padlocks
(1) PSL-BX case (1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device
(3) PSL-8 padlocks (2) P
SL-PCBNT PowerLOK™ “No Tool” circuit breaker D1
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device lockout
(2) PSL-WS wall switch lockout (2) P
SL-CBILNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout for
(2) PSL-PCBNT PowerLOK™ “No Tool” circuit breaker I-Line™
lockout (2) PSL-CBL large handle circuit breaker lockout
(2) PSL-P plug lockout (1) PSL-P plug lockout D2
(1) PSL-V6A gate valve lockout, 2.50" to 6.50" diam. handle (25) PVT-23-Q tags
(1) PSL-V2A gate valve lockout, 1.00" to 2.50" diam. handle
PSL-KT-PWRPX (1) Screwdriver
(1) PSL-BV2 ball-valve lockout
(1) PSL-STATION metal wall mount cabinet
(1) PSL-CL110 120 volt AC cord lockout
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device D3
(10) PVT-44 maintenance tags
(2) P
SL-PCBNT PowerLOK™ “No Tool” circuit breaker
PSL-KT-MROAPX (1) Screwdriver lockout
(1) PSL-BX case (2) P
SL-CBILNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout 1
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device for I-Line™
(2) PSL-WS wall switch lockout (2) PSL-CBL large handle circuit breaker lockout E1
(2) PSL-PCBNT PowerLOK™ “No Tool” circuit breaker (1) PSL-P plug lockout
lockout (25) PVT-23-Q tags
(2) PSL-P plug lockout 1 PSL-KT-PWR-F (1) Screwdriver
(1) PSL-V6A gate valve lockout, 2.50" to 6.50" diam. handle
(1) PSL-STATION metal wall mount cabinet
(1) PSL-V2A gate valve lockout, 1.00" to 2.50" diam. handle
(2) PSL-8 padlocks E2
(1) PSL-BV2 ball-valve lockout
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device
(1) PSL-CL110 120 volt AC cord lockout
(2) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout
(10) PVT-44 maintenance tags
(2) PSL-CBILNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout
PSL-KT-MROA-F (1) Screwdriver for I-Line™
(1) PSL-BX case (2) PSL-CBL large handle circuit breaker lockout E3
(3) PSL-8 padlocks (1) PSL-P plug lockout
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device (25) PVT-23-Q “DO NOT OPERATE ELECTRICIANS
(2) PSL-WS wall switch lockout AT WORK” tags in French
(2) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout
PSL-KT-PWR-S (1) Screwdriver E4
(2) PSL-P plug lockout
(1) PSL-STATION metal wall mount cabinet
(1) PSL-V6A gate valve lockout, 2.50" to 6.50" diam. handle
(2) PSL-8 padlocks
(1) PSL-V2A gate valve lockout, 1.00" to 2.50" diam. handle
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device
(1) PSL-BV2 ball-valve lockout
(2) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout
(1) PSL-CL110 120 volt AC cord lockout
(2) PSL-CBILNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout E5
(10) PVT-44 “DO NOT OPERATE” maintenance tags in
for I-Line™
French
(2) PSL-CBL large handle circuit breaker lockout
PSL-KT-MROA-S (1) Screwdriver (1) PSL-P plug lockout
(1) PSL-BX case (25) PVT-23-Q “DO NOT OPERATE ELECTRICIANS
(3) PSL-8 padlocks AT WORK” tags in Spanish F
(1) PSL-MLD multiple lockout device
(2) PSL-WS wall switch lockout
(2) PSL-CBNT “No Tool” circuit breaker lockout
(2) PSL-P plug lockout
(1) PSL-V6A gate valve lockout, 2.50" to 6.50" diam. handle G
(1) PSL-V2A gate valve lockout, 1.00" to 2.50" diam. handle
(1) PSL-BV2 ball-valve lockout
(1) PSL-CL110 120 volt AC cord lockout
(10) PVT-44 maintenance tags in Spanish
PSL-BX Empty plastic kit box for PSL-KT-MROA H
C3
Specialty Padlocks
Harsh environment padlocks are created with a solid brass body with a chrome finish and stainless
C4 steel shackle for use in severe weather and environmental conditions. Flexible shackle padlocks
allow movement of the lock body in order to close the panel door.
D1
Std.
Pkg.
D2 Part No. Part Description Color Qty.
PSL-9 Harsh environment padlock;
shackle height 1.00" (25.4mm)
Silver
PSL-9-LS Harsh environment padlock; 1
D3 shackle height 3.00" (76.2mm)
PSL-CS Flexible shackle padlock; Red
shackle height 5.00" (127.0mm)
Aluminum Padlocks
E2
Solid aluminum body with anodized aluminum finish design can
withstand extreme environmental conditions for improved durability
and enhanced corrosion resistance. These padlocks are available
E3 with standard 1.50" x 1.62" body or ultra-compact 1.25" x 1.37" PSL-12
body for lockout operations in tight spaces.
E4
E5 Body Height 1.62" (41.1mm) Body Height 1.62" (41.1mm) Body Height 1.25" (41.1mm)
Shackle Height Shackle Height Shackle Height
1.00" (25.4mm) 3.00" (76.2mm) 1.00" (25.4mm) Std.
Pkg.
Part Number Color Qty.
PSL-7BL PSL-7BL-LS PSL-12BL Black
F
PSL-7BU PSL-7BU-LS PSL-12BU Blue
PSL-7GR PSL-7GR-LS PSL-12GR Green
PSL-7OR PSL-7OR-LS PSL-12OR Orange
1
G PSL-7 PSL-7-LS PSL-12 Red
PSL-7YL PSL-7YL-LS PSL-12YL Yellow
PSL-7PU PSL-7PU-LS PSL-12PU Purple
H
PSL-7BR PSL-7BR-LS PSL-12BR Brown
C4
E2
●●Color: Brass
E5
Body Width Shackle Clearance Height Shackle Clearance Width Shackle Diameter
Part No. In. mm In. mm In. mm In. mm Std. Pkg. Qty.
PSL-18 1 25 F
2 53 1 25 5/16 8 1
PSL-18-LS 2 1/2 63
C3
Brass Padlock
C4 ●●Solid brass body for extra corrosion resistance
●●Shackle made from hardened steel
●●Color: Brass
D1
●●Standard locks are keyed differently.
Also available in keyed alike options
(contact customer service for further details).
E2
C2
E1
Padlock Eyes
E2
PSL-PE2 ●●Padlock eyes can be added to equipment
to lock it out
●●Surface mounted eyes are made of 0.13"
(3.0mm) hard wrought steel E3
●●Tamper resistant inside mounting eyes
– 2.50" (64.0mm) wide, accept shackle Instantly identify the padlock.
diameters up to 0.63" (16.0mm)
●●Write on the surface with pen or pencil — name, date, and any
E4
PSL-PE1 other identification necessary
●●9"W x 0.875"H self-adhesive vinyl label has peel-off liner
Std. Std. ●●Half of label has printed and writable area and the other half is
Pkg. Ctn. clear to wrap and protect written area
Part No. Part Description Qty. Qty. E5
PSL-PE1 Padlock eyes, angled (metal mounting
screws included) Part No. Danger Message Std. Pkg. Qty.
1 10 PSL-1028 DO NOT REMOVE THIS LOCK
PSL-PE2 Padlock eyes, straight (wood mounting 50
screws included) PSL-1029 EQUIPMENT LOCKED OUT
F
Steel Hasp
D1 ●●Hardened steel construction for extra strength
●●Hidden screws and hinge pins for extra security
●●Corrosion protected galvanized finish
●●Color: Silver
D2
●●Available in 5 different sizes
D3
E3
F
Diameter Length
Std. Pkg.
Part No. In. mm ft. cm Qty.
PSL-PC31-6 6 200
5/16 8
G PSL-PC31-10 10 250
PSL-PC38-6 6 200 1
PSL-PC38-16 3/8 10 16 500
H PSL-PC38-33 33 1000
Display the four-color NFPA diamond format for the hazard Easy installation and convenient for instant
categories. on-site classification of chemical hazard
●●10" x 7" sign available in 0.040" aluminum identification.
B2
●●Adhesive hazard ●●Kit includes: 1 blank placard, 15 numbers
panels printed black on (3 sets of 0-4), 7 hazard symbols, and
clear to apply on-site NFPA wallet guide
●●Kit includes: 1 sign, ●●0.004" adhesive vinyl placards with clear, B3
15 numbers self-adhesive hazard panels
●●Blank colored placards and self-adhesive
Blank
(3 sets, 0 – 4),
7 specific hazard hazard panels also available separately Placard
symbols, NFPA Hazard Panels C1
wallet guide
UOM
Kit PHC0126 PHC0127
RAD COR ACD ALK WTR OXY C2
C1
C2
C3
Back Back
Front Front
1118 1119
Back - quick reference to the Back - protective
C4 hazard code index; definitions. equipment; chemical’s
Label drums and containers to identify contents severity; chemical
considered hazardous for handling. name; target organ.
●●Available with peel-off liner in: Adhesive Coated Paper and
D1 flexible Adhesive-Poly Sheet
●●Labels measure 6" x 6"
●●Package of 25 or 100
D2
PCB Labels
Available in
Adhesive-Poly Sheet,
D3
Package of 25 only
Back Back
Std. Pkg. Qty. Front Front
25 1120 1124
PHC0139 PHC0134
E1 Back - chemical name; route of Back - protective
entry; health hazards; physical equipment; chemical’s
hazards; target organs and effects. severity; chemical
name; target organ.
E2
E3
PHC0138 PHC0135 PHC0132 Available Materials Codes Available Packages Codes
Poly Cardstock PCT- Pk. of 5 (blank)
Rigid Plastic PVT- Pk. of 25 -Q
E4
1. P
roduct Identifier 3. S
ignal Word:
or Name: Indicates relative level of B2
hazard. “DANGER” is used
for most severe instances;
“WARNING” is less severe.
B3
2. P
ictogram Hazard 5. H
azard Statement:
Symbols in Red Describes the nature
Diamonds: of the hazard(s) of a
C1
Indicates what type of chemical and often the
risk physical/chemical, degree of the hazard.
health, or environmental.
C2
6. Manufacturer 4. P
recautionary Statement:
Information: Indicates recommended C3
Company name, measures to be taken to
address, and minimize or prevent adverse
phone number. effects from exposure to a
hazardous chemical.
C4
Nine hazard pictograms available on cards are in Part Number Part Number Part Number
compliance with the GHS standard. Labels are vinyl Hazard Pictogram Size 1.00" Size 2.00" Size 4.00"
material for indoor or outdoor use. Available in four Exploding Bomb PVS0101GEX PVS0202GEX PVS0404GEX
D2
size options: Gas Cylinder PVS0101GGP PVS0202GGP PVS0404GGP
●●1.00" with 16 labels per card
Flame Over Circle PVS0101GOX PVS0202GOX PVS0404GOX
●●2.00" with 4 labels per card
Flame PVS0101GF PVS0202GF PVS0404GF
●●4.00" with 2 labels per card D3
Corrosion PVS0101GC PVS0202GC PVS0404GC
Skull and Crossbones PVS0101GST PVS0202GST PVS0404GST
Exclamation Mark PVS0101GAT PVS0202GAT PVS0404GAT
E1
Health Danger PVS0101GHD PVS0202GHD PVS0404GHD
Environmental PVS0101GE PVS0202GE PVS0404GE
E2
Hazard Statement E5
FIRST AID
F
Precautionary Statement
G
Vinyl Tag Vinyl Sign
5.75"H x 3.00"W 3.00"H x 5.00"W
PVT-GHS-Q PVS0305GHS
H
*Custom Printed GHS Labels are also available. Please visit www.panduit.com/ghs for more information.
C2
3 Diamond Thermal Transfer Labels
Part No. Size
C400X200YPT-G3 2.50" x 4.00"
C3 C400X400YPT-G3 4.00" x 4.00"
C400X600YPT-G3 4.00" x 6.00"
C4
4 Diamond Thermal Transfer Labels
Part No. Size
C400X200YPT-G4 2.50" x 4.00"
D1
C400X400YPT-G4 4.00" x 4.00"
C400X600YPT-G4 4.00" x 6.00"
D2 Print from the Easy-Mark Plus™ Labeling Software or Easy-Mark™ Labeling Software directly to die cut polyester labels that match the formats
in the software. Labels feature 1, 2, 3, or 4 red pre-printed diamonds for one-pass printing of the two-color GHS labels; 250 labels per roll.
Physical/Chemical Risk
E1
E2
E4
E5
F
Corrosion Skull and Exclamation Mark Health Danger Environmental
Skin Corrosion/ Crossbones Irritant (skin and eye), Carcinogen, Aquatic Toxicity
Burns and Eye Acute Toxicity Skin Sensitizer, Mutagenicity,
G Damage (fatal or toxic) Acute Toxicity (harmful), Reproductive Toxicity,
Narcotic Effects, Respiratory
Respiratory Tract Irritant, Sensitizer,
Hazardous to Target Organ Toxicity,
H Ozone Layer Aspiration Toxicity
B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
Pictogram labels comply with the Globally
Harmonized System.
●●Identify hazards associated with chemicals
●●The Hazard Communication Standard (HCS) requires C4
eight of the nine GHS pictograms
●●The environment pictogram is non-mandatory since
environmental hazards fall outside OSHA’s jurisdiction
●●Available in adhesive-coated paper and adhesive-poly sheet D1
●●250 or 500 per roll
Label set
WARNING
DANGER
includes 9 E2
pictograms and
2 signal words
E3
Corrosion Gas Cylinder Skull & Crossbones
1" x 1" PHC05 1" x 1" PHC06 1" x 1" PHC07
2" x 2" PHC14 2" x 2" PHC15 2" x 2" PHC16 Refer to Safety Data Sheet
for more information.
Comments
E4
E5
Non-mandatory
E1
E2
E3
E4 English PHC0131
laminate poster
Etiquetas SGA
La ilustración a continuación identifica los componentes de la etiqueta SGA. El diseño de la etiqueta
actual y el esquema pueden variar y están sujetos a la discreción de la autoridad competente.
●●Displays easy-to-understand
Identificador del producto
Debe coincidir con el nombre químico que aparaece
F
en las Hojas de Datos de Seguridad de (Materiales).
Pictogramas
and pictograms
PELIGRO las palabras de señales del
Líquido y vapor muy inflamable.
Causa irritación severa a los ojos. SGA.
Manténgase alejado del calor, chispas, y llamas - No fume. Tome medidas de
precaución contra descargas estáticas. Evite la luz solar directa. Mantenga el
Declaraciones envase cerrado cuando no esté en uso. Mantenga en un lugar fresco/bajo en
de Precaución
temperatura, bien ventilado, lejos de fuego y fuentes de ignición. Use solo en un
área bien ventilada. Evite el contacto con los ojos, piel, y ropa. Use el equipo de
Indicaciones de Peligro
G
Identificación del Proveedor
El nombre, dirección y teléfono del fabricante o proveedor.
Para más información, por favor, consulte la Comisión Económica de las Naciones Unidas para Europa (UNECE) y la
PHC0131 English
H Each SpanishPHC0120
PHC0120 Spanish
Haz-Com, 18" x 24" PHC0129
Traffic Signs
Post traffic signs to safely control
and regulate the flow of vehicles and
pedestrians. B2
Materials
Engineer-Grade Prismatic – Good choice for added C2
visibility in low-light conditions. Type I
High-Intensity Prismatic – Better choice for greater
visibility with 3X brighter than Engineer-Grade. Type
III, IV, X C3
C4
Stop Signs & Yield Signs
D1
D2
D3
E3
E4
E5
G
Engineer-Grade Prismatic High-Intensity Prismatic
SPEED LIMIT 5 SPEED LIMIT 10 SPEED LIMIT 15 SPEED LIMIT 20 SPEED LIMIT 5 SPEED LIMIT 10 SPEED LIMIT 15 SPEED LIMIT 20
Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Size
PTS103 PTS091 PTS093 PTS095 PTS102 PTS090 PTS092 PTS094 18" x 12"
H
PTS123 PTS111 PTS113 PTS115 PTS122 PTS110 PTS112 PTS114 24" x 18"
B3
18" x 12" PTS051 18" x 12" PTS053 18" x 12" PTS054 18" x 12" PTS052 18" x 12" PTS055 18" x 12" PTS056 18" x 12" PTS057
C1
C2
C3
18" x 12" PTS065 18" x 12" PTS069 18" x 12" PTS067 18" x 12" PTS068 18" x 12" PTS070 18" x 12" PTS063 18" x 12" PTS058
C4
D1
D3
E1
18" x 12" PTS004 18" x 12" PTS006 18" x 12" PTS001 18" x 12" PTS007 18" x 12" PTS003 18" x 12" PTS002
E2
E4
E5
18" x 12" PTS147 18" x 12" PTS149
24" x 18" PTS198 24" x 18" PTS200 24" x 18" PTS089 24" x 18" 24" x 18" PTS087
Arrow rt. PTS196
Arrow lt. PTS194
F
18" x 24" PTS082 18" x 24" PTS077 18" x 18" PTS151 18" x 18" PTS153
18" x 30" PTS079
H 18" x 12" PTS165 18" x 12" PTS167
24" x 24" PTS190
30" x 30" PTS192
NCHRP-350
compliant. C3
D1
D2
D3
Single Spring Sign Stand
Single coil spring-loaded design adds stability and
flexibility to stand up to wind loads and gusts.
E1
●●Leg levers for easy deployment – opens to a wide footprint
of 67 1/2" x 42"
●●Ergonomic design also allows users to lift up on legs to
drop them into place E2
●●Folds to compact size, 8" x 6" x 25 1/4"
●●Powder-coated, galvanized steel frames with non-slip
rubber tips
●●Weight: 24 lbs. E3
NCHRP-350 E5
compliant.
F
Part No. UOM
PTS202 Each
C1 Materials:
Mesh Vinyl (V) – Non-reflective, ideal for daytime only applications
Fluorescent Vinyl (F) – Non-reflective, UV stable bright colored
vinyl for daytime use only
C2 Reflective Vinyl (R) – High-Intensity retro-reflective fiber reinforced
nylon fabric, ideal for attention getting and low-light conditions
C3
C4
* * *
36" PTS009 36" PTS011 36" PTS012 36" PTS013
Requires Size Requires Size
D1 B Left Overlay A Left Overlay
D2
* *
36" PTS014 36" PTS015 36" PTS008 36" PTS010
D3
Cross-Ribs
E3
B2
B3
12" x 12" 12" x 12" 12" x 12" 12" x 12" 12" x 12"
B4221 B4203 B4209 B4219 B4201
C1
D1
D2
E1
STOP
E3
E4
12" x 12" 18" x 18" 24" x 24 12" x 12" 18" x 18" 24" x 24 12" x 12" 18" x 18" 12" x 12" 18" x 18" 12" x 12" 18" x 18"
B4472 B4481 B4477 B4939 B4933
E5
Aluminum (Each) PAS Select Sign Base Part Number: Combine Codes in Specific
G
3 B4481
4 Order for Complete Part
Number: PVS1212B4481
B3
C1
Use non-slip tapes to mark and identify aisles, Color is sub-surface printed
C2 pathways, and designated locations in your facility.
Sub-surface printed 0.004" vinyl tapes are overlaminated with a
0.017" clear, protective pebble-textured tread. The dimpled non-slip Overlaminated non-slip vinyl
surface is ideal for pedestrian traffic areas. pebble-textured surface
C3
●●Dual-layer, color vinyl and clear textured vinyl construction
●●Strong acrylic-based adhesive peel-off back liner
●●Adhere to clean, smooth, dry surface
C4 ●●Service temperature range: -20° to 140°F
●●Available in solid colors or with messages
Overlaminated non-slip
vinyl pebble-textured surface
D2
To Order Solid Color Tapes:
Add color code after part number:
Red – RED, Orange – ORN, Yellow
– YEL, Green – GRN, Blue – BLU,
D3 Quad Corner Footprint Arrow
White – WHT, Black – BLK.
Example: Part No. PFMT2X100 +
Color Code YEL = PFMT2X100YEL
E2
Square Circle, Dot Triangle
Message Tapes
Size UOM To Order: Add color code after part number: Red – RED, Orange – ORN,
E3 3"W x 50-ft. Roll Yellow – YEL, Green – GRN, Blue – BLU, White – WHT, Black – BLK.
Example: Part No. PFMTS09 + Color Code GRN = PFMTS09GRN
6" 12"
PFMF6 PFMF12
D1
*Size for: Dot by diameter *Size for: Arrow measured *Size for: Footprint
by width of point is 6" or 12" length
D2
Glow-in-the-Dark Tapes
Solid Color Stripe Pattern Arrow Pattern
Part No. UOM Part No. UOM Part No. UOM Size E3
PFM0243 PFM0246 PFM0249 2" x 15-ft.
PFM0244 Roll PFM0247 Roll PFM0250 Roll 2" x 30-ft.
PFM0245 PFM0248 PFM0251 3" x 15-ft.
E4
E5
Glow-in-the-Dark
Shapes Dots Arrows Footprints
2" 2" 6"
Size Std. Pkg. Qty. UOM PFM0333 PFM0330 PFM0332 F
2"
50 Roll 3" 3"
3" PFM0329 12"
PFM0331
6" PFM0328
1 Pair Pkg.
12" G
PFM0040 PFM0041
C2
RESTRICTED AREA
PFM0045 PFM0044
C3
E4
Cleat
Heavy-duty composite tape outperforms standard Place and protect message, barcode and other
floor marking tapes. identification on the floor in a sturdy frame system.
Printed 0.002" polyester tape with 2-mil gloss overlaminate provides Metal frame mounts directly to the floor with four concrete screws
superior durability for industrial facility and high plant traffic. (included) and contains a clear protective cover to protect your label B2
(not included) underneath. Beveled edges prevent damage from
●●High-gloss surface resists
rollover of pallet jacks and forklift vehicles.
marks and smudges
●●Resistant to abrasions, Concrete B3
water, chemicals and heat Screws
●●High tack, acrylic
adhesive back minimizes Clear
peel or lift protective
cover C1
●●Applies to clean, non-
coated, smooth or rough
Label
surfaces, including concrete
frame
●●Low-profile reduces tears C2
and scratches from skids
and pallet jacks
Your Label
●●Removes easily without
leaving residue or C3
damage to the floor Small size:
●●Minimum application ●●8 1/2" x 5 1/2" x 1/8" all-aluminum oval frame
temperature: 50°F ●●3 1/2" x 5" x 0.063" clear visible protective polycarbonate cover
●●Available in solid colors C4
Large size:
or with messages ●●12" x 7 1/2" x 1/8" all-aluminum oval frame
●●5" x 7" x 0.063" clear visible protective polycarbonate cover
D1
Small Part No. Large Part No. Std. Pkg. Qty. UOM
PBB0085 PBB0086 Each Each
PBB0081 PFM0001 10
PBB0083 PFM0002 25 D2
Pkg.
PBB0084 PFM0003 50
PBB0082 PFM0004 100
D3
To Order Solid Color Tapes: Add color code after part number: Red – RED, Orange Textured Marking Tapes
– ORN, Yellow – YEL, Green – GRN, Blue – BLU, White – WHT, Black – BLK. Low-profile grip
Example: Part No. PFMH2X100 + Color Code BLK = PFMH2X100BLK vinyl tapes are ideal
for indoor/outdoor E1
Part No. Size UOM
and wet or dry
PFMH2X100 2"W x 100-ft.
Roll environments.
PFMH3X100 3"W x 100-ft.
●●Reinforced vinyl
with weather-proof E2
adhesive system
Message Tapes
●●Slip-resistant, mild
Size UOM abrasive surface
3"W x 50-ft. Roll E3
●●Install on smooth,
clean and dry surfaces
PFM0268 ●●Low level reflectivity
●●3"W x 108-ft. long rolls E4
●●Service temperature
PFM0270 range: 0° to 150°F
E5
PFM0269
RESTRICTED RESTRICTED
F
AREA AREA
PFM0267
G
To Order: Add color code after part number:
PFM0266 Red – RED, Blue – BLU, Yellow – YEL,
White – WHT, Green – GRN.
Part No. UOM
Example: Part No. PFMT3X36 + Color Code
PFMT3X36 Roll H
YEL = PFMT3X36YEL
PFM0271
C1 Diamond
C2
D3
E1
E2
E3 Triangle
E5
H
17" PFM0073 17" PFM0075 17" PFM0076 17" PFM0089 17" PFM0086 17" PFM0084
B3
Round-Style
C1
C2
17" PFM0009 17" PFM0029 17" PFM0033 17" PFM0030 17" PFM0016 17" PFM0011 17" PFM0008 17" PFM0031
C3
C4
17" PFM0020 17" PFM0026 17" PFM0022 17" PFM0027 17" PFM0017 17" PFM0018 17" PFM0023 17" PFM0034
D1
D2
17" PFM0010 17" PFM0028 17" PFM0015 17" PFM0019 17" PFM0013 17" PFM0025 17" PFM0021 17" PFM0036
D3
E1
17" PFM0012 17" PFM0032 17" PFM0014 17" PFM0037 17" PFM0024 17" PFM0035
E2
Mat-style
E3
E4
20" x 14" PFM0063 20" x 14" PFM0069 20" x 14" PFM0064 20" x 14"PFM0065 20" x 14" PFM0067 20" x 14" PFM0068 E5
Step-Style F
H
6" x 24" PFM0050 6" x 24" PFM0052 6" x 24" PFM0049
20" x 14" PFM0066 20" x 14"PFM0070
PBB0067
C2
D3
Universal Cone Adapter
PBB0069 PBB0068 PBB0073 PBB0074
Universal Cone Adapter fits most
standard traffic cones.
Pennant Flag Tapes ●●Quickly and easily mount signs, flags and lights
E1 ●●Can also be used with rope or barricade tape to
Attention-getting pennant flag form various sized barriers
tapes warn of hazardous areas.
Standard style Orange No. Yellow Part No. UOM
PBB0065 PBB0066 Each
E2 ●●9" x 12" red, polyethylene
plastic pennants
●●Sewn onto durable cord -
approx. 66" lead cord each end
E3 ●●Ideal for indoor and temporary
outdoor applications
Heavy-Duty style
●●Large 18" x 18" fluorescent
E4
orange 9-oz. vinyl laminated,
nylon pennants
●●Tough, tear-resistant
E5 ●●Sewn onto high-tensile strength
No. of
cord - approx. 20-ft. lead each end Part No. Description Pennants UOM
●●Ideal for extended periods outdoors, Standard
withstands harsh conditions PBB0025 60-ft. 36 Each
F OSHA-Compliant style Heavy-Duty
●●Large 18" x 18", fluorescent PFM0038 83-ft. 15
Each
orange 9-oz. vinyl laminated, PBB0004 113-ft. 25
nylon pennants
OSHA-Compliant Style
G ●●Sewn onto heavy-duty reinforced PFM0039 83-ft. 15
chord that exceeds OSHA’s 500 Each
PBB0003 113-ft. 25
lb. tensile strength requirements
●●Meets OSHA 1926.502(f)(2)(iv)
H withstanding the harshest conditions
Sign and cone sold separately
C1
Height Length
Color Std. Pkg.
Part Number Legend (Legend/Background) In. mm Ft. m Qty.
Laminated Detectable Aluminum
HTDU3O-FO CAUTION C2
FIBER OPTIC CABLE BURIED BELOW
Black/Orange 3.00 76.00 1000.00 305.00
HTDU3O-T CAUTION
1
TELEPHONE LINE BURIED BELOW
HTDU3R-E CAUTION Black/Red 3.00 76.00 1000.00 305.00 C3
ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW
HTDU6O-FO CAUTION
FIBER OPTIC CABLE BURIED BELOW
Black/Orange 6.00 152.00 1000.00 305.00
HTDU6O-T CAUTION C4
1
TELEPHONE LINE BURIED BELOW
HTDU6R-E CAUTION Black/Red 6.00 152.00 1000.00 305.00
ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW
Polyethylene D1
HTU3G-T-M CAUTION Black/Green 3.00 76.00 1000.00 305.00
TELEPHONE LINE BURIED BELOW
HTU3O-FO-M CAUTION
BURIED FIBER OPTIC CABLE D2
Black/Orange 3.00 76.00 1000.00 305.00
HTU3O-T-M CAUTION
TELEPHONE LINE BURIED BELOW 1
HTU3R-E-M CAUTION Black/Red
3.00 76.00 1000.00 305.00
HTU3Y-E-M ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW Black/Yellow D3
HTU6R-E CAUTION Black/Red 6.00 152.00 1000.00 305.00
ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW
HTU6O-FO CAUTION
BURIED FIBER OPTIC CABLE E1
HTU6O-T CAUTION
Black/Orange 6.00 152.00 1000.00 305.00
TELEPHONE LINE BURIED BELOW
HTU6O-TV CAUTION
1
CABLE TV LINE BURIED BELOW E2
HTU6Y-E CAUTION
ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW
Black/Yellow 6.00 152.00 1000.00 305.00
HTU6Y-G CAUTION
GAS LINE BURIED BELOW E3
E4
E5
C1
C2
PBB0036 PBB0035 PBB0030
C3
PBB0039 PBB0029 PBB0031
C4
D1
UOM
Roll Comply with requirements
of ANSI Z535.5-3.2
D2 PBB0175
E3
Barricade Rope Reflective Plastic Barricade Tapes
Mark off restricted Get reflective
and hazardous visibility in low
E4 areas with high light areas.
visibility rope. ●●0.003" polyethylene tape
●●Twisted strands in ●●Words alternate in
two-tone, contrasting black and reflective
E5 safety colors silver print
●●5/16" diameter ●●3" x 1000-ft.
polypropylene
●●Floats, resistant to UOM
F
mildew and light Roll
chemical exposure
●●600-ft. per roll
G Black/Yellow Part No. Magenta/Yellow Part No. Red/White Part No. UOM
PFM0005 PFM0006 PFM0007 Roll PBB0023
H PBB0024
C2
C3
PBB0075 PBB0097 PBB0099
C4
D1
D2
PBB0100 PBB0098 PBB0101
D3
E1
E3
E4
C2
C4
D1
D3
UOM
Each
E1
Reverse Reverse
PBB0127 PBB0133
E2
H
PBB0018
B2
B3
C1
C2
Unique, industrial design ideal for plant or facility.
●●All-plastic, yellow, polyethylene post and base
●●3" dia. post stands 38"H with 16"W,
low-profile fillable base C3
●●Base has pre-drilled holes to secure to floor
●●Snap lock ensures post will not pull out
from base when lifted and moved
C4
●●Breaks down and stacks for compact storage
●●Finishing cap and C-Hooks included
●●Optional color striping in standard and specialty
reflective, fluorescent, or glow-in-the-dark D1
●●Connect several posts with 2" x 1" x 1/4" plastic
chain links sold separately by the foot
Standard Yellow Post
D2
Part No. Height UOM
PBB0149 38" Each
Striped Post D3
Cones sold separately
Yellow Post w/ Standard Color Vinyl Stripe
Color Code In an immediate situation, deploy a bar – placed between two
Red RED traffic cones – to create a quick and temporary visible barrier.
E1
Green GRN ●●Portable, expandable barrier bar
Black BLK ●●Ring-ends fit over traffic cones
White WHT ●●Expands up to 6 1/2-ft.
Blue BLU ●●Collapses to 4-ft. for storage and transport E2
Orange ORN ●●Available in two contrasting colors
Magenta MAG
●●Reflective strips for visibility in low light conditions
Add stripe color code after part number.
Example: Part No. PBB0150 + Part No. Color UOM E3
Color Code MAG = PBB0150MAG PBB0078 Black/Yellow
Each
Part No. Height UOM PBB0079 Orange/White
PBB0150 38" Each
E4
Yellow Post w/ Specialty Color Vinyl Stripe Ring Weight
Color Code Prevent post from easily
Reflective Red RRED tipping. Fill vinyl ring weight E5
Reflective Yellow RYEL with water to add 3-lbs. for
stability. The 11 3/4" x 1"
Reflective White RWHT ring weight fits and conceals
Fluorescent Red REDF inside the base of the post.
F
Fluorescent Orange ORNF
Fluorescent Green GRNF Part No. UOM
Glow-in-the-Dark GLOW PBB0148 Each
G
Add specialty stripe color code after part number.
Example: Part No. PBB0152 +
Color Code RRED = PBB0152RRED
Part No. Height UOM
PBB0152 38" Each H
C1
White – WHT
Yellow – YEL
C2
Black – BLK
Red – RED
C3 PBB0026
Alternating
Convey safety or
White & Red – RW warning messages
with bold barriers.
C4
Alternating
●●0.060" aluminum roller
Black & Yellow – BY housing holds 40"H x
54"W poly-vinyl banner
To Order Chain Links: Add color code after part number. ●●Total viewable area:
D1
Example: Part No. PBB0115 + Color Code YEL = PBB0115YEL 32"H x 54"W
Part No. Description Color Code UOM ●●Banner housing connects PBB0027
PBB0115 Standard WHT, YEL, BLK, RED to stanchion posts via
Foot (2) paddle sleeves
D2 PBB0115 Alternating RW, BY
(included that insert
Part No. Description Color Code Std. Pkg. Qty.
PBB0119 Standard WHT, YEL, BLK, RED 100 ft. into interchangeable
accessory caps
(2 included)
D3
●●Sets up and breaks
PPE REQUIRED
Master Link S-Hooks down easily BEYOND
●●Permanently ●●Open ends THIS POINT
joins separate quickly link UOM
E1
lengths of separate Each PBB0028
chain lengths of chain
To Order Chain Accessories: Add color code after part number.
E2
Example: Part No. PBB0109 + Color Code WHT = PBB0109WHT
Rack Mount Retractable Belt Tape Barriers
Part No. Description Color Code UOM
PBB0109 Master Link Standard
Extend belt tape from
WHT, YEL, BLK, RED Each the end of a storage
PBB0138 S-Hook Standard rack.
E3
●●Mount with choice of
hose clamp for semi-
Steel Safety Post & Chain permanent installation
Set out a sturdy post and chain system that stays in place. or magnet for quick
E4
Steel Post install and removal
●●2" dia. x 34" H powder-coated yellow steel ●●Durable 2" wide belt
tape end has S-Clip to
●●13.5" dia. base covered with wrap and secure
E5 durable, black ABS plastic
●●Yellow case with
●●Forged universal loop on top diagonal yellow/black
●●Indoor and outdoor use striped tape or ‘Caution’
Steel Chain Bolt Snap message tape
F ●●4" nickel-plated
●●Poly-coated yellow steel
●● 2/0 straight link coil - 0.18" material dia., cast zinc To Order: Add belt style code after part number. Black/Yellow – BY, Caution – C
1.29" inside length x 0.34" inside width ●●Double-ended Example: Part No. PBB0006 + Belt Style Code BY = PBB0006BY
(Maximum continuous length is 120 ft.) Hose Clamp Magnetic Mount
G
Belt Belt
Part No. Description UOM Part No. UOM Length Part No. UOM Length
PBB0164 Steel Post PBB0006 15-ft. PBB0007 15-ft.
Each
PBB0057 Bolt Snap PBB0009 Each 20-ft. PBB0011 Each 20-ft.
H PBB0123 Poly-Coated Steel Chain Foot PBB0013 25-ft. PBB0015 25-ft.
B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
Connect belt tape in any combination of posts and wall mounts to control pedestrian traffic indoors.
Belt Tape: To Order Post Barriers: Part No. Post Color UOM D1
●●Woven-polyester tape, wound in a self-tension, spring-loaded unit Add belt tape color code PBB0177 Brushed Steel
after Post Barriers part
●●2"W tape extends up to 8-ft – with straight tension without sag number: Black – BLK, PBB0178 Black Each
or slack Yellow – YEL, Red – RED. PBB0179 Yellow
●●Retracts smoothly back into the head unit for storage Example: Part No. D2
PBB0177 + Color Code
●●Safety mechanism in the spring-tension reduces the whip action BLK = PBB0177BLK Receiver Posts Only (Without Belt Tape)
of the belt braking, in case of accidental release
Part No. Post Color UOM
Post Barriers:
PBB0181STL Brushed Steel
●●2 1/2" dia. x 38"H with 14" dia. weighted base D3
PBB0181BLK Black Each
●●Available as post barrier with belt tape or as receiver posts PBB0181YEL Yellow
(does not contain belt tape)
E1
Wall Mount Retractable Belt Tape Barriers Outdoor Retractable Belt Tape Barriers
Close off doorways or hallways. Sturdy aluminum stanchion is ideal for use
●●2"W woven-polyester tape, wound in self-tension, spring-loaded unit outdoors and in tough indoor environments E2
●●Extends up to 8-ft. without sagging, retracts smoothly ●●2 1/2" diameter aluminum post measures 40" high
with a sturdy 14" diameter base
●●Head unit with bracket installs with four screws
●●Uses rust-proof stainless steel hardware
●●Wall mount receiver (sold separately) connects end of belt tape to E3
facing wall ●●Belt top has 2" wide retractable belt tape with
ergonomic, rounded corner belt end and noticeable
red slide action lock
●●Can accept up to 3 additional belt ends from other E4
belt tape posts
●●Available with either 10-ft. or 15-ft. belt tape with
contrasting black and yellow hazard stripes.
●●Receiver posts available separately E5
D1 UOM
Each
D2
Automatically count safe work days with 2 color LED display – red display to count safe days and one (1) magnetic display with changeable numbers set
and green. to track record number of days.
E5
UOM
H Each
36" x 24" PSTB001 36" x 24" PSTB003 36" x 24" PSTB004 20" x 14" PSTB002
Notes B2
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B2
Notes
B3
C1
C2
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
C1 Part Number Description Color Qty. Qty.
NetKey Category 6A UTP Jack Modules*
®
●M
eet all industry performance standards for Category 6A, ●A
vailable in a variety of colors and lengths for
E2 6 and 5e design flexibility
● 100% performance tested
Std. Std.
E3 Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
Category 6A UTP Patch Cord
E4 NK6APC^* Category 6A, UTP patch cord with modular plugs on each end. 1 10
NK6APC^*
Category 6 UTP Patch Cord
NK6PC^*Y
E5 NK6PC^*Y Category 6, UTP patch cord with modular plugs on each end. 1 10
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Description Qty. Qty.
C1
Punchdown Patch Panels* – Category 6A
NKA6XPPG24Y Category 6A angled punchdown patch panel, 24 port, 1 RU.
NK6XPPG24Y
NKA6XPPG48Y Category 6A angled punchdown patch panel, 48 port, 2 RU.
C2
1 10
NK6XPPG24Y Category 6A punchdown patch panel, 24 port, 1 RU.
NKA6XPPG24Y NK6XPPG48Y Category 6A punchdown patch panel, 48 port, 2 RU.
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Qty.
B3
Flush Mount Screw-On Faceplates
NK*FNIW Single gang, flush mount vertical faceplate. —
C1 NK**FIWY Single or double gang, flush mount vertical faceplate —
NK2FNIW NK2FIWY with labels.
1 10
NK^HSFIWY Single gang, sloped, horizontal faceplate with labels. —
NK4VSF Single gang, 4-port, sloped, vertical faceplate with labels. Off
C2 White
Stainless Steel Faceplates
NKF^^S Single gang, stainless steel, vertical faceplate with labels. — 1 10
C3
*Available in 1, 2, 3 and 4-port density configurations.
NK2HSFIWY NK4VSFIWY **Available in single gang 1, 2, 4, and 6-port density configurations and 8 or 12-port double gang port
density configurations.
^Available in 2 or 4-port density configurations.
C4 ^^Available in 2, 4 or 6-port density configurations. When mounting, opening should be a minimum of 2" wide.
‡For standard colors other than IW (Off White), replace suffix with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White),
IG (International Gray) or BL (Black). NK2HSF**Y and NK4HSF**Y not available in BL (Black).
D1
NKF2S
D2
●A
ccept all Panduit ® NetKey ® Keystone Copper Modules ● Lowest cost for moves, adds, and changes
E1 and Duplex Fiber Optic Modules ● Tamper resistant
●S
nap into raceway channel, requires no additional an be used with Pan‑Way ® Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70,
●C
mounting hardware or adapters – greatly reducing T-45 Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap™ Outlet Boxes, and
installation time Pan‑Pole™ Aluminum Outlet Poles
E2
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
E3 Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Qty.
NK2HSRFIW Snap‑On 2-position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any
Panduit ® NetKey ® Module. Compatible with Panduit ® NetKey ®
NK2HSRF NK4HSRF Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems, and Pan‑Pole™
E4
Outlet Poles.
NK4HSRFIW Snap‑On 4-position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any
Panduit ® NetKey ® Module. Compatible with Panduit ® NetKey ® Off
Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems, and Pan‑Pole™ 1 10
White
E5 Outlet Poles.
NK4VSRFIW Snap‑On 4-position sloped vertical faceplate accepts any
Panduit ® NetKey ® Module. Compatible with Panduit ® NetKey ®
Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems, and Pan‑Pole™
F Outlet Poles.
Panduit ® NetKey ® faceplates are NOT compatible with Panduit ® Mini‑Com ® Modules.
NK4VSRF ‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
For complete labeling solutions refer to www.panduit.com.
G
●W
ider module spacing to accept common manufacturers’ ●C
an be used with Pan‑Way ® Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70,
keystone modules 0.900 inches wide or less T-45 Raceway Systems, Fast-Snap™ Outlet Boxes, and
B2
Pan‑Pole™ Aluminum Outlet Poles
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Qty. B3
T70KW2IW Snap‑On 2-position flush mount faceplate accepts
any Panduit ® NetKey ® Module and most other
manufacturers’ keystone modules. Compatible with
Panduit ® Fast-Snap™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway C1
T70KW2 T70KW4 Systems, and Pan‑Pole™ Outlet Poles.
Off
1 10
T70KW4IW Snap‑On 4-position flush mount faceplate accepts White
any Panduit ® NetKey ® Module and most other
manufacturers’ keystone modules. Compatible with C2
Panduit ® Fast-Snap™ Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway
Systems, and Pan‑Pole™ Outlet Poles.
Panduit ® NetKey ® faceplates are NOT compatible with Panduit ® Mini‑Com ® Modules.
‡For other colors replace IW (Off White) in part number with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). C3
For complete labeling solutions refer to www.panduit.com.
C4
NK4MFIW NK4MFABL E4
E5
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
B3 Part Number Part Description Color‡ Qty. Qty.
NK2BXIW-A Surface mount box accepts two NetKey ® Modules.
C3 NK6BXIW-AY CBM-X
E4
Termination Tool
Std. Std.
E5 Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Punchdown Base
F NKSPB Base used to assist in terminating keystone punchdown 1 50
modules.
Pan-Punch® Termination Tool
G PDT110 Single pair punchdown tool and blade terminates and cuts
UTP cable in one operation. Ideal for use with the Pan-
Punch Punchdown System 1 50
PDTH110 Replacement blade for single pair punchdown tool
(PDT110).
H
Industrial Networks B2
E3
E4
E5
Min. Min.
Order Order
C1 Qty. Increment
Part Number Part Description (MOQ)* (MOI)* UOM
ISFCH6X04ATL-UG Category 6A, 4-pair, 24 AWG stranded, SF/UTP,
industrial 600 V, (CMX), Teal.
10000 1000 Ft.
C2 ISFCH6X04BTL-UG Category 6A, 4-pair, 26 AWG stranded, SF/UTP,
ISFCH6X04ATL-UG* industrial 600 V, (CMX), Teal.
IUC6C04ABL-CEG Category 6, 4-pair, 24 AWG stranded, U/UTP, 6 1 Reel
flame-retardant (CM) Black.
C3
ISX6004AYL-LED Category 6, 4-Pair, 24 AWG stranded, S/FTP, 12 12 Reel
industrial high flex, flame retardant, Yellow.
ISFCH5C04ATL-XG Category 5e, 4-pair, 24 AWG stranded, SF/UTP,
600 V high flex, flame-retardant (CM/CMX),
C4 Teal.
IUC6C04ABL-CEG 9000 1000 Ft.
ISFCH5C02ATL-XG Category 5e, 2-pair, 24 AWG stranded, SF/UTP,
600 V high flex, flame-retardant (CM/CMX),
Teal.
D1
ISFX5502ATL-LED Category 5e, 2-pair, 24 AWG stranded, SF/UTP, 6 1 Reel
industrial high flex, flame-retardant (CM/CMX),
Teal.
IFRH6C04BL-UG Category 6, 4-pair, 23 AWG solid, F/UTP, 5000 1000 Ft.
D2
industrial 600 V, (CMR), Black.
ISX6004AYL-LED IFRH5C04BL-UG Category 5e, 4-pair, 24 AWG solid, F/UTP, 9000 1000 Ft.
industrial 600 V, (CMR), Black.
*MOQ needs to be met prior to MOI. Contact Customer Service for additional information.
D3
For additional colors, refer to www.panduit.com.
E1
ISFCH5C04ATL-XG
E2
E3
ISFCH5C02ATL-XG
E4
E5
ISFX5502ATL-LED
F
●●Patch cords have been tested by an independent ●●Industrial rated patch cord for reliable performance in
laboratory and comply with the electrical standard harsh environments
B2
requirements of IEC 60603-7 and ANSI/TIA-568.2-D ●●600 V rated patch cords provide reliable
●●Variant 1 bulkhead patch cords meet IP67 when performance for panel or on-machine applications when
mated to IP67 IndustrialNet™ Connectors space is shared with 600 V high voltage power cables
●●UL Approved B3
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B3 Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
ICAM12X90RJS ICAM12XRJS Category 6A, M12 X-Code shielded to RJ45 industrial adapter, 15
panel mount.
C3
ICAM12DRJS Category 5e, M12 D-Code to RJ45 industrial adapter, panel mount. 10
Industrial Bulkhead Connector with Protective Cover
IAEBHV56XS Category 6A, Variant 5 IP67 rated RJ45 connector, shielded.
C4 ICAM12DRJS
MPSIV56XT Category 6A, Variant 5 IP67, RJ45 modular plug, shielded.
IAEBH6X Category 6A, Variant 1 IP67 rated RJ45 connector.
IAEBH6XS Category 6A, Variant 1 IP67 rated RJ45 connector, shielded.
D1
IAEBH6 Category 6, Variant 1 IP67 rated RJ45 connector.
1 10
IAEBH6S Category 6, Variant 1 IP67 rated RJ45 connector, shielded.
IAEBHV56XS MPSIV56XT IAEBH5E Category 5e, Variant 1 IP67 rated RJ45 connector.
D2
IAEBH5ES Category 5e, Variant 1 IP67 rated RJ45 connector, shielded.
MPI588T Category 5e, Variant 1 IP67 rated modular plug.
MPSI588T Category 5e, Variant 1 IP67 rated modular plug, shielded.
D3
Industrial Bulkhead Coupler with Protective Cover
IAEBHC6 Category 6, Variant 1 IP67 rated RJ45 coupler.
1 10
IAEBHC5E Category 5e, Variant 1 IP67 rated RJ45 coupler.
E1
IAEBH5*, IAEBH6*, Industrial Mini-Com® Coupler Module
IAEBHC5*, IAEBHC6*
IAEBHUSBAA USB 2.0 Variant 1 IP67 rated female A to female A coupler. 1 10
Industrial RJ45 Plugs
E2
ISPS688FA Category 6A, RJ45 plug for 24-22 AWG solid, 1.0-1.6mm
conductor diameter, shielded.
MPI588T, MPSI588T 1 10
ISPS688FAS Category 6A, RJ45 plug for 24-22 AWG stranded, 0.85-1.00mm
E3 conductor diameter, shielded.
E4 ISPS688FA
E5
●●IP/NEMA/UL/CE rated to ensure reliable performance ●●Extended temperature range provides durable
in harsh factory environments connections in extreme conditions
B2
●●Factory terminated design assures reliability and ●●Rated to 10 million flex cycles
saves time ●●Optional RJ45 connector speeds deployment
●●TPE/TPU jackets protect cable, providing increased
reliability in high-flex applications B3
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Termination End 1 Termination End 2 Qty. Qty. C1
Category 5e, STP Cable
ICD11T1NTL*M M12, Male D-Code, M12, Male D-Code,
M12, Male
Straight Connector Straight Connector
D-Code, Straight C2
Connector ICD22T1NTL*M M12, Male D-Code, M12, Male D-Code,
Angled Connector Angled Connector
ICD14T1NTL*M M12, Male D-Code, RJ45
Straight Connector Modular Plug C3
1 10
ICD44T1NTL*M M12, Bulkhead, RJ45
Female D-Code Modular Plug
Connector
M12, Male RJ45
D-Code, Angled Modular ICD45T1NTL0.5M M12, Bulkhead, Unterminated C4
Connector Plug Female D-Code
Connector
Category 5e, UTP Cable
ICD11T2NTL*M M12, Male D-Code, M12, Male D-Code, D1
Straight Connector Straight Connector
ICD35T2NTL*M M12, Female D-Code, Unterminated
Straight Connector
1 10 D2
M12, Female ICD25T2NTL*M M12, Male D-Code, Unterminated
M12, Bulkhead, Female Angled Connector
D-Code Connector D-Code, Straight
Connector ICD15T2NTL*M M12, Male D-Code, Unterminated
Straight Connector
D3
Category 6A, STP Cable
ICX11T1NTL*M M12, Male X-Code, M12, Male X-Code,
Straight Connector Straight Connector
ICX44T1NTL*M M12, Bulkhead, RJ45 E1
Female X-Code Modular Plug
Connector
M12, Male M12, Bulkhead, 1 10
ICX45T1NTL0.5M M12, Bulkhead, Unterminated
X-Code, Straight Female X-Code Female X-Code E2
Connector Connector Connector
ICX15T1NTL*M M12, Male X-Code, Unterminated
Straight Connector
*A variety of standard lengths and configurations are available. Contact customer service. E3
Representative list only.
Please visit www.panduit.com for full offering.
E4
E5
C1 Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
I4JPBJLUXX* Category 6A plenum; jack no stagger to jack no stagger, Black.
C2 1 —
I4KOTJLUXX* Category 6A outdoor; jack no stagger to jack no stagger, Teal.
*A variety of connections and lengths in loomed and non-loomed versions available. Contact customer service.
I4JPBJLUXX **Kevlar is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company or its affiliates.
C3
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
B3
C1
IAEF617P-7PM1
C2
IAEF617P-NM1 IAEF7JMA
C3
Std. Pkg. Std. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
IAEF617P-7PM1 Industrial LC to LC multimode duplex patch cord - 62.5/125μm.
C4
IAEF617P-NM1 Industrial LC to pigtail multimode duplex pigtail – 62.5/125μm. 1 10
IAEF7JMA Industrial LC fiber optic bulkhead adapter.
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
Std. Std.
B3 Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
Mini-Com® DIN Rail Mount Adapter
C1 CADIN1IG Single-port DIN rail mount adapter, International Gray.
CADIN1BL Single-port DIN rail mount adapter, Black.
CADIN1IW Single-port DIN rail mount adapter, International
White. 10
C2 CADIN1IG CMDJAQLCZBL 1
CMDJAQLCZBL Adapter module supplied with one LC Sr./Jr. OM3/
OM4 duplex multimode fiber optic adapter (AQ) with
zirconial ceramic split sleeves.
C3 CJ688TGBL Category 6, RJ45, UTP Mini-Com® Universal Jack 50
Module, TG-style termination, Black.
IndustrialNet™ DIN Rail Mount Copper Patch Panel
CDPP8RG 8-port patch panel, DIN rail mount. 1 10
C4
IndustrialNet DIN Rail Mount Fiber Enclosure
™
CJ688TGBL CDPP8RG FDME8RG 8-port fiber optic enclosure, DIN rail mount. 1 10
D1 IndustrialNet Stainless Steel Faceplate
™
D3
FDME8RG IAEFP1
E1
E2 IAEFP2-2G
E3
E4
E5
●●Pre-configured solution enables fast deployment of ●●Bonded structure helps ensure network reliability
servers, storage, and switches for an industrial network and prevent equipment failure
B2
●●Dynamic rated version ensures safe transport of IT ●●Integrated cable management with bend radius
equipment under typical shipping conditions control maintains bandwidth through the network for
●●Includes space for future expansion of server, storage, increased uptime
and related patching to allow for increased network ●●Reference architecture provides a physical map of the B3
capacity without requiring addition to control logical network layer following recommended installation
room footprint practices to increase reliability
C1
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
MDC79D Dynamic, single hinge perforated front door, split perforated rear
doors, split side panels (2), 42 RU, network cabling, patch panels, C2
cable management, grounding, casters, shock pallet, and ramp.
Color Black. Dimensions: 79.8" H x 27.6" W x 48.0" D (2026mm x
700mm x 1200mm) 1 —
MDC79 Single hinge perforated front door, split perforated rear doors, C3
split side panels (2), 42 RU, network cabling, patch panels, cable
management, grounding, and casters. Color Black. Dimensions:
MDC79D and MDC79 79.8" H x 27.6" W x 48.0" D (2026mm x 700mm x 1200mm)
C4
●●Supports industrial switches during power outages ●●Remote management with auto alerts works with
●●Ultracapacitor technology decreases downtime risk by standard web browsers and EtherNet/IP** D2
up to 40%* ●●Easy device monitoring through SNMP v1/V2c/V3
●●Maintenance-free operation contributes to 50-70% ●●Wide operating temperature range -40°C to +60°C
reduced cost of ownership* ●●Compact, one-piece design saves 50% or more DIN Rail D3
●●Non-HazMat space compared to similar UPS devices
Std. Std. E1
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
UPS00100DC Uninterruptible power supply (UPS), 100 W; no-battery,
maintenance-free with remote management; 24-28 VDC in/out; E2
DIN rail mount.
1 —
UPS003LSM UPS load sense module; optional accessory for use in dual,
redundant power supply configurations to monitor load on primary
supply. E3
UPS00100DC *Compared to battery-based UPS devices. **EtherNet/IP is a trademark of ODVA.
E4
E5
F
UPS003LSM
Std. Std.
C3
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
IAPNG5EWH GFCI data access port, Category 5e coupler and blank, White. 1 —
C4
D1
D2
D3
E1
E2
E3
E4
E5
●●Universal design works with most DIN mount industrial ●●Bonding provisions and grounding bar ensure path to
Ethernet switches, providing design flexibility ground to protect personnel and equipment
B2
●●Pre-configured solution delivers up to 75% faster ●●Gland plate allows quick and easy access to machine
implementation ingress points into enclosure
●●Designed to accept customer supplied switches ●●Detailed installation guide provides easy, repeatable
●●Copper/fiber patch fields and connectivity enable design instructions, assuring consistency and saving time B3
Std. Std.
Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number Part Description Qty. Qty. C2
Universal Network Zone System - Includes Power Infrastructure
Z23U-S25 24" x 36" mild steel enclosure, for two industrial switches, includes (16)
Category 6 UTP copper patch cords and jacks, (4) MM LC fiber uplink patch
cords with (6) adapters and redundant power supplies, maintenance-free UPS. C3
Z23U Z23U-S25S 24" x 36" mild steel enclosure, for two industrial switches, includes (16)
Category 6A STP copper patch cords and jacks, (4) MM LC fiber uplink patch
cords with (6) adapters and redundant power supplies, maintenance-free UPS.
Z23U-S24 24" x 36" mild steel enclosure, for two industrial switches, includes (16) C4
Category 6 UTP copper patch cords and jacks, (4) MM LC fiber uplink patch
cords with (6) adapters and redundant power supplies.
Z23U-S24S 24" x 36" mild steel enclosure, for two industrial switches, includes (16)
Category 6A STP copper patch cords and jacks, (4) MM LC fiber uplink patch D1
cords with (6) adapters and redundant power supplies.
Z22U Z23U-S26 24" x 36" mild steel enclosure, for two industrial switches, includes (16)
Category 6 UTP copper patch cords and jacks, (4) MM LC fiber uplink patch
cords with (6) adapters and redundant power supplies, battery UPS, PoE. D2
Z23U-S26S 24" x 36" mild steel enclosure, for two industrial switches, includes (16)
Category 6A STP copper patch cords and jacks, (4) MM LC fiber uplink patch
cords with (6) adapters and redundant power supplies, battery UPS, PoE.
Z22U-S15 24" x 24" mild steel enclosure, for one industrial switch, includes (8) Category 1 — D3
6 UTP copper patch cords and jacks, (2) MM LC fiber uplink patch cords with
(6) adapters and redundant power supplies, maintenance-free UPS.
Z22U-S15S 24" x 24" mild steel enclosure, for one industrial switch, includes (8) Category
Z23C-S 6A STP copper patch cords and jacks, (2) MM LC fiber uplink patch cords with E1
(6) adapters and redundant power supplies, maintenance-free UPS.
Z22U-S14 24" x 24" mild steel enclosure, for one industrial switch, includes (8) Category
6 UTP copper patch cords and jacks, (2) MM LC fiber uplink patch cords with
(6) adapters and redundant power supplies. E2
Z22U-S14S 24" x 24" mild steel enclosure, for one industrial switch, includes (8) Category
6A STP copper patch cords and jacks, (2) MM LC fiber uplink patch cords with
(6) adapters and redundant power supplies.
Z22C-S Z22U-S16 24" x 24" mild steel enclosure, for one industrial switch, includes (8) Category E3
6 UTP copper patch cords and jacks, (2) MM LC fiber uplink patch cords with
(6) adapters and redundant power supplies, battery UPS, PoE.
Z22U-S16S 24" x 24" mild steel enclosure, for one industrial switch, includes (8) Category
6A STP copper patch cords and jacks, (2) MM LC fiber uplink patch cords with E4
(6) adapters and redundant power supplies, battery UPS, PoE.
Pre-Configured Network Zone Systems
Z23C-S 24" x 36" mild steel enclosure, for two industrial switches, includes (16)
E5
Category 6 UTP copper patch cords and jacks, (4) MM LC fiber patch cords
ZFLEX1
with (6) adapters, backplane, and cable management.
1 —
Z22C-S 24" x 24" mild steel enclosure, for two industrial switches, includes (8)
Category 6 UTP copper patch cords and jacks, (2) MM LC fiber patch cords
with 6 LC adapters, backplane, and cable management. F
HD Flex Cassettes
ZFLEX1 Mounting bracket for one 6-port fiber cassette in network zone systems Z22X-X
and Z23X-X. G
1 —
ZFLEX2 Mounting bracket for two 6-port fiber cassettes in network zone systems
ZFLEX 2 Z22X-X and Z23X-X.
Also available in 316 stainless steel. Refer to www.panduit.com.
H
Std. Std.
C1
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
ZDF48-RA Mild steel enclosure; 26U; for two access and two distribution
switches; pre-installed with front and rear rack angles, fiber
C2 enclosure, 48-port patch panel, cable management, grounding, 10"
DIN rail, (2) fiber spools, (2) back panels, (2) ESD ports, 30" length
of duct, (2) duplex power receptacles, cage nuts, labeling for cable
routing, strain relief bars, (4) power cables; includes ESD wrist
C3 strap, (1) hook and loop, (1) grounding cable, mounting hardware,
conduit schedule, and ingress template.
ZDF48-EA Mild steel enclosure; 26U; for two access and two distribution
switches; pre-installed with front and rear rack angles, fiber
C4 ZDF48-RA enclosure, 48-port patch panel, cable management, grounding, 10"
DIN rail, (2) fiber spools, (2) back panels, (2) ESD ports, 30" length 1 —
of duct, cage nuts, labeling for cable routing, strain relief bars,
includes ESD wrist strap, (1) hook and loop, (1) grounding cable,
mounting hardware, conduit schedule, and ingress template, for
D1 EMEA/APJ.
ZDF242430 Mild steel enclosure, 12U, for two access or two distribution
switches; pre-installed with front and rear rack angles, fiber
enclosure, 48-port patch panel, grounding, 10" DIN rail, (2) fiber
D2 spools, (1) back panel, (2) ESD ports, 30" length of duct, cage
nuts, labeling for cable routing, strain relief bars; includes ESD
wrist strap, (1) hook and loop, (1) grounding cable, mounting
hardware, conduit schedule, and ingress template.
ZDF242430
D3 Also available in 316 stainless steel. Refer to www.panduit.com.
E1 Wireless Enclosures
●●Accommodates the most popular Wireless Access Points ●●Includes pre-configured mounting template and
●●Fiberglass construction and aluminum mounting plate connectivity kit with 2-position outlet box, Mini-Com®
E2
allow quick and easy access point installation TX6™ PLUS Jack Module, TX6™ PLUS patch cord,
silicone sealant, and grounding cable
●●Provisions for padlocks to protect against tampering
and theft ●●UL 508A Listed, NEMA 4X and IP66 Rated
E3
Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Part Number Part Description Qty. Qty.
E4 PZNWE12 Wireless enclosure designed for Power over Ethernet applications.
Includes UTP connectivity kit and pre-configured mounting
template. External dimensions: 13.56" H x 13.47" W x 6.56" D
(344.4mm x 342.1mm x 166.6mm). Internal dimensions: 11.70" H x
E5 11.70" W x 6.29" D (297.2mm x 297.2mm x 159.8mm).
PZNWE12 1 —
PZNWE14 Wireless enclosure designed for traditional AC power applications.
Includes UTP connectivity kit and pre-configured mounting
template. External dimensions: 15.50" H x 13.50" W x 6.25" D
F (393.7mm x 342.9mm x 158.8mm). Internal dimensions: 13.53" H x
11.55" W x 5.94" D (343.7mm x 293.4mm x 150.9mm).
Shielded connectivity kit, NEMA 4X rated fittings, and NEMA 4X drain and vent kit available. Refer to
www.panduit.com.
G
PZNWE14
H